<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?>
<items>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Dashboards   Handing Over The Baton</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Dale Critchley, Workplace Policy Manager, Aviva</strong></u></p>

<p>They&rsquo;ve requested a search, found their pots and seen the combined value of their pensions on a single screen for the first time.</p>

<p>Testing is set to accelerate over the coming months with thousands of members given the opportunity to see all their pensions in one place. This will test the infrastructure more fully and provide important feedback from people of all walks of life on what they understand about what they are being shown, and if it meets their needs and expectations. </p>

<p>The biggest question most people will have is when will the dashboards be available to everyone? It&rsquo;s unlikely we&rsquo;ll see any announcement while testing is ongoing as it will be better to announce a definite date than one that is contingent on testing and subsequent development being successful.  When the bell sounds, we want to be sure that we are on the final lap.  Realistically, we can expect that signal to come later this year, with the go live date being in 2027. </p>

<p>There are still some development hurdles to negotiate. The Pensions Dashboards Programme is currently consulting on changes to the reporting standards. These set out the data that pension schemes must provide to the dashboards on their performance and compliance. These include meeting the requirement to respond to 99.9% of data view requests within ten seconds. Any changes will require provider systems to be reconfigured, and tested, to ensure compliance.    </p>

<p>While reaching the go live date might represent the finishing line for the Dashboards Programme, it will be a baton transfer for pension schemes. Aviva is already preparing for the launch, ensuring the right people and processes are in place to support the anticipated increase in consumer engagement once the Dashboard goes live.</p>

<p>The regulators are also getting on their marks.  The FCA have recently consulted on how revised rules can prompt improved decision making when scheme members are considering transferring their pension. The obvious risk is that individuals who are keen to have their pension in one place will move their pension money without fully appreciating the potential downsides.  The FCA are keen to promote side by side comparison of key drivers of good outcomes, such as fund performance and charges, at retirement options, guarantees and protections, as well as drivers of engagement like apps and website capability. Many providers offer this already, but it isn&rsquo;t universal.</p>

<p>The Pensions Dashboards Programme is a fantastic achievement but its success in driving better outcomes will depend as much on the success of the handover to pension schemes, as the years of development to date. Schemes may want to consider providing information and education ahead of pensions dashboards becoming available, but also once it is in place. It&rsquo;s a huge opportunity for people to make positive, well informed, changes to their pension plans, that go beyond consolidation.</p>

<p> </p>

<p>               </p>

<p> </p>

<p>                            </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-dashboards---handing-over-the-baton-26512.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Conflict Causes Scheme Funding Deterioration</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index &ndash; a monitor of how various pension scheme strategies are performing on their journeys to low dependency &ndash; posts its latest update.</p>

<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index has rebased for 2026, tracking a &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; and a more conservative &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; investment strategy against a low dependency basis*. Both schemes started 90.0% funded at the start of 2026.</p>

<p>Reporting its update for March 2026, the Broadstone Sirius Index found that both schemes unsurprisingly reversed gains that had been made through February and January of 2026 during the month in the face of considerable economic and market volatility.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneMiddleEast1004261.jpg" style="height:297px; width:556px" /></p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme decreased by 1.7 percentage points from 90.3% at the end of February to 88.6% at the end of March.</p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; scheme fell back slightly more, by 1.8 percentage points, but from a higher starting point given the positive growth returns over January and February. The funding level fell from 90.8% at the end of February to 89.0% at the end of March ending the quarter slightly ahead of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme.</p>

<p><strong>Chris Rice, Head of Trustee Services at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &quot;The last few years have been incredibly strong for the health of defined benefit schemes, allowing many investment strategies to be derisked to protect scheme funding positions.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Most schemes shouldn&rsquo;t be experiencing a significant change in funding in the first quarter of 2026, with the deterioration in March generally reversing January and February&rsquo;s gains.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The instability will no doubt cause concerns for trustees and sponsors however and trustees should be regularly monitoring their liquidity, hedging levels and LDI resilience.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-conflict-causes-scheme-funding-deterioration-26508.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ceasefire And Oil Prices Ongoing Uncertainty Vs What We Know</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Middle Eastern events have had a very significant impact on oil prices in the first quarter of the year. The almost total closure of the Strait of Hormuz has significantly disrupted energy flows to a degree that has never been seen before. 20 million barrels per day (mb/d) of oil is normally transported via the Strait but this has fallen to two to three mb/d &ndash; mostly Iranian oil going to China.</p>

<p>Not being able to export oil, affected countries first filled up domestic storage, and once this was full they had no choice but to shut in production. At the time of writing, we have seen 10mb/d of oil market production closed. The figure is smaller than the pre-conflict Strait volumes as some pipelines have been used to bypass the Strait, in particular by Saudi Arabia.</p>

<p>The disruption has seen oil prices rise to around $120 per barrel (bbl), with Middle Eastern barrels and refined products trading at levels never seen before. Singapore jet fuel reached $220/bbl at one stage compared to $82/bbl pre-conflict. </p>

<p>As of 8 April, Iran and the US seemed to have stepped back from the brink and agreed to a two-week ceasefire and the re-opening of the Strait of Hormuz. Both sides are claiming victory. </p>

<div><strong>What does this mean for the oil price?</strong></div>

<div>The situation is complex and could change at any time, but a few things are known. The volume of ships passing the Strait needs to surge in the coming two weeks for the oil market to be convinced that the crisis is over. It is not enough if vessel numbers increase to 20 or 30, given that pre-war numbers were in the region of 130-150. </div>

<p>If the vessel number surges to 75% of pre-war levels, then that represents a near normalisation of flows given the current use of pipelines that were not previously running at full capacity.</p>

<p>However, while shipping levels could return to normal quickly, it will take weeks or even months for production levels to return to normal given the 10mb/d of shut-in production and damage to some facilities. This should mean that front month oil prices (i.e. oil for near-term delivery) are unlikely to fall to pre-conflict levels quickly. The uncertainty about when production will return should support prices. And the outcome of any talks is unknown; we have had two rounds of unsuccessful talks before so there is no guarantee they will work now.</p>

<div><strong>Rebuilding strategic reserves will provide price support</strong></div>

<div>In the longer term, the conflict has highlighted both the vulnerability of the energy supply system and the lack of strategic reserves for many countries. This is a long-term positive for oil prices. The US Strategic Petroleum Reserve (SPR) alone would need to buy 1mb/d for 18 months before it approaches normal levels. Given global oil demand has averaged 1mb/d growth for the past few years, this represents a significant increase in demand.</div>

<p>We do not know if the US will refill the SPR at this pace, but this conflict has highlighted the vulnerability for many. It would not be surprising if Asian and European countries, which have been more impacted and have limited reserves, try to address this in the coming years. These long-term factors should support oil prices in the medium term.</p>

<div><strong>Oil price likely to retain a Middle East premium</strong></div>

<div>The most bearish outcome for the oil market would be a complete removal of all sanctions on Iran while keeping the Russian sanctions off. If the market was confident that Iran had a West leaning government then the Middle East risk premium would evaporate. The future supply picture for oil would improve significantly as Iran has the ability to increase supply in a way that Venezuela does not. </div>

<p>We will continue to adjust positions as the Middle East conflict evolves. Whatever the outcome, we strongly believe that these events have raised the long-term floor for the oil price in all scenarios, apart from one where Iran is now a Western leaning country, an outcome we think unlikely. </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ceasefire-and-oil-prices-ongoing-uncertainty-vs-what-we-know-26509.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lcp Announces 19 New Partner Promotions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>&ldquo;It is fantastic to see such a broad range and wealth of talent from across all our business moving into leadership this year. Their expertise is what allows us to keep being successful, evolving, growing and diversifying in a way that matters to the clients and communities we serve.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The 19 new partners are:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Anais Caldwell &ndash; Jones | Investment: </strong>Anais joined LCP in 2015. In addition to advising clients, Anais is a senior member of the macroeconomic research team, helping to develop LCP&rsquo;s latest asset views and produce insights for clients.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ivan Buzulutsky | Investment:</strong> Ivan joined LCP in 2020 and leads the Asset Modelling Team. Ivan and his team deliver bespoke modelling solutions and support for a range of clients and projects. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jacob Stevens | Investment: </strong>Jacob joined the investment team in 2014. He leads advice on a number of UK DB pension schemes and is head of LCP's investment grade fixed income research team.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jenny Harbord | Investment: </strong>Jenny joined LCP in 2024 as Head of Real Assets. She has over 25 years of investment experience, including consultancy and direct experience at property and infrastructure companies. Jenny was previously the fund manager for Lendlease&rsquo;s flagship UK property vehicle and has a wide range of experience in creating capital solutions across the risk spectrum for private markets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Dan Marston | Pensions Actuarial:</strong> Dan joined LCP in 2013 and provides actuarial advice and DB pensions consulting to trustees. His expertise includes the new DB Funding Code, and he has advised many of LCP&rsquo;s first valuation submissions under the new regime.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gavin Smith | Pension Risk Transfer:</strong> Gavin joined LCP in 2025 from Legal & General. Gavin has worked with a range of our DB clients to support them in considering the full suite of potential endgame options. He has also worked with a number of clients as they approach a transaction with insurers, using his experience to maximise insurer engagement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Caroline Pearson | Pensions Actuarial:</strong> Caroline joined LCP in 2023 with a background in actuarial consulting. She now focuses exclusively on post-transaction projects, with a particular emphasis on troubleshooting stalled cases and getting complex projects back on track.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rosie Hadden | Pensions Actuarial:</strong> Rosie joined LCP in 2021 and has more than 10 years&rsquo; experience providing actuarial advice to DB pension schemes. Rosie splits her time between trustee advice, pensions risk transfer work and GMP equalisation projects.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ruth Ward | Pension Risk Transfer:</strong> Ruth joined LCP in 2023 and advises trustees and corporate sponsors of UK DB pension schemes on their Pension Risk Transfer (PRT) strategies, helping them identify their preferred endgames, prepare well to maximise insurer engagement, and execute successful transactions that deliver on their core objectives. She&rsquo;s a lead author of LCP&rsquo;s flagship PRT report.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sarah Gunn | Pension Risk Transfer:</strong> Sarah joined LCP in 2012 and, after a period away, rejoined in 2024. She now focuses on PRT work and leading key strategic relationships as the Professional Trustee Engagement Lead for the PRT team.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stefan Kemp | Pensions Actuarial:</strong> Stefan joined LCP in 2015. He advises trustees on all aspects of their scheme's journey, all the way through to the finish line. He&rsquo;s an author of LCP&rsquo;s flagship DB Pensions Priorities report, and also has a role on the contingent funding group.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Katherine Davidge | Risk & Compliance:</strong> Katherine joined LCP from Deloitte in 2024 as Chief Risk & Compliance Officer. Katherine spent over 20 years working at various consulting firms assisting clients with risk and compliance matters, and she has also worked for the FCA in both supervisory and policy roles.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kevin Patterson | LCP Health:</strong> Kevin joined LCP in 2025 and co-leads the US Market for LCP Health and has more than 30 years of experience in strategic consulting and industry innovation. As a founding partner of Medical Marketing Economics, LLC (MME), he served as the head of the Oncology Division and Administrative Partner. He specialises in strategic consulting, focusing extensively on value-based decision-making, pricing and reimbursement strategies, launch prioritisation by indication and country, and market access optimisation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lee Ann Steadman | LCP Health:</strong> Lee Ann joined LCP in 2025 and co-leads the US Market for LCP Health. She brings an extensive background in patient services and trade and channel, with experience supporting access, affordability, and evidence driven decision making across the healthcare ecosystem.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Olivia Krusel | Central management:</strong> Olivia joined LCP in 2023, after working in management consulting and strategy roles across Canada and America. Olivia works with multiple departments across LCP to identify and assess growth opportunities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stephen Harkin | LCP Delta: </strong>Stephen joined the business 18 years ago and leads the Demand Side practice within LCP Delta. He&rsquo;s responsible for key client relationships across the European energy sector, advising energy retailers, investors, manufacturers, and network operators on growth strategy and proposition development in the rapidly evolving energy landscape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>John Murray | LCP Delta: </strong>John leads the EV Team within LCP Delta and joined the business in 2012. He focuses on supporting clients in navigating the fast-evolving EV charging landscape. He has supported over 75 clients &ndash; including vehicle manufacturers, energy companies, investors and policy makers &ndash; through the provision of market insights, projections, advice and opinion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tom Veli | LCP Delta:</strong> Tom leads LCP Delta&rsquo;s Energy Networks team, working with energy networks, policymakers and the regulator on the transition to a low-carbon energy system. His work focuses on strategy, regulation, designing and delivering innovation, and helping clients navigate change across the sector. He is particularly interested in how net zero is reshaping energy networks and what this means for planning, investment and delivery.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rachel Crowther | DC Consulting:</strong> Rachel joined LCP in 2013 and heads up the DC Corporate strategy. She provides governance advice to DC corporate clients, helping with their DC strategy, plus reviewing pension providers to ensure the best possible terms are achieved. She co-leads the master trust research, meeting providers to understand evolving propositions that feed into our research and advice.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lcp-announces-19-new-partner-promotions-26510.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Diplomatic Hopes Offer Relief For Jittery Markets</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global stock markets look set to end a volatile week on a more positive footing, with investor sentiment showing tentative signs of recovery heading into the weekend. The FTSE 100 opened broadly flat this morning, with US markets expected to follow suit later this afternoon. While the term 'ceasefire' is used somewhat loosely, there has been enough perceived de-escalation in the Middle East to ease some of the pressure on risk assets we saw earlier in the week. The prospect of in-person talks between the US and Iran over the weekend is also helping steady nerves, offering hope that diplomatic channels remain open. Taken together, investors are becoming more comfortable that, while risks remain, the broader trajectory is moving in the right direction.</p>

<p>Oil prices have eased back from the highs seen earlier in the week but remain stuck in an elevated $95-100 range as supply concerns continue to dominate the outlook. The ongoing closure of the Strait of Hormuz remains the key sticking point, with President Trump warning Iran against imposing transit fees on vessels moving through the crucial shipping lane - a concern that has also been echoed by the UAE. Shipowners are still waiting for clearer guidance on access, leaving one of the world&rsquo;s most important energy arteries largely closed to traffic. Until it reopens, oil prices are unlikely to return to more stable levels, keeping inflation worries alive for investors. Getting the waterway flowing again will be a clear priority for the White House, which, despite some strongly worded social media posts, doesn&rsquo;t seem to have the leverage needed to force a full reopening.</p>

<p>TSMC, the world&rsquo;s largest contract chipmaker, reported first-quarter revenue up 35% year on year, beating market forecasts on continued strength in demand for AI hardware. March was particularly strong following a slightly softer February, with growth of 45%, almost double the longer-term average for the final month of the quarter. There may be plenty of noise elsewhere in the world, but the AI buildout shows little sign of slowing, with demand for AI hardware as strong as ever. Investors need only look at soaring GPU rental prices, tightening availability, comments from cloud CEOs, and now a strong set of sales from TSMC for confirmation. As software stocks continue to come under pressure, hardware names are beginning to absorb a greater share of investor capital. While certain software names look attractive at current valuations, we believe AI hardware is set to capture a larger-than-usual share of economic value in an increasingly AI-infused world, suggesting the chip trade may have further to run.</p>

<p>Gold is set for a third consecutive weekly gain, although it has not acted as the store of wealth or shock absorber that many might have expected during the recent Middle East tensions. That is largely because interest rate expectations have been the bigger driver of price action, outweighing the typical risk-off demand. This week&rsquo;s tentative ceasefire, coupled with news of talks over the weekend, has shifted rate expectations into a more favourable position for gold, helping support the latest move higher.&rdquo;</p>

<p>For access to stock reports and articles, please visit the Hargreaves Lansdown share research homepage or sign up to our updates here.</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/diplomatic-hopes-offer-relief-for-jittery-markets-26511.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Employers Urged To Maximise Support For Young Pension Savers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>31% of savers aged 18 to 34 stated that they knew what their pension was invested in, compared to 21% in the next age bracket. The research also found that younger savers were more interested in domestic investment, something the government is actively promoting, and more likely to have made changes to their pension investment options.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stuart Price, Partner and Actuary at Quantum Advisory, said:</strong> &ldquo;The findings are very encouraging, and I would expect this trend of young savers actively engaging with pensions and making informed decisions regarding their pension investments to continue. With financial literacy provision improving in schools, as an embedded aspect of the Curriculum for Wales and extended provision set to be introduced in England, the next generation of savers should be equipped with a better understanding of budgeting, investment and pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, financial education should not come to a halt as young employees enter the workplace. We must not allow this interest from young people to wane or for the generational divide in pension engagement to widen.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;From onboarding to retirement, employers can lead on support and further education for all employees in both group and one to one settings, providing clear face-to-face, written or online communications about pension scheme matters tailored to different stages of working life, and signposting to additional resources and guidance from trusted providers and organisations.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In addition to facilitating career-long financial education, employers can also make a difference to their employees&rsquo; retirement adequacy by increasing minimum auto-enrolment (AE) contribution levels.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Since 2012 employers have been required to provide a workplace pension scheme and automatically enrol employees aged between 22 and the State Pension Age who earn above &pound;10,000 per annum. The minimum AE pension total contribution is now 8%, with an employer contribution of at least 3% of qualifying earnings, which means that contributions from both the individual and employer only start on earnings above &pound;6,240.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Polling from the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement has found that over two in five business leaders believe minimum AE contribution levels should increase, with strong support for a gradual approach to reform through a phased timetable. This proposal is more popular among larger and medium-sized employers, with 54% of businesses with more than 250 employees and 50% of employers with between 50 and 249 staff backing an increase.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stuart Price added: </strong>&ldquo;Auto-enrolment is one of the most effective formats implemented within the pension industry. Younger workers, combined with education and support from their employers, can form a solid foundation of saving for retirement as soon as they start their working lives. Once the Pensions (Extension of Automatic Enrolment) (No.2) Bill is officially implemented, employees from the age of 18 will also benefit greatly.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The current minimum total contribution of 8% of a salary is realistically not enough to provide recipients with a comfortable retirement, so we welcome the interest from business leaders to increase the minimum contribution levels from all employers. This could be actioned, in a phased approach as was done upon the introduction of AE, but small businesses which make up the majority of private sector businesses in the UK and who generally currently pay the minimum amount could potentially struggle, having to make sacrifices elsewhere to support their employees in this way.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, in my view this is a sacrifice worth implementing as if people do not start saving more for their retirement then as a nation we are going to have a huge problem with people not being able to afford to retire until much later in life or not even at all!&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/employers-urged-to-maximise-support-for-young-pension-savers-26513.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Impact Of Generative Ai On Insurance Analytics</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Dr. Massimo Cavadini, Head of Product, Pricing, Claims and Underwriting for Continental Europe, Insurance Consulting and Technology and Pardeep Bassi, Global Proposition Leader - Data Science, Insurance Consulting and Technology, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Generative AI is no longer a future opportunity for insurers; it&rsquo;s becoming a competitive dividing line</div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s latest perspective from The European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (EIOPA)&rsquo;s 2025 market-wide study[1], issued on 2 February 2026 and based on responses from 347 insurance undertakings across 25 EU/EEA markets, underscores this shift: the industry is moving rapidly toward AI-enabled operations, but with strong human oversight and a cautious approach to risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Against this backdrop, we&rsquo;ve distilled EIOPA&rsquo;s analysis through the lens of our market experience, client engagements, and our vision for a next-generation Human + AI Agent operating model&mdash;highlighting what leading analytical teams need to thrive.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>01 AI enhances insurance analytical decision-making but does not replace it</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s focus on human oversight confirms a core belief: Gen AI can greatly enhance insurers&rsquo; analytical capabilities, but accountability must remain with humans. AI will speed up analysis, surface complex patterns, and automate routine tasks, but it cannot hold responsibility in a regulated industry.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This means oversight will shift from manual line-by-line, item-by-item reviews to a principle-based, policy-driven governance. Leaders will need to define clear guardrails, thresholds, and escalation rules that determine when AI operates autonomously and when human intervention is required. AI agents will monitor continuously, escalating only where human assessment is required.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Future workflows will blend deterministic and non-deterministic steps to achieve the appropriate control whilst retaining the benefits of the flexibility Gen AI inherently provides, all by leveraging the transparency and explainability built into human user interfaces to support confident decision-making. This aligns with EIOPA&rsquo;s view that today&rsquo;s Gen AI systems remain heavily supervised but will gain controlled autonomy as governance matures and operational confidence strengthens.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, insurers can deploy AI-driven monitoring to flag Actual vs Expected (AvE) deviations in near real time. Only material exceptions &ndash; say, a sudden 10% frequency surge in a micro segment are routed to human review committees, reducing noise and focusing expert attention where it matters most. This operationalises EIOPA&rsquo;s &ldquo;assisted&rdquo; approach under strong supervision, and it mirrors WTW&rsquo;s &ldquo;predict and act&rdquo; active portfolio management cycle.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>02 Future insurance analytical teams will be insurance domain experts fluent in AI</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s report highlights a looming talent gap in AI skills within the industry. We see this challenge not as a shortfall of talent, but as a shift in the required skill set of existing individuals. The insurance analysts of the future won&rsquo;t just be data scientists or actuaries; they will need to be insurance domain experts who are also fluent in AI. These professionals will design, interpret, and challenge AI agents' outputs, integrating AI-driven insights seamlessly into business decisions. They will operate in continuous, interconnected analytical cycles as part of networked teams aligned to a new AI-driven target operating models.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Generative AI will dramatically compress analytical cycle times; instead of periodic or annual reviews, insurers will move to near real-time updates. Continuous feedback loops among functions such as pricing, reserving, underwriting, and claims will become the norm, enabling increasingly proactive and collective analytics cultures rather than periodic or siloed ones.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, a cross-functional portfolio management team (encompassing pricing, claims, underwriting, and reserving) might use WTW&rsquo;s RadarTM Vision tool to sift through emerging data and automatically surface areas of concern, such as a creeping increase in auto parts costs leading to higher claims severity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The cross-functional team can then agree on targeted micro-actions (for instance, adjusting certain price levers, updating underwriting rules, or tweaking claims triage and total loss criteria) and measure the impact within days or weeks, rather than waiting for quarterly results. Knowing how to work with AI agents by asking the right questions, requesting detailed explanations, and challenging assumptions are the types of skills needed by the team.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>03 Leading insurers operationalize AI instead of just experimenting</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA found that most Gen AI use cases in insurance are still in the pilot or proof-of-concept stage. In our view, insurers must move decisively beyond experimentation and &ldquo;AI labs&rdquo; to truly operationalize AI across their enterprises. The winners in this new era will be those who integrate AI into workflows, not those who regard it as a separate, non-integrated experiment. This means establishing scaled operating models that embed human-AI collaboration. Key elements of such an operating model include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Human-and-agent teams, in which AI agents handle high volume and routine tasks while humans focus on oversight, complex cases, and strategic analysis where expert assessment is more important.Connected functions, breaking down silos by enabling AI-driven insights to flow seamlessly across teams (for example, allowing claims and pricing functions to share an up-to-date, frequently updated view on inflation).Shared outcome alignment across pricing, reserving, underwriting, and claims, so that all functions work towards common business goals using insights derived from both human expertise and AI.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We envision a future in which a single analytics team might consist of five human experts, supported by up to fifty AI agents. In this scenario, AI takes on much of the heavy lifting for data processing and initial analysis, while humans provide guidance, make final decisions, and handle exceptions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, an insurer could establish a central active portfolio management &ldquo;run&rdquo; function that operates a near-continuous insight &rarr; action &rarr; feedback cycle. AI agents would automatically prepare cross-functional &ldquo;change sheets&rdquo; that highlight segments to grow, defend, or adjust in response to emerging data. Human managers would then review, approve, and deploy these changes within predefined guardrails. This kind of rapid, iterative cycle moves far beyond a one-off pilot to embed AI into everyday analytical operations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>04 Insurance domain expertise must be embedded into AI agents</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s observation of a heavy reliance on third-party AI providers underscores a critical point: generic, one-size-fits-all AI solutions are insufficient for a heavily regulated, highly specialized industry like insurance. Insurers will gain greater value (and control) by embedding deep insurance-domain knowledge directly into their AI tools and models. At WTW, we are designing AI solutions with insurance-specific expertise at the core. We continue to invest in:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Insurance domain-specific AI systems that understand the unique characteristics of insurance processes, decisions, and data.</em></div>

<div><em>Deterministic models and rules blended with Gen AI reasoning, where combining more traditional insurance analytics (which are deterministic in nature) with generative AI provides consistency, ability to meet regulatory needs, and apply human oversight.</em></div>

<div><em>Embedded governance, explainability, and compliance capabilities built into AI systems from the ground up.</em></div>

<div><em>Advanced model monitoring and auditability, so that AI decisions can always be tracked and verified.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This combination of insurance domain-centric design and controls ensures accuracy, regulatory alignment, and the ability to apply human oversight, ultimately providing material differentiation from competitors.</div>

<div>For example, a specific AI pricing agent could be designed with insurance-specific knowledge &ndash; such as recognising retention elasticity or catastrophe exposure levels to detect risk-adjusted underwriting margin drift. It could then suggest targeted actions at a segment level (adjusting rates, changing underwriting rules, revising risk appetite) that are consistent with capital, reserving, and regulatory requirements. In this way, the AI is not just technically sophisticated, but also &ldquo;speaks insurance&rdquo; by incorporating the same domain expertise that human specialists apply.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>05 Governance and controls must shift to more frequent and more action-oriented oversight</strong></div>

<div>As AI becomes ingrained in decision-making, traditional periodic governance will need to give way to embedded, real-time oversight of AI activities. We strongly agree with EIOPA&rsquo;s emphasis on updating governance frameworks for the age of AI. The next phase of AI governance will be continuous and agent-driven. In practice, future control environments are likely to include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div>AI agents for risk and compliance &ndash; for example, critic agents, guardrail agents, and compliance agents continuously monitoring AI activities in real time.Automated, continuous checks on data privacy, policy thresholds, regulatory compliance, and financial limits &ndash; ensuring that AI systems operate within predefined bounds and any deviation is instantly flagged.Comprehensive logging of AI actions for transparency and auditability, so that every AI-driven decision can be traced and reviewed by humans at any time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Simply put, static quarterly or annual governance processes will no longer suffice for organisations using AI at scale. Governance must become a built-in part of the AI&rsquo;s operation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, consider a scenario in which every portfolio action proposed by an AI agent &ndash; such as recommending a 2.5% rate increase for a particular microsegment &ndash; is automatically subjected to a series of policy and limit checks before implementation. Each recommendation would generate an audit trail accessible to second-line oversight teams and regulators. This real-time control mechanism ensures that AI-driven decisions comply with all regulatory and business rules and standards, allowing human reviewers to focus only on exceptions or breaches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>06 Shift to direct agent-to-agent communication for easier integration</strong></div>

<div>Many insurers rely on multiple third-party technology providers, which can make integration slow and cumbersome. We believe agent-to-agent communication will increasingly replace traditional APIs and middleware, reducing friction between systems. In an AI-native integration model where AI agents communicate directly with one another, legacy systems, cloud services, and cross-functional workflows can interoperate seamlessly. This shift promises lower integration costs, faster deployment of new tools and models, and improved quality control across the enterprise.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, imagine a monitoring AI agent flags an uptick in slippage in the Actual vs Expected (AvE) loss ratio. It could automatically trigger a cascade of agent-to-agent interactions: a refit agent recalibrates the demand model, and a deployment agent pushes updated rate recommendations to the pricing engine, subject to human approval. All these steps occur within a controlled, fully logged pipeline where integration happens behind the scenes through agent interactions, while humans maintain ultimate governance and oversight.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>07 Insurance analytics software must embrace AI</strong></div>

<div>EIOPA notes the growing importance of reliable vendor tools in supporting AI adoption.</div>

<div>In this context, Radar&trade; 5, the latest version of WTW&rsquo;s market-leading pricing and analytics software, enables insurers to integrate Gen AI features in a governed, industry-specific manner.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Offers rapid, transparent insights into business performance, allowing users to identify changes in business KPIs and predictive models quickly.Automatically identifies and clearly explains portfolio shifts, highlighting emerging trends or anomalies in the book that may require management action.Provides AI augmented model development assistance, offering underwriters and actuaries a &ldquo;co-pilot&rdquo; to interpret complex model results and suggest data-driven next steps. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>All these features align with EIOPA&rsquo;s emphasis on improving decision quality and oversight. By embedding intelligence and automation at the core of the pricing process (while maintaining human control), Radar 5 technology supports the industry&rsquo;s AI-enabled future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>08 Deep expertise becomes more, not less, valuable in the AI era</strong></div>

<div>Far from replacing human expertise, the rise of AI makes deep insurance knowledge and analytical assessment more critical than ever. As routine tasks are automated, an organization&rsquo;s true competitive advantage will lie in uniquely human strengths such as:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Interpretation of nuanced trends and model outputs.</em></div>

<div><em>Expert assessment in areas of ambiguity or ethical consideration.</em></div>

<div><em>Governance and oversight of automated processes.</em></div>

<div><em>Strategic decision making that sets long-term direction. </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>As automation takes over routine analytical tasks, insurers must be intentional about developing deep expertise in insurance and analytics. With fewer day-to-day tasks available for traditional on-the-job learning, insurers will need structured, proactive training to ensure future teams build the knowledge and analytical judgment required to work effectively with AI-driven systems.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>AI gives experts greater leverage and reach by handling mundane work and providing intelligent analysis, so that human specialists can focus on high-value decisions. It elevates the importance of seasoned analytical expertise by enabling those experts to have a bigger impact.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>EIOPA&rsquo;s 2025 Generative AI report supports our vision of the future of insurance analytics:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>AI is transformative, but it must be implemented in a responsible, controlled manner.</em></div>

<div><em>Human accountability remains paramount, though how human assessment is applied will change profoundly.</em></div>

<div><em>The insurance operating model will shift to Human + AI Agent teams, fundamentally redesigning how work gets done.</em></div>

<div><em>Governance must become embedded and real-time to provide continuous oversight, rather than periodic checks, which will be the new standard.</em></div>

<div><em>Deep domain expertise is more essential than ever and will be the key differentiator for market leaders.</em></div>

<div><em>Insurers that move beyond experimentation and truly operationalize AI will lead the industry in the coming decade.</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-impact-of-generative-ai-on-insurance-analytics-26505.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>55  More Stolen Vehicles Recovered In 2025 Worth Over  41m</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>What&rsquo;s more, 200 non-Tracker fitted vehicles that had been stolen were also recovered and returned to their rightful owners as a result of Tracker&rsquo;s SVR success.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While high-end vehicle thefts make the headlines, the biggest percentage of stolen cars recovered by Tracker last year were valued between &pound;10,000 and &pound;20,000, and one in ten of all stolen vehicles recovered by Tracker were worth less than &pound;10,000. Just 4% of the stolen cars the business recovered in 2025 were valued at over &pound;50,000. Profits from the sale of stolen cars are being used to fuel the wider activities of Organised Crime Gangs (OCGs). Tracker urges all car owners to be vigilant, warning that no vehicle is immune from being targeted by professional criminals.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The record figures reported by Tracker are a result of increasing numbers of car manufacturers, insurers and dealers coming together to fight the unrelenting threat of vehicle crime, by helping motorists install Tracker&rsquo;s SVR devices on new and used cars. Tracker is the only stolen vehicle recovery expert that is formally supported by all 43 police forces in the U.K. Most police patrol vehicles and all police helicopters are fitted with Tracker detection units, capable of locating stolen vehicles via Tracker&rsquo;s unique VHF signal, which remains unaffected by GPS or GSM jamming.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The combination of Tracker&rsquo;s police collaboration and its unique VHF technology sees it achieve a 95% recovery rate, 50% of which are recovered within 4 hours and 80% are returned to their owners within 24 hours. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Whilst a Freedom of Information (FOI) request by Tracker to the DVLA reveals a 11% year-on-year decline in vehicle theft across England and Wales in 2025, Tracker reminds motorists that theft figures are 48% higher than recorded by the DVLA a decade ago?. Adding to motorists&rsquo; woes is a drastic decline in recovery rates for unprotected vehicles. Between 2022 and 2025 just 13% of stolen vehicles were recovered by policeii. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over 90,000 vehicles were reported as stolen in 2025 according to the DVLA, from motorbikes to vans used by small businesses and prestige cars to combine harvesters.  The most stolen vehicle recorded by the DVLA in 2025 was the Yamaha NMAX, a favoured scooter amongst urban riders, delivery riders and first-time bikers, followed closely by the ever-popular Ford Transit 350.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Clive Wain, Head of Police Liaison at Tracker</strong> says that it too sees a huge variety of cars being targeted by criminals on a daily basis, &ldquo;Our stolen vehicle recoveries are dominated by thefts of premium car brands, such as BMW, Jaguar Land Rover, Mercedes-Benz, Lexus and Toyota. However, the intelligence we gather from our partner network tells us that the Toyota RAV4, Ford Puma, Nissan Juke and BMW X5 are firm favourites amongst thieves.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Tracker goes on to advise car owners to be extra vigilant at this time of year, as stolen vehicle recoveries peaked around the March and September plate registration changes. Over &pound;4 million of vehicles were recovered by Tracker around the spring plate change alone.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Vehicle theft can be financially and emotionally devastating for motorists. That&rsquo;s why we continue to forge industry partnerships and work tirelessly with U.K. police to recover stolen vehicles to their owners,&rdquo; <strong>continues Clive Wain. </strong>&ldquo;Together, not only are we stopping motorists' prized possessions from being sold on or shipped abroad, but we are also stopping them from being stripped for their parts. The illegal harvest and sale of quality second-hand parts have become a lucrative revenue stream for OCG&rsquo;s operating on the black market. Last year, Tracker and the police uncovered and closed 78 illegal chop shops, resulting in 147 arrests, which was another record year.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Concludes Mark Kameen, Lead for the National Vehicle Crime Reduction Partnership (NVCRP):</strong> &ldquo;An overarching ambition when launching the National Vehicle Crime Strategy in 2024 was to enhance intelligence between law enforcement and the private sector to help tackle organised vehicle crime.  And we are actively achieving our goal. The record number of stolen vehicle recoveries by Tracker and the U.K. police also underlines this. We will continue to build on this success by working closely with all of our partners and members, sharing expertise to ensure we all play a vital role in tackling vehicle crime across the country.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>DVLA FOI Data &ndash; The number of vehicles recorded as stolen on the DVLA database for each full year 2020-2026</strong></div>

<div><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TrackerStolen10904261.jpg" style="height:116px; width:487px" /></strong></div>

<div><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TrackerStolen20904261.jpg" style="height:261px; width:423px" /></strong></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/55--more-stolen-vehicles-recovered-in-2025-worth-over--41m-26507.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Questions Raised Over Durability Of Middle East Ceasefire</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Aarin Chiekrie, equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 has continued yesterday&rsquo;s momentum, opening marginally higher this morning despite little in the way of major stock results. This is the relative calm before the storm, as first-quarter earnings season is set to kick off next week with the likes of Barratt Redrow, Imperial Brands and Tesco first out of the gates. Overseas, tech names like ASML, TSMC and Netflix are also on the docket, with the first two likely being buoyed by strong chip demand amid the AI boom.</p>

<p>US stock futures slipped lower this morning, giving up some of yesterday&rsquo;s gains as renewed Israeli strikes on Lebanon raised questions about the durability of a fragile ceasefire agreement in the Middle East. While it&rsquo;s been a tough start to the year for equity investors, the bigger picture needs to be kept in mind. The S&P 500 has already rallied more than 7% from its 30 March low and is now down less than 1% year-to-date. While progress towards a more permanent resolution in the Middle East will dominate short-term market moves, it&rsquo;s earning power that drives stock prices in the long term. Some corners of the market have seen their share prices get caught up in the broader market sell-off, despite a resilient or improving earnings picture, so there&rsquo;s something to be said for being greedy when others are fearful.</p>

<p>Brent Crude prices recovered some of yesterday&rsquo;s sharp losses this morning, moving nearly 2% to around $97 per barrel following further Israeli strikes on Lebanon. The Strait of Hormuz, which handles around 20% of global crude and gas flows, remains largely obstructed, and Iranian media reports suggest that oil tanker traffic through the Strait has been suspended again following the attacks by Israel. Oil prices will likely remain elevated and choppy until a more permanent agreement is struck between all parties, and on that front, US Vice President JD Vance is set to lead a US delegation to Islamabad for direct talks with Iran this weekend.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown:</p>

<p>&ldquo;Meta&rsquo;s new AI model, Muse Spark, is a better-than-expected first release from Zuckerberg&rsquo;s Superintelligence Labs, a team he's spent tens of billions building after last year&rsquo;s misstep that led to a reset of its previous model group. Shares jumped last night as early benchmarks show the model performing in the same broad range as leading systems despite this being the team&rsquo;s first real outing since that overhaul. Meta was upfront that this is very much iteration one, and while there still appears to be a gap between Muse and the top models from OpenAI and Anthropic, this moves Meta back into the upper tier of model builders. With markets having largely priced in little return from its AI investment plans, this release offers an early signal that the new team is back on track and begins to put some tangible footing under longer-term monetisation hopes - we think the risk/reward setup for Meta is attractive right now.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/questions-raised-over-durability-of-middle-east-ceasefire-26501.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Current Instability Having Minimal Impact On Redress</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The quarterly Defined Benefit (DB) Redress Tracker from leading independent financial services consultancy Broadstone provides an indicator of the level of compensation due to those who were previously ill-advised to transfer out of their DB pension.</p>

<p>Broadstone&rsquo;s DB Redress Tracker follows the example of an individual who left their scheme in 2018 aged 50, with a pension of &pound;10,000 p.a. which would receive inflation-linked increases when in payment. The potential spread around the example case &ndash; the area shaded blue in the below chart &ndash;  has been updated to reflect the largest loss and gain in a notional portfolio of cases (previously it showed a narrower spread based on varying the fund return for the single example case).</p>

<p>The Tracker is developed in line with Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) rules for calculating redress with the individual assumed to have invested their funds to earn returns in line with the FTSE Private Investor Index.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneRedress0904261.jpg" style="height:300px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>The most recent update for Q2 2026 shows that no redress is payable as the consumer is likely to be judged to be better off as a result of the transfer with the central estimate remaining broadly unchanged at compensation of -&pound;40,000.</p>

<p>The last time that the Tracker found compensation would be payable was Q4 2024 (&pound;2,000) with the central estimate showing a clear and sustained downward trend; three years ago, the central estimate found that &pound;57,000 (Q2 2023) would be payable.</p>

<p>However, that central result hides that that there are still some consumers to whom redress will be payable as the redress evaluation will need to consider factors including:</p>

<p>the critical yield at time of transfer &ndash; the higher the critical yield the more likely redress is payablethe date of transfer &ndash; transfers during the period 2016-2018 will generally show a gain, whereas more recent transfers and, particularly, much older transfers are more likely to show a lossinvestment returns since transfer &ndash; consumers who have achieved relatively low investment returns post transfer, whether due to choosing low risk investments such as cash or making poor investment choices will be more likely to show redress payable</p>

<p>While attention is likely to focus on the impact of current global instability on redress figures, to-date there has been minimal impact scrutinising the data through March 2026.</p>

<p>Assets have deteriorated following the conflict in Iran and inflation expectations have spiked, but this has largely been offset by increases in bond yields.</p>

<p><strong>Simon Robinson, Senior Consultant & Actuary in Broadstone&rsquo;s Insurance Advisory & Remediation division, commented:</strong> &ldquo;While markets have experienced a period of heightened volatility over the past month or so, the impact on DB transfer redress calculations has so far been limited. Poorer asset performance would normally increase the likelihood of redress being payable, but this has largely been offset by rising short- to medium-term bond yields, which reduce the value of the benefits that would have been given up.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Our central estimate continues to suggest that, in many cases, redress will not be payable for most consumers. However, the headline figure does not tell the whole story and outcomes remain highly dependent on individual circumstances such as investment performance, the critical yield at the point of transfer and the timing of the transfer itself. This means that while the overall trend in redress calculations has moved down significantly over the past few years, there will still be a cohort of consumers for whom redress is payable, and firms must continue to assess cases carefully rather than assuming no compensation will be due.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/current-instability-having-minimal-impact-on-redress-26502.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Canada Life Appoints New Bpa Strategic Delivery Director</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>She joins from Standard Life, where she most recently was Head of Liquidity Management, and spent several years playing a leading role in its BPA pricing, proposition enhancements, and strategic delivery. Earlier in her career, Rhian worked at Aon, advising on some of the largest and most complex bulk annuity transactions in the UK market. In this new role, Rhian will lead a portfolio of strategic initiatives to support Canada Life&rsquo;s BPA business growth plans.</p>

<p><strong>Shreyas Sridhar, Managing Director, BPA, at Canada Life said: </strong>&ldquo;I am delighted to welcome Rhian to the Canada Life team, and I look forward to the impact she will make as we continue to build momentum in our BPA business. Rhian brings a unique blend of commercial acumen, leadership capabilities, technical depth, and market insight, and will play a key role in helping us deliver on our ambitious strategy.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Commenting, Rhian Littlewood said: </strong>&ldquo;I am pleased to be joining the Canada Life team at an exciting time in the risk transfer market and at a pivotal point in Canada Life&rsquo;s strategic plans. I am looking forward to working alongside a very talented team, to deliver on the business&rsquo;s growth trajectory.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/canada-life-appoints-new-bpa-strategic-delivery-director-26503.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Or Property For Retirement</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In a world that feels increasingly complicated, uncertain and unpredictable, people are thinking differently about how they&rsquo;ll fund life after work. Rather than relying on a single source of income, new research from retirement specialist Standard Life shows that younger generations are more likely to expect a combination of pensions and property to underpin their financial security in later life &ndash; while older generations are more inclined to rely on pensions alone. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>More than one in three Millennials (35%) and Gen Z (39%) expect to use a combination of pension savings and property to fund their retirement. In contrast, a quarter of Baby Boomers (25%) and just one-in-five of Gen X (21%) expect to follow this combined  approach, with half of Baby Boomers (50%) and over half of Gen X (52%) instead favouring a total reliance on pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Economic realities are reshaping retirement expectations</strong></div>

<div>People across all age groups are grappling with higher living costs and greater economic uncertainty, but the impact is being felt in different ways across the generations. Many younger adults are juggling more immediate financial pressures &ndash; from rent and mortgage payments to day-to-day living costs &ndash; which can push long-term retirement planning further down the priority list. Against that backdrop, relying on a combination of pensions and property can feel more realistic than betting on a single route to later-life security.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Gen X workers in the private sector largely missed out on the full benefits and security of Defined Benefit pensions and property may help bridge the gap. Three quarters (75%) already own their home, either outright (38%) or with a mortgage (37%), giving many a valuable source of longer-term resilience alongside pension savings. Baby Boomers and older generations, by contrast, are more likely to own their home outright (78%) and benefit from DB pensions (42%, compared with 28% of Gen X) &ndash; factors that can provide greater certainty over retirement income and naturally shape more pension-led expectations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Regional differences reveal divides in how people view pensions and property</strong></div>

<div>Standard Life&rsquo;s research also highlights clear regional differences in how people view their path to retirement income. In the Northeast, more than half (56%) expect to rely mainly on a pension, compared with just under a third (32%) in Greater London. London stands out for its far higher proportion of people who see pensions and property as equally important (46%), while reliance on property alone remains relatively low across all regions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeBet0904261.jpg" style="height:179px; width:541px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the property vs pension debate, Mike Ambery Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc, said:</strong> &ldquo;Younger generations are coming of age in a very different financial landscape to those before them. Many face higher living costs, less predictable career paths and far greater barriers to getting onto &ndash; or moving up &ndash; the property ladder, while also being far less likely to benefit from the certainty of Defined Benefit pensions. Against that backdrop, it&rsquo;s no surprise that many aren&rsquo;t putting all their hopes on a single route to funding life after work.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Everyone&rsquo;s journey to and through retirement can be better, and that starts with acknowledging how people actually live today. For younger generations, that means recognising the financial pressures they&rsquo;re under and focusing on simple, realistic steps they can take now &ndash; even if the long-term goal still feels a long way off.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Whatever your age or stage in your journey to retirement, small, consistent pension contributions remain one of the most reliable ways to build long-term financial security. And with attitudes on retirement assets varying so sharply across the UK, it&rsquo;s clear that where you live can also shape how you think about building that stability &ndash; whether that&rsquo;s feeling more reliant on pensions in some regions or taking a more blended approach in others.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For many, property can be a key financial asset when it comes to funding later life, but it&rsquo;s important not to overlook the attractive features and tax advantages that come with a pension. The aim is to feel more confident and in control of your future by taking manageable steps that strengthen your financial foundations over time.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-or-property-for-retirement-26504.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fall In Risk Transfer Deals Masks Surge In Smaller Buyins</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The overall number of deals of 370 set a new record for the market, an increase of more than 20% year-on-year (2024: 299), driven almost entirely by smaller pension schemes. While the number of deals sized over &pound;100m stayed broadly flat year-on-year, the number smaller than &pound;100m increased by more than 30%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Although the year was characterised by an increase in smaller buy-in deals, larger scheme de-risking activity remained significant, according to the leading pensions and financial services consultancy. Four insurers completed deals in excess of &pound;1bn covering &pound;8bn overall, and over &pound;18bn of liabilities was covered by longevity swaps. Competition in the market was strong for deals of all sizes, with 11 insurers actively participating over the year, and an increasing number participating in buy-ins below &pound;100m. This helped to drive competitive pricing and innovation across the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>2025 also saw developments in the alternative risk transfer space, with TPT announcing its intention to launch a superfund.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the findings from the H2 2025 report, Michael Abramson, Partner and Risk Transfer Specialist, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;2025 saw a more than 20% fall in bulk annuity volumes year-on-year. While this drop will have left some insurers disappointed, it hides a growing de-risking trend in smaller pension schemes, with the number of deals less than &pound;100m actually increasing by more than 30% during the year. This is a result of both improved pension scheme funding levels and intense insurer competition.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Recent insurer M&A activity has reduced the number of market participants from 11 to 10, but it has also brought new capital and asset sourcing capabilities into the market. We expect that this will bring excess supply relative to demand from pension schemes, which is likely to continue to provide attractive pricing opportunities for schemes that are seeking to insure. In addition to competing on price, insurers are continuing to invest in their operational and administrative capabilities, with a focus on offering a high-quality of customer service and a positive member experience.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fall-in-risk-transfer-deals-masks-surge-in-smaller-buyins-26506.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Does An Uncertain World Effect Covenant Reliability</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Helen Abbott, Covenant Partner, LCP</strong></p>

<div><strong>What is covenant reliability?</strong></div>

<div>Under the new DB funding regime, trustees are asked to determine a &lsquo;covenant reliability period&rsquo; &ndash; which means they need to say, in years (but for some it might only be months) how long they have &lsquo;reasonable certainty&rsquo; about how much cash the employer is expected to generate and what could be available for the scheme.</div>

<p>This assessment should of course be proportionate and guided by how much future support the scheme is likely to need from its employer. Many schemes are now very well funded and a light touch review is appropriate. But for those with funding deficits where making an assessment of covenant reliability is more important, doing so during a period of such economic uncertainty can be challenging.</p>

<p>The covenant reliability period influences deficit repair contributions, recovery plan length, and how much investment and funding risk the scheme should run. It&rsquo;s also something that should be considered where schemes are thinking about running on and sharing surplus with the employer.</p>

<p>Covenant reliability is not about how long the employer is expected to be around (that&rsquo;s &lsquo;covenant longevity&rsquo; &ndash; more jargon!). Covenant reliability is about looking at the employer&rsquo;s cash generation and its uses, reviewing its future cash flow forecasts and business plans, and establishing how reliably it is generating cash and at what level (i.e. a &pound; amount) it would be available to fund the scheme. That&rsquo;s another key concept trustees need to conclude on &ndash; maximum affordable contributions, or &ldquo;MAC&rdquo;, as a total &pound; amount over the covenant reliability period.</p>

<p>The Pensions Regulator has said it expects most covenant reliability periods to be three to six years. But some may be much shorter.</p>

<p>If you haven&rsquo;t yet navigated a valuation in the new regime this might be a bit confusing, and these new concepts are certainly more complex than having to decide on one of four covenant grades! Have a look at our guidance on preparing for the new covenant requirements for some more information on these key new concepts: New DB funding code - Preparing for the new covenant requirements.</p>

<div><strong>Uncertainty is impacting most employers</strong></div>

<div>It&rsquo;s difficult to think of an employer that won&rsquo;t be impacted by the current wave of economic uncertainty. Some will be directly impacted &ndash; for example those with energy intensive operations or supply chains that run through impacted geographies. For others there will be less direct, but still potentially material impacts. This could be from cost inflation they can&rsquo;t fully pass on to customers, declining demand for their products and services due to ever increasing cost of living pressures, or difficultly obtaining financing facilities (or them becoming more expensive and with more conditions attached).</div>

<p>For many businesses the issues aren&rsquo;t just from events this year, they&rsquo;ve experienced headwinds since the Ukraine conflict impacted supply chains and energy costs, and then the imposition of US tariffs and retaliatory actions on global trade. And some businesses that were particularly hit during Covid are yet to recover fully. There&rsquo;s also the impact of actions taken by the UK Government, such as increased National Insurance and minimum wage rates, and material increases to business rates hitting this year.</p>

<p>The impacts of this latest phase of geopolitical instability are difficult to predict. It could be that there is such uncertainty about how, when, or by how much, the employer may be impacted, that it makes assessing the outlook, and covenant reliability, a real challenge.</p>

<p>When economic conditions become so unpredictable, an employer&rsquo;s ability to support its scheme can deteriorate quickly and sometimes without much warning.</p>

<p>This makes it more important than ever that the covenant is regularly monitored and advice sought to support trustee considerations.</p>

<div><strong>Does covenant reliability matter for well-funded schemes?</strong></div>

<div>The short answer is yes, in most cases it still does. And it&rsquo;s not just about doing valuations in the new funding regime, it&rsquo;s also about looking at the medium and longer term covenant for schemes that are running on.</div>

<p>A lot of schemes don&rsquo;t have a funding deficit now, but trustees still need to take a proportionate look at the strength of covenant, including its reliability. It&rsquo;s about checking that the covenant can underwrite scheme risks, making sure that if downside events materialise that the employer can afford to make them good over a reasonable period of time.</p>

<p>This is more important now than ever, because current geopolitical events make it more likely that downside scheme events will occur. They cause financial market volatility which can lead to a fall in the value of a scheme&rsquo;s investments, potentially creating or increasing a deficit. This happening at the same time as the employer is also exposed means trustees risk having a bigger scheme funding need supported by a weaker covenant.</p>

<div><strong>What does this mean for trustees?</strong></div>

<div>Trustees will need to consider factoring in a level of uncertainty to their assessment of covenant reliability and consider stress testing the employer&rsquo;s forecasts for the events most likely to impact them. The employer itself may have already done this and have some useful information to provide to the trustees.</div>

<p>This could mean it&rsquo;s appropriate to conclude on a shorter time period for covenant reliability, or a lower level of cash availability (or MAC) for the scheme.</p>

<p>In some cases, it may mean considering mitigating actions, such as seeking contingent asset support, accelerating funding for the scheme, derisking the scheme&rsquo;s investments, or revisiting whether run-on remains the best option.</p>

<p>The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s 2025 annual funding statement emphasises that trustees should consider trade and geopolitical uncertainty, as well as other longer term economic dynamics like the energy transition, when assessing covenant. Where these factors could materially impact the employer, trustees should ensure scheme risk remains appropriate. We expect to see more guidance on these issues in the 2026 annual funding statement due to be published in a few weeks.</p>

<p>Covenant reliability is not just a consideration at triennial valuations. It&rsquo;s integral to managing a DB pension scheme. Recent events have shown that external shocks can arrive suddenly and have significant, lasting effects on employer finances. Regular covenant monitoring and communication with the employer is key. Trustees and employers need the right advice to ensure plans are in place for difficult periods.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-does-an-uncertain-world-effect-covenant-reliability-26498.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Global Insurance Rankings Fracture </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Regulatory pressure, medical cost inflation, and geopolitical volatility are reshaping underwriting discipline and capital allocation, redefining competitive leadership and long-term growth trajectories across global markets, reveals GlobalData, a leading intelligence and productivity platform.</p>

<p><strong>Murthy Grandhi, Company Profiles Analyst at GlobalData, comments:</strong> &ldquo;The aggregate market capitalization across the top 25 has contracted meaningfully year-on-year (YoY), yet the losses are grotesquely concentrated. Five US insurers &mdash; UnitedHealth Group, Elevance Health, The Progressive Corp, The Cigna Group, and Aflac &mdash; collectively shed roughly $226 billion in market value between March 2025 and March 2026. The rest of the table, predominantly European and Asian P&C and life insurers, either held steady or gained. This is not a sector-wide malaise. It is a specifically American managed-care catastrophe.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_GlobalDataTop0804261.jpg" style="height:354px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>The UnitedHealth unravelling</strong></p>

<p>UnitedHealth Group is absorbing a roughly 20% stock rout after warning investors it expects its first annual revenue decline in more than three decades, a striking reversal for a company long viewed as a reliable compounder. Full-year 2025 revenue rose about 12% to $447.6 billion, but 2026 guidance points to sales falling to &ldquo;greater than $439 billion,&rdquo; implying contraction rather than growth. Its market cap plunged 48% from $472 billion to $245.6 billion, the largest absolute dollar destruction in the top 25 cohort.</p>

<p>The damage extends beyond guidance. DOJ criminal and civil investigations into UNH&rsquo;s Medicare Advantage billing practices remain open, focusing on whether patient diagnoses were inflated to secure higher reimbursements. At the same time, the Trump administration proposed a near-flat 0.09% net rate increase for 2027 Medicare Advantage plans, down sharply from the 5.06% increase for 2026 and below the 4%&ndash;6% many analysts expected. The combination of regulatory repricing and a federal probe has reset the stock&rsquo;s valuation multiple.</p>

<p>Elevance Health (-34.5%) and Cigna (-20.2%) echo the trend in different ways. Elevance&rsquo;s medical benefit ratio reached 92.4% in Q4 2024, while managed care loss ratios averaged 90.7%, up 4.5 percentage points year-on-year. These are not cyclical blips; they point to structural mispricing of medical trend after years of aggressive Medicare Advantage expansion supported by premium rates that now appear insufficient.</p>

<p>Progressive&rsquo;s -29.1% decline is often misread when framed against its peak. The Ohio-based P&C insurer, which jumped to rank three globally by Q1 2025, is normalizing from extraordinary pandemic-era auto insurance pricing power as competition returns and loss ratios revert.</p>

<p>Grandhi adds: &ldquo;Asian and European insurers now occupy seven of the top 10 spots globally, a configuration that would have seemed implausible just a few years ago.&rdquo;</p>

<p>AIA Group&rsquo;s 38.8% surge to $113.8 billion, the strongest performance in the top 25, reflects its fundamentals. AIA posted record Value of New Business of $1.48 billion, up 25% YoY, with mainland China up 27%. Ping An (+18.2%) and China Pacific Insurance (+22.7%) benefited from Beijing&rsquo;s late-2025 stimulus pivot, which boosted domestic equities and improved life insurers&rsquo; investment returns, given their sensitivity to asset yields.</p>

<p>Great-West Lifeco (+17.7%) and Manulife (+8.9%) reflect Canada&rsquo;s relative insulation, while Allianz (+7.0%) and Chubb (+7.1%) underscore the resilience of diversified global P&C franchises with disciplined underwriting.</p>

<p>Life Insurance Corporation of India (-17.3%) is the outlier among Asian names, weighed down by India&rsquo;s equity market correction and LIC&rsquo;s heavy domestic equity exposure &mdash; a vulnerability tied to its state-owned model.</p>

<p>Tokio Marine&rsquo;s rise to rank 11 also merits attention. Japanese insurers are benefiting from the Bank of Japan&rsquo;s gradual rate normalization, which lifts investment income on massive bond portfolios after decades of near-zero yields; this tailwind is multi-year, not temporary.</p>

<p>Berkshire Hathaway remains the sector&rsquo;s anchor at $1.03 trillion market cap despite a -9% YoY decline. Its diversified, float-driven model&mdash;using insurance as a capital engine rather than just a premium business&mdash;buffers it from Medicare-specific pressures.</p>

<p><strong>Grandhi concludes: </strong>&ldquo;GlobalData anticipates that three forces&mdash;tariff wars, Middle East tensions, and geopolitical fragmentation&mdash;are hitting global insurance balance sheets at once. P&C carriers face rising marine cargo losses tied to persistent Hormuz and Red Sea disruption, while demand for trade credit and political risk products accelerates.</p>

<p>&ldquo;China-exposed life insurers such as AIA and Ping An also carry latent RMB depreciation risk if US-China decoupling deepens. Carriers are adapting with tariff-linked products and quarterly property revaluations, while Asia-Pacific benefits from softer reinsurance pricing and strong solvency buffers. The dividing line in 2026 is clear: disciplined underwriting wins, growth-at-any-cost loses. This is not a market cycle, but a structural repricing of global insurance capital.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/global-insurance-rankings-fracture--26497.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Ceasefire Sends Oil Lower And Stocks Higher</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global markets are edging higher this morning as investors respond to a ceasefire in the Middle East that gives President Trump a clear offramp and lowers the immediate risk of further escalation. The FTSE 100 has opened 2% higher, while US futures are pointing to an even larger jump when markets open later this afternoon. The S&P 500 notched its fifth consecutive positive session last night, with the index now on track to record a six-day winning streak if it can hold on to pre-market gains, something not seen since October 2025.</p>

<p>Oil prices have moved sharply lower as the ceasefire agreement marks the first meaningful step toward a potential resolution. News that all parties are now working toward reopening the Strait of Hormuz is another clear positive for market sentiment, even if energy markets remain cautious. There is still work to be done, though, and oil prices will likely remain elevated and choppy until there is a more permanent resolution. The return of free-flowing traffic through the Strait of Hormuz, without any Iranian tolls or controls, feels essential if oil prices are going to start trending back toward levels we saw before the conflict began.</p>

<p>Interest rate expectations have shifted slightly following the ceasefire, bringing markets back toward the view that further US tightening is off the table. Investors are now becoming more comfortable, tentatively pricing in the potential for rate cuts to resume toward the end of this year or into early 2027. In the UK, markets are still attaching some probability to another hike, although conviction has faded meaningfully in recent sessions. We still see rate hikes as unlikely, given lingering growth concerns, with a holding pattern more probable for now. Further moves in this direction, and perhaps an eventual return to expectations of rate cuts, would be supportive of both stock markets and gold.</p>

<p>The Halifax House Price Index showed UK house prices rose 0.8% year on year in March 2026, the slowest pace in three months, while prices fell 0.5% over the month to leave the average UK home valued at &pound;299,677. That backdrop has added to recent pressure on housing-related stocks, which have struggled as rate-cut expectations have fallen away. However, easing tensions and a more stable outlook for borrowing costs could now provide a welcome tailwind for the sector at a time when momentum has started to fade.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-ceasefire-sends-oil-lower-and-stocks-higher-26495.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Aon Dc Pension Tracker For Q1 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Over the quarter (October to December 2025), the Aon UK DC Pension Tracker rose, which suggests the expected future living standard in retirement provided by defined contribution (DC) savings was higher than at the end of the previous quarter.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AON1DCTrack0804261.jpg" style="height:365px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Note, the sample savers used in the Aon DC Tracker were &lsquo;re-set&rsquo; to their original age and fund values at the year-end which results in the discontinuity (shown in grey in the chart above) as at 31 December 2024.</em></span></p>

<p>The Tracker rose from 71.3 to 73.4 over the last quarter of 2025, driven predominantly by positive benchmark investment returns across major asset classes.</p>

<p>This has resulted in an increase in expected retirement income for all savers, though younger savers benefited the most (in percentage terms) as they also benefit from higher future return assumptions post-retirement, unlike older members who are closer to retirement.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AON2DCTrack0804261.jpg" style="height:441px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Pensions rise in a volatile year</strong><br />
2025 was another volatile year with global headlines dominated by tariff announcements and persistent geopolitical tensions that unsettled markets and created a challenging environment for investors. Despite this turbulence, DC pension savers typically fared well and were expected to have a higher income in retirement than they were at the start of 2025.<br />
<br />
Expected retirement outcomes were also supported by a relatively small increase in the Retirement Living Standards during the year which was more than offset, at the minimum and moderate target levels, by the April increase in the State Pension.<br />
While 2025 finished on a high for pension savers, the start of 2026 has brought further market volatility from geopolitical events. Continued uncertainty around ongoing energy supplies means the spectre of inflation is looming large over the global economy once again. This prospect of higher inflation has the potential to erode the real value of retirement incomes for pension savers and put pressure on household budgets. This may lead to a reduction in the amount people can afford to save for the future.  It will be interesting to see how our sample savers fare during 2026.</p>

<div><strong>New Living Standards on the horizon &ndash; more Snakes and Ladders for DC Savers?</strong></div>

<div>Despite the volatility, benchmark investment returns have typically been remarkably good in the last few years for DC pension savers, who have climbed metaphorical ladders towards higher retirement incomes.  Many individuals will have seen their pension funds grow ever higher over the period.  However, with Pensions UK expected to release revised Retirement Living Standards during 2026, savers may be about to land on a &lsquo;snake&rsquo; which would return their retirement expectations to where they were previously.</div>

<p>If earlier Tracker updates are anything to go by, and as seen in 2022 and 2023, climbing the ladder of positive returns can quickly be undone when an increase to the Retirement Living Standards effectively raises the bar for savers.  Members may feel themselves sliding back down towards a lower standard of living as a result.</p>

<p><strong>Matthew Arends, partner and head of UK Retirement Policy at Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;While everyone&rsquo;s expectations of an &lsquo;adequate&rsquo; retirement income will differ, any change to the Retirement Living Standards, particularly an increase, will require DC savers to reassess their positions and consider whether additional savings, or working longer, may be required to achieve the living standard they want in retirement.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The recent jump in oil and gas prices is driving another surge in inflation which will add more pressure to household budgets.  Understandably, people may find it difficult to maintain or even increase pensions savings against this backdrop.  When coupled with the expected increase in the Retirement Living Standards, many savers may see a comfortable retirement slipping further out of view.&rdquo;  </p>

<div><strong>Movement over the last quarter of 2025</strong></div>

<div>The increase in the Aon UK DC Pension Tracker over the final quarter of 2025 was primarily driven by positive benchmark performance over the period. On an individual saver basis, movements over the quarter were positive at all ages.</div>

<p>The youngest saver saw an increase of around &pound;1,000 p.a. (2.7 percent) driven by positive actual investment performance over the quarter and an increase in expected future investment return assumptions both pre- and post-retirement.</p>

<p>The 40-year-old saver saw the largest increase of around &pound;1,050 p.a. (or 2.6 percent) in their expected retirement income.  Again, this was driven by positive actual investment performance over the quarter and a rise in post-retirement expected future returns.  These were offset to a degree by a reduction in the expected future return pre-retirement.</p>

<p>Our 50-year-old saver saw an increase of around &pound;500 p.a. (or 1.3 percent) in their expected retirement income. Due to this saver&rsquo;s larger existing funds, strong investment performance gave the most benefit, particularly in equity markets, over the quarter. However, this was partially offset by decreases in expected future return assumptions pre- and post-retirement.</p>

<p>The oldest saver&rsquo;s income was broadly flat (an increase of around &pound;50 p.a. or 2.6 percent). This was as a result of positive investment return over the quarter being almost entirely offset by a reduction in expected future returns pre- and post-retirement.  </p>

<p>Overall, the oldest saver is expected to be the worst-off in retirement, albeit with a retirement income of around 150 percent of the &lsquo;minimum&rsquo; Retirement Living Standard. This excludes any defined benefit pension benefits they may have but which are not included in this projection. </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/aon-dc-pension-tracker-for-q1-2026-26496.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Aviva Completes  100m Buyin With Iveco Pension</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>As part of the due diligence process ahead of signing, representatives of the Scheme visited Aviva to meet the transition and customer teams and discuss how Aviva will support their members in the future. This engagement helped ensure a clear understanding of Trustee priorities and allowed Aviva the opportunity to demonstrate its well-tested transition processes and commitment to meeting member needs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Trustee Board was chaired by David Archer of Zedra Governance Limited. XPS Group, acted as specialist de-risking adviser to the Trustee.  Pi Partnership, represented by Simon Davies, acted as Secretary to the Trustee and Squire Patton Boggs LLP provided legal advice. XPS also acted as a Scheme administrator and Scheme Actuary. Lane Clark and Peacock (LCP) provided investment advice to the Trustee. Aviva&rsquo;s legal advice was provided in-house.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>John Fothergill, Senior Deal Manager at Aviva, said: </strong>&ldquo;It was a pleasure to welcome the joint working group to our offices to show them how we will look after their members. The thorough preparation by the Trustees and their advisers contributed to a smooth transaction and positioned the scheme well for the transition to Aviva&rdquo;.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Archer, Zedra Governance Limited, said: </strong>&ldquo;Our focus is always on protecting members&rsquo; interests, securing their benefits and providing long-term certainty. The professionalism, collaboration and shared approach shown by the entire team involved in this transaction were instrumental in delivering an excellent outcome for members. We are pleased to have contributed to its success.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Robert Gerdes, Head of Rewards, Iveco Group, said: </strong>&ldquo;This transaction is an excellent outcome for our Scheme members. Supporting the long-term security of the Scheme has always been a cornerstone of our people strategy and we have stood firmly behind that commitment over many decades through significant cash contributions in all economic conditions. It was always our intention to reach a position where the Scheme could secure additional protection with an insurance company providing long-term, sustainable support for its members. I am proud that we have delivered on that ambition. I would like to personally thank the Scheme's trustees, their advisers, Aviva and all those who have contributed to reaching this point.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Patrick Lloyd, Transaction Lead, XPS, said: </strong>&ldquo;This was a really challenging but also enjoyable transaction, with everyone pulling together to meet some tight timescales. The level of engagement from the insurers was excellent, which resulted in a competitive process, lots of choice for the Trustee and Company and ultimately an insurer that met their requirements for the long-term future of the Scheme.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/aviva-completes--100m-buyin-with-iveco-pension-26499.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>One Year Countdown To Inheritance Tax On Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Helen Morrissey, head of retirement analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;As of this week, the clock is ticking down towards unused defined contribution pensions becoming part of your estate for inheritance tax purposes. It&rsquo;s a change that has attracted a lot of attention, but it&rsquo;s important not to panic - the number of estates liable for inheritance tax has grown, and will continue to grow, but they will remain in the minority so do check if it will be an issue for your family. If there is a potential looming liability, there are steps you can take to lessen its impact, though it will need careful planning.</p>

<div><strong>1. Who pays inheritance tax?</strong></div>

<div>If your estate is worth more than &pound;325,000 on death then there may be inheritance tax to pay. This is known as your nil rate band. Added to this, if you pass on your family home to a direct descendant &ndash; a child or grandchild for instance - then you have a further allowance called the &lsquo;residence nil rate band&rsquo; which is worth &pound;175,000. For example, a single parent passing down their family home to their child could pass on up to &pound;500,000 without the estate facing an inheritance tax bill.</div>

<p>If you are married or in a civil partnership, then you have further advantages. To start with, you can pass on assets of any value to your spouse/civil partner free of inheritance tax. They can also inherit any unused nil rate bands that you have. This means that a surviving spouse/civil partner can potentially pass on up to &pound;1m on death before the estate faces an inheritance tax bill.</p>

<div><strong>2. A warning for cohabiting couples.</strong></div>

<div>There&rsquo;s a word of warning here for cohabiting couples &ndash; they don&rsquo;t enjoy the same advantages as a married couple, so are unable to benefit from inheriting assets of any amount, or their partner&rsquo;s nil rate bands. This can come as a nasty shock at an already difficult time so it&rsquo;s worth planning in advance as well as making sure important documentation, such as wills and expression of wish forms for pensions, are updated and maintained.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. You can gift now rather than later.</strong></div>

<div>Giving away assets while you are alive means you can help people reach their financial goals that bit sooner. It&rsquo;s also fascinating to see what someone does with the money, which may affect whether you give more money to them in future.</div>

<p>There are various allowances you can make use of to reduce the value of your estate. You can gift any amount of money to a loved one and it will fall out of your estate for inheritance tax purposes after seven years. These are known as Potentially Exempt Transfers (PET).  If you die within that time, inheritance tax may need to be paid, though potentially at a reduced rate.</p>

<p>There are also allowances that will take money out of your estate for inheritance tax purposes immediately. For instance, you can make use of your &pound;3,000 annual allowance to gift to loved ones. You can also gift up to &pound;250 to any number of recipients but you can&rsquo;t gift this to someone who you have also made a gift to using another allowance &ndash; doing so would mean part of the gift would be classed as a PET, and you&rsquo;d have to live for seven years after giving it for it to become IHT-free.</p>

<p>There are also allowances that can be used when a loved one gets married. You can give up to &pound;5,000 to a child, &pound;2,500 to grandchildren and great grandchildren and &pound;1,000 to anyone else. These gifts need to be made on or before the wedding, and the wedding does need to go ahead!</p>

<p>Gifts to charities and political parties can also be made inheritance tax free. On death, if you gift at least 10% of your net estate to a UK registered charity, you will also see the rate of IHT you pay on your remaining estate will drop.</p>

<p>Another important rule is what is known as &lsquo;gifting out of surplus income&rsquo;. You can give away any amount, and it comes out of your estate for IHT purposes immediately. However, there are rules. The gift needs to come from income, not capital. It needs to be made on a regular basis, and it must not affect your standard of living. Examples of this could include paying school fees for a grandchild or contributing to a Junior ISA.</p>

<div><strong>4. Be careful!</strong></div>

<div>As with all gifting, you must make careful notes of what you have given to who and when. This will help your loved ones evidence what you have done if needed. It&rsquo;s a good idea to get help from a financial adviser to make sure you stay on the right side of the rules.</div>

<p>You also need to make sure that when you gift something away then that is what you are doing. So, for instance, if you were to gift your home away to a loved one but continue to live in it rent- free then it could be seen as a gift with reservation &ndash; i.e. you are still benefiting from it. If this is the case, then your estate could be landed with a bill.</p>

<p>Trusts can also be used as part of an inheritance tax strategy, but this can be complex and your estate could still end up with an inheritance bill. It&rsquo;s important to take financial advice so you understand your options before going down this route.</p>

<div><strong>5. Look after yourself first.</strong></div>

<div>It&rsquo;s important not to give away too much too early. None of us know how long we are going to live and you don&rsquo;t want to be in a position where you are running out of money because you&rsquo;ve given too much away. You also need to take account of potential care bills later down the line which can take huge chunks out of your savings.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/one-year-countdown-to-inheritance-tax-on-pensions-26500.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>History May Not Repeat Itself But It Certainly Rhymes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Shalin Bhagwan, Chief Actuary, Pension Protection Fund</strong></u></p>

<p>At the time, it felt like an inevitable evolution and a natural response to economic pressure, a move away from employees working for a single employer for most of their working life and company directors desiring certainty over pension costs. Yet, looking back three decades later, in my role of Chief Actuary of the Pension Protection Fund (PPF), I find myself watching a remarkably familiar story unfold.</p>

<p>The PPF exists to provide a vital safety net within the DB universe. That role, balancing long-term financial resilience with member protection, gives us a unique opportunity to observe how the industry is evolving.</p>

<div><strong>What the data is telling us</strong></div>

<div>While the DB landscape in the UK is clearly evolving, our analysis in the <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Pension-Protection-Fund-Purple-Book-2025-accessible (1).pdf">Purple Book</a> (the PPF&rsquo;s annual assessment of the health and risks of the DB system), shows a period of improved funding and a gradual progression towards scheme maturity, with more sponsors considering buy-out and consolidation as part of their long-term planning. At the same time, the industry&rsquo;s focus has broadened, with increasing attention on defined contribution arrangements and, more recently, collective defined contribution (CDC). Taken together, these developments echo patterns I observed earlier in my career, and the parallels with South Africa are difficult to ignore.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>History may not repeat itself, but it certainly rhymes.</strong></div>

<div>That perspective - having witnessed one full DB transition already - inevitably shapes how I think about today&rsquo;s landscape. If I had a DeLorean and could go back to the 90s, I would ask whether we moved too quickly to dismantle risk-sharing structures that had served members reasonably well for decades.</div>

<p>The rapid run-off of DB schemes and wholesale transfer of liabilities to insurers achieved certainty - but at a cost. Investment and longevity risk moved almost entirely onto individuals, often with limited support or financial resilience. Over time, that contributed to uneven retirement outcomes and, in many cases, inadequate incomes later in life.</p>

<p>This matters today because the UK is at a similar crossroads. If the system as a whole loses too much risk-sharing capacity too quickly, we risk narrowing the range of options available to future generations.</p>

<p>That is where the PPF, with our unique perspective, can help support and inform future thinking.</p>

<div><strong>Supporting long-term decision-making</strong></div>

<div>As the backstop for DB pension schemes, we take long-term decisions in members&rsquo; interests, rather than being forced into short-term risk avoidance.</div>

<p>The latest Purple Book data provides grounds for cautious optimism. Funding levels across the DB universe have improved considerably which, when coupled with the PPF&rsquo;s financial position, has helped us move to a new phase in our funding journey. We&rsquo;re now moving towards financial self-sufficiency and have reduced the PPF levy to zero.  That decision reflects our financial resilience and confidence in our ability to meet current and future obligations.</p>

<div><strong>What does the future hold for DB pension schemes?</strong></div>

<div>But stability should not breed complacency. If anything, it sharpens the question of what next for DB and the continuing role of the PPF. Over the past 20 years, we have taken on more than 1,000 schemes, and look after over 289,000 PPF members. We ultimately protect the remaining 8.8 million DB members, and will continue to be the backstop for the DB universe for decades to come. So, as we look ahead to the next 20, what does the future potentially hold in store?</div>

<p>Operationally, our immediate priorities are clear. We are focused on delivering existing commitments effectively, including the implementation of the various PP and FAS specific provisions in the Pension Schemes Bill.</p>

<p>At the same time, as the weight of pension provision shifts towards DC and CDC and DB schemes give increasing consideration to running on, far from diminishing the PPF&rsquo;s role as a safety, these developments accentuate the need to think more holistically about the PPF&rsquo;s role as a pensions lifeboat. And so more responsibility inevitably falls on the PPF to deepen its own understanding of how systemic pensions risk might evolve in the decades ahead. That means focusing again on our modelling and risk analysis capabilities, and strengthening further our collaboration across actuarial, investment and policy teams.</p>

<p>Asset-liability management sits at the heart of this work. The actuarial and investment functions at the PPF operate in close partnership, ensuring that our investment strategy reflects not only current liabilities but also the uncertainty around future claims.</p>

<p>Stability in the DB universe allows us to think more strategically about how the pensions landscape is evolving and the emergence of new models for managing pension risk. In this environment, our role is to ensure that we make the best possible use of our resources in support of member protection.</p>

<p>Ultimately, pensions are about people, not just balance sheets. Having seen one DB system wind down before, I am convinced that the choices we make now will echo for decades.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/history-may-not-repeat-itself-but-it-certainly-rhymes-26490.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mga Actuarial Capability Moves Into The Commercial Frontline</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>New research from leading independent insurance consultancy Broadstone and InsTech reveals that actuarial expertise within MGAs is being used not only as a regulatory safeguard but also as a core driver of underwriting performance, pricing discipline and portfolio management.</p>

<p>Findings from MGAs and Actuaries in 2026: The State of the Market* show that MGAs are deploying actuaries across a wide range of commercial and analytical activities, often in ways that differ markedly from traditional insurer models. Rather than centring on compliance or reserving oversight, actuarial input is most frequently applied in areas closest to business performance.</p>

<p>More than 70% of respondents use actuarial analysis for underwriting performance reviews (72%) and pricing adequacy (71%), while claims development and trend analysis is used by over two thirds of MGAs (67%). These activities sit at the core of day-to-day underwriting decision-making and portfolio steering, indicating that actuarial capability is becoming deeply embedded within MGA operating models.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneActuarial0704261.jpg" style="height:407px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>The survey found that the average MGA uses actuarial expertise across five different functional areas, suggesting a breadth of application that goes well beyond narrow technical reviews. Respondents highlighted particular value in the ability to rapidly translate claims experience and reserving insight into pricing adjustments, underwriting strategy and portfolio actions.</p>

<p>This emphasis on fast feedback loops stands out as a defining feature. Several MGAs pointed to the importance of shortening the time between emerging claims signals and underwriting or pricing responses &ndash; a priority that reflects the pace at which MGA portfolios evolve and the expectation from carriers for early visibility of performance shifts.</p>

<p><strong>Cormac Bradley, Senior Actuarial Director at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;What&rsquo;s striking is how firmly actuarial work in MGAs has moved into the commercial engine room. In insurers, actuarial activity is often heavily shaped by regulation and governance cycles but, with MGAs, we&rsquo;re seeing actuaries embedded much closer to underwriting decisions, with a clear focus on speed, relevance and performance impact.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The findings also suggest that MGAs increasingly value actuarial insight that is iterative, forward looking and operational, rather than retrospective or episodic. Uptake is highest where actuarial teams work alongside underwriters and claims specialists, enabling rapid interpretation of loss trends, validation of pricing assumptions and proactive portfolio management.</p>

<p><strong>Cormac Bradley added:</strong> &ldquo;MGAs that are scaling successfully tend to prioritise how quickly insight flows from claims and reserving into pricing and underwriting actions. That speed of feedback is becoming a differentiator &ndash; not just for performance management, but for credibility with carriers and reinsurers.&rdquo;</p>

<p>This aligns closely with Broadstone&rsquo;s experience supporting MGAs and delegated authority underwriters, where growth often drives demand for more embedded, responsive actuarial capability that enhances decision-making without slowing the business.</p>

<p>The findings point to a sector that is professionalising rapidly, with actuarial expertise evolving from a peripheral technical input into a core commercial capability &ndash; shaped by the needs of MGAs rather than inherited wholesale from insurer operating models.</p>

<p> </p>

<p><a href="https://broadstone.co.uk/general-insurance/"><span style="font-size:11px"><em>* The full report can be downloaded here</em></span></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mga-actuarial-capability-moves-into-the-commercial-frontline-26491.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Investors Brace For Trump Deadline</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global markets are bracing for a critical day as President Trump&rsquo;s looming deadline keeps investors on edge, with sentiment holding up better than you might expect given the risk of escalation. European stocks are set for a cautious open, with the FTSE 100 expected to open lower and US futures pointing to a dip, but these modest moves suggest investors are positioning carefully rather than fully pricing in a worst-case scenario. Either way, today has the potential to be one of the most volatile trading sessions since the conflict began, with any headlines likely to drive meaningful swings across global markets.</p>

<p>US stocks closed higher yesterday, but trading volumes were notably light. Normally, that might be put down to an Easter lull, but this time it looks more like investors struggling to decide how to trade the current environment. Futures are pointing to a softer open this afternoon, and we expect pressure to build on stocks as the day progresses if we move closer to Trump&rsquo;s deadline without any sign of a deal or even a temporary ceasefire. Rate expectations in the US have been just as unsettled as equity markets in recent weeks, with traders now pricing in no change through 2026. The scale of recent swings means it would not be surprising to see expectations shift again later today as events unfold.</p>

<p>Broadcom announced two longer-term developments after yesterday's close, including a new five-year agreement to develop and supply future generations of TPUs and networking components to Google through 2031. The deal includes revenue commitments across that timeline, which should help ease some of the recent nervousness around TPU competition and give a clearer signal that its largest customer sees meaningful demand visibility well into the future. The company also expanded its collaboration with Anthropic to 3.5GW of AI compute coming online from 2027. We already saw upside to medium-term revenue and profit expectations off the back of recent results; these new deals help underpin that idea if deployment ramps as planned.</p>

<p>Oil prices are creeping higher this morning, hovering near levels not seen since 2022. Oil has effectively become the key transmission channel for broader market risk, with moves now feeding directly into everything from bond yields to equity sentiment and even gold prices as investors try to gauge how far the conflict could hit global energy supply. With Iran warning it could escalate attacks on Gulf energy infrastructure if the US targets civilian assets, oil is increasingly acting as the primary driver of volatility heading into today&rsquo;s deadline.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/investors-brace-for-trump-deadline-26489.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lcp Chosen As Scheme Actuaries To 4 Of Bae Systems Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>BAE Systems operates some of the largest DB schemes in the UK, covering over 150,000 members. Following a recent review of actuarial service provider arrangements, the Trustees of the four BAE Systems pensions schemes selected LCP to take on these roles, with the first three effective from 1 April 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The appointments are as follows:</strong></div>

<div>LCP CEO, Aaron Punwani, as Scheme Actuary to the BAE Systems Pension SchemeLaura Amin as Scheme Actuary to the BAE Systems Executive Pension SchemeEdward Symes as Scheme Actuary to the Royal Ordnance Senior Staff Pension Scheme</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In addition, LCP&rsquo;s Jeremy Dell will also be appointed as Scheme Actuary to the Royal Ordnance Pension Scheme with effect from 1 July 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Aaron Punwani, LCP CEO, commented: </strong>&ldquo;We are delighted to have been appointed to support BAE Systems&rsquo; pension schemes. These are long-standing, high-profile schemes with a clear focus on strong governance and robust outcomes for members. We look forward to working with the Trustee Boards, the BAE Systems in-house team and our co-advisers to help navigate the evolving pensions landscape and deliver the highest-quality actuarial insight and advice.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Katie Lambert, Reward Director, Pensions at BAE Systems, said on behalf of the schemes:</strong> &ldquo;The Trustees across our four DB schemes worked together on this governance-led review of actuarial services. LCP impressed from the start and since their appointment have seamlessly integrated into the advisory team. We look forward to working with the appointed Scheme Actuaries and the LCP teams.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lcp-chosen-as-scheme-actuaries-to-4-of-bae-systems-pensions-26492.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Icswg Publishes Updated Climate Competency Guide</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/ICSWG Climate 2026.pdf">The Guide</a></strong> sets out five themes against which asset owners can ask their investment consultants to demonstrate their competence in advising on climate related issues.  Whilst not intended to be prescriptive, the Guide sets out examples of typical and leading indicators which can support asset owners in their own evaluation of investment consultants.</p>

<p>The original guide was published in 2021 at a time when the understanding of good practice was moving quickly and some indicators were then intended to be stretching, aiming to drive the rapid improvement in standards.</p>

<p>In this updated version, expectations that were previously aspirational are now generally considered a core part of investment consultants&rsquo; offerings. By recognising the growth in understanding of climate issues and the evolving expectations of advisors, the updated guide captures changes in what may be expected of leaders.</p>

<p>The Guide seeks to recognise the important role that investment consultants can play in supporting asset owners to keep abreast of changing regulatory expectations and the complex interplay of climate competency with related environmental/natural and social factors.</p>

<p>In updating the Guide, the ICSWG consulted with and received feedback from a broad range of industry stakeholders including Pensions UK, the Pension Regulator and the Trustee Sustainability Working Group.</p>

<p><strong>Commenting on the Guide, Helen Prior, workstream chair and Client Director at Mercer, said: </strong>&ldquo;This Guide provides examples of how investment consultants can demonstrate that their firm and staff have the expertise, tools and thought leadership to support asset owners when assessing climate related risks and opportunities. We hope the refresh and fresh input from the Trustee side helps to keep it relevant for asset owners in 2026 and beyond.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Mette Charles, workstream member and ESG Research Lead at Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;This Guide is designed to give asset owners of all profiles, a reference point when thinking about ways to assess if their advisers are well equipped to support them on their climate journeys.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Simon Jones, Co-chair of the ICSWG, Head of Responsible Investment at Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;As the understanding of climate-related issues continues to evolve, it&rsquo;s important that asset owners can effectively evaluate the capabilities of those giving them advice. Updating the framework to reflect changing expectations is therefore vital to ensure that evolving best practice continues to be integrated into advice. The input we have received from asset owners and other stakeholders has been critical to this process and we hope the guide will remain a helpful and widely used resource.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Bobby Riddaway, Chair of the Trustee Sustainability Working Group, said: </strong>&ldquo;The Trustee Sustainability Working Group was formed to help to raise standards and drive change in sustainability practices across the industry.  We are pleased to have provided input into the revised version of the guide and bring the asset owners perspective to expectations of consultants.</p>

<p>&ldquo;When the Guide was first introduced, I was working in a medium sized consultancy, and the leading expectations set a high bar. It&rsquo;s encouraging that many of those leading standards are now considered to be business as usual suggesting that practices have improved over the last five years &ndash; we want that to continue. At the TSWG, one of our goals is to focus on scalable solutions for all schemes so industry produced resources like this offer all trustees the ability to challenge and hold their advisors accountable.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/icswg-publishes-updated-climate-competency-guide-26493.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>4 Reasons Pension Transfers Take Forever And How To Fix Them</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>But while some providers now move pensions at scale in a week, others still take months to release savers' money. This is a real concern for savers, who can become trapped in underperforming funds, or stuck with a provider that doesn&rsquo;t provide them with the good service, technology, tools or content that they may desire. This can leave them unable to make important decisions regarding retirement.</p>

<p>Drawing on insights from both its ongoing campaign to speed up pension transfers and the recent joint release of a report examining the personal pensions market (in conjunction with other leading providers), PensionBee sets out the four key reasons behind pension transfers stalling in some corners of the industry - and what needs to change to fix this.</p>

<p><strong>1. An outdated legal time limit for transfers</strong></p>

<p>The UK's statutory deadline for pension transfers hasn&rsquo;t changed since the nineties. A six-month limit that was designed as a backstop has, in practice, become a benchmark that&rsquo;s let poor performance go completely unchallenged. </p>

<p>PensionBee&rsquo;s own transfer data for 2025 shows that whilst the fastest transfers took just five days, the slowest - including those from Cushon Master Trust and Creative Pension Trust, XPS Administration, LGPS and Capita - took between 47 and 90 days on average. </p>

<p>With the UK pension system overseen by two separate regulators - the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and The Pensions Regulator (TPR) - it&rsquo;s notable that the slowest are schemes overseen by TPR, where there is the use of third-party administrators that are not caught by regulation. This divide creates a pension transfer lottery for savers, with their experience determined largely by which type of scheme they happen to be in, and which regulator they sit under. </p>

<p><strong>The fix:</strong> Amending the legislation to a limit of 30 working days for straightforward defined contribution pension transfers across the whole industry would move pensions more in line with the rest of financial services, and meet modern consumer expectations. It would bite across all schemes, regardless of the regulator. </p>

<p>Setting a clear expectation would create accountability for pension providers and, by ending the transfer lottery, would empower savers giving them the certainty they need to engage with their retirement.</p>

<p><strong>2. Misapplication of &lsquo;amber flags&rsquo;</strong></p>

<p>The current transfer regulations - the Occupational and Personal Pension Schemes (Conditions for Transfers) Regulations 2021 - introduced a red and amber flag system designed to protect savers from scams. But whilst well-intentioned, the rules are too widely drafted. Some providers and third-party administrators are misapplying amber flags to perfectly legitimate transfers, for reasons such as the mere &lsquo;presence of overseas investments&rsquo; in the destination providers&rsquo; funds, or the presence of incentives. </p>

<p>This misapplication presents savers with significant administrative hurdles to jump - extensive questionnaires, scams calls and safeguarding appointments with MoneyHelper, before they can move their own money. Some become frustrated and overwhelmed, others second-guess their decisions, and many give up completely. This type of &lsquo;sludge&rsquo; practice will continue until the drafting of the legislation is fixed to remove any ambiguity.</p>

<p><strong>The fix:</strong> While consumer protection is paramount, scam prevention rules must be applied proportionately, and not cause unnecessary barriers for the large volume of legitimate transfers. The Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) should amend these regulations, so that providers and third-party administrators stop unnecessarily delaying perfectly legitimate pension transfers. </p>

<p>Transfers to regulated, well-established schemes on an approved cleanlist should be exempt from excessive, tick-box scam questionnaires or unnecessary scams calls or appointments, allowing consumers&rsquo; rights to be respected. A streamlining of industry processes would allow providers a greater focusing of resources on genuinely high-risk transfers.  </p>

<p><strong>3. Paper-based processes and legacy systems</strong></p>

<p>In an age of instant, digital verification, many legacy providers still insist on archaic methods, using physical &lsquo;wet-ink&rsquo; signatures, paper transfer forms, and asking for physical ID to be sent to them in the post. This forces savers into a time-consuming loop: They have to wait for a form to arrive, sign it, then post it back. As well as adding days or weeks onto what should take seconds, it also creates added failure points. If the signature doesn't perfectly match a file from 20 years ago, for example, the transfer can be rejected, and the clock resets.</p>

<p>Some schemes, especially the TPR-regulated trust-based ones, have simply failed to transition from these manual processes to new IT infrastructure and systems. Combined with a lack of operational resources to process pension transfers and poor administration support services, this results in excessive transfer times. </p>

<p>By contrast, many modern providers using a digital platform to facilitate electronic pension transfers (e.g. the Origo Transfer Service) routinely complete transfers in under two weeks.</p>

<p><strong>The fix:</strong> A digital-first presumption, where digital journeys become the default, making the process transparent from end to end, and requiring firms to &quot;comply or explain&quot; if they insist on manual paperwork. The technology and processes exist, are proven and already widely adopted across industry. </p>

<p><strong>4. No accountability for poor performance</strong></p>

<p>There is no legal requirement for providers to publish their transfer performance data, so while the best performers tend to disclose voluntarily, the slowest can hide their times, making it difficult for consumers to fairly compare different providers and make informed decisions.</p>

<p>Without clear service standards, there are few consequences for providers that consistently delay transfers, and little incentive to improve. </p>

<p>This is backed up by public demand, with 74% of consumers stating they want providers to be required to disclose their actual transfer times. Providers with slow processes face little consequence beyond reputational damage, which is often limited because consumers rarely have visibility of comparative transfer times across industry.</p>

<p><strong>The fix: </strong>Greater transparency would create accountability, so all pension transfer times should be published as a service metric - this could be incorporated into the service metrics as part of the TPR and FCA&rsquo;s Value for Money framework. Consumers should be able to directly and meaningfully compare the performance of different providers. Exposing this data holds poorly performing providers to account for their delays, shifting the market away from a system that currently rewards inefficiency.</p>

<p><strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee, said: </strong>&ldquo;Year after year, millions of savers try to take control of their retirement savings, but they find themselves blocked by outdated processes, unnecessary red tape and excessive delays, unable to move their hard-earned money to the pension provider they choose.</p>

<p>&ldquo;When attempts to take control of one's finances are met with obstruction, sludge or silence, trust in the entire pensions industry is severely eroded. At best, this represents an unreasonable barrier, hindering consumers&rsquo; ability to make timely decisions about their financial futures. At worst, it can have a severe emotional and human cost, actively discouraging savers from engaging with their retirement savings altogether. </p>

<p>&quot;That is why we, and other leading personal pension providers, are calling on the Government to update the statutory transfer deadline to 30 working days. This is a clear, universally enforceable standard that reflects modern consumer expectations. Once this is in place, everything else will follow. The delivery of efficient pension transfers at scale can already be supported by the digital infrastructure that exists. </p>

<p>&quot;Fast and secure transfers are entirely possible and already happening at scale. Many providers prove it every day. What is missing is the legislative framework to drag those that aren&rsquo;t keeping up into line, and to make smooth and efficient pension transfers the norm for everyone.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/4-reasons-pension-transfers-take-forever-and-how-to-fix-them-26494.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Real Risk In Life Modernisation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Todd Eyler, Life and Protection Lead, EIS</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Too often, insurance modernisation programmes are framed around continuity. The goal becomes clear: find a new platform that allows the business to keep doing what it does today, just faster, cheaper and with a little more flexibility. Preserve products. Preserve processes. Preserve operating models. Simply run them on newer technology. That feels safe. But it carries a hidden risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Optimising Yesterday&rsquo;s Model</strong></div>

<div>Most life insurers have spent 20 or 30 years refining a policy-centric operating model. Products are structured around well-defined features and riders. Distribution is agent-led and value is realised at claim or maturity. Operational processes have evolved to support this model with precision.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When insurers look to modernise, they often seek platforms that can replicate this structure with greater efficiency. The brief is familiar: reduce operational expense, improve configurability, support current product variations more easily.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In many cases, this is driven by practical realities. Large portions of existing books sit on decades-old mainframe systems. Complex actuarial calculations, written in legacy code, are poorly documented and risky to touch. These systems may be stable, but they are fragile in ways few want to test. Boards are understandably cautious about introducing &ldquo;brain surgery&rdquo; risk into profitable books.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>So the path of least resistance becomes incremental improvement. Move to a more modern stack, add APIs, lift into the cloud, improve the user interface, and maintain business as usual. The difficulty is not that this approach is irrational. It is that it&rsquo;s insufficient for what lies ahead.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A Demographic and Economic Shift</strong></div>

<div>Life insurers are acutely aware of a structural shift in their market. Research from industry bodies such as LIMRA has shown that younger consumers are significantly less engaged with traditional life products. Under-40s often perceive life insurance as expensive, distant in value, and disconnected from their everyday financial lives.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the same time, an unprecedented transfer of wealth is underway as baby boomers pass assets to younger generations. The growth opportunity lies with consumers who expect financial services to behave very differently.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>They expect lower fees and greater transparency, personalised experiences, digital engagement, and integration with health, wellness and wealth ecosystems. They want tangible, &ldquo;living&rdquo; benefits rather than purely post-mortem payouts.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Delivering on this requires more than product tweaks. It demands a fundamental shift from a policy-centric model to a customer- and household-centric one. A shift that has architectural implications.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If modernisation simply re-creates yesterday&rsquo;s operating model on a newer platform, the industry risks locking itself into the very constraints it needs to escape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The Modern Legacy Trap</strong></div>

<div>Across insurance, there are already lessons to observe. In other lines of business, carriers have invested heavily in &ldquo;modern legacy&rdquo; platforms. These systems replaced older cores but retained much of the original logic, configuration and product design assumptions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over time, extensive customisation reintroduced complexity. Cloud migrations proved more expensive than anticipated. Every meaningful change required significant engineering effort. The result in many cases has been a new generation of rigidity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Lifting a monolithic codebase into the cloud does not automatically make it agile. It can also increase cost if the architecture itself was not designed for cloud economics. Adding integration layers to support new ecosystems can quickly become complex and expensive. Over time, incremental additions accumulate into what many privately recognise as a new &ldquo;frankenstack&rdquo;.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The cost of change remains high. The ability to experiment remains limited. Innovation becomes dependent on multi-quarter IT programmes. In ten years, insurers may find themselves facing another transformation wall.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>AI Changes the Equation</strong></div>

<div>This matters even more in the era of AI. There is broad consensus that AI will reshape underwriting, service, product design and customer engagement. But meaningful AI adoption cannot be achieved by bolting tools onto the edges of rigid cores.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When platforms are tightly coupled and heavily customised, every new AI-driven workflow becomes an integration project. Business teams must submit tickets. Engineering must validate dependencies. Testing cycles multiply. What should be rapid experimentation turns into structured IT change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In contrast, modern, modular architectures allow change to be made at a granular level. Components can evolve independently. New workflows can be introduced without destabilising the whole system. AI capabilities can be governed centrally while enabling business users to configure and orchestrate processes within defined guardrails.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The difference is not cosmetic. It determines whether AI becomes a peripheral feature or a scalable capability. If life insurers modernise without considering how AI will sit at the core of their future operating model, they risk constraining themselves just as the technology becomes transformative.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>There is a deeper obstacle in how most legacy systems were designed. Most legacy systems expose information. They were built for human-to-human processes: agents communicating with operations teams, underwriters reviewing files, administrators updating policies. Systems stored information so people could interpret it and decide what to do next.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Modern execution platforms expose callable, governed business actions that machines can execute directly while maintaining human oversight. This is where insurers will receive the real payoff from AI.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Big Bang vs. Sidecar</strong></div>

<div>Faced with these pressures, insurers often see two options. The first is the traditional &ldquo;big bang&rdquo; transformation: replace the core, define the future operating model upfront, migrate significant books, and move decisively. This can deliver clarity but carries considerable execution risk, particularly when legacy calculations and long-tail liabilities are involved.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The second is to modernise incrementally. A sidecar approach allows insurers to continue running stable legacy books while introducing a modern platform alongside them. Rather than attempting wholesale migration immediately, carriers can launch new, lower-risk products on the new platform, modernise discrete components such as billing or rating, experiment with ecosystem integrations, and test new customer journeys and engagement models.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, launching a new pet insurance line or enhancing billing experiences can provide a contained environment to learn. These initiatives are meaningful but do not threaten core books. They create space to understand new architectural capabilities in practice.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over time, as confidence grows and risk reduces, broader migration can occur in stages. The advantage is not merely lower risk, it is preserving choice. A sidecar approach creates an environment where insurers can test what &ldquo;customer-first&rdquo; actually means in their context before hard-wiring it into the enterprise. It enables learning before commitment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Preserving Optionality</strong></div>

<div>The central question in life modernisation is not simply which platform can run today&rsquo;s products most efficiently. It is which approach preserves optionality over the next decade. In this environment, there are some critical questions life insurers should be asking themselves.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Will the new platform allow us to:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Reduce operational cost structurally rather than temporarily?</em></div>

<div><em>Integrate flexibly with evolving health and wealth ecosystems?</em></div>

<div><em>Experiment with new product constructs without multi-year programmes?</em></div>

<div><em>Embed AI in a governed, scalable way?</em></div>

<div><em>Shift from policy-centric to customer-centric models as market expectations change?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Replacing a platform without reconsidering the business model may feel prudent in the short term. It reduces immediate execution risk, protects known revenue streams, and satisfies the requirement to modernise. But if it locks the organisation into incremental improvement while competitors learn and adapt more rapidly, the long-term cost may be far greater.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A Decisive Moment for Life</strong></div>

<div>Life insurance is unlikely to experience another transformation window of this magnitude. As legacy systems reach end of life and investment capital flows into the sector, decisions made over the next five years will shape competitive positioning for decades.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Modernisation is inevitable. Whether it becomes a foundation for reinvention or simply a more efficient version of the past depends on the choices insurers make now. In a market defined by demographic change, ecosystem integration and AI-driven evolution, the safest path may not be the one that looks most familiar. It may be the one that preserves flexibility, learning and strategic freedom over time.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-real-risk-in-life-modernisation-26483.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Paul Waters Appointed Chair Of Hymans Robertson Foundation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Paul is currently HRF&rsquo;s Vice-Chair and will be taking over the role from Gill Tait, who is retiring and has been involved since the Foundation&rsquo;s inception. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Foundation was established in 2016 by the leading pensions and financial services consultancy Hymans Robertson, with the aim to support young people and communities across the UK, through long-term partnerships with a trusted network of charities. It receives a proportion of the firm&rsquo;s annual profits as it continues to deliver lasting impact for disadvantaged young people and communities across the UK.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on his new role as Chair, Paul Waters, Head of DC Markets, Hymans Robertson, says: </strong>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m honoured to be taking on the role of Chair at a time when the Foundation&rsquo;s work feels more important than ever. I&rsquo;m looking forward to helping young people fulfil their potential, particularly those who are unable to access the opportunities they deserve. The Foundation and our charity partners play a vital role in addressing this, and the bursaries supporting communities around our four offices have already shown how effective targeted, local support can be.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Gill Tait has made an outstanding contribution over the past ten years, including her four years as Chair. The Foundation&rsquo;s growth and the milestones it is reaching are a direct reflection of her passion and leadership. Looking ahead, I will be working hard to build on this strong platform and strengthen connections with our clients, creating opportunities to work together to deliver even greater impact.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on Paul&rsquo;s move into Chair, Marcella Boyle, Chief Executive, Hymans Robertson Foundation, says: </strong>&ldquo;Since it was established, the Foundation has invested well over a million pounds in grant funding, working in close partnership with charities supporting disadvantaged young people across the UK. Our charity partners include The King&rsquo;s Trust, Street Soccer, Money Ready, Barnardo&rsquo;s and Action for Children, alongside many local charities rooted in their communities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Paul shares, and brings, a clear understanding of what makes these partnerships work, long-term commitment, trust and a focus on sustainable impact rather than short-term outcomes. He's bringing new ways of building strong relationships with our charity partners and colleagues across the firm, and as Chair he will help ensure the Foundation continues to deliver meaningful, lasting change for young people and the communities we support.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/paul-waters-appointed-chair-of-hymans-robertson-foundation-26482.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pessimism Returns After Trumps Speech On Iran</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: &quot;</strong>High hopes have been replaced by fresh frissons of fear about the duration of the war with Iran after President Trump&rsquo;s bellicose speech, which gave no indication the conflict was very close to ending. Instead, the military looks set to intensify attacks, which is likely to provoke retaliatory strikes by Iran and risks destabilising the region further.</p>

<p>The big concern will be about further damage to energy facilities across the Gulf. The repair work is already likely to take years, and further destruction is likely to keep oil and gas prices elevated for even longer. A barrel of Brent crude has jumped sharply, reflecting these worries, and is trading back up at $107 a barrel. European and UK gas futures have also jumped by more than 5% and are set to stay highly volatile. Around a fifth of global LNG supplies are usually transported through the Strait of Hormuz, but it remains largely impassable, and it&rsquo;s becoming clear that there is going to be no easy exit from this war, with a lack of planning increasingly evident.</p>

<p>The closure of this small waterway has big consequences for a raft of industries. It has also tightened the supply of billions of dollars&rsquo; worth of petrochemical products which usually flow through the Strait. Prices of plastics and polymers have headed to highs not seen for four years, and this is already having an impact on the price and availability of household goods. Cleaning products manufacturer McBride, which makes Oven Pride, has warned that its costs are rising and it is seeing the first signs of supply shortages due to the war in Iran. Its own packaging supplies have seen raw material costs shoot up, which are being passed on, and supply chain snarls are disrupting operations. The issues have been compounded by increases in energy and freight costs across the business. This experience could be the precursor to problems to come for swathes of businesses reliant on the packaging industry.</p>

<p>Governments have been left scrambling to try to limit the impact on companies and consumers, with more rationing of energy likely to come into play. The UK government has held off announcing short-term support for sections of society which will be worst hit by the ramp-up in energy bills, with specific help not expected until the autumn. </p>

<p>Public finances are squeezed, and Trump&rsquo;s latest comments haven&rsquo;t helped. UK 10-year gilt yields have shot back up above 4.8%, making government borrowing costs even more onerous. The Middle East is the world&rsquo;s hotspot right now, as thousands more US troops head to the region, and the heat is radiating across the globe, with inflation set to turn steamy and difficult to handle.</p>

<p>As the great Easter getaway begins, drivers will be counting the cost of the conflict. Diesel prices have jumped by around 27% since before the outbreak of the war with Iran, while petrol prices have risen by around 13%. The increases will be painful on the pocket. For the average 55-litre family car, it'll cost around &pound;11 more than before. At this stage, with the government still mulling how to alleviate the pain of the energy shock, there could still be phased in hikes to fuel duty, as planned, from September.  So, there may be shorter trips planned ahead, and fewer chocolate treats bought along the way. For those staying at home for the Easter break and planning holidays later in the year, there's set to be a fresh scramble for seats, as holidaymakers switch from routes to and via the Middle East to European destinations, pushing up prices.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pessimism-returns-after-trumps-speech-on-iran-26488.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rising Spa Over 60s Report Going Without Essentials</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>With the State Pension age due to start increasing from 66 to 67 in April, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Standard Life one-more-year-state-pension-age-rise-2026.pdf"><strong>new research</strong></a> from the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement highlights the difficult reality facing many over 60s who are forced to go without the basics and raid their savings in the years before they can claim their State Pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research focused on the transition group who will be affected first by the forthcoming rise in the State Pension age and found that the group who are currently just below State Pension age are nearly three times as likely (14%) to have gone without essentials such as food, clothing or heating in the last 12 months compared to those aged 66 to 69 (5%), who are above State Pension age.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A quarter (26%) of people in their early 60s said they currently struggled to make ends meet on a day-to-day basis, compared to one in seven (15%) people above State Pension age.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research chimed with recent analysis from the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement, which showed that 250,000 more 60&ndash;64-year-olds were living in relative income poverty compared with in 2010, largely because of increases in the State Pension age.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rising State Pension age impacts financial security</strong></div>

<div>A fifth (21%) of people earning less than &pound;25,000 said the rise in the State Pension age will have a major impact on their household finances, compared with just 10% of those earning &pound;50,000 or more, highlighting that the impact of the changes is not evenly spread.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The significance of the State Pension to low-income households is stark. For the poorest fifth of households that include someone aged 66&ndash;70 and where no one is in paid work, the state pension makes up nearly three quarters (71%) of their income3. There is also a looming generational challenge, with a majority of Gen X &ndash; the oldest of whom are now in their 60s &ndash; projected to be highly or entirely dependent on the State Pension4.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Many say they will work for longer to offset the challenges presented by State Pension age rises</strong></div>

<div>The research found that, for many, continuing in work is needed to help bridge the gap until they reach their State Pension age. Among non-retired people in their early 60s, who will be affected by the upcoming State Pension age rise, more than a third (36%) say they will need to work for longer because of the rise. One in twenty (5%) of those who are impacted by the rise, but currently say they have retired, say they plan to go back to work, as the financial reality of retirement falls short of expectations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A quarter (23%) of those in their early 60s say they will draw down on savings or a pension, and 8% say they will apply for Universal Credit or other benefits to &lsquo;bridge the gap&rsquo; to a higher State Pension age, showing that many costs will be diverted elsewhere.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>People aged 60 to 65 are also more likely than those above State Pension age to say they are working because they need money for day-to-day expenses (38% vs 31%), to save more into their pension (31% vs 25%), and because they are worried they don&rsquo;t have enough saved in their pension for retirement (25% vs 18%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Patrick Thomson, Head of Research Analysis and Policy at the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement, comments:</strong> &ldquo;The rise in State Pension age is less than a week away and, while most people impacted know it is coming, they really don&rsquo;t like it. Many say the change makes them feel pressured, anxious or insecure.?</div>

<div>&ldquo;Most people affected expect the increase to impact their finances, retirement choices or health - and are making changes to adapt - working longer, saving more, or drawing down on savings.?</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While some are able to adapt to these changes, others will face real financial hardship. 14% of those just below State Pension age have gone without basic essentials in the past year. Women are significantly more impacted than men, as are those on lower incomes, who rely more on the State Pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We face a growing crisis in which too many people in their 60s are struggling to make ends meet as the State Pension age rises. Without action, this will worsen the widespread pension under-saving problem, and government must set out a clear plan to improve financial security so the most vulnerable are supported before and during retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While some say they will work for longer, around one in four are expecting to draw down on their own pensions or savings to bridge the gap. That will leave people less financially secure in retirement. &ldquo;The move from 66 to 67 is expected to save the government about &pound;10 billion a year, but this data shows that some of that will be diverted from people&rsquo;s own retirement savings, or from people applying for other benefits.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We need to focus on helping working carers, those with health conditions, and to support people with lifelong learning and to make career moves that work for them. This will help people bridge the gap to State Pension age, and help retain the valuable skills and experience needed in the economy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>? &ldquo;We need to help those still unaware of the upcoming changes, and support those most at risk of financial hardship resulting from the rise. We also need to plan ahead for any future changes to the State Pension age, particularly with the government currently reviewing the plan for the further rise to 68.&rdquo;</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeRising102204261.jpg" style="height:325px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeRising202204261.jpg" style="height:331px; width:600px" /></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/rising-spa-over-60s-report-going-without-essentials-26484.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hong Kong Property Insurance Industry To Exceed  1bn By 2030</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>GlobalData&rsquo;s Insurance Database estimates that the Hong Kong property insurance industry will register an annual growth rate of 8.7% in 2026, supported by frequent catastrophic events, regulatory upgrades to fire safety, and product innovations. Recent catastrophe experience is likely to reinforce underwriting discipline and rate momentum into the next cycle. Reinsurance has cushioned primary carriers but is resetting market terms. However, rising fire losses are expected to halt reinsurance price softening and prompt strict treaty structures and tighter exposure controls.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_GlobalDataHongKong0204261.jpg" style="height:331px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Swarup Kumar Sahoo, Senior Insurance Analyst at GlobalData, comments: </strong>&ldquo;The Hong Kong property insurance market is expected to grow during 2026&ndash;30 as insurers reprice fire risk, refine catastrophic accumulation, and expand digital distribution. This growth relative to the broader general insurance market&rsquo;s 6.3% CAGR trajectory implies a stronger expansion profile for property lines.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The deadly Wang Fuk Court apartment complex fire in late 2025 crystallized risk accumulation in high-rise estates and triggered industry-wide operational responses. Meanwhile, ongoing climate-related events such as typhoons and black rainstorms have reinforced the case for comprehensive coverage and tighter underwriting. Looking ahead, premium hardening in fire-related lines and stricter treaty terms are expected to support growth as insurers reprice for severity risk, enhance risk management, and lean on strong reinsurance programs and capital buffers to sustain capacity for property risks.</p>

<p>Insurers in Hong Kong faced record catastrophe payouts and higher loss costs due to severe weather conditions. Property damage claims remain a major concern among general insurance lines, alongside personal accident & health (PA&H) and liability. Despite catastrophe losses in 2025, the property insurance combined ratio is expected to be at 84.8%, keeping the sector profitable.</p>

<p><strong>Sahoo adds:</strong> &ldquo;While insured losses in Hong Kong were manageable, regional catastrophic events continue to test capacity and accelerate innovation. Insurers are expected to reassess risk retention, reduce capacity for higher-risk profiles, and increase deductibles, especially for high-rise and renovation exposures.&rdquo; </p>

<p>With premium increases anticipated for fire-related policies and stricter exposure controls post-event, property lines are set for pricing-led growth as underwriters refine deductibles, exclusions, and retention strategies in response to frequency and severity risk in dense urban settings. Stable capitalization, reinsurance utilization, and regulatory reforms anchor market resilience. While the growth of property insurance will be supported by a strong reinsurance hub in the country, the new risk-based capital regime and progress on IFRS 17 will bolster financial discipline.</p>

<p><strong>Sahoo continues:</strong> &ldquo;Alternative risk transfer and capacity-building will support property risk appetite. Catastrophe bonds will reinforce regional coverage for perils including typhoons and earthquakes, while government incentives on extended insurance-linked securities (ILS) grant schemes and streamlined financing for subcontractors will help stimulate issuance. Captive market growth will strengthen enterprise risk retention strategies and diversify capacity supporting complex commercial risks. Hong Kong&rsquo;s growing ILS platform, emphasis on climate resilience, and regional DRF cooperation highlight the role as a risk-transfer hub that can mobilize capital and analytics to close protection gaps.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Coordinated relief measures, including premium holidays, advance payments, simplified documentation, and emergency support, were rolled out rapidly by insurers, bancassurance partners, and regulators to reduce immediate financial strain and maintain coverage for impacted policyholders of the Tai Po fire. Such proactive actions foster consumer confidence and support industry growth.</p>

<p><strong>Sahoo concludes: </strong>&ldquo;Hong Kong&rsquo;s property insurance market is transitioning into a higher-quality growth phase. The catastrophe experience in 2025 is catalyzing disciplined underwriting, reinsurance recalibration, and stronger risk selection, while regulatory fire-safety upgrades and resilient housing activity have deepened protection. With reinsurers absorbing a material share of extreme losses and capital levels remaining sound, carriers are positioned to pursue sustainable growth during 2026-30.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hong-kong-property-insurance-industry-to-exceed--1bn-by-2030-26485.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Member Experience Crucial As Schemes Approach Endgame</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Its latest &lsquo;Excellence in Endgames&rsquo; paper, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hymans-excellence-in-endgames-the-member-perspective-2026.pdf"><strong>The Member Perspective: getting the member experience right</strong></a>, looks at what matters to members of DB schemes, how they engage and highlights the need for clear member communication and support. If the member experience is done well, it claims, members feel informed and empowered, leading to better decisions throughout their pension journey, and ultimately better outcomes. This will also strengthen the scheme&rsquo;s position as it heads towards endgame.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The paper includes findings from a survey of 1,000 DB scheme members, looking at their concerns, how they engage with their pensions and their confidence in making pensions decisions. These reveal that while three quarters (75%) of members feel they understand their pensions, gaps in members&rsquo; knowledge and understanding exist. A quarter (26%) reported that they lack confidence in making pension decisions and one in seven (14%) said they were unsure about options presented to them.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Member experience crucial as schemes approach endgame</strong><br />
&ldquo;Member experience should sit at the centre of a well-run scheme. When schemes offer meaningful support and communicate well, members feel informed and confident. Regardless of a DB scheme&rsquo;s ultimate endgame path, whether a scheme is running on or planning to buy out, it&rsquo;s vital that trustees put the member experience at the heart of their planning.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Our research shows that members are asking for more support. Nearly half (46%) wanted better communication and a third (36%) wanted guidance from an employer. As they approach retirement, many members are trying to make important choices about their future. They want clear messages that explain what their options are, information that&rsquo;s easy to access, and timely responses when they have questions. Getting this right while the scheme is running on leads to better outcomes and engagement from your members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Schemes also need to maintain accurate and secure data. Data that isn&rsquo;t well maintained can result in delays, data handling risks or even the wrong benefits for members. Good administration is another foundation of great member experience. Ultimately, high quality data, effective communications and good administration all impact the member experience, and getting this right is crucial. Not only to improve the member experience today, but also to reduce the risk of unwelcome surprises during any transaction to transfer liabilities.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/member-experience-crucial-as-schemes-approach-endgame-26486.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments As Deferred Dc Membership Surpasses 23 Million</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Kelly Parsons, Head of DC Proposition at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;These figures show how the small pots issue is being driven by a more mobile workforce, with employees moving jobs, being automatically enrolled into new schemes and leaving pension pots behind rather than consolidating them. This is now becoming a structural feature of the pensions system and is yet another challenge to retirement planning and adequacy. While the small pots issue is often discussed as an industry or provider challenge, it is increasingly becoming an employer issue as well. Employers are automatically enrolling new joiners who may already have multiple pension pots which increases administration, adds complexity to scheme governance and can make it harder to engage employees with their retirement savings. As the number of deferred pots continues to grow, employers will need to play a bigger role in helping employees understand their pension options, including consolidation, and ensuring their workplace pension remains competitive, well-governed and delivers good member outcomes. This also strengthens the case for wider policy solutions such as small pots consolidation and pensions dashboards to reduce fragmentation across the system.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Maurice Titley, Commercial Director Data & Dashboards at Lumera</strong>: &ldquo;The fact that deferred memberships are growing far faster than active memberships shows that job switching, rather than new savers entering the system, is now the major driver of growth in pension pot numbers. As the labour market becomes more flexible and careers involve multiple employers, this means that individuals are building up multiple small pension pots over time. This trend will continue to increase administrative complexity and raise costs for providers while it can also make it harder for savers to keep track of their retirement savings, increase fees through duplicated charges and ultimately lead to poorer retirement outcomes if pots are lost or forgotten. This is exactly the issue that the Money Helper Pensions Dashboard aims to solve by giving savers a clear view of all of their pension savings in one place. This should stimulate greater retirement planning, encourage consolidation and support savers in their decision-making processes. The increase in both employee and employer contributions is an encouraging sign that pension saving levels are continuing to rise, reflecting both wage growth and the maturing impact of automatic enrolment. As contribution levels rise over time, the importance of consolidation, data quality and digital infrastructure becomes even greater. Implementing best-in-class software and administration platforms will be essential to help providers manage this complexity while still delivering good member outcomes.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/investmentspensionsandtrusts/bulletins/fundedoccupationalpensionschemesintheuk/apriltoseptember2025"><strong>Funded occupational pension schemes in the UK: April to September 2025</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-as-deferred-dc-membership-surpasses-23-million-26487.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>April 2026 Edition Of The Actuarial Post Magazine</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/1"><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_APMagazineApril2026FrontCover.jpg" style="float:right; height:281px; width:199px" /></a></p>

<p>Our regular contributors give their views on current events including, amongst others, Rupa Pithiya from Bolton associates continues her series interviewing actuarial contractors talking to Paul Moorshead and Alex White from Gallagher quotes Bob Dylan with his article on the times they are a changing.</p>

<p>Hopefully by the time we welcome you back next month Operation Epic Fury, as they call the war with Iran, will be a thing of the past.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/6">News</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/8">Movers & Shakers</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/8">City Dealings</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/10">Role of AI in Financial Reporting: Hype or Reality by Mark Brown, Global Proposition Lead, WTW</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/12">Pension Pillar by Dale Critchley from Aviva</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/12">Retirement Puzzle by Alex White from Gallagher</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/14">Pricing in a Softening Market: Judgement, Governance and the Technical Versus Market Price Gap Part 2 by Luara Hobern, Partner, LCP</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/16">Lights, Camera, Actuary! by Rupa Pithiya from Bolton Associates</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/18">Information Exchange by Warren carley, Principle, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-april-2026/6574/#page/20">Recruitment</a></div>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/april-2026-edition-of-the-actuarial-post-magazine-26481.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hailstorms Hit Record Damages From Severe Convective Storms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Unlike hurricanes, SCS events can strike with little or no warning, unleashing significant localized damage and triggering knock-on effects such as flash flooding. These unpredictable events have emerged as a major annual loss driver for the insurance industry, accounting for nearly half of all insured natural catastrophe losses last year, totaling over US$60bn. Between 2023 and 2025, losses even accumulated to a total in excess of $200bn, according to Gallagher Re. The US is the number one SCS hotspot, accounting for more than 80% of the value of insured losses globally. This trend is reflected in the latest Allianz Risk Barometer where natural catastrophes ranked #5, remaining a consistent presence in the annual business risk ranking.</p>

<p>While tornadoes often dominate the headlines, the most significant SCS losses are caused by hailstorms, which are estimated to account for as much as 50%-80% of all losses. Again, the US is the global hotspot for these events, as well as the top loss location for hail claims, but Allianz Commercial analysis shows many other regions have also suffered substantial hailstorm damages. Building resilience against this peril is therefore not a nice-to-have but needs to be on the agenda of every company with exposed assets in high-risk areas. But addressing this peril requires more than traditional scenario planning. New approaches leveraging AI are able to identify physical vulnerabilities in advance, enabling proactive risk mitigation to build resilience.</p>

<p><strong>Thomas Lillelund, CEO of Allianz Commercial, comments:</strong> &ldquo;Severe convective storms are still often viewed as a &lsquo;secondary peril&rsquo;, yet their cumulative losses now rival &ndash; and at times exceed &ndash;  those of primary perils like hurricanes. This reality highlights the urgent need for businesses to reassess their risk exposure and strengthen operational resilience through proactive, locally informed measures that limit both physical damage and disruption.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Losses from severe convective storms fueled by inflation and expanding footprints</strong><br />
SCS exposures have been intensified by population growth and development into hazard-prone areas. Rapid urbanization, aging infrastructure and assets, and building codes out of step with current exposures can all heighten the risk and value of losses. The limited spatial footprint and brief duration of SCS belie their capacity for concentrated destruction, particularly in densely populated regions, making them an increasingly important driver of economic and insured losses. After hail, damaging winds are the second major loss driver, mainly tornadoes and derechos. Severe hailstorms primarily impact buildings &ndash; especially roofs &ndash; and all kinds of vehicles, which are major drivers of expensive insurance claims. The damage to physical assets from hailstones can be extensive. A baseball-sized hailstone can carry the same kinetic energy as a Major League &lsquo;fastball&rsquo;, reaching speeds of up to 100mph (160kph) or more. Hail-related losses are not only growing in frequency but also shifting in character. What was once considered routine property damage now increasingly involves high-value assets, from aircraft fleets to solar installations, driving claim severity to levels that demand a fundamentally different response, Allianz Commercial analysis shows.</p>

<p>Inflation has driven up the costs of rebuilding and repairing property, an increase that is compounded by supply chain disruptions such as shortages in skilled labor and materials. A clear example of inflation&rsquo;s effect can be seen in the case of roof replacements, which are a significant factor in insured losses from SCS. Since the year 2000, the cost of asphalt roof replacements has reportedly surged by 250% in some regions, with costs rising 45% in the last five years alone, according to Willis Re.<br />
<br />
<strong>Risk mitigation a pressing priority for businesses</strong><br />
Mitigation measures for withstanding SCS with minimal damage will vary depending on the nature of a business&rsquo;s activities and the local weather systems it is subject to. A data center in Tornado Alley in the central US will need different resilience strategies than an automotive dealership in hail-prone northern Spain. Scenario analysis is essential for assessing risk exposure and building resilience to climate perils. Instead of reacting to losses after a major storm, organizations can now use AI-supported insights to identify weak points in roofs, facades or critical equipment and prioritize upgrades that minimize future damage. This helps organizations understand how different climate futures could affect their assets, operations, and long-term performance. Scenario analysis can also reveal hidden vulnerabilities, identify possible tipping points, and show how risks may change over time. This forward-looking approach strengthens decision-making by allowing organizations to test adaptation options, focus investments, and design strategies that remain effective under multiple future conditions.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;Traditional catastrophe models have long struggled to capture property-specific risk factors, such as roof type and asset value, or the cumulative effects of hazards like hail on building envelopes. As AI becomes embedded in core risk processes, its most meaningful benefit for customers is its ability to support smarter, evidence-based resilience strategies that adapt to changing weather patterns, rather than relying on historical norms. A data and AI-driven risk management approach is the future and will be essential for organizations aiming to thrive in an increasingly volatile climate environment,&rdquo; explains <strong>Michael Bruch, Global Head of Risk Advisory Consulting Services at Allianz Commercial.</strong></p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Allianz-severe-convective-storms-2026.pdf"><strong>Allianz Severe convective storms - Trends, impacts, and pathways to resilience</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hailstorms-hit-record-damages-from-severe-convective-storms-26480.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mega Deals Reach Record High And Propel Surge In Deal Value</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>M&A transactions of $10 billion or more have hit an all-time record in the first three months of 2026, according to research on completed deals from WTW&rsquo;s Quarterly Deal Performance Monitor (QDPM). A total of 12 mega deals closed in the first quarter of 2026, the highest figure for any quarter since 2008. In contrast, only two such deals were completed in the prior three months.</p>

<p>The higher share of transactions exceeding $10 billion also propelled the value of completed deals in the first quarter of 2026 to a five-year high of $438 billion &ndash; a dramatic jump of 155% compared to the same period in 2025. In the first quarter of 2026, 56 large deals (valued over $1 billion) were completed, marginally higher than the previous quarter and an increase from 40 deals in the first three months of 2025.</p>

<p>Run in partnership with the M&A Research Centre at Bayes Business School, the data also shows that a total of 215 deals valued over $100 million were completed worldwide during the first three months of 2026. This is a 32% increase in volume compared to the 163 transactions closed in the same period last year, and the fifth consecutive quarterly rise.</p>

<p>Based on share price performance, global dealmakers achieved a market outperformance, as companies making M&A deals outclassed the wider market by +2.5pp (percentage points) for acquisitions valued over $100 million completed between January and March 20261. This is a marked improvement compared to the previous quarter when acquirers underperformed the MSCI World Index by -13.9pp.</p>

<p>Jana Mercereau, Head of Europe M&A Consulting, WTW, said: &ldquo;Mega transactions have re-emerged with a vengeance. Well-capitalised dealmakers have returned to the market with renewed confidence, taking advantage of improved M&A conditions to pursue large strategic transactions to scale operations, bridge capability gaps and secure critical AI-enabling technologies.&rdquo;</p>

<p>European dealmakers led the M&A sector with a strong performance during the first quarter of 2026. Based on share price performance, European buyers outclassed companies not involved in M&A activities by an impressive +6.0pp (percentage points), with 40 completed deals. UK acquirers mirrored the wider European trend with a positive performance.</p>

<p>In contrast, Asia-Pacific buyers were -3.4pp below their regional index with 49 deals completed in the first quarter of 2026. With 21 transactions already closed in the first three months of 2026, Chinese buyers maintain their current form of increased deal activity following the record lows of 2024. North American acquirers also underperformed their index by -5.4pp, with 117 deals completed in the last three months, compared to -16.1pp and 96 deals in the final quarter of 2025.</p>

<p>Mercereau said: &ldquo;Pent-up demand, a favourable regulatory environment and healthy balance sheets have reawakened animal spirits, driving the value of dealmaking close to all-time highs. The duration and scale of the Middle East conflict, however, risks denting deal momentum, with corporate executives likely to stretch timelines and deepen due diligence.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Boardroom confidence remains strong, for the time being at least, as dealmakers normalise heightened geopolitical risk and appear resolved to ride through the bumps and persist with strategic deals.&rdquo;</p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>1 The M&A research tracks the number of completed deals over $100m and the share price performance of the acquiring company against the MSCI World Index, which is used as default, unless stated otherwise.</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mega-deals-reach-record-high-and-propel-surge-in-deal-value-26477.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dc Scheme Consolidation And The Pension Schemes Bill</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Reductions are concentrated among schemes with fewer than 5,000 members, while the number of larger schemes remains stable </p>

<p>Upcoming Pension Schemes Bill requirements mean trustees must urgently assess whether continuing, consolidating or winding up is in members&rsquo; best interests </p>

<p>The DC pensions market is changing - and changing quickly. New figures from TPR&rsquo;s DC landscape analysis show a further 15% drop in non-micro DC and hybrid schemes over the past year, matching the steep reduction seen in 2023-24. This represents the largest proportional decline to date, signalling a continued shift toward larger, better-governed schemes capable of delivering stronger returns and an improved experience for savers. </p>

<p>In a new blog published today,<strong> Kim Goodall-Brown, TPR&rsquo;s Director of Defined Contribution and Master Trust Supervision</strong>, sets out why trustees of smaller DC schemes must now take a clear-eyed look at their future. She acknowledges that, for many, the decision to consolidate is not straightforward - but stresses that securing the best possible outcomes for members must be paramount. </p>

<p>Kim notes that the Pension Schemes Bill, expected to become legislation soon, will introduce new and significant legal duties for most schemes providing DC benefits. These include providing a default guided retirement solution, undertaking a new value for money assessment that requires comparison against other schemes or benchmarks, and facilitating small pot transfers for auto-enrolment members with deferred pots of &pound;1,000 or less. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Running a smaller scheme is becoming more complex, more demanding and more resource-intensive,&rdquo; Kim writes. &ldquo;Trustees need to consider now whether they can continue to meet these higher expectations - or whether members would be better served through consolidation into a larger scheme with stronger governance and scale.&rdquo; </p>

<p>She highlights that for many small schemes, the cost and administrative burden of meeting the new requirements will increase significantly. At the same time, larger schemes are better positioned to invest in member communications, data quality, operational resilience and long-term investment strategies. Taken together, these factors mean trustees must urgently assess whether continuing alone remains the right choice. </p>

<p>Kim encourages trustees to consider both consolidation and wind-up options. Consolidation into a master trust may offer better long-term value when taking into account future compliance costs and the potential consequences of breaches. For some schemes, winding up may be more appropriate. TPR has published updated guidance to support both routes, including new materials for trustees considering a transfer to a master trust and refreshed wind-up guidance. </p>

<p>She stresses that these decisions take time -and trustees cannot wait until new duties take effect. For example, data collection for the value for money framework is expected to begin in 2027, meaning schemes must begin preparations well ahead of this. </p>

<p>Kim concludes that TPR will continue supporting trustees and providing clarity as secondary legislation develops. </p>

<p>Read the blog: <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/media-hub/blogs/2026-blogs/dc-scheme-consolidation-trustees-take-action-now">DC scheme consolidation: why trustees must take action now</a></p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dc-scheme-consolidation-and-the-pension-schemes-bill-26478.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Roar Of Recovery Amid Iran Hopes And Openais Fundraising</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s been a roar of recovery on equity markets as investors cling to high hopes of an end to the war with Iran in weeks. President Trump is blinking furiously faced with painfully high energy costs, which risk derailing Republicans' chances at the midterm elections, and is signalling a rapid wrap-up to the conflict. The FTSE 100 has rocketed higher, surging by 1.8% in early trade as optimism reverberates about an end to the war. It follows sharp rebounds in markets in Asia, with the Nikkei gaining 5.2% and South Korea&rsquo;s Kospi jumping 8.4%.</p>

<p>Relief is showing up in oil prices, with Brent crude, the benchmark, dropping below the $100 a barrel mark. However, at this level crude is still around 50% higher than in mid-February before tensions with Iran seriously ratcheted up. This signals that scepticism still remains about Trump&rsquo;s claims of progress, and worries persist about how extraction from the conflict is still set to be complex. Even if the war ends in weeks, the damage wreaked to energy facilities in the region will take years to repair. Iran is also now flexing more control over the Strait of Hormuz, planning tolls on ships, so freight costs will rise even as it reopens.</p>

<p>So, despite today&rsquo;s relief wave on markets, deep problems remain and ministers are trying to work out how to offer a salve to consumer businesses. Keir Starmer is under pressure to deliver, so his briefing today isn&rsquo;t just focusing on the military capabilities the UK is sending to the Gulf, but the support he is sending to households amid the crisis. With energy bills for those not on fixed tariffs set to shoot up in July, prices at the pumps marching higher, mortgages and potentially rents set to rise, and food prices likely to go up, households are bracing for a toxic shock of higher costs. However, the government&rsquo;s hands are tied to some extent by stretched public finances. It has to keep investors in government debt on side to prevent gilt yields rising and borrowing costs shooting higher. So, it&rsquo;s likely to be poorer households, who spend a greater portion of their budgets on essentials, who will be first in line for support.</p>

<p>OpenAI&rsquo;s mega fundraising round, which gives it the whopping valuation of $852 billion, has pumped optimism into the tech sector. The enthusiasm from private investors and institutions to own a slice of OpenAI, before any potential IPO, is like a rising tide lifting all ships. This is the largest funding round ever completed and is larger than any stock market flotation. The enthusiasm from private investors and institutions to own a slice of OpenAI, before any potential IPO, is like a rising tide lifting all ships. It&rsquo;s another example of the early opportunities investing in private markets can bring before firms make a public appearance on exchanges.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/roar-of-recovery-amid-iran-hopes-and-openais-fundraising-26479.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Apr 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tax Relief Methods For Employers In The New Tax Year</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Hannah English, Partner and Head of DC Consulting and Susan Waites, Partner, Hymans Robertson</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, for a 5% contribution level, the employee pays 4% from their pay after tax + 1% reclaimed by the provider on their behalf.Net pay deducts contributions before tax, giving automatic relief at an employee&rsquo;s highest marginal rate. For example, for a 5% contribution level, the employee pays 5% from their gross pay.Salary sacrifice means that employees sacrifice salary, reducing their gross pay with their employer making their contributions on their behalf, giving relief on both tax and National Insurance as well as reducing gross pay for other purposes. For example, for a 5% contribution, the employer pays this on behalf of the employee, whose gross pay is reduced by 5%. These differences influence how intuitive the scheme feels and how fair outcomes are across salary bands.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Be ready for questions about HMRC&rsquo;s low-earner top-ups</strong></div>

<div>From 2024/25 onwards, HMRC will top up low earners in net pay schemes to fix a long-standing issue where non-taxpayers received no tax relief, unlike under relief at source (RAS). For example, an employee earning below the personal allowance who pays into a net pay scheme will now receive a separate HMRC payment equivalent to the 20% uplift they would have received under RAS. The top-up is calculated by HMRC after the end of the tax year and paid directly to the individual, rather than into their pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With first payments due in 2026, employees may start asking how and when they will receive their top-up. It&rsquo;s worth making sure your teams can signpost the right guidance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Check your scheme setup to avoid errors</strong></div>

<div>Mix-ups between net pay and RAS remain common, especially when payroll providers or processes change. Errors can mean tax relief is missed or duplicated and can be costly to fix. A simple annual check of your payroll and provider setup reduces the risk and helps maintain a smooth employee experience.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Consider whether a change would improve fairness</strong></div>

<div>Non-taxpayers receive an effective 20% uplift under RAS, while net pay historically offered no relief until the new HMRC top-up system. Salary sacrifice works differently again: for employees who do not pay tax or National Insurance, there is typically no direct saving, and they may be better off contributing via RAS or net pay (with the HMRC top-up), even though the employer may still benefit from National Insurance savings.</div>

<div>If fairness, simplicity, or alignment to your reward principles matter, the start of the tax year is a sensible point to reflect on whether your current method is still right.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Factor in how salary sacrifice fits</strong></div>

<div>Salary sacrifice can create meaningful National Insurance savings for both employer and employee. Given the attention it has received since the November 2025 Budget announcements, many employers are reviewing whether their approach remains optimal or if future changes could influence design or uptake.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Use the new tax year to refresh employee support</strong></div>

<div>This is when many employees take stock of their finances. It&rsquo;s a helpful time to strengthen your wider support &ndash; from clear, timely communications to reinforcing available tax reliefs and ensuring your processes make saving as simple as possible.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tax-relief-methods-for-employers-in-the-new-tax-year-26475.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Howden To Acquire Hymans Robertsons Ifs Team</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The transaction marks the formal launch of Howden Insurance Actuarial & Longevity (Howden IAL). The new practice brings together two established teams: the Hymans Robertson IFS specialists and the insurance actuarial and longevity experts who joined Howden through the Barnett Waddingham (BW) transition.</p>

<p>Howden IAL will give clients access to deeper expertise, clearer technical insight and a more scaled advisory platform. It combines BW&rsquo;s longstanding strength in delivering outsourced insurance actuarial services and consultancy with the Hymans IFS team&rsquo;s experience supporting insurers with strategically important actuarial and risk projects, creating a best-in-class adviser for core insurance actuarial and longevity needs.</p>

<p>The formation of Howden IAL expands the range of markets and clients served across Howden&rsquo;s global platform, supporting the group&rsquo;s ambition to build a market-leading insurance advisory capability with international reach.</p>

<p>Across the combined practice, Howden IAL will offer insurers support on pricing, capital allocation, reserving, risk and investment strategy, model validation, ALM and the management of longevity risk. The team&rsquo;s collective experience will enable insurers to navigate increasingly complex regulatory, capital and market environments with more confidence and stronger specialist support.</p>

<p>The formation of Howden IAL brings together a team of around 90 specialist consultants, significantly increasing their capacity to support insurers across the full spectrum of insurance actuarial and longevity needs and creates new opportunities for colleagues joining Howden, reflecting the Group&rsquo;s investment in high-quality actuarial and risk talent.</p>

<p><strong>Glenn Thomas, CEO and Global Practice Leader, Health & Employee Benefits, Howden, said: </strong>&ldquo;This is an important development for our business and for the market. By bringing together BW&rsquo;s longstanding insurance actuarial capability with the Hymans Robertson IFS team&rsquo;s proven expertise in delivering strategically critical projects, we are creating a best-in-class advisory proposition for clients. This move is not just about capability; it is also about people. By uniting two high-quality teams, we are investing in their long-term development and strengthening our ability to support clients with deeper insight and a more distinctive proposition.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Scott Eason, Managing Partner, Howden Insurance Actuarial & Longevity, said: </strong>&ldquo;Today is a milestone moment for our business. By uniting two outstanding teams, we are creating an advisory capability with the breadth and depth to support every critical client need across the insurance landscape. This is a significant step in Howden&rsquo;s long-term ambition to build a world-class insurance advisory practice.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Jon Hatchett, Senior Partner, Hymans Robertson LLP said: </strong>&ldquo;We are proud of the strength and reputation of our IFS team and are confident that the newly formed team&rsquo;s combined skills and Howden&rsquo;s global reach will deliver a broader service offering for insurance clients. At Hymans Robertson, as an independent partnership, and Club Vita, we&rsquo;ll continue to focus on our long-term plans across the pensions, risk transfer, investment and retail wealth markets, where we see great opportunities for innovation with our clients.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The transaction is expected to complete in the spring of 2026.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/howden-to-acquire-hymans-robertsons-ifs-team-26476.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Trump Talk Pushes Oil Down But Markets Remain Unsettled</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;A fresh dose of Trump talk appears to have helped calm energy prices, with reports the US President intends to end the war in the Middle East even if a key oil chokepoint remains controlled by Iran.</p>

<p>Brent crude, the international benchmark, has dropped to $107 a barrel, but even at this level it remains painfully high for economies to deal with. Asian countries highly reliant on energy imports are still bracing for prolonged disruption, which is partly why South Korea&rsquo;s Kospi and Japan&rsquo;s Nikkei index are still deep in the red.</p>

<p>Although futures markets indicate a bounce higher for the Footsie and Wall Street, reading too much into Trump&rsquo;s latest comments may be unwise. He appears to be driven by a desire to calm market tension and bring down energy prices as the mid-term election campaign looms. Trading is set to stay volatile amid conflicting signals, indicating that this is a complex conflict which will be difficult to resolve. Israel&rsquo;s Benjamin Netanyahu has his own agenda and has suggested the military aims are only halfway to being achieved, and it&rsquo;s likely to be hard going forward.</p>

<p>Iran is still deploying drones across the region, hitting a huge oil tanker docked in Kuwait. Attacks on energy infrastructure in the region will take years to repair, which looks set to keep energy prices elevated even if there is a swift resolution. Strikes are now hitting wider targets, with aluminium producers in Bahrain and the UAE affected. The damage has pushed aluminium prices close to the highest in four years, which looks set to increase costs for manufacturers of a range of products - from small electronic goods to vehicles. Supplies were already constrained due to the blockade of the Strait of Hormuz, and concerns are rising about longer-term availability of the metal.</p>

<p>Costs for UK consumers were already rising just as the conflict broke out, with shop price inflation edging higher. It rose to 1.2% in the twelve months to March, above February&rsquo;s reading of 1.1%. As commodity costs rise again, it will pile pressure on producers. They&rsquo;ve already had to absorb significant increases over the last few years, and there&rsquo;s a limit to how much they can delay passing these higher overheads on to consumers. The increase in the minimum wage, higher payroll costs, and the impact of rising packaging taxes are also increasing the burden for manufacturers and retailers. Adding to the expensive mix are sharply higher energy costs and rising freight prices.</p>

<p>As consumers prepare for higher prices, the Bank of England will be watching inflation expectations closely for signs that they&rsquo;ll demand higher wages to compensate. But with the economy already stagnating before the conflict began, and demand for goods and services so sluggish, the risks of a wage spiral emerging do not at this stage look too severe. Nevertheless, financial markets are still pricing in two to three rate hikes this year, although much will depend on the duration of the Iran conflict.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/trump-talk-pushes-oil-down-but-markets-remain-unsettled-26473.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Iran Conflict Narrows Travel Insurance Options</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Recent market disruption has pushed Brent crude above $115 a barrel, while the Strait of Hormuz, which normally carries around 20% of the world&rsquo;s oil supply, remains a focal point for global energy concerns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The aviation impact is significant with the Middle East accounting for 10% of global international revenue passenger kilometres in 2025, underlining how important the region is as a hub for long-haul travel. Europe is also particularly exposed to jet fuel disruption, with 25% to 30% of its jet fuel demand typically originating from the Persian Gulf.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the same time, official UK travel advice has hardened. The Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office is currently advising against all but essential travel to the United Arab Emirates, while its Cyprus advice warns that regional escalation has created significant security risks and travel disruption.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stephen Kennedy, Director at Defaqto, said: </strong>&ldquo;The immediate impact of conflict involving Iran is disruption to aviation and energy markets, and that feeds directly into the cost of holidays. Airspace closures mean longer flight routes and higher fuel costs, while geopolitical tension tends to push up oil prices more broadly. As we&rsquo;ve seen with previous conflicts, those pressures can feed into wider inflation, increasing costs across the travel sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For insurers, most standard travel policies are not designed to cover losses arising directly from war. But the knock-on effects are significant. Higher medical costs abroad, more disruption and changing traveller behaviour can all add to claims costs over time, which can put upward pressure on premiums. So while the conflict itself may not be covered, its indirect impact is likely to be felt in both the price of holidays and travel insurance.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The latest Defaqto data also shows some insurers have paused quoting for certain destinations, including Dubai and Cyprus. That means travellers looking for cover for those destinations may now face reduced choice in the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For consumers, the insurance picture remains complex. ABI guidance says many travel policies do not cover losses linked to war, and that disruption, unused accommodation, excursions or transport may not be covered if the loss is caused by the conflict. It also says travelling against FCDO advice could invalidate cover.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kennedy added: </strong>&ldquo;Travellers should not assume that disruption linked to conflict will automatically be covered by their policy. The first thing to do is check the latest FCDO advice, and then check carefully with the insurer what is and is not covered. The key issue now is that this is no longer only a regional geopolitical story. It is becoming a personal finance story too, affecting the affordability of holidays, the availability of cover and the confidence people have when booking.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/iran-conflict-narrows-travel-insurance-options-26474.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Get Future Ready With This Lgps Governance Roadmap</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Gavin Paul, Associate and Senior Pensions Consultant, Barnett Waddingham</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, despite the governance proposals in Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government&rsquo;s (MHCLG) 2025 Fit for the Future consultation being largely welcomed, the road is not smooth:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>The proposals are wrapped up in the wider pensions review, so rely on the passage of the Pension Schemes Bill.</em></div>

<div><em>The Bill was expected to come into force on 1 April 2026, but at the time of writing is still in the Lords (at report stage). Any so-called legislative ping pong will delay the final version receiving Royal Assent.</em></div>

<div><em>The Government has not yet responded to its technical consultation on regulations required to implement the governance changes.</em></div>

<div><em>The changes rely on detailed guidance. The draft statutory guidance is incomplete in some areas and lacks clarity in others. </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Despite the uncertainty with the legislation and accompanying guidance, MHCLG is expecting funds to push ahead with planning for and implementing the Fit for the Future governance changes. We consider below what funds should be doing now.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What should administering authorities be doing?</strong></div>

<div><em>New statutory strategies and policies</em></div>

<div><em><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWLGPS13003261.jpg" style="height:285px; width:600px" /></em></div>

<div>Many administering authorities may already have policies in place, in which case it may simply be a case of reviewing them to ensure they meet the new requirements. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>New appointments </strong></div>

<div>Within six months of the regulations coming into force, so expected to be by 1 October 2026, administering authorities need to have appointed:</div>

<div><strong>1. A senior LGPS officer, a senior role with responsibility for:</strong></div>

<div>all pension functions of the administering authority; representing the interests of the fund within the authority&rsquo;s senior management team; andparticipating in the governance structures of the pool. The role must not be combined with significant non-fund roles and cannot be fulfilled by the section 151 officer. Existing roles can be designated as the senior LGPS officer as long as the requirements are met.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. An independent person, a key role which is expected to include supporting:</strong></div>

<div>the pensions committee, as a non-voting member of the committee;the senior LGPS officer; andthe chair of the local pensions board.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Appointees need to have a strong pensions background (although not necessarily of the LGPS) and be PMI qualified; a member of and accredited by the Association of Professional Pension Trustees or have significant experience of pensions. To be independent, they must not be employed by a company that is the fund&rsquo;s actuary or is carrying out the Independent Governance Review. Existing independent investment advisers can only be appointed to the new role if the administering authority is satisfied that they have significant governance and administration experience.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWLGPS23003261.jpg" style="height:283px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>*this will vary between the senior LGPS officer and independent person roles but the principles are the same in terms of planning for the appointment process. </em></span></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some administering authorities may also wish to take the opportunity to make other improvements/changes to their governance documents. For example, this could include updating terms of reference and discretions policies, as well as developing a roles and responsibilities matrix where one is not already in place.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Knowledge and understanding requirements</strong></div>

<div>Pension committee members, the senior LGPS officer, other officers with delegated responsibilities and possibly the independent person (the draft guidance is slightly contradictory on this), will need to demonstrate knowledge and understanding appropriate to their respective roles. Inductions should be organised within three months of the appointment or the first meeting if sooner. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Administering authorities will need to ensure that their training strategy sets out how this will be achieved and develop processes for logging and reporting on training. The draft guidance also says that there should be an annual assessment of knowledge and understanding. </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWLGPS33003261.jpg" style="height:210px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><strong>Independent Governance Reviews (IGR)</strong></div>

<div>Administering authorities will need to commission a periodic IGR within every valuation period, with the first one due by 31 March 2028. There is flexibility on timing, so reviews do not need to take place at the same time every three years. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The proposed remit is very wide. As a minimum, the draft guidance says an IGR should cover:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Business planning and performance delivery</em></div>

<div><em>Effective systems of governance and internal controls that detail how the scheme is run, including decision-making and meetings, and the approach to risk management</em></div>

<div><em>Compliance with legislation, guidance and fund strategies and policies</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The IGR report needs to rate the authority&rsquo;s performance in each area (we understand the ratings proposed in the draft guidance are being reconsidered by MHCLG and include recommendations. The report needs to be published and shared with the Secretary of State and an action plan developed where appropriate.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>To be independent, an IGR can only be undertaken by a company or person who is not otherwise engaged by the authority. So it cannot, for example, by undertaken by a company which is appointed as the fund&rsquo;s actuary. </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWLGPS43003261.jpg" style="height:209px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Planning and implementation schedule</strong></div>

<div>How might funds planning to meet the Fit for the Future requirements look in 2026?</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWLGPS53003261.jpg" style="height:481px; width:600px" /></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/get-future-ready-with-this-lgps-governance-roadmap-26469.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Perspectives With Decumulation Debated</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/LySSnsVX1hU?si=cwxXPnuHlUSLH_Rs" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-perspectives-with-decumulation-debated-26472.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Conflict Keeps Investors On High Alert</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global markets are heading into the week on edge as the Iran conflict continues to cast a long shadow. Fresh worries that troops could be drawn further into the conflict are keeping volatility elevated and confidence fragile. With the volatility index (Vix) closing last week at 31, its highest level since last April's tariff tantrum, investors should be prepared for another turbulent week.</p>

<p>UK stocks look set for a choppy start, as the FTSE 100 opens slightly higher this morning. With only a light run of company updates ahead, geopolitics is likely to be the main driver of sentiment. Investors are also adjusting to a backdrop where interest rate expectations have shifted, with markets now firmly pricing in rate hikes this year &ndash; though we know how quickly these odds can shift.</p>

<p>US markets remain under pressure, with the S&P 500 now 9% below its January peak as investors brace for a heavy week of data. The spotlight will fall on Friday's March jobs report, where payrolls are expected to rebound after February's surprise drop. A busy calendar also brings the ISM Manufacturing PMI, retail sales, JOLTs job openings, and the monthly trade balance, all of which will help shape views on the strength of the economy.</p>

<p>Oil prices jumped about 3% to start the week, with crude holding at its highest level since mid-2022 amid the Iran conflict. Doubts over a quick resolution have grown after Iran-backed Houthi militants stepped up attacks in the region, and the US moved additional troops closer to the conflict. With the Houthis threatening Red Sea shipping lanes and key energy infrastructure, and rumours that Washington is preparing for ground operations, traders are bracing for more supply risk and further price volatility.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-conflict-keeps-investors-on-high-alert-26467.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Broadstone Appoint Principal Of Projects And Endgame Admin</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>John joins Broadstone from Barnett Waddingham where he spent 10 years working with the PPF, Clara and PIC. Previously, he spent eight years at Mercer across several roles and four years at Atkin & Co as Operations and Administration Manager.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>From his 22 years of working in the pensions administration market, John brings a deep expertise in the sector alongside a proven track record in leadership and team management.</div>

<div>In his new role, John will support Broadstone in enhancing its pension scheme administration capabilities, assisting the award-winning team with the preparation and execution of transactions and post-transaction services across the full endgame spectrum.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>He will support Paul Noone, the newly-appointed Head of Operations, working closely with trustees, sponsors and insurers to ensure they are fully prepared for transactions while keeping the member experience, data quality and delivery at the centre of Broadstone&rsquo;s process throughout.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>John Bacon, Principal of De-risking and End Game Solutions at Broadstone, said: </strong>&ldquo;I&rsquo;m thrilled to take on this role at Broadstone as pensions administration becomes increasingly critical to helping schemes and trustees achieve their long-term objectives. Broadstone has a brilliant pedigree of delivering high-quality administration services and I&rsquo;m excited to build on that success, working with our clients and colleagues to ensure we continue to deliver confidence and certainty for scheme members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Paul Noone, Head of Operations, added: &ldquo;John&rsquo;s appointment reflects our continued investment in pensions administration, strengthening our endgame capabilities at a time when we are experiencing significant growth. As schemes focus on long-term security for members, they need excellent levels of expertise with exacting standards of project delivery. John brings an extensive track record of leading challenging administration projects and we are delighted to welcome him to the team as we continue to provide our clients with a consistently high-quality service.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/broadstone-appoint-principal-of-projects-and-endgame-admin-26471.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Bank Of Mum And Dad Comes At A Cost</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Bank of Mum and Dad is open, with three in five (61%) parents of over 18&rsquo;s helping their children navigate the financial ups and downs of life &ndash; however this support is having a lasting impact on parents&rsquo; ability to save for retirement according to Standard Life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>New research explores how life&rsquo;s pivotal moments can shape, and sometimes disrupt, people&rsquo;s long-term financial journeys, highlighting how three quarters (75%) of parents of over 18&rsquo;s who provide such support say it has affected them financially. A quarter (27%) have dipped into their savings, and one in seven (15%) have or are planning to delay their retirement or have a more modest retirement as a result. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Parents to the rescue as financial pressures mount for younger generations</strong></div>

<div>The financial support given by parents of adult children takes many forms. Over a quarter (26%) are helping them with everyday living costs such as rent, bills and food, while over one in ten (13%) are giving them a helping hand onto or up the property ladder and a similar proportion (13%) are funding one-off purchases such as cars or household items. Others are focused on longer-term support, with one in ten contributing to savings accounts for their children (11%) and supporting or saving for grandchildren (10%). </div>

<div> </div>

<div>These findings come as student finances continues to dominate public debate, with renewed discussion around the long-term burden posed especially by &lsquo;Plan 2&rsquo; student loans and their impact on people&rsquo;s finances long after they have finished university. Against this backdrop, some parents are stepping in to help ease the pressure on their student children, with one in ten (11%) helping to cover university fees to reduce the need for large student loans.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Generosity comes at a financial cost &ndash; and a lasting impact on retirement plans</strong></div>

<div>This generosity comes at a cost, with the financial impact having lasting effects. Three quarters (74%) of parents of over 18&rsquo;s who provide financial support say this has affected them financially, over a quarter (27%) have dipped into savings as a result, and a fifth (18%) say they are saving less for the long term. A further one in ten (12%) say this means they have contributed less to their pension than they had hoped, and one in seven (15%) expect to retire later than planned, leading to them having a more modest retirement (15%) and being more reliant on the State Pension (15%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These longer-term consequences are evident among those parents of over 18&rsquo;s already retired, with a quarter (24%) noting that having children was the single biggest factor impacting their ability to save for retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A love without limits: a strong desire to protect their children from financial hardship</strong></div>

<div>Despite the financial pressures, the unconditional love parents feel for their children prevails, with many parents of over 18&rsquo;s viewing supporting their children as a life moment worth prioritising, even when it requires carefully balancing with their own long-term financial plans. Over half (57%) say they expect nothing in return, and two in five (39%) say they are happy with their decision to provide financial support.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These parents cite a strong sense of responsibility (46%) and a desire to protect their children from debt or financial hardship (47%) as key motivations, while a third (36%) say they want to help their children achieve long-term financial security. A further one in ten parents (11%) also see support today as a form of early gifting for inheritance tax purposes, ahead of pensions coming into scope of inheritance tax from 2027.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, in a world where life is increasingly complicated and uncertain, the picture is not the same for every family, and one in seven parents of children of all ages (15%) also plan to prioritise enjoying their money in retirement over leaving an inheritance.  Priorities and needs can change over time, and many parents have to make a careful balance between supporting the next generation and enjoying their own later life.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc, said: </strong>&ldquo;For many parents, helping their children financially is something they would do in an instant, without hesitation. With student loan repayments, higher housing costs, rising living expenses and job market pressures all affecting younger generations, it&rsquo;s understandable that parents want to offer support where they can.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Life is rarely linear, and like many other milestones, it&rsquo;s completely normal for pension savings to take a back seat when focusing on supporting children. However, at the same time, parents mustn&rsquo;t lose sight of their own financial goals. Everyone&rsquo;s journey to and through retirement can be better and understanding where you are in terms of your own long-term finances is also important, to ensure you are heading towards the retirement you envisage. This means setting clear expectations with your children about the level of support you can realistically provide, making sure you&rsquo;re still contributing what you can afford into your pension, and ensuring you&rsquo;re thinking about how much money you will realistically need for retirement &ndash; striking the right balance between supporting children today and staying engaged with your own financial future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For parents with younger children thinking ahead and starting early, even with small amounts, can help build financial resilience for the next generation while keeping your own long-term plans on track. Junior ISA&rsquo;s (JISA&rsquo;s) and even child pensions are a great way to do this, providing a tax-efficient way to give children a head start and potentially benefit from compound interest or investment growth from the earliest moment possible.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/bank-of-mum-and-dad-comes-at-a-cost-26468.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Green Shoots Of Recovery To Be Stamped Out By Uncertainty</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Mortgage approvals for house purchases, an indicator of future borrowing, increased to 62,600 in February, from 60,200 in January, but remain below an average of around 63,500 over the previous six months.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In the consumer credit market, net borrowing increased to &pound;1.9 billion in February, from &pound;1.8 billion in January, slightly above the previous 6-month average of &pound;1.8 billion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Households&rsquo; deposits with banks and building societies increased by &pound;5.8 billion in February, following net deposits of &pound;4.3 billion in January, driven by households depositing an additional &pound;4.6 billion into ISAs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Richard Pinch, Senior Risk Director at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The Bank of England&rsquo;s figures for February paint an improving picture of household finances with heartening levels of mortgage borrowing. It suggests that consumer confidence was beginning to return on the expectations of falling borrowing costs, while the data also shows increased consumer credit borrowing and savings as budgets stabilised.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, the data already appears significantly out of date given the events in the Middle East through March as the disruption to energy supplies risks sparking a global energy crisis with wide-reaching impacts on UK consumers. The green shoots of encouragement look set to be stamped out as increased energy bills are inevitably likely to lead to broader inflationary pressures throughout the economy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Lenders will hope that the looser regulatory regime for mortgage borrowing will help maintain demand in the market against this uncertain backdrop and that the fragility of the economy will not lead to interest rate rises on the same scale as following the Russian invasion of Ukraine.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Meanwhile the affirmation of the Mortgage Charter following the Chancellor&rsquo;s meeting with banks late last week is a positive step towards using tailored affordability assessments and flexible payment options to help borrowers through tailored, targeted support.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/statistics/money-and-credit/2026/february-2026">https://www.bankofengland.co.uk/statistics/money-and-credit/2026/february-2026</a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/green-shoots-of-recovery-to-be-stamped-out-by-uncertainty-26470.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Tpr Guidance On Actuarial S37 Confirmations</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Mark Tinsley, Principal at Barnett Waddingham comments: </strong>&ldquo;We welcome The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s (TPR&rsquo;s) practical guidance on retrospective section 37 confirmations which brings us even closer to a regulatory solution to this long-standing headache for formerly contracted-out schemes. The final piece of the jigsaw &ndash; Royal Assent of the Pension Schemes Bill &ndash; is now a matter of weeks (if not days) away and the message is clear and simple:  There is no need to wait for the Bill to be enacted to start moving forward. TPR&rsquo;s guidance, along with the guidance already issued by the FRC, can now be used to progress matters where schemes have been in a state of limbo since the High Court and Court of Appeal judgements in the Virgin Media case. The Regulator is absolutely right to highlight the importance of legal advice, and we support their recommendation for clear audit trails &ndash; that will hopefully save schemes having to revisit these rule changes in another 20 years. In the meantime, it is helpful that TPR has confirmed that an absence of a s37 confirmation for a previous amendment, or use of the remedy, is not generally a reportable matter. This should help to keep the whole process as smooth and painless as possible.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>Sonya Fraser, Partner at Arc Pensions Law, said: </strong>&quot;The Regulator&rsquo;s guidance is a useful reminder to trustees of their duties in relation to assessing the impact of the Virgin Media judgment on their own scheme, taking the necessary advice, making informed decisions and ensuring that there is a clear audit trail. The guidance points out that while the remediation will not be available until Royal Assent is given, trustees can instruct their actuaries to start the work now. That is consistent with what we are seeing, particularly for schemes that are preparing for buy-in or buy-out. The guidance builds on the pragmatic stance that has been taken on this issue by the industry to date - including the recent FRC actuarial guidance. For example, it states that the Regulator does not expect trustees to 'carry out exhaustive searches before your actuary undertakes the remediation work'. The Regulator also does not expect to receive reports from trustees regarding the actions that they have taken in respect of remediation.&quot;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-guidance-on-retrospective-actuarial-s37-confirmations-26462.htm"><strong>TPR guidance on retrospective actuarial s37 confirmations</strong></a></p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-tpr-guidance-on-actuarial-s37-confirmations-26466.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>What Does Stagflation Mean For Equity Investors</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Duncan Lamont, Head of Strategic Research, Schroders</strong></p>

<p>On average, this is the worst kind of environment for the stock market. But investors need not panic. Our analysis shows that stocks often perform well when there is stagflation, just not as well as at other times.</p>

<p>Importantly, there has been divergence in sector performance in these environments and performance between companies is likely to rise, too. There is an argument that the sector allocation of European stock markets could benefit them relative to the US. This would be problematic for many investors, given that the US dominates the global market.</p>

<p>As well as the well-trodden valuation argument, this is one more reason why we believe investors should be wary of passive approaches to investing in global equities today.</p>

<div><strong>Why does stagflation present a challenge for companies and investors?</strong></div>

<div>Low growth is bad for sales, as businesses and consumers tighten their belts. Demand is weak and high inflation adds to the headache. In a buoyant economy, companies can pass on higher input costs to consumers. When demand is already weak, this is not so easy. Corporate profit margins often take a hit instead, putting additional downward pressure on earnings.</div>

<p>As well as weakening corporate fundamentals, the ability of central banks to stimulate demand by cutting interest rates is also hampered. When inflation is high, they typically want higher interest rates to bring inflation under control, not lower. And higher rates risk making the &ldquo;stagnation&rdquo; worse. But if they were to cut rates, then that risks sending inflation even higher. There are no easy options.</p>

<div><strong>How do stocks perform during stagflation?</strong></div>

<div>In this analysis, we have defined stagflation fairly simplistically: real gross domestic product (GDP) growth below the previous 10-year average and Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation above its 10-year average. By keeping things simple, we can analyse market performance over the past nearly 100 years. When it comes to analysing sectoral performance, this covers the period since 1974.</div>

<p>We compare using 10-year averages rather than fixed rates of growth and inflation because what will have felt like low growth or high inflation to investors isn&rsquo;t constant over time. It depends on what they will have been used to. This is a less severe definition of stagflation than those that require there to have been a recession (negative growth).</p>

<p>As could be anticipated for the environment described above, stocks often find the going tougher during stagflation-years compared with other environments.</p>

<p>Based on data since 1926, the median yearly real return in a stagflation-year has been about 0%. This is less than investors would typically want from equities over the long-run, but getting close to inflation in a high inflation environment is not a bad outcome. In addition, in about half of these years, they generated a positive real return. And, when these real returns have been positive, they have tended to be strong, averaging about 16%. In the interests of balance, it is worth pointing out that when they were negative, they averaged &ndash;14%.</p>

<p><strong>Figure 1: Equities perform well in around half of stagflationary environments, worse than others but should not be ruled out</strong></p>

<p>US real equity returns when inflation and growth are above/below their 10-year average, 1926-2025 calendar year data (number of occurrences in brackets).</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SchrodersStagflation12703261.jpg" style="height:312px; width:604px" /></p>

<div><strong>Past performance is not a guide to future performance and may not be repeated.</strong></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Half of all outcomes fell inside the blue shaded area, with a quarter above it and a quarter below. HighInfl = inflation above the previous 10yr average, HighGrowth = real GDP above the 10yr average, and vice-versa for LowInfl and LowGrowth. Based on analysis of data on US equities 1926-2025. Because the first 10yrs are used to calculate the first 10yr averages, this leads to 90 years where an assessment of the economic status is made. Equities represented by Ibbotson&reg; SBBI&reg; US Large-Cap Stocks to 2024, S&P 500 thereafter, cash by Ibbotson&reg; SBBI&reg; US (30-Day) Treasury Bills to 2024, US Treasury constant maturity 1-month rate thereafter. Data to December 2025. Source: Morningstar Direct, accessed via CFA institute, LSEG Datastream, S&P, and Schroders.</em></span></div>

<p>When assessed relative to cash, equities come out better, outperforming cash more often than not (in 10 of the 17 stagflation-years). This may be a riskier than normal time for stocks, but it can also be a risky time to sit in cash.</p>

<p>Furthermore, statistical analysis of how stocks have performed relative to cash in stagflation-years compared with the rest of the time indicates there is no significant (in a statistical sense) difference. In other words, any difference could be due to random noise rather than a meaningful relationship.</p>

<div><strong>There does not need to be an earlier crash or rate cuts for stocks to perform well</strong></div>

<div>It is worth asking if there are economic and market conditions that have been necessary to support equities in these more favourable outcomes, to aid investment decision-making today. The number of stagflation-years when a positive real return was generated was small, at only eight (1967, 1971, 1975, 1979, 1980, 2006, 2007, 2009), so we need to be highly wary of making bold claims. But that is not the aim here. The data shows that, even in this small sample, there have been a diverse range of backdrops (Figure 2) that still allow for some conclusions to be drawn:</div>

<p><em>It is not necessary for the market to have fallen the year before i.e., the good performance being a rebound. In most cases, it followed a year when real returns were positive (second last column in Figure 2)</em></p>

<p><em>It is not necessary for interest rates to be cut. We assess this by comparing cash returns with the year before (a lower figure implying rates were cut). In 1979, 1980, 2006 they were raised, and in 2007 they were broadly flat (final column in Figure 2).</em></p>

<p><strong>Figure 2: Positive (and negative) real returns during stagflation are not conditional on prior year market performance or rate cuts</strong></p>

<p>Calendar years when inflation was above, and growth below, their 10-year averages, 1926-2025.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SchrodersStagflation22703261.jpg" style="height:344px; width:600px" /></p>

<div><strong>Past performance is not a guide to the future and may not be repeated.</strong></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Figures are shown on a rounded basis. Calendar years shown are those where both real GDP growth was below the previous 10-year average and CPI inflation was above its 10-year average. Based on analysis of data on US equities 1926-2025. Because the first 10 years are used to calculate the first 10-year averages, this leads to 90 years when an assessment of the economic status is made. Equities represented by Ibbotson&reg; SBBI&reg; US Large-Cap Stocks to 2024, S&P 500 thereafter, cash by Ibbotson&reg; SBBI&reg; US (30-Day) Treasury Bills to 2024, US Treasury constant maturity 1-month rate thereafter. Data to December 2025. Source: Morningstar Direct, accessed via CFA institute, LSEG Datastream, S&P, and Schroders.</em></span></div>

<p>There is no historical reason why investors should expect stocks to fall, even if we do enter stagflation. There can be lower conviction of strong returns but predicting doom is not appropriate either.</p>

<div><strong>Do some parts of the market perform better than others during stagflation?</strong></div>

<div>Sectoral data is only available since 1974, and that reduces the number of stagflation-years we can analyse. In addition, sectors themselves have changed a lot over time. Communications services used to be telecom companies, such as AT&T, whereas today Alphabet (Google) and Meta combined make up nearly three quarters of the sector on a market capitalisation basis (as at 28 February 2026). Conclusions from historical analysis must therefore come with lower conviction, and be overlaid with qualitative judgement.</div>

<p><strong>Figure 3: Sectoral performance is mixed during stagflation</strong></p>

<p>US sectoral real equity returns when inflation is above and growth below its 10-year average, 1974-2025, calendar year data.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SchrodersStagflation32703261.jpg" style="height:388px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Figures are shown on a rounded basis. Based on analysis of data on sectors of the US equity market 1974-2024. Calendar years shown are those where both real GDP growth was below the previous 10-year average and CPI inflation was above its 10-year average. Based on Datastream US sector indices. Source: LSEG Datastream and Schroders. <strong>Past performance is not a guide to the future and may not be repeated.</strong></em></span></p>

<div><strong>While acknowledging the caveats above, many of these divergences are intuitive:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Defensive sectors</strong> such as utilities and consumer staples perform relatively well, as demand is less sensitive to the economic cycle.</div>

<div><strong>Energy and materials </strong>companies have typically performed well because high commodity prices have often been a cause of the high inflation during stagflation, as is the risk at present.</div>

<div><strong>Health care</strong> would also typically be classified as a defensive sector (its performance is less variable than that of the overall market, on average), so it is interesting that its performance has underwhelmed when growth has been low and inflation high over the 1974-2025 period. It is possible to anlayse this sector over a longer history (back to 1927) using an alternative source &ndash; the data library produced by highly regarded academic, Kenneth French. This is not possible for all other sectors on a consistent basis. When we do this, the healthcare sector&rsquo;s performance ties in more with intuition. It performed well in the 1940s, 50s, 60s, 70s, 80s and 90s episodes of stagflation but less well in the 2000s. Its median outperformance in a stagflation-year over this longer period has been 4%. This allows us to take a more positive view on the sector&rsquo;s performance during stagflation than the table above would suggest. A comparison of results under the two data sets is provided at the end of this article.</div>

<div><strong>So-called &ldquo;real assets&rdquo; </strong>such as real estate can do relatively well but this sector also has one of the widest ranges of outcomes. When it comes to individual investments, performance depends on the sector of the real estate market, the length of and any inflation linkage in the rental agreement, debt maturity profile, and other factors. Real estate investors have to understand the operational risk of their tenants if we enter stagflation.</div>

<div><strong>Consumer discretionary</strong> usually underperforms consumer staples, as individuals cut back on non-essentials.</div>

<div><strong>IT and communication services</strong> also both have a poor track record. This is due to a combination of demand weakness alongside rising supply costs, but also valuation impacts. IT companies, especially growth-oriented ones, tend to have high price-to-earnings (P/E) ratios because investors expect strong future earnings. The higher interest rates that usually accompany stagflation reduce the present value of future earnings, hitting growth stocks like IT companies particularly hard. This is also relevant for today&rsquo;s crop of communication services companies. One potential difference for today&rsquo;s big growth companies is that many are highly profitable and have global scale. Although they have increased borrowing significantly to finance capex, most also have strong balance sheets e.g., interest cover is higher than the average investment grade bond issuer.</div>

<div><strong>Financials</strong> have performed poorly. Often during stagflation, yields curves invert (flip from their usual upward-sloping shape where longer dated yields are higher than shorter dated ones, to a downward-sloping one where the opposite is true). This happens as central banks keep short term rates high to manage inflation while the market prices these to fall over time. &ldquo;Safe haven&rdquo; buying of government bonds can also be a factor pushing longer-dated yields lower. Inverted yield curves hurt banking profitability as the short-term interest rates that banks have to pay out on deposits rise above the longer-term rates they earn as income on loans. Banks may also have to shoulder rising defaults from borrowers and weak loan demand. A difference today is that yield curves have been steepening recently, as the market digests higher future inflation and expectations for increased government bond issuance in the coming years. This helped financials to perform well in 2025. Expectations for banking sector deregulation could also support profitability. So far so good, but serious growth concerns could easily lead to tumbling longer-term yields, putting this performance at risk.</div>

<p>While many of these are intuitive, it is important to again highlight the small sample size. When we run statistical tests (see Appendix), the only sectors where performance comes out as significantly different during stagflation-years are the materials and financial sectors.</p>

<div><strong>Do any global stock markets have more, or less, favourable sector allocations?</strong></div>

<div>When assessing this, it is important to complement historical analysis with qualitative judgement based on the current economic and market environment.</div>

<p><strong>Figure 4: Regional market composition</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SchrodersStagflation42703261.jpg" style="height:343px; width:600px" /></p>

<div><strong>Past performance is not a guide to the future and may not be repeated.</strong></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Figures are shown on a rounded basis. Stagflation defined as both real GDP growth below the previous 10-year average and CPI inflation above its 10-year average. Median real returns are as set out in Figure 4. US = MSCI USA index, UK = MSCI UK index, EMU = MSCI EMU Index, JAP = MSCI Japan index, MSCI ACWI = MSCI All Country World Index. Sector weights as at 28 February 2026. Source: LSEG Datastream and Schroders.</em></span></div>

<p>The US stands out for its large allocation to the IT sector, which has historically struggled during stagflation. Its communication services behemoths, Alphabet and Meta, are also technology companies in all but sector classification. In contrast, the US allocations to the sectors that have performed better during stagflation are all relatively low in absolute terms (totalling 15%). The US does not look like a candidate for strong performance if stagflation becomes a reality.</p>

<p>On the one hand, the European market would appear to suffer from its large allocation to the industrials sector. Europe has also been very publicly in the firing line for President Trump's tariffs. However, Germany&rsquo;s plans to increase borrowing to boost defence and infrastructure spending should support many European industrials, especially given the bias towards &ldquo;buying European&rdquo; rather than from the US. Overweights to the utilities sector and underweights to IT and communication services could also be beneficial. In principle, the financials overweight is more problematic but, as it stands today, financials are in reasonable shape and benefitting from a steeper yield curve. This will be a sector to keep an eye on.</p>

<p>The UK, a market which has been unloved by global investors for many years, is also an intriguing proposition. Its 16% allocation to the defensive consumer staples sector and 10% to energy are more than double any other major market has to either. Plus, it has barely any exposure to the IT or communication services sectors compared with elsewhere. Like Europe, the UK is overweight financials. While not without risk, there is definite potential for negative perceptions about the UK market&rsquo;s boring, defensive, nature to turn to its advantage. It also remains cheaply valued compared with overseas markets and therefore has a more favourable starting point.</p>

<p>Japan is weighed down by large allocations to global industrials, which are sensitive to international trade, and consumer discretionary. These sectors make up 44% of the MSCI Japan Index. It also does not have an overweight allocation to any of the sectors that one would anticipate could perform better. There are positive developments in corporate governance in Japan (moves to more shareholder friendly approaches) and valuations are relatively cheap, but the global backdrop is challenging.</p>

<p>Sector allocations are also not particularly favourable for emerging market equities, with overweights in consumer discretionary, communication services and financials.</p>

<p>Whichever market you look in, there will be winners and losers. Sector allocations can provide useful insights into potential risks but it is only by analysing individual company fundamentals that investors can hope to identify those which have the potential to thrive and those which risk underperforming.</p>

<div><strong>What does this mean for today?</strong></div>

<div>Stagflation risk is on the rise. Much is written about stagflation, with the potential to cause equity investors to panic. In this article we set out why we think this may be overblown. We can draw four conclusions:</div>

<p><strong>Stocks perform worse during stagflation than at other times, but the difference is not statistically significant. </strong>Historically, they have outperformed cash and kept pace with inflation. There can be lower conviction of strong returns but predicting doom is not appropriate either. There is always a reason to worry and long-term investors are likely to benefit from staying invested.</p>

<p><strong>Good performance in stagflation is not dependent on the market having fallen beforehand i.e., a rebound. Nor are rate cuts a necessary ingredient. </strong>This should provide some comfort to equity investors today.</p>

<p><strong>Performance during stagflation varies a lot between sectors, and across historical episodes.</strong> Although, statistically, there is insufficient data to draw firm conclusions, we can add to that with qualitative judgement and intuition. On this basis, the US and Japanese markets look negatively exposed to stagflation risk. Europe and the UK are more interesting propositions. Investors passively tracking the global market could find this uncomfortable, given the MSCI World Index has 70% in the US and MSCI ACWI has 62%. Stagflation could encourage the broadening out trend seen so over 2025 and early 2026 to continue.</p>

<p><strong>While we have not analysed individual company financials within this article, it should be obvious that there will be increased variation in performance at the company-level should we enter stagflation.</strong> Balance sheet resilience and pricing power will be important. As correlations among stocks fall and dispersion in returns rise, the potential for active managers to add significant value should rise with it.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/what-does-stagflation-mean-for-equity-investors-26464.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Sharp Downward Trend In Car Insurance Premiums Slowing</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Motor insurance prices have now fallen on average by &pound;284 (29%) since prices peaked at</p>

<p>&pound;995 in December 2023, with prices having decreased for nine consecutive quarters. However, when compared to annual price falls ranging from 13% to 18% recorded during the previous five quarters, the latest 9% decrease indicates the rate of price deflation is slowing.</p>

<p>While offset by a decrease of 3.2% in January, average prices during the last three months actually saw modest rises in both December (0.8%) and February (0.4%), according to the UK&rsquo;s longest established and most comprehensive car insurance price index.</p>

<p><strong>Tim Rourke, UK Head of P&C Pricing, Product, Claims and Underwriting at WTW, said:</strong> &ldquo;The last few months saw modest fluctuations in premiums, but the large scale reductions seen in 2025 appear to have subsided. Looking forward, ripple effects from the Middle East conflict could put upward pressure on UK inflation, owing to supply chain disruption and increased production and energy costs, driving up the cost of motor insurance premiums. However, any rises could be partially offset by a potential reduction in claim frequency if we see a drop in average mileage driven by UK motorists as a result of higher fuel costs.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWCar12603261.jpg" style="height:138px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: WTW / Confused.com Car Insurance Price Index. *Average values rounded to the nearest whole number.</em></span></p>

<p>Northern Ireland continues to buck the wider national trend by being the only region to experience an annual rise in prices for the second quarter in a row. Premiums for drivers in Northern Ireland increased dramatically by &pound;113 (14%), from &pound;834 to &pound;947. Northern Ireland now ranks as the second most expensive region in the UK for car insurance, for the first time pushing Outer London into third place.</p>

<p>Drivers in Manchester / Merseyside benefited from the steepest price reductions, with an annual dip of 14% (&pound;132), reducing their premiums from &pound;936 to &pound;804. Drivers in South Wales saw the next biggest percentage drop of 11% (&pound;67), with their premiums decreasing from &pound;614 to &pound;547 during the same period.</p>

<p>Of the regions to experience a reduction, the smallest were seen in Scotland, where drivers saw more modest annual falls ranging from 2% to 4%. South West England remains the cheapest region for car insurance, where average premiums dipped below &pound;500 and now cost &pound;492, with Central and North Wales following close behind at &pound;502.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWCar22603261.jpg" style="height:188px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: WTW / Confused.com Car Insurance Price Index. *Average values rounded to nearest whole number.</em></span></p>

<p>More locally focused data shows motorists in the Manchester / Merseyside postcode area of Warrington benefited from the biggest annual fall in car insurance premiums, where prices dropped by over 15%. Drivers in the Cheshire town saw premiums decrease from &pound;745 to</p>

<p>&pound;630. West Central London, still the country&rsquo;s most expensive postcode, saw an annual fall of 6% (&pound;81), with average premiums now at &pound;1,349 compared to &pound;1,430 in February 2025.</p>

<p>Llandrindod Wells in Wales continues to be the cheapest town in the UK with prices on average now costing &pound;438, where prices fell by 4% compared to 12 months ago. Drivers in Shrewsbury now also enjoy average premiums less than &pound;500 for the first time in three years after an annual fall of 6% reduced their premiums to &pound;484, joining Swansea (&pound;498) and the South West towns of Torquay (&pound;476), Truro (&pound;495), Exeter (&pound;474) and Dorchester (&pound;474) in the &lsquo;sub-&pound;500 club&rsquo;.</p>

<p>Younger drivers continued to benefit from the steepest price falls. Drivers aged 17 experienced the greatest price falls compared to other age groups, benefiting from a significant 23% annual price decrease, reducing their average premiums by &pound;517 from</p>

<p>&pound;2,258 to &pound;1,741. Drivers aged 18 saw the next biggest reduction in annual prices of 14%, taking their average premiums to &pound;2,082.</p>

<p><strong>Steve Dukes, CEO at Confused.com, comments: </strong>&ldquo;While average car insurance prices for new policies have been decreasing for some time and recently hit a three-year low, the pace of these decreases has been slowing. For some demographics, prices have started to increase over the past three months.&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;As this trend continues, it creates opportunities for responsive, competitive insurers to attract new customers. UK drivers are concerned about the worsening cost of living outlook and so ambitious, agile insurers will look to offer a solution and fuel growth.&rdquo;</p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>1 This latest quarterly data release by the WTW/Confused Car Insurance price Index covers the three-month period December 2025 to February 2026.</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/sharp-downward-trend-in-car-insurance-premiums-slowing-26465.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Trumps Strike Extension Fails To Lift The Mood</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown:</strong>&ldquo;Yesterday was one of those sessions where it didn&rsquo;t matter what you owned, chances are it finished in the red. Stocks slipped, bond prices dropped, gold lost its shine, and even parts of the commodities complex struggled as investors sent a clear message. Words alone aren&rsquo;t cutting it right now, with President Trump&rsquo;s extension of the pause on Iran energy strikes failing to lift the mood in any meaningful way. Tangible evidence of progress is what&rsquo;s needed.</p>

<p>Perhaps the most telling move came from government bond markets, which also weakened through the session. Normally, when equity markets wobble, you&rsquo;d expect bonds to act as a buffer as investors seek safety, but yields pushed higher as markets continued to price in inflation and interest rates staying higher for longer. We know the White House keeps a close eye on the bond market, so pressure will be mounting to secure a deal in the Middle East sooner rather than later.</p>

<p>FTSE 100 futures suggest a small rise at the open, although as we've seen plenty of times lately, that can change quickly. Fresh retail sales data showed volumes slipped 0.4% month-on-month in February, a smaller fall than expected, meaning activity has, for now at least, held on to much of its early-year momentum. But weakening consumer confidence is likely the more telling signal, with the GfK reading dropping to an 11-month low in March as households grapple with the twin threat of higher inflation and softer growth prospects. Markets are currently pricing around a 70% chance of a rate hike in April, but with sentiment already starting to wobble and growing risks to the growth outlook, a pause from the Bank of England could be the more measured prediction.</p>

<p>US markets had a tough day at the office, though futures hint at a modest clawback later today - as ever, though, we know sentiment can shift quickly before the opening bell. It did, however, serve as a useful reminder of why diversification matters. While tech stocks took a hefty tumble, the equal-weighted S&P 500 quietly finished the session broadly flat, suggesting the pain wasn&rsquo;t as broad-based beneath the surface. Social media names were firmly in the firing line as investors digested a run of jury verdicts linked to mental health and child safety concerns. Both are hugely important issues with clear work still to be done, but yesterday&rsquo;s narrative that this represents a &ldquo;Big Tobacco moment&rdquo; for the sector feels a little overdone.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/trumps-strike-extension-fails-to-lift-the-mood-26463.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Transfer Lament And Fca Plans Risk Making It Worse</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>FCA proposals that would require firms to gather information from a person&rsquo;s old scheme and present it to them before transferring risk causing further transfer backlogs and undermining consumer choice. The plans also only cover FCA-regulated pension providers, meaning workplace pension schemes are excluded, and are unworkable in their current form. Rather than gumming up pension transfers, AJ Bell has urged the regulator to focus on improving engagement with annual benefit statements and using the Pensions Dashboard, when available, to present easily comparable information to investors</p>

<p><strong>Rachel Vahey, head of public policy AJ Bell, comments: </strong>&ldquo;Too many people are currently suffering long delays in pension transfers. There are a myriad of reasons why &ndash; from antiquated systems in some workplace pensions, to poorly drawn up regulations that should stop scams but often frustrate transfers, and regulation that still gives some workplace pension schemes a staggering six-month window to complete transfers.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Regulatory and industry focus has rightly been fixed on improving transfer processes in recent years, helping more people make the most of their retirement savings and, where appropriate, consolidate pensions so they are more straightforward to manage. But the FCA&rsquo;s recent proposals risk making the situation worse, by lengthening the time to complete transfers and ramping up the frustration caused to pension savers. Given Which?&rsquo;s research found one-in-ten people already give up on transferring due to the difficulties involved, lumping on further delays will only add to the existing problems with the system.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Better solutions exist that do not gum up the transfer process. AJ Bell believes the FCA, Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) and The Pensions Regulator (TPR) should work together on developing alternative solutions to ensure pension savers with valuable guarantees and protections fully understand their benefits and the risks of losing them through transfers. This could be in the form of regular communication, such as including this in the annual benefit statement, or in the longer term as part of the information held on Pensions Dashboards.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The good news is that the FCA has indicated they are still listening to industry concerns. By changing these proposals, the aim must be to build a solution that makes sure more people get the information they need at the right time to consider transfers.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>What are the FCA&rsquo;s proposals on transfers?</strong></p>

<p>The FCA wants to support non-advised consumers who are considering pension transfers or consolidating defined contribution pensions, by making sure they have the information to make informed decisions. It is concerned these consumers are unknowingly giving up valuable benefits, for example guaranteed investment returns, loyalty bonuses, protected pension ages, or transferring to schemes offering fewer decumulation options or incurring higher charges.</p>

<p>Under the proposals, consumers transferring pensions will be asked if they want a comparison between their current and new schemes. Unless they opt out, they must consent for the new scheme to request information from their existing one. The existing scheme has ten days to provide the details, and the new scheme must deliver the comparison to the consumer within three days.</p>

<p>These proposals could therefore add a lengthy delay to pension transfers. However, very few pensions include the benefits and guarantees that the FCA are worried consumers will lose.</p>

<p><strong>Proposals would not apply to the whole pension market</strong></p>

<p>These proposals would only apply to FCA-regulated schemes, so exclude master trusts and other occupational pension schemes. These types of pension schemes could choose to give the information to any FCA-regulated scheme requesting it &ndash; for example a SIPP &ndash; or they could simply ignore the request altogether.</p>

<p><strong>Are there alternative solutions?</strong></p>

<p>AJ Bell believes the FCA, DWP and TPR should work together on developing alternative solutions to ensure pension savers with valuable guarantees and protections fully understand their benefits and the risks of losing them through transfers. This could be through regular communication, such as including this in the annual benefit statement, or in the longer term as part of the information held on Pensions Dashboards.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-transfer-lament-and-fca-plans-risk-making-it-worse-26461.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Let Ai Do The Ordinary So Humans Can Do The Extraordinary</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By John M. Bremen, Managing Director and Chief Innovation and Acceleration Officer, WTW</strong></p>

<p>Many early AI adopters report success comes from a combination of cost reduction through automation, increased quality through augmentation and competitive differentiation through addition. As AI becomes more mainstream, effective leaders move beyond solely using it for cost savings and productivity to expanding human capability through augmentation and addition. This drives organizational differentiation through deeper thinking, more innovation and research and development, new ways of connecting with customers, enhanced products and services, and superior user experience.</p>

<div><strong>Plan for a long tail for return on AI investment</strong></div>

<div>A new study quantifies what many board members and senior leaders have reported about the cost of adopting and scaling AI. The February 2026 study, published by Tatsuru Kikuchi at the University of Tokyo, suggests an AI &ldquo;implementation tax,&rdquo; where banks experience a 428 basis-point decline in return on equity (ROE) as they absorb generative AI integration costs. The impact varies considerably by organization size, from a 517 basis-point ROE decline for the smallest organizations to 129 points for the largest. The study also cites research on the &ldquo;productivity paradox,&rdquo; documenting that the classic J-curve pattern of technology adoption also applies to generative AI. This helps explain the low ROI of early AI adoption reported by numerous recent studies.</div>

<p>Effective leaders consider timing, investment levels and expected ROI when making AI adoption decisions. They also set reasonable expectations with key stakeholders.</p>

<div><strong>Let AI do the ordinary so humans can do the extraordinary</strong></div>

<div>Recently, during a discussion in Palo Alto, CA, with Ramneek Gupta, founder and managing partner of PruVen Capital, and his team describe one of his firm&rsquo;s 2026 &ldquo;MetaTruths&rdquo; as, &ldquo;AI does the ordinary so humans can do the extraordinary.&rdquo; PruVen suggests adopting AI to handle routine processes and analytics, while humans focus on exercising taste, judgment, discernment, building relationships and emotional connections.</div>

<p>In February&rsquo;s Fast Company, Pete Pachal, founder and CEO of The Media Copilot, explains that AI separates routine writing from the work that defines reporting, including building trust with sources, doggedly pursuing leads, assessing crime scenes, attending hearings, judging credibility, drawing inferences without full facts, and inspiring and engaging audiences with novel thought and storytelling.</p>

<p>A similar pattern appears in corporate call centers, where leaders find that AI handles routine tasks, such as retrieving information and filling out forms, freeing representatives to focus on customer relationships and solve more complex problems on the first try. Effective leaders understand and employ the power of AI to shift worker value from ordinary to extraordinary wherever possible.</p>

<div><strong>Focus on new jobs created (and skills required) by AI</strong></div>

<div>There is broad agreement among board members, senior executives and tech experts that AI eventually will replace some jobs or require fewer traditional roles. Substantial debate centers around how many new jobs AI will create, as occurred during past technological &ldquo;revolutions.&rdquo; To inform this debate, effective leaders look to research and reports on new jobs that already exist among AI adopters.</div>

<p>For example, WTW&rsquo;s 2025 Artificial Intelligence and Digital Talent Intelligence Report finds that the top five most in-demand digital skill roles globally are software engineer, application developer, data scientist, test engineer and cybersecurity engineer. Newer roles such as full-stack developer, solution architect, machine learning engineer, data engineer, cloud engineer and AI engineer appear in the top 20. AI adopters also report the appearance of roles such as AI ethicist, virtual cultural architect, AI automation engineer and robot trainer. Effective leaders understand these roles may change or fade as AI develops but are needed today and provide a lens into future skill requirements and job opportunities.</p>

<div><strong>Define adoption and build skills</strong></div>

<div>Many board members and senior leaders report more successful AI adoption when organizations build critical skills through upskilling, reskilling and hiring. They also report the need to define &ldquo;adoption&rdquo; beyond metrics such as user licenses or occasional users.</div>

<p>WTW&rsquo;s 2025 Talent Market Trends Dashboard shows that emerging skills vary by industry and geography. For example, in some places, data storytelling, predictive analytics and data visualization represent top emerging skills. In others, the focus is on prompt engineering, data governance management, cyber threat management, risk modeling and demand generation. As previously reported, effective leaders understand that soft skills are as important as hard skills. Critical and analytical thinking, creative thinking, problem solving, judgment, emotional intelligence, resilience, empathetic leadership and self-awareness are crucial as AI technology advances.</p>

<div><strong>Reimagine process</strong></div>

<div>Board members and senior leaders have learned that reimagining the processes in which AI is applied is necessary to achieve desired goals. Rather than engage in a &ldquo;humans versus AI&rdquo; debate, effective leaders rethink processes with a &ldquo;best of&rdquo; approach, considering which processes are best served by AI, humans or, most frequently, both. They recognize that AI tools and agents perform well on discrete tasks, but not entire processes, though the agentic web may change this. The most successful implementations start with point solutions that are woven together to form effective, broader processes once the technology, skills and learning have meaningfully advanced.</div>

<div><strong>Activate extraordinary leadership: Focus on culture and employee experience</strong></div>

<div>PruVen stresses that &ldquo;society values authentic human experiences in a world of AI slop.&rdquo; WTW&rsquo;s Jorge Coelho, Jill Havely and Richard Veal wrote about employee value propositions that can survive the AI revolution, where the value of human-to-human interaction persists. Moments of empathy, recognition and connection define the employee experience in an increasingly digital world.<br />
<br />
Effective leaders use AI to reduce routine tasks and augment managers&rsquo; ability to activate extraordinary leadership. They point to cultures of purpose and learning as critical, particularly as models and daily operations transform and where employees fear obsolescence. The most effective leaders create extraordinary engagement by routinely communicating and telling stories about changes, listening to employee concerns and responding appropriately.</div>

<p>WTW&rsquo;s Suzanne McAndrew shares <a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2024/10/shaping-the-future-workplace-strategies-for-navigating-change-and-enhancing-employee-experience">humans make AI better and AI makes humans better</a>. Today, effective leaders embrace the human + AI partnership to create the extraordinary.</p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>A version of this article originally appeared on Forbes on March 12, 206.</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/let-ai-do-the-ordinary-so-humans-can-do-the-extraordinary-26460.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Millions Of Drivers Opt Out Of Full Protection</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>As the cost of motoring continues to rise, drivers are increasingly sacrificing essential insurance add-ons and breakdown services to manage rising vehicle running costs. While the majority of drivers still opt for Fully Comprehensive policies (77%), the research suggests many are under-insured by omission. Significant numbers of motorists are now driving without financial buffers for common road mishaps, with only 31% holding key cover and a mere 16% protected against tyre damage or punctures.</p>

<p>The data indicates that drivers are treating their policies like building blocks - retaining the base layer but stripping away the extras that traditionally provided peace of mind, but also bring additional cost. For example, fewer than half of drivers now carry Personal Accident cover (48%) or Legal Expenses cover (44%).</p>

<p>Nearly one in five (18%) motorists have also either cancelled or reduced their breakdown cover to save money. Despite the prevalence of car financing, only 15% of drivers have Guaranteed Asset Protection (GAP) insurance, leaving them vulnerable to significant debt if their vehicle is declared a total loss.</p>

<p>In a bid to avoid high interest rates associated with monthly installments, 61% of motorists are now paying their insurance premiums and road tax in a single annual lump sum. While this provides a long-term saving, it could place a significant immediate strain on household liquid cash.</p>

<p><strong>John Cassidy, Managing Director of Close Brothers Motor Finance, commented:</strong> &ldquo;It&rsquo;s clear that motorists are really feeling the pressure of rising costs, and are exploring all avenues to cut back on spending wherever they can.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While avoiding some insurance add-ons may save money, it does also expose many drivers to significant risk - especially with factors such as gap insurance. Unfortunately, Government policies such as the September rise in fuel duty, and proposed schemes such as the EV pay-per-mile tax continue to place a financial burden on consumers, forcing them to cut corners and leave themselves potentially vulnerable as a result. Working with a dealer to understand all finance options available may present a more efficient way for drivers to understand and manage costs on a monthly basis, making it easier to budget and protect against any sudden price increases.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/millions-of-drivers-opt-out-of-full-protection-26459.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse Holds Above 10 000 As Oil Resumes Its Climb Above  100</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown:</strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;After two days of gains, the FTSE 100 has given back a little this morning as investors seek out concrete signs of progress towards a peace deal between Washington and Iran and the resumption of oil and gas transit through the Strait of Hormuz. So far, the main communication channels appear to be traditional and social media, as well as third-party states. It may take a formal agreement or at least a move to the negotiating table to steady markets further. While the bears may have the edge this morning, there could be bulls waiting in the wings if moves towards a resolution gather pace.</p>

<p>Gold has fallen back below $4,500 per ounce, around $1,000 lower than the peaks seen at the end of January. Interest rate expectations, rather than safe-haven appeal, have been in the driving seat. The inflationary impact of the oil market dislocation has increased the probability of a Fed rate hold until at least October from around 11% to 62% over the last month. Markets now see a 38% chance of at least a quarter-point rise, and when it comes to the possibility of a cut, all bets are off. Things could change quickly if Middle Eastern tensions simmer down, but the longer oil routes remain blocked, the more embedded hawkish forecasts will become.</p>

<p>US stock futures are also trading down this morning after yesterday&rsquo;s broad-based gains. Outside of the geopolitical stage, weekly jobless figures will be a key datapoint for today, with new benefit claimants expected to rise slightly from last week&rsquo;s 205k to 211k, still relatively low by historical standards. In recent times, weaker-than-expected labour market numbers have been seen as potential catalysts for rate cuts and greeted favourably by stock markets. However, in the current climate, signs that higher fuel prices and the fear factor are dragging on economic activity could be a negative for equities. Speeches by Fed Vice Chair Barr and Governors Cook and Jefferson are also lined up for today, giving further clues around the outlook for the economy and monetary policy.  </p>

<p>Brent Crude is pushing on $105 this morning after bottoming out at nearly $97 in yesterday&rsquo;s session as traders try and second guess the path of the Iran War.</p>

<p>Turning to natural gas, US gas storage figures are expected to show a 49 billion cubic feet (Bcf) increase after unseasonably mild weather saw stockpiles rise by 35 Bcf in the world&rsquo;s largest producer and exporter of natural gas. US natural gas prices are down 6.5% year to date in contrast to a 90% rise in the European Union, reflecting the trading bloc&rsquo;s reliance on imports.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Memory stocks like Micron and SK Hynix look to be having their very own DeepSeek moment, with Google&rsquo;s TurboQuant (software that reduces the memory needed to run AI models) triggering fears that improving efficiency will structurally reduce hardware demand, specifically memory. But if we cast our minds back, DeepSeek fears were ultimately unfounded, demand for AI infrastructure has only increased, and it proved to be a great buying opportunity for AI names. Improving model efficiency isn&rsquo;t a new concept, far from it, but it doesn&rsquo;t need to be feared. Reducing memory per task often enables longer prompts, more users, and higher throughput on the same infrastructure. That dynamic ties directly into Jevons paradox: making AI models cheaper to run tends to increase usage, which can end up driving more, not less, demand over time.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse-holds-above-10-000-as-oil-resumes-its-climb-above--100-26458.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Guidance On Retrospective Actuarial S37 Confirmations</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>For such alterations made between 6 April 1997 and April 2016 to be valid, their actuary had to:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>be satisfied that the scheme would continue to meet the statutory standard relevant to contracting-out after the change, and</em></div>

<div><em>confirm this in writing to the scheme&rsquo;s governing body (known as a section 37 confirmation) before the alteration was made</em></div>

<p>In the Virgin Media Ltd vs NTL Pension Trustee II Ltd case, the High Court and the Court of Appeal both confirmed that an affected alteration made without this written actuarial confirmation would be void.</p>

<p>This case created uncertainty across the pensions industry. Some salary-related contracted-out schemes may not be able to find such written actuarial confirmation, or evidence that it was obtained, for all the relevant alterations to their rules made during this period. As a result, the validity of those alterations is in doubt. The affected schemes and their sponsoring employers may have significantly higher or lower liabilities than they expected and may have underpaid or overpaid benefits and continue to do so, even though they may have continued to satisfy the statutory standard.</p>

<p>The government has acknowledged that schemes and employers need clarity on this matter. To resolve the uncertainty, it has included remediation measures in the Pension Schemes Bill 2025 (the Bill). These will allow the governing bodies of salary-related contracted-out schemes to validate the affected alterations that are potentially remediable.</p>

<p><strong>An affected alteration is potentially remediable if:</strong></p>

<div><em>it was treated by the trustees or managers of the scheme after it was purportedly made as a valid alteration</em></div>

<div><em>no positive action has been taken by the trustees or managers of the scheme on the basis that they consider the alteration to be void</em></div>

<div><em>its validity has not been determined by the court in qualifying legal proceedings before the Bill receives Royal Assent and the remediation comes into force</em></div>

<div><em>no question relating to its validity was in issue on or before 5 June 2025 in qualifying legal proceedings and has been settled by agreement between the parties at any time before the Bill receives Royal Assent or remains in issue in those proceedings at the time of Royal Assent</em></div>

<p>Schemes that have not fully wound up before Royal Assent will need to obtain written confirmation from their actuary that, in their opinion, it is reasonable to conclude that the affected alteration would not have prevented the scheme from continuing to satisfy the statutory standard. In some cases, this will be straightforward given the nature of the alteration, but in others the actuary will need further evidence. Where this confirmation is provided, the alteration is to be treated as having met the requirements of the regulations from its original effective date and so is to be treated as valid.</p>

<p><strong>The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) has provided guidance</strong> to actuaries on how to undertake this remediation work in a proportionate and pragmatic manner.</p>

<p>As the Bill has not yet received Royal Assent and remains in draft, this guidance will change. We will update it to reflect the version that receives Royal Assent.</p>

<p><strong>Who this guidance is for</strong></p>

<div><strong>This guidance is for trustees, scheme managers and responsible authorities (collectively &lsquo;governing bodies&rsquo;) of occupational pension schemes that:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>were contracted-out on the salary-related basis at any point between 6 April 1997 and 5 April 2016, and</em></div>

<div><em>have not been fully wound up or transferred to the Pension Protection Fund (PPF) or the Financial Assistance Scheme (FAS) at the date the Bill receives Royal Assent</em></div>

<p>Under the Bill, all the affected alterations of schemes that have been fully wound up or transferred to the PPF or the FAS at the date the Bill receives Royal Assent, will be treated as having met the requirements of the regulations from their original effective date and so are to be treated as valid.</p>

<p>This guidance aims to remind you of your statutory duties and to set out our expectations of the standards required to achieve compliance.</p>

<div><strong>The governing body&rsquo;s role and responsibilities</strong></div>

<div>As the governing body, you must be familiar with your scheme&rsquo;s trust deed and rules and have a working knowledge of pensions and trust law.</div>

<p>You should establish whether your scheme is affected by the judgments in the Virgin Media case and, if so, decide whether you will use the potential remediation available under the Bill.</p>

<p>You should ensure that you understand the Virgin Media judgments, the potential remediation available in the Bill and the other options for addressing the issue available to your scheme. You may find it helpful to receive training on all this.</p>

<p>You will normally need to seek advice and information from your legal adviser and may need advice and information from your actuary and information from your administrator. This will help you make an informed decision on whether to use the potential remediation available under the Bill and fulfil your fiduciary duties. You may also need to discuss it with the sponsoring employer(s).</p>

<p>If you decide to use the potential remediation available under the Bill, you will need to provide a formal written instruction to your current actuary to undertake the work. This should include the scope of the work that specifies:</p>

<div><em>the alterations your actuary is to consider, and</em></div>

<div><em>where multiple alterations occurred at the same time, eg in a single deed of amendment, whether your actuary can consider the overall effect of all these alterations together, or consider each alteration individually, or a combination of both approaches. A new trust deed and rules may have contained substantive amendments even if it is called a consolidating deed and these will need to be identified</em></div>

<p>You may need legal help to write this instruction.</p>

<p>Occupational pension schemes are under a duty to appoint a scheme actuary under section 47(1) of the Pensions Act 1995. However, if your scheme does not have an actuary, you can appoint a Fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries to undertake the remediation work.</p>

<p>The Bill does not give a deadline for using the potential remediation available under the Bill. You should agree a practical and realistic timescale for the work with your actuary, according to your scheme&rsquo;s specific circumstances. For example, it may be beneficial for schemes that are starting a buy-out process to proceed with the remediation work urgently, while others may adopt a timetable that is most efficient and cost effective for them.</p>

<p>You should also discuss the timing with the sponsoring employer(s) as they may have views on when the remediation work should be carried out.</p>

<p>Though the remediation will not be available until Royal Assent is given, you can provide a written instruction to your actuary to start the work now.</p>

<p>If you decide not to proceed with the remediation work immediately, you should ensure that document retention policies will not cause the destruction of relevant records until the matter can be resolved.</p>

<p>The Bill allows the actuary to act on the basis of the information available to them if they consider it sufficient for the purpose of forming an opinion. At the outset, you should speak to your actuary to establish whether they believe they already have sufficient information. We do not expect you to carry out exhaustive searches before your actuary undertakes the remediation work. However, your actuary may request additional information to support their assessment. Depending on the circumstances, this may take many forms, from records of trustee decisions and advice received to historic individual membership data. You should work with your current administrator and the sponsoring employer(s) to determine what information is readily available and discuss with your actuary whether it is likely to be sufficient. You may also need to decide on its format and how it is shared.</p>

<p>There will be situations where your actuary, after conducting the work, cannot currently provide the retrospective confirmation for all the affected alterations you asked them to cover. You should consider the reasons your actuary may have set out for why they cannot provide the confirmation and decide what to do next.</p>

<p>If your actuary needs further information, explore how you could obtain it and the best way to do so. This may include liaising with your scheme&rsquo;s previous administrators, actuaries, legal advisers, sponsoring employers, trustees and scheme managers.</p>

<p>If it is not possible to provide your actuary with the additional information they need or that is not why they cannot provide the confirmation, you should seek legal advice on the appropriate next steps, considering your actuary&rsquo;s reasons and your scheme&rsquo;s specific circumstances.</p>

<p>You do not need to report your remediation actions on this matter to us. We have no statutory functions in relation to the section 37 remediation. If and to the extent it is established that there had been a failure to obtain a section 37 confirmation, but the matter can now be resolved through an actuarial confirmation, any historic breach is very unlikely to be materially significant to us now in carrying out any of our functions.</p>

<div><strong>Practical tips</strong></div>

<div>To make a reasonable decision on whether to use the potential remediation available under the Bill, you should consider the circumstances impartially and take account of all the relevant facts. In particular you should consider the following:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Which of the alterations to your scheme&rsquo;s rules made between 6 April 1997 and 5 April required a section 37 confirmation? Some of the alterations will not have required a section 37 confirmation and so are out of scope.</em></div>

<div><em>Are there any of those alterations in scope for which you cannot easily find evidence that a section 37 confirmation was obtained? If there are, weigh up the cost/benefit of devoting resource to tracking down evidence of past certification versus assuming there was no certification and moving directly to remediation.</em></div>

<p>You should make all the decisions relating to this issue in line with the decision-making procedures in your scheme&rsquo;s governing documents and record the factors that influenced your decisions. You can find out more about decision-making in our trustee guidance.</p>

<p>You should maintain a clear audit trail for all the decisions, actions and the results of this exercise.</p>

<p>The section 37 confirmations for the changes to the rules should be held with the alterations by whoever holds your scheme&rsquo;s formal documentation, such as its deed and rules. Any actuarial confirmations obtained under the remediation exercise should also be held by them.</p>

<p>You should keep the sponsoring employer(s) informed of your decisions and provide them with copies of any actuarial confirmations.</p>

<p>As good practice, after Royal Assent is given, you may want to prepare a reactive response on this issue to manage member queries in a clear and consistent way. You may need to update this response once the work is completed.</p>

<p>Where your actuary requires member data to reach an opinion, you may also use this opportunity to assess the quality of your scheme data and improve the data where appropriate. Our <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/trustees/contributions-data-and-transfers/scheme-member-data-quality">&lsquo;Scheme member data quality guidance&rsquo;</a> sets out the practical steps and good practice that you can take to meet the expectations set out in the <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/document-library/code-of-practice/administration/information-handling/data-monitoring-and-improvement">data monitoring and improvement module</a> of our general code of practice.</p>

<p>You should also consider the extent to which any findings in relation to the validity of any affected alteration may affect the funding position of the scheme, in relation to the requirements of the Pensions Act 2004 or otherwise.</p>

<p>Useful links</p>

<p><strong><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/FRC-Technical_Actuarial_Guidance_Confirmation-2026.pdf">FRC technical actuarial guidance</a> </strong>&ndash; This guidance is issued by the FRC to assist the scheme actuary when doing the remediation work.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-guidance-on-retrospective-actuarial-s37-confirmations-26462.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lcp Announce Two New Senior Appointments</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Clark has been appointed to Head of Pensions Actuarial. In this role he will have responsibility for ensuring that LCP&rsquo;s commercial and people strategies are closely aligned. Nick is an experienced actuary with over 25 years consulting experience. He has several high-profile Scheme Actuary appointments for the Firm and advised the Trustee of the Wates Pension Fund on the landmark Clara transaction that was agreed in December 2024.</p>

<p>Nick will pass on his current role as Head of the Firm&rsquo;s Winchester office to Victoria Snowden.</p>

<p>Jon Forsyth will become Head of Pensions Developments to lead the firm&rsquo;s response to emerging pensions policy and industry change, ensuring clients receive timely and expert advice. The role will drive horizon scanning, thought leadership and cross firm collaboration, strengthening LCP&rsquo;s presence and influence across the pensions landscape while overseeing research outputs and engagement with key industry stakeholders. Jon has over 15 years&rsquo; experience providing advice to both pension scheme trustees and sponsoring employers and advises some of the UK&rsquo;s largest pension schemes. He is also Chair of the Society of Pension Professionals Defined Benefits Committee.</p>

<p>The new roles have been created in response to the evolving pensions landscape, with DB schemes now considering a wider spectrum of options. This includes emerging superfund options and the new surplus rules for schemes that want to run on, presenting viable alternatives to more traditional insurance transactions.</p>

<p><strong>Michelle Wright, Head of Pensions Strategy, LCP commented:</strong> &ldquo;DB schemes are facing a broader set of choices and fresh challenges, and the pace of change continues to increase. Against that backdrop, trustees and sponsors need advice that is clear, holistic and grounded in practical experience.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Our two new roles will bring exactly that and will help ensure clients receive integrated, forward-looking advice across all stages of their journey. Nick brings leading industry experience and strong client relationships, alongside a proven track record of people management. Jon&rsquo;s industry knowledge and expertise will ensure our firm and our clients stay ahead of developments and are well-placed to navigate risks and opportunities in what is a fast evolving regulatory environment.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lcp-announce-two-new-senior-appointments-26457.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>State Pensioners Still In Line For Above Inflation Boost</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Office for National Statistics has announced that the Consumer Prices Index (CPI) rose by 3% in the 12 months to February 2026, unchanged from the 3.0% figure for January.1</p>

<p>Based on the earnings growth element of the triple lock, the state pension will increase by 4.8% from 6 April, meaning state pensioners are currently in line for an above-inflation boost to their income.</p>

<p>However, this increase means the state pension will be just &pound;23 under the personal allowance limit (&pound;12,570), at which point it would become liable to income tax. As of yet, the government has offered no clear plan as to what this means for state pensioners.</p>

<p><strong>Kate Smith, Head of Pensions at Aegon, said: </strong>&ldquo;In just over a week&rsquo;s time, state pensioners will receive a welcome 4.8% boost to their income, as the increase calculated by the triple lock formula kicks in from 6 April.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This year&rsquo;s increase represents the fourth-highest jump since the triple lock was introduced in 2011 &ndash; a system whereby the state pension increases annually at whichever is highest out of CPI inflation for September, earnings growth for May to July, or a 2.5% minimum.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Those who reached state pension age from 6 April 2016 onwards, and are therefore eligible for the new state pension, will now see their full entitlement increase by &pound;574, going from &pound;11,973 to &pound;12,547 a year.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While those who reached state pension age before 6 April 2016, and are therefore eligible for the basic state pension, will receive a &pound;439 increase, jumping from &pound;9,175 to &pound;9,614 per year.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Given today&rsquo;s announcement that inflation currently sits at 3%, state pensioners may be particularly pleased to see that their increase is above the rate at which costs are rising, indicating their income may be able to go a little further too.</p>

<p>&ldquo;However, with inflation widely predicted to increase in the coming months as a result of the ongoing conflict in the Middle East, this optimism might not last as long as hoped.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Another thing that shouldn&rsquo;t go unnoticed is that the new state pension will now sit just &pound;23 under the personal allowance limit of &pound;12,570. Should the amount cross this threshold when it increases again next year, a portion of the state pension would become liable to the basic 20% rate of income tax. For example &ndash; assuming just the minimum 2.5% increase is applied, the new state pension would rise to &pound;12,861 and &pound;58 of tax would be owed.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While many pensioners already pay income tax because of money from other sources, including private pensions, there has been concern regarding the impact of this on vulnerable pensioners, particularly those who rely solely on the state pension.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The Chancellor has offered some clarity on the situation, saying that no one who receives the state pension as their only source of income will have to pay income tax on it during this parliament. However, there have been no announcements as to how the government plans to achieve this from an administrative perspective.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This solution also raises questions of fairness, as those with very small private pension income and those working on a wage similar to the state pension would still be expected to pay their tax bill.</p>

<p>&ldquo;We called for clarity when this year&rsquo;s state pension increase was confirmed in the last Budget &ndash; and reiterate that call now. The government needs to outline their long-term plans for the possible tax liability that looms for millions of state pensioners, enabling them to feel more confident in their financial situation and plans for the future.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/state-pensioners-still-in-line-for-above-inflation-boost-26452.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Holds Steady But Figures Pre date Iran Conflict</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said:</strong> &ldquo;Today&rsquo;s inflation figure of 3% suggests that price pressures had been stabilising, with CPI holding broadly steady over the last few months. This reflects a period where lower fuel costs and easing services inflation were helping to bring the headline rate closer towards the Bank of England&rsquo;s target. However, the outlook has become considerably more uncertain in recent weeks. The escalation of conflict in the Middle East and the resulting sharp rise in wholesale oil and gas prices have the potential to push inflation higher again as we move through the year, and expected increases in the energy price cap from July and October could become key pressure points. However the impact is unlikely to be limited to energy alone with wider cost pressures &ndash; from food to technology supply chains &ndash; also likely to feed through. As a result, markets have already begun to reassess the path for interest rates, with expectations shifting noticeably in recent weeks. While today&rsquo;s data does not yet capture these changes, policymakers are increasingly focused on what comes next rather than what has just passed. As the Bank of England signalled in its recent decision to hold rates at 3.75%, the path back to target is unlikely to be smooth, and policy is likely to remain cautious as these pressures play out. For households and those planning for retirement, this creates a more complex picture. Even with inflation appearing relatively stable for now, the risk of further price rises reinforces the importance of staying engaged with financial planning. For savers, it&rsquo;s worth remembering that cash rarely keeps pace with inflation over the long term. A balanced approach &ndash; maintaining accessible savings for short-term needs while taking a longer-term view to protecting purchasing power &ndash; can help people stay on track, and focusing on what can be controlled rather than reacting to short-term movements is often the most effective way to navigate periods of uncertainty.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Chris Beauchamp, Chief Market Analyst at IG: </strong>&quot;Today's inflation data from the UK, like that from the US, comes from a different time, before Donald Trump decided to upend the global economy and spur a new wave of inflation. If the conflict isn't resolved quickly, and oil prices keep rising, we may look back at early 2026 as a halcyon period of low price growth. Andrew Bailey will definitely feel wistful about an era when he could look forward to cutting rates rather than thinking about having to increase them.&quot; </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-holds-steady-but-figures-pre-date-iran-conflict-26453.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Februarys Inflation Snapshot Shows The Calm Before The Storm</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;February&rsquo;s inflation snapshot shows the calm before the storm of higher prices. Before the war with Iran broke out, causing destruction and chaos to energy facilities and supply routes, these numbers demonstrate that the price spiral had paused, with the headline rate of inflation staying at 3%.</p>

<p>Prices at the pumps had fallen back, easing the pressure on motorists and giving consumers a bit more to spend. Clothing, footwear, furniture and household goods rose slightly in price.</p>

<p>What a difference a month makes. Even though oil has retreated from the frighteningly high levels hit over the past few weeks, Brent crude is still hanging stubbornly around $100 a barrel, and gas prices remain highly elevated.</p>

<p>Higher energy prices risk being passed on by companies to consumers, and that will be the big worry going forward. Already, core CPI, stripping out volatile energy and food prices, rose slightly from 3.1% to 3.2% in February, indicating that underlying price pressures remain. These are set to intensify, given that energy and freight costs are mounting and firms are likely to want to pass on these extra costs.</p>

<p>President Trump is teasing the world, claiming negotiations are showing significant progress, with a 15-point plan aimed at an initial month-long ceasefire apparently on the table. But conflict is still raging and will be highly complex to solve.</p>

<p>While the key Strait of Hormuz is being opened to &lsquo;non-hostile&rsquo; vessels, there will be no safe passage for ships flagged as allies of the US. Right now, given how wide Iran&rsquo;s circle of enmity appears to be, the Strait will be a highly difficult route to navigate, and production is likely to remain depressed in Gulf states, which are struggling to store crude built up with nowhere to go.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/februarys-inflation-snapshot-shows-the-calm-before-the-storm-26454.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca To Help People With Simplified Advice Plans</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Simplified forms of advice can help consumers with more straightforward needs and do not require a full assessment of all their financial circumstances, making it more accessible and affordable. </p>

<p><strong>Sarah Pritchard, deputy chief executive of the FCA, said: </strong>&ldquo;For too long the support people need to make important financial decisions has been out of reach for many.   </p>

<p>&ldquo;A market that provides good quality, lower cost simplified advice alongside comprehensive financial advice and targeted support will better support people making decisions about their financial lives. We want to see more people getting supported, who aren&rsquo;t currently, and a market that innovates and offers tailored services to meet differing consumer needs. </p>

<p>&ldquo;We welcome everyone&rsquo;s views on whether our proposals will achieve our aim of building firms&rsquo; confidence to offer a wider range of advice and ultimately to help consumers navigate their financial lives.&rdquo;  </p>

<p>Firms are already able to provide more simplified forms of advice but not many offer it. To encourage innovation and open access, the FCA is proposing to make small changes while maintaining appropriate consumer protections, which it believes can revitalise the sector, including: </p>

<p>Simplifying and consolidating the suitability framework into one set of common rules and expectations.Clarifying existing flexibilities in suitability rules with an expectation that advisers consider &lsquo;sufficient&rsquo; information.Rebalancing the role and purpose of suitability communications to support firms making them concise, consumer-focused and proportionate.Changes to give firms greater flexibility in how they design and deliver ongoing advice services. This includes moving from a fixed annual suitability review to periodic reviews based on clients&rsquo; needs. </p>

<p>The FCA is starting a discussion about the future of trail commission to modernise the rules and to prevent potential consumer harm. </p>

<p>Qualification standards for advisers will remain unchanged. The FCA is also not proposing to change the adviser charging rules. Advice will still need to be paid via agreed-upon adviser charges rather than provider-paid commission or through cross-subsidisation.  </p>

<p>The FCA has already acted to help consumers get more support. From April some financial firms will be allowed to offer targeted support and suggest products to consumers based on what they would recommend to those in similar circumstances. </p>

<p>While targeted support will enable support to be given to groups of consumers, many consumers will need or value individual advice tailored to their specific circumstances. </p>

<p>Other than updating our perimeter guidance, this is the final piece in the FCA&rsquo;s policy work to make sure that the advice market works for the millions who depend on it for their financial futures. </p>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/FCA-Simplifying Advice 2026.pdf"><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Read the full consultation.</em></span></a></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>The consultation closes on 22 March 2026.</em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>There are many situations in which simplified forms of advice may help. An example could be if a client wants to invest a one-off lump sum into a single investment. But where the financial situation is more complicated, such as deciding how to draw income in retirement from multiple sources, comprehensive forms of advice will likely be more appropriate as a firm will need to take account of more information. </em></span></div>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-to-help-people-with-simplified-advice-plans-26455.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fixed Income In Focus As Investors Eye Future Iht Changes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>With pensions set to be included in inheritance tax (IHT) calculations from 2027, conversations around how wealth is structured and ultimately passed on, are beginning to shift. Against this backdrop, the role of income within portfolios is attracting renewed attention, particularly where it can support regular tax-efficient gifting without drawing on core capital. The current market environment is strengthening the case for the contractual interest payments available from fixed income. </p>

<p><strong>Bryn Jones, head of fixed income at Rathbones, says:</strong> &ldquo;After several years of rising interest rates, bond markets are offering income levels not seen for over a decade, while risks are more clearly priced. It is a very different backdrop for bonds than investors have seen for a long time, offering relatively rare opportunities. It&rsquo;s not often you get a chance to invest in positive real income available across of the credit spectrum.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Richard Cook, senior financial planner at Rathbones, comments: </strong>&ldquo;The inclusion of pensions within IHT from 2027 is prompting a broader rethink around how assets are used over time. It is clear that one area that is coming into sharper focus is the distinction between capital and income, particularly in the context of passing on wealth.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;Where income exceeds day-to-day requirements, it can create flexibility. Rather than relying solely on capital, a natural and regular income stream can support a more gradual approach to transferring wealth, without it being subject to inheritance tax.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;For income-focused investors, particularly those using ISAs and SIPPs, higher yields materially improve the role bonds can play,&rdquo; <strong>Cook adds.</strong> &ldquo;The ability to generate a consistent income stream without eroding capital is increasingly relevant in the current environment.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
Higher starting yields across UK and global bond markets are a key part of that dynamic. Positive real income can now be harnessed across much of the credit spectrum, something that has been largely absent for much of the past ten years.<br />
<br />
<strong>Bryn Jones continues:</strong> &ldquo;Beyond income generation, fixed income is also being supported by improved risk-return characteristics. Higher starting yields and shorter duration across bond indices mean risk-adjusted returns are more attractive. In addition, bonds continue to play an important role in diversification and managing volatility, particularly in periods of geopolitical uncertainty or when equity markets are pressured.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
Within tax-efficient wrappers, the treatment of income and capital gains can further enhance outcomes over time.<br />
<br />
<strong>Richard Cook says:</strong> &ldquo;Sheltering income within ISAs and SIPPs, and allowing it to compound, can be powerful over the long term. As the 2027 changes approach, income is becoming a more prominent part of the overall conversation, not just for portfolio construction, but in how wealth may ultimately be used.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
With the end of the tax year approaching, investors who have not yet used their ISA and SIPP allowances may look to secure current income levels and begin compounding sooner.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fixed-income-in-focus-as-investors-eye-future-iht-changes-26456.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Insurers Face Rising It Costs For Ai  Legacy And Regulation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Financial institutions are entering 2026 with competing technology priorities, from scaling artificial intelligence (AI) capabilities and strengthening data governance to modernizing legacy systems and managing rising regulatory demands. While banks and capital market firms are continuing to face pressures on their budgets to maintain the levels of spending on innovation, life insurers are increasing budgets to catch up after years of underinvestment, reveals Celent, a GlobalData company. </p>

<p>Celent&rsquo;s research, based on its comprehensive IT Dimensions survey of more than 1,000 executives at financial institutions, reveals that IT budgets are expected to rise by an average of 7% in 2026 with significant variation across the financial services industry. As a result, institutions across the board are being forced to make tougher decisions about where technology investment will deliver the greatest value.</p>

<p><strong>Tom Scales, Principal Analyst at Celent, comments:</strong> &ldquo;Budgets are rising, but so are expectations. Choosing the wrong technology bets can have real competitive consequences. It is great to see life and annuity insurers investing and catching up.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_GlobalDataTech2403261.jpg" style="height:298px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Insurance is leading the charge in digital transformation. The biggest expected IT budget rises are expected to surge by 13.8% in life insurance and 12.9% in P&C insurance.</p>

<p>Scales continues: &quot;Insurers are ramping up their IT spend this year, with many moving from experimenting with innovations to full implementation. Celent expects some real operational impact, with advances in generative and agentic AI, automation, real-time data platforms, and real-time risk monitoring. Not to mention that many insurers are modernizing legacy systems.&quot;</p>

<p>The lowest expected IT budget increases are seen in the capital markets segments, at only 3.7% on the buy side.</p>

<p><strong>Cubillas Ding, Capital Markets Research Director at Celent, comments:</strong> &ldquo;Buyside firms continue to face pressures from margin compression, and achieving scale remains a defining challenge. The industry is consolidating, but technology and AI enablement remain critical for differentiated strategies that protect profitability, sustain relevance, and deliver tailored investment outcomes. Looking ahead to 2026, Celent expects firms to execute parallel initiatives: operationalize AI while pursuing digital and cloud migrations of core systems.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Closer to the average budgetary increases lie banks, with corporate banks expected to see a 5.8% budget rise. For these companies, there are three factors at play: the very biggest banks are investing huge sums, the vast majority of spend is mandatory (keeping the lights on or regulatory), and the budget available for innovation and change is falling.</p>

<p><strong>Gareth Lodge, Principal Analyst at Celent, comments:</strong> &ldquo;Corporate banking IT budgets will continue to grow through 2027 but so will the pressures on them. Many banks will feel as though discretionary spending has tightened further. While new technologies create opportunities, they also raise expectations of what these budgets must deliver. Each innovation, such as GenAI, adds not only ongoing operational costs but also continuous upgrade requirements. Furthermore, banks must also balance investing in advanced capabilities for sophisticated clients while maintaining legacy systems relied on by existing ones.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/insurers-face-rising-it-costs-for-ai--legacy-and-regulation-26449.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Innovate To Deliver In The New Pensions Era </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Nausicaa Delfas, Chief Executive Officer, TPR</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The success of automatic enrolment means more than 22 million people are now in a workplace pension. She said: &ldquo;Yet today, the job is not done: there are still too many people &ndash; 14.6 million &ndash; under saving for retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>She urged the industry to unite behind a shared vision: &ldquo;Our vision is of a system which gives people a sustainable income in retirement, provides security and value for all, and supports UK prosperity more widely. We can create a future where people benefit from better performing schemes, with more transparent information, and with clear default options at retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>TPR is supporting the government&rsquo;s reform agenda, setting the market on a course to fewer, larger well-run schemes that deliver value compared to their peers, with product innovation giving savers clearer choices at retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>That means innovation in:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>endgame options for defined benefit (DB) schemes</em></div>

<div><em>investments in defined contribution (DC) schemes and default retirement plans</em></div>

<div><em>across both DB and DC, strong governance, effective administration, data and use of artificial intelligence (AI)</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;That vision may be ambitious,&rdquo; she added. &ldquo;But it is also entirely achievable. And the prize will be millions of people enjoying richer, more dignified lives in the years to come.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>DB schemes</strong></div>

<div>With healthy DB funding levels, Ms Delfas emphasised that schemes have options for their endgame, whether it is well-funded schemes securing member benefits with an insurer, running on to generate surplus to improve member benefits or potentially unlock investment for economic growth; or, for less well-funded schemes, transfer to a superfund to provide the benefits of greater scale and security.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Different segments of the market will be thinking about their endgame in different ways. We want to see products and services emerge to serve them,&rdquo; she said.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>DC investments</strong></div>

<div>Ms Delfas urged the industry to move beyond cost-driven thinking and embrace investment innovation: &ldquo;The value for money framework will enable decision-makers to look beyond cost, to investment outcomes.&rdquo;</div>

<div>Innovating default retirement plans</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Highlighting the need for innovative guided retirement options, she called for default pathways that genuinely meet diverse saver needs. She called on the industry to think creatively: &ldquo;We know that only one in five have a plan for how to access their pension and people need help and support in this incredibly complex decision.&rdquo;</div>

<div>AI, administration and data innovation</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Ms Delfas said the industry is &ldquo;ripe for innovation &ndash; but to succeed, it has to have solid foundations of strong governance, administration and data&rdquo;. AI will be central but must be used responsibly with an emphasis on good governance and members outcomes. TPR expects to publish an AI action plan plan outlining its approach in May.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Reducing regulatory burden</strong></div>

<div>Ms Delfas emphasised that TPR will play its part in delivering this vision by continuing to shift to a more outcome-focused and prudential-style of regulation &ndash; and reducing unnecessary regulatory burden on schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>She gave the example of revised TPR guidance published today on the financial reserves DC master trusts are required to hold. This will enable some master trusts to unlock investment for innovation by safely reducing the level of cash reserves they hold and instead meet capital requirements with a more efficient mix of assets. TPR reviewed the reserving guidance as part of its commitments to government to reduce burden and support economic growth.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/innovate-to-deliver-in-the-new-pensions-era--26451.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stocks Whipsaw And Oil Pares On Iran Resolution Hopes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Emma Wall, Chief Investment Strategist, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;According to President Donald Trump, preliminary truce talks have begun with Iran. According to Iran, he&rsquo;s living in la-la-land and the talks never happened. But the markets love hope, and the prospect of a ceasefire was enough to push Brent crude oil down 11% yesterday to below $100 a barrel for the first time in weeks. But the Iran denial, and a report that the UAE and Saudi Arabia are considering entering the war, has sent oil back up to $103.  It&rsquo;s foreign-policy-by-soundbite, but it is President Trump&rsquo;s speciality. Announcing plans to extend the previous 48-hour deadline to open the Strait of Hormuz, or else, by five days, he sent a clear signal to the market that the US is ready to make a deal. Just a couple of days earlier, Trump had outlined plans to target Iran&rsquo;s power plants, and Iran in turn had threatened energy and water infrastructure across the Middle East.</p>

<p>Opponents are calling it another TACO &ndash; Trump Always Chickens Out &ndash; trade, supporters hailing another example of the Art of the Deal, but either way equity markets rallied in inverse response to falling oil, with the S&P 500 up 1.15%, the NASDAQ up 1.38%. Intra-day trading saw markets at even higher levels, as the peace talk optimism boosted stocks and bonds. Yields on Treasury bills &ndash; US government debt &ndash; whipsawed through the day, as market expectations swung from escalation to resolution. Ending the day with 10-year T-bill yielding 4.36%, down from highs of 4.45%. Gilt yields started the week at highs not seen since the global financial crisis &ndash; such was the fear induced by the incendiary language over the weekend but similarly fell to end the day down. The 10-year peaked above 5% before falling to 4.86%. UK inflation, due tomorrow, is expected to fall to 2.8% in February from 3% the previous month which could dampen yields further.</p>

<p>Today, Asian markets are continuing the positive momentum seen overnight in the US, with most markets in the green. The Nikkei 500 is up 1.37% in Japan, China indexes in Shanghai and Hong Kong are up 1.5% and 2% a piece. Futures for the UK and Europe are more cautious however, indicating the FTSE 100 will open marginally down and the Euro Stoxx and DAX, reversing their respective rallies of yesterday, look set to open down, too.</p>

<p>In other positive news, a few tankers are trickling through the Hormuz strait, Japan and India have confirmed safe passage of oil and liquified gas shipments. A few ships posts more hope, but is out by some magnitude to the 100 tankers that usually pass through the 21-mile-wide waterway on a daily basis.</p>

<p>Investors should be mindful that one day does not a market make, and that these are whipsaw markets, near impossible to trade with conviction. But this is the most consolatory tone that President Trump has struck since the beginning of the month. As we previously mooted, Trump cannot afford a prolonged war &ndash; both from a financial and political point of view. Market levels, approval ratings and Mid-Term election forecasting will all be weighing on the President, and all pointing to conflict resolution. For now, lower oil lowers the market fears of recession.  But that is not to say that the only way is up from here, investors should expect further volatility. Iran is a more complex negotiating partner than a few weeks ago &ndash; fractured and emboldened and won&rsquo;t capitulate without compromise. We advocate taking a long-term view, enabled by diversified portfolios, with laser focus on your financial goals.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stocks-whipsaw-and-oil-pares-on-iran-resolution-hopes-26447.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>M g Completes  140m Bulk Purchase Annuity For Panasonic</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The transaction, by the Prudential Assurance Company Limited (&ldquo;Prudential&rdquo;), M&G&rsquo;s wholly-owned subsidiary providing life and pensions solutions, is part of &pound;1.5 billion of BPA deals completed by M&G during 2025.</p>

<p>The Trustees of the Scheme selected M&G due to its strong financial position and administration capabilities. The Trustees also welcomed M&G&rsquo;s commitment to working in partnership to ensure excellent member experience was maintained following the buy-in.</p>

<p>LCP acted as the lead transaction adviser for the Plan, as well as Scheme Actuary and investment adviser. Gowling WLG provided legal advice to the Trustees on the contractual terms and Squire Paton Boggs provided legal advice to the Trustees on the benefits being insured. The deal is M&G&rsquo;s first transaction using LCP&rsquo;s streamlined buy-in service, which simplifies the buy-in process for smaller schemes through pre-negotiated contracts with enhanced terms, making transactions faster and more cost effective.</p>

<p>M&G is a founding member of the BPA market and has a strong track record in pension risk transfer, backed by a robust balance sheet and commitment to customers. Looking ahead, M&G continues to strengthen its position through product innovation to support long term growth in the market and achieve its ambition of &pound;3-&pound;4 billion per year in BPA transactions by 2027.</p>

<p><strong>Rosie Fantom, Head of Bulk Annuity Origination & Execution at M&G, said: </strong>&ldquo;We&rsquo;re pleased to have worked with the Trustees of the Panasonic UK Pension Plan to deliver a solution tailored to the Plan&rsquo;s needs, securing the benefits of around 650 scheme members. The transaction benefitted from having pre-agreed terms in place under LCP&rsquo;s streamlined buy-in service which allowed us to execute the transaction in just over three weeks after agreeing exclusivity. Our ability to execute transactions quickly and effectively reflects M&G&rsquo;s strength and expertise in the market and we will continue building on this to support trustees in managing pension risk and deliver certainty for members.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Lisa Mundy, Professional Trustee, BESTrustees, said: </strong>&ldquo;We are absolutely delighted to have completed this deal with M&G, where the Trustee's number one priority was to secure the long-term pension benefits of our members. With the strong support of Panasonic and the guidance of LCP we are pleased to say that we have achieved just that.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Peter Rawson, Partner, LCP, said: </strong>&ldquo;We are delighted to have supported the Trustees in securing a full buy-in with M&G. This was the third buy-in completed by the Trustees using LCP&rsquo;s streamlined buy-in service, and the first with M&G.  This transaction demonstrates that, when a scheme is well-prepared and there is strong collaboration with the sponsor, trustees can act quickly to take advantage of market opportunities. Through the LCP streamlined buy-in service, the Trustees were able to run an expedited process securing strong terms, whilst still undertaking a thorough selection and due diligence process.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/m-g-completes--140m-bulk-purchase-annuity-for-panasonic-26448.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>1 Year To Go To Pensions Iht Change But 9 In 10 In The Dark</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>One year out from a major overhaul to pensions inheritance tax (IHT) rules, new Standard Life research finds 9 in 10 (89%) UK adults have little or no awareness of the change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Announced in the 2024 Autumn Budget by Chancellor of the Exchequer Rachel Reeves, the reforms mean that from April 2027, most unused pension funds and death benefits will fall within the scope of IHT, becoming part of an individual&rsquo;s taxable estate. Government estimates an additional 10,500 estates will be brought into paying IHT due to the change in 2027/28, with around 38,500 estates facing higher IHT bills than under previous rules.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Long-term IHT fiscal drag</strong></div>

<div>While the initial impact will be felt from 2027, the combination of a frozen IHT nil-rate band until 2031, rising property prices, and growth on investments means many more families are likely to be affected in the years ahead. The OBR forecasts IHT receipts to reach &pound;14.5bn by the end of 2030/31, an increase of around 67% from 2025/26.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Standard Life modelling shows that if the nil-rate band had risen in line with inflation since its freeze in 2009, it would be around &pound;200,000 higher in 2026/27 than its current level (&pound;527,666 vs &pound;325,000). And looking ahead to the end of the freeze in 2030/31, the nil-rate band could be around &pound;270,000 higher (&pound;593,893 vs &pound;325,000). As with the income tax freeze, the frozen nil-rate band creates a &lsquo;fiscal drag&rsquo; effect, with more estates being pulled over the IHT threshold as asset values rise.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_standardlife_annuity_1511221.jpg" style="height:316px; width:499px" /></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Standard Life analysis, 2026</em></span></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Neil Jones, tax and estate planning specialist at Standard Life said: </strong>&ldquo;With the clock ticking on the final year before pensions fall within the scope of inheritance tax (IHT), it&rsquo;s concerning, though not surprising, that awareness of the change remains so low. Most estates currently fall below the thresholds for paying IHT, which can be up to &pound;1 million for a surviving spouse with a home, so individuals and their families often only engage with IHT when they have to. But by 2030, around one in ten estates are expected to exceed the threshold, so IHT will be something far more people will need to understand and plan for.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Who&rsquo;s affected?</strong></div>

<div>The immediate effects are likely to be felt by Gen X, the generation currently most involved in supporting older relatives and managing intergenerational wealth. However, the research shows a substantial knowledge gap among this cohort, with only one in seven Gen X adults saying they have a &lsquo;good&rsquo; understanding of how IHT works.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Industry support will be crucial moving forward. Overall, 30% of adults think their estate will exceed the IHT threshold, rising to 40% of Millennials and 36% of Gen Z. Even among those who may ultimately fall below the threshold, the current lack of understanding highlights the importance of clear insight, guidance and advice.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>To help advisers and clients navigate the shifting tax landscape, Standard Life has recently launched a dedicated IHT hub, offering webinars, articles and practical guidance on how the reforms will impact estate planning.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Neil Jones continues: </strong>&ldquo;With an estimated &pound;5.5 trillion expected to pass between generations in the next 30 years, many people who never anticipated facing IHT may soon find themselves navigating complex financial and estate planning decisions. The pensions and wider industry have a key role in offering clarity on the tax rules, practical guidance, and the insight individuals need to manage their estates effectively. Professional financial advisers and estate planners play a crucial role in helping families understand how they might be affected by IHT and creating tax-efficient plans.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Neil Jones&rsquo; five practical steps people can take to prepare for the pension IHT change:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Update beneficiary nominations:</strong></div>

<div>Along with your will, keep beneficiary nominations (sometimes called expression-of-wishes forms) up to date so pension savings go to the right people. This makes things much simpler for those dealing with the estate and helps ensure your wishes are carried out smoothly. Some pension benefits will still be exempt from inheritance tax, for example, those left to a spouse or civil partner, or money paid to a registered charity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>You can transfer unused IHT allowances, both the standard nil-rate band (&pound;325,000) and the residence nil-rate band (&pound;175,000), to a surviving spouse or civil partner. This creates a transferable nil-rate band, allowing couples to potentially pass on up to &pound;1 million tax-free.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Consolidating pensions:</strong></div>

<div>Bringing pensions together into one place can make things easier by reducing the administrative burden when reviewing or taking money from pensions, and for the personal representative and beneficiaries when dealing with any potential IHT payments. Just be sure to check whether you&rsquo;d be giving up any valuable guarantees or benefits before you move a pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Consider retirement income strategy:</strong></div>

<div>Think about how you plan to use your pension in retirement. Currently, people, who can, often access their pension last because it isn&rsquo;t currently subject to inheritance tax. From 2027, this will change, so looking to use these funds earlier could help reduce the amount liable to IHT payable later on. However, this needs to be balanced with longevity and investment planning, so professional advice is a good idea.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gifting:</strong></div>

<div>As pension wealth will be subject to IHT, it is important to make the balance of your estate more IHT efficient where possible. If you have enough spare savings, lifetime gifts can be a helpful way to reduce the value of an estate.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>You can typically give away up to &pound;3,000 each tax year free of IHT, and if you didn&rsquo;t use last year&rsquo;s allowance, you can carry it over for one year. This is a valuable benefit but may not make a large dent in an IHT liability, so consider gifting larger amounts. Larger gifts will typically fall entirely outside your estate if you live for seven years after making them, or immediately if they qualify as gifts made from surplus income. Gifting money does not necessarily mean you will lose access.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Consider professional advice:</strong></div>

<div>Managing wealth and understanding inheritance tax can feel complicated, so professional advice can make a real difference. A professional financial adviser or estate-planner can help people make informed choices and build a bespoke estate planning strategy covering pension and non-pension wealth, ensuring tax efficiency.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/1-year-to-go-to-pensions-iht-change-but-9-in-10-in-the-dark-26450.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions At Tax Year End  Week 13 Top For Top Ups</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>As people look to make the most of their finances at tax year end, Standard Life - a retirement specialist focused entirely on retirement savings and income - has identified this week, the 13th week of the year, as the most popular time for pension top ups based on analysis of its customer&rsquo;s behaviour across 2024 and 2025. Looking further back, this is consistent with top-up peaks in 2022 and 2023.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This annual spike, beginning in late February and peaking at this point in March, reflects the focus many people place on maximising their allowances and strengthening their long-term financial security.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Inflows into Standard Life pensions by week of the year:</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeTopUps2303261.jpg" style="height:260px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc, said:</strong> &ldquo;A lot of attention goes to ISAs at this time of year, but it&rsquo;s encouraging to see people are also making the most of pensions &ndash; one of the most tax-efficient long-term savings tools available. With allowances resetting on 5th April, the weeks leading up to tax year end are a crucial window for many savers, and our data shows a clear shift in behaviour as people look to top up before those opportunities reset.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Everyone&rsquo;s journey to and through retirement can be better, and even small pension top-ups can make a meaningful difference over time thanks to the potential power of compound investment growth - helping to build lasting financial security. Tax relief adds an extra boost by increasing the value of what goes into your pension from day one, making every contribution work harder for you. For higher- or additional-rate taxpayers, the ability to reclaim extra relief can make these end-of-year top-ups particularly efficient.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For anyone with income near thresholds like the personal allowance taper or the child benefit charge, contributions made now can also help reduce the amount of tax you pay this year while strengthening your long-term financial wellbeing at the same time.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike&rsquo;s top tax year end pension tips</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>1. Make full use of your pension annual allowance</strong> &ndash; &ldquo;Your pension annual allowance &ndash; the amount you can save into your pension each tax year while still receiving tax benefits &ndash; is currently the lower of &pound;60,000 or 100% of your earnings. This includes contributions from you, your employer and third parties. Higher earners may have a tapered allowance, reducing to as little as &pound;10,000 if adjusted income exceeds &pound;260,000. You may also be able to carry forward unused allowances from the previous three tax years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;If you&rsquo;ve already accessed your pension, it&rsquo;s important to be aware that the Money Purchase Annual Allowance (MPAA) may apply instead, reducing the amount you can contribute to &pound;10,000 a year while still receiving tax benefits. This is triggered when someone begins taking taxable income from their pension, so it&rsquo;s good to know which allowance applies to you.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. Top up your pension payments with tax relief </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;Tax relief makes your pension one of the most tax-efficient ways to save for retirement. When you pay into your pension, you receive tax relief on your contributions - meaning the money you put in is effectively free of income tax. This boosts your pension savings at no extra cost to you.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For example, if you&rsquo;re a basic-rate taxpayer and pay &pound;80 into your pension, the government adds &pound;20 in tax relief, so &pound;100 goes into your pension pot. &ldquo;Most savers receive 20% tax relief automatically. Higher- and additional-rate taxpayers may be able to claim extra relief (to reach 40% or 45%) through Self Assessment. However, some people don&rsquo;t need to claim anything because their scheme gives full tax relief through payroll - for example, via salary sacrifice or a &lsquo;net pay&rsquo; arrangement, where contributions are taken before income tax is applied.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s a good idea to check with your employer or pension provider to understand exactly how tax relief works in your specific scheme.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. Consider bonus sacrifice </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;For those expecting a bonus, redirecting some or all of it into your pension can be a highly efficient way to strengthen your retirement savings. Bonus sacrifice can result in savings on Income Tax and National Insurance, making it a smart way to keep more of the value of your reward while giving your pension a meaningful boost. It&rsquo;s a straightforward step that can help your money go further - just be sure to check that your total contributions remain within your annual allowance.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-at-tax-year-end--week-13-top-for-top-ups-26442.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Guided Retirement For Dc Pensions What Are The Options</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Shriti Jadav,Director, Retirement and Keith McInally,Director, Retirement, WTW</strong></p>

<p>The largest providers in the industry are currently coalescing around two broad new retirement solutions to meet these requirements &ndash; Flex & Fix (F&F), which encompasses a range of different solutions that combine drawdown and the purchase of an annuity in different ways, and a post-retirement only version of Collective Defined Contribution, typically referred to as Retirement CDC or R-CDC. Both aim to provide sustainable retirement income with longevity protection, so that members don't run out of money in retirement, but they achieve this in different ways.</p>

<div><strong>Flex & Fix</strong></div>

<div>Typically a combination of drawdown and annuity purchase. For example, members could enter drawdown from retirement until a pre-determined age (e.g. 80), after which a guaranteed lifetime annuity is purchased. F&F offers flexibility early in retirement and security later on.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirement CDC</strong></div>

<div>R-CDC converts a member's DC pot into a lifetime pension at retirement. Income adjusts annually in line with investment and longevity experience of the collective pool. This approach does not require hands on management from the member and provides a reasonably stable income for life, with expected higher average incomes.</div>

<p>While these represent the two broad approaches, as providers develop their offerings, a spectrum of designs is emerging within each. Some are simple, easy to explain models, and other more sophisticated structures seeking to mitigate specific risks.</p>

<p> Using the key features noted above, and our views of appropriate investment strategies for each, we have undertaken modelling to compare possible member outcomes from the two approaches. Our more in depth report: A new era for UK DC retirement solutions sets out detailed results and explanation of the assumptions used in the modelling.</p>

<p>Before turning to the modelling results, it is helpful to be clear about how to interpret them. The differences between F&F and R-CDC are driven by underlying design choices. In particular, how long growth assets remain invested and how much ongoing decision-making is required from members in retirement. The results below should therefore be read as illustrating the consequences of these design choices.</p>

<div><strong>Expected income level &ndash; the most important modelling outcome?</strong></div>

<div>Our modelling shows that R-CDC generates a higher lifetime income in the vast majority of scenarios, due to the different investment strategies. Specifically:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Cumulative R-CDC income by age 90 is higher than F&F in around 80-90% of scenarios (depending on the design specifics)</em></div>

<div><em>R-CDC would be expected to offer a starting income around 15%+ higher than F&F, for the same pot size</em></div>

<p>The higher lifetime (and initial) R-CDC income is mainly due to the expected investment strategy. Return-seeking assets are able to be held for longer than in F&F, as there is no expectation of annuitising. Longevity pooling is also a contributor to higher incomes in R-CDC.</p>

<div><strong>Income stability over time &ndash; important to consider</strong></div>

<div>R-CDC is expected to deliver smoother retirement incomes than F&F. The main reason is that F&F can only smooth over the shorter period up to the annuity purchase (around age 80) rather than R-CDC's longer timeframe.</div>

<p>A secondary reason F&F income is more volatile comes from 'conversion risk' at the point of annuitisation; when the member's income is locked to whatever annuity rate is available at that time. A sudden shift in market conditions or longevity pricing can cause a sharp adjustment in income at annuity purchase. Some of this risk can be managed (through de-risking prior to the annuity purchase, or staggering annuity purchases over time). However this will not mitigate the risk fully and also reduces the allocation to growth assets, so would be expected to reduce the design's cumulative lifetime income.</p>

<div><strong>Key trustee take-aways from the analysis</strong></div>

<div>These results highlight that the trustee choice between R-CDC and F&F as a default involves deciding what trustees want the default to do. R-CDC uses pooling and collective management to deliver a higher, stable income with limited need for future decisions; F&F retains flexibility but exposes members to continued investment, withdrawal and annuitisation choices. The modelling illustrates how these choices affect expected income levels and stability over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The trade-off between simplicity, flexibility and decision-making</strong></div>

<div>The different expected outcomes highlighted above are a direct consequence of underlying design choices, particularly the balance between simplicity, flexibility and the degree of ongoing engagement expected from members in retirement. There are a few different areas where these trade-offs emerge:</div>

<p><strong>Ongoing decision making:</strong> Flexibility in F&F approaches comes with an ongoing decision burden, whereas R-CDC removes ongoing decision risk:</p>

<p>In F&F, members must decide how much to withdraw, whether and when to adjust withdrawals, and when to annuitise. While tools and guidance can support these decisions, there is a risk that members make choices that lead to unsustainable income or poor outcomes, particularly if engagement falls over time</p>

<p>In R-CDC income is managed collectively by the scheme, providing a more hands-off experience that may better suit members who do not wish to actively manage their retirement finances</p>

<p><strong>Reversibility:</strong> If members wish to change their retirement option in the early years, F&F has more ability to reverse out of than R-CDC:</p>

<p>F&F tends to keep the member's pot in drawdown during the early years of retirement. This means they can access their savings and choose to move elsewhere, until an annuity is eventually purchased</p>

<p>With R-CDC, some or all of the member's pot is used to purchase a collective pension that pays an income for life. In return for this simplicity and longevity pooling, flexibility is limited: members are generally unable to exit the arrangement, beyond any agreed cooling-off period or potential surrender value terms</p>

<p><strong>Balancing outcomes: </strong>The choice between simplicity and flexibility is not necessarily all-or-nothing:</p>

<p>F&F, by nature, can let members decide some of the balance between certainty and flexibility</p>

<p>R-CDC designs don't need to use all of the member's pot to purchase a collective pension; the remainder can be kept in drawdown or other arrangements to provide flexibility, access to capital, or death benefits. This can help members balance the benefits of pooling and simplicity with a desire for optionality</p>

<div><strong>The trade-off between higher lifetime income and death benefits</strong></div>

<div>F&F will tend to deliver higher death benefits if the member dies in the early years of retirement. Any remaining pot generally passes to their beneficiaries as a lump sum &ndash; albeit upcoming inheritance tax changes reduce the appeal of drawdown as a planned route for bequest.</div>

<p>Under an R-CDC approach, the ability to leave an inheritance lump sum is more limited. However, R-CDC is likely to include spouse's pensions and/or guarantee periods as the mechanism for death benefit.</p>

<div><strong>Regulatory readiness</strong></div>

<div>The Government's aim is to have enabling provisions for R-CDC schemes in place as close as possible to the point at which schemes begin to comply with Guided Retirement duties. This means R-CDC and F&F should both be viable options for DC schemes to choose when complying with Guided Retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How might members engage with a default?</strong></div>

<div>Choice of an appropriate default should reflect expected member demographics and behaviour. Schemes seeking simplicity and a paternalistic default for members may find R-CDC well aligned to the spirit of Guided Retirement, as it is designed for members who do not wish to make active decisions. For members who wish to engage more, seeking control and flexibility, F&F may be a good self-select option.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Conclusion</strong></div>

<div>Guided Retirement places a greater emphasis on the outcomes delivered by retirement solutions, particularly for members who do not wish to make ongoing financial decisions in later life. Both F&F and R-CDC offer credible ways to meet this objective, but they do so through different design principles and with different implications for member experience.</div>

<p>F&F relies on continued engagement and effective decision-making over time</p>

<p>R-CDC prioritises simplicity and income stability by managing investment and longevity risks collectively</p>

<p>For trustees, the choice is therefore less about selecting the 'best' solution, and more about deciding how much complexity should sit with members versus the scheme. In practice, the effectiveness of a default may be judged on how well it performs if and when members disengage.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/guided-retirement-for-dc-pensions-what-are-the-options-26444.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Political Risk Insurance To Surge Amid Geopolitical Tensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Geopolitical tensions have seen demand for cyber insurance grow sharply since the start of the Russia-Ukraine war, but GlobalData&rsquo;s poll* data suggests demand for political risk insurance is rising almost as quickly. Recent events have seen missiles hit places such as the Fairmont at the Palm hotel in Dubai, and it appears that areas across the region between Israel and Iran are currently at risk from missile attacks and downed drones.</p>

<p>A GlobalData poll conducted across Verdict Media sites in Q3 and Q4 2025 found that insurance insiders believed cyber insurance would see the highest demand due to geopolitical tensions. But one in four respondents believed that political risk insurance would. Supply chain insurance is also likely to be popular now with heavy restrictions in major shipping routes.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_GlobalDataGeopolitical2303261.jpg" style="height:327px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Ben Carey-Evans, Senior Insurance Analyst at GlobalData, comments: </strong>&ldquo;Political risk insurance is important to businesses near potentially dangerous zones, as most insurance policies have war exclusions. This means that if a hotel, for example, is damaged by any kind of military strike, a traditional commercial property or business interruption policy may not pay out. There may also be legal grounds to dispute the terms of that particular contract. The risk of damage caused by intercepted missiles or accidental strikes is extremely high in areas such as the UAE and Qatar at present.&rdquo;</p>

<p>As the conflict continues, major tourist hubs such as Dubai and Abu Dhabi face heightened exposure. The likelihood of high-value property damage is significant, which is likely to drive further demand for political risk insurance.</p>

<p>Carey-Evans concludes: &ldquo;It is clear that insurers looking to sell political risk insurance (or cyber, or supply chain insurance) will see a huge spike in business throughout 2026. However, they will be taking on significant risk in doing so, so pricing the product and understanding the level of risk they are exposing themselves will be critical.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/political-risk-insurance-to-surge-amid-geopolitical-tensions-26443.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Focus On Resilience As Iran War Enters Fourth Week</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is set to open down after a weekend of heightened military action and rhetoric in the Middle East. The US President has given Tehran until the end of today to reopen the Strait of Hormuz or risk strikes on the country&rsquo;s power generation facilities. So far, there have been no signs of Tehran backing down, but international diplomatic efforts, including a late-night Sunday call between Donald Trump and Sir Keir Starmer, have intensified in an attempt to avoid further escalation.</p>

<p>On the domestic front, Wednesday&rsquo;s UK CPI inflation reading for February will be a key data point for rate setters and markets. The numbers predate the recent oil shock and forecasts, but comments by the Bank of England suggest that continued high services inflation is likely to keep the number close to January&rsquo;s 3.0% read out. Easier comparisons and the fiscal tightening seen in the 2025 Budget had been expected to see second quarter CPI inflation fall towards 2.1%, but higher fuel prices are now expected to see the average of the next three months stay at around 3%. That&rsquo;s seen discretionary sectors underperform so far in 2026, partially offset by stronger performances in Oil & Gas, Electricity and Aerospace and Defence.</p>

<p>US stock futures are also down, taking a lead from the Asian and European exchanges. In a reversal of trends of recent years, US markets have underperformed global indices so far this year, with value strategies holding up better than growth.</p>

<p>Although the S&P 500 is down around 5% year-to-date, there have been some pockets of strength, with the Oil & Gas and energy sectors unsurprisingly being the standout. Sticking with commodities, Basic Materials are in positive territory with defensive sectors such as Telecoms, Consumer Staples and Utilities also firmly in the green. Semiconductors stocks have also made gains so far this year. This typically cyclical sector is benefiting from the once in a generation pivot towards artificial intelligence. More broadly, cash-rich, cash-generative big technology companies look well placed to ride out economic challenges.</p>

<p>Brent Crude is currently trading at $113 per barrel but has bounced between $104 and $118 over the last 24 hours as traders continue to grapple with the standstill of shipping in the Strait of Hormuz, which typically transports 20 million oil equivalent barrels of hydrocarbons each day. The International Energy Agency is considering the release of further emergency reserves, but the effectiveness of this temporary measure is limited, with a swift end to hostilities in the Gulf remaining key to restoring stability. US crude inventories are one to watch after a surprise build last week, illustrating strength in America&rsquo;s domestic energy supplies.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/focus-on-resilience-as-iran-war-enters-fourth-week-26441.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Canada Life Completes Buyin With Phoenix Medical Supplies</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Barnett Waddingham acted as lead broker on the deal as well as adviser and administrator to the scheme. The Trustees were advised on legal issues by Gateley Legal. Canada Life was advised by its in-house legal team.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Shreyas Sridhar, Managing Director, Bulk Purchase Annuities at Canada Life, commented: </strong>&ldquo;We are grateful to the Trustees for choosing Canada Life, and thank everyone involved for collaborating so efficiently to secure the pension scheme&rsquo;s members&rsquo; future benefits. Long-standing relations between the scheme and its experienced adviser team as well as Canada Life&rsquo;s nimble deftness for delivering tailored derisking solutions ensured the smooth processing of this buy-in transaction.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Simpson, Principal and Senior Consulting Actuary at Barnett Waddingham, part of Howden, said: </strong>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s been a privilege to support the Trustees on their journey to this significant milestone. Barnett Waddingham has acted as Scheme Actuary since 2005, and over more than 20 years we have worked closely together to strengthen the scheme&rsquo;s long-term security. Reaching a full-scheme buy-in is a testament to that sustained partnership and the Trustees&rsquo; commitment to delivering certainty for members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kevin Hudson, Chair of Trustees, said: </strong>&ldquo;The Trustees are delighted that this buy-in provides long-term security for our pensioners and deferred members. We are grateful to Phoenix for their continuing support which has enabled us to reach this position, and for the support of our advisers throughout this process, particularly Barnett Waddingham, whose long-standing involvement has been invaluable in guiding us to this point. We are also pleased with the collaborative approach taken by Canada Life, which helped ensure a smooth and efficient transaction for the benefit of our members.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/canada-life-completes-buyin-with-phoenix-medical-supplies-26445.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fixed Income An Opportunity In A Mispriced Cycle</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Ashok Bhatia, CIO and global head of fixed income at Neuberger </strong></p>

<p>The pattern feels familiar enough to repeat. Yet, this time is different, at least for the US, with a more complex and contested monetary policy outlook in other developed markets.</p>

<p>In 2022, unemployment was falling, post-Covid fiscal stimulus was extensive and financial conditions were loosening. Today, each of those variables has reversed, changing the case for how central banks should, and likely will, respond.</p>

<p>Last week&rsquo;s decisions by the Federal Reserve, the European Central Bank (ECB), the Bank of England (BoE) and the Bank of Canada (BoC) to hold rates steady reflects this tension. The uniform action and hawkish tone across all four central banks might suggest alignment, but beneath the surface, a more nuanced and growing divergence among them is taking shape.</p>

<p>Elevated oil prices present more of a growth than an inflation risk to the US and that with the macro backdrop so fundamentally different from four years ago, the basis for an easing bias remains firmly in play.</p>

<div><strong>The Fed&rsquo;s stronger case for easing</strong></div>

<div>As expected, the Fed held rates steady at 3.50 &ndash; 3.75%, but acknowledged that &lsquo;the implications of developments in the Middle East for the US economy are uncertain,&rsquo; simultaneously elevating risks to both sides of its dual mandate.</div>

<p>The meeting concluded with a hawkish tone across the economic projections and press conference, with interest rates shifting up across the curve as the market priced out the possibility of a Fed cut this year. Average market pricing has shifted from more than two cuts before the conflict to pricing a slight probability of a hike in 2026.</p>

<p>While we are conscious of the inflationary impact of the conflict, we see the repricing as an overcorrection. Our base case is that the Federal Open Market Committee remains in an easing cycle and will deliver an additional two to four rate cuts, taking policy rates to 2.75 &ndash; 3.25%, on the back of a weakening labour market and a more dovish Kevin Warsh-led committee.</p>

<p>Supporting this is the US has just printed a negative payroll number, with unemployment trending toward 4.8% and breakevens moving only around 10 basis points &ndash; a quiet but clear signal that the bond market is not pricing a wage-price spiral. The tail risk runs in one direction only: labour market weakness is likely to become more pronounced as the year progresses, potentially accelerating easing beyond the base case.</p>

<div><strong>Different mandates, different directions</strong></div>

<div>The picture outside the US is more complex. Compared to the Fed, the ECB and BoE face a genuinely harder trade-off. At the time of writing, this was reflected in markets pricing two to three rate hikes later this year in euro and sterling rates.</div>

<p>The ECB&rsquo;s inflation mandate is explicit and hard-won, and a visible commodity shock creates real internal tension. Its economies carry less labor market slack than the US, meaning the growth-inflation trade-off is less clear-cut. The BoE is navigating a consumer sector more directly exposed to energy costs alongside a labor market showing its own signs of fatigue, a combination that makes the case for holding complicated, and the case for hiking uncomfortable. Neither central bank has the same analytical cover the Fed does.</p>

<p>The BoC sits closer to the Fed end of the spectrum, with inflation at 1.8% and unemployment at 6.7% leaving limited justification for tightening into an energy-driven growth shock.</p>

<p>This divergence is not merely a central bank communications problem, it is also an investment signal. And unlike 2022, when credit markets were largely insulated from the shock that drove monetary policy, today&rsquo;s credit cycle has its own fault lines: AI disruption, business development company loan books under pressure, software capital structures being repriced, a redemption cycle in semi-liquid vehicles gathering pace.</p>

<p>Importantly, that combination of monetary policy divergence and independent credit stress is generating opportunities across both rates and credit that did not exist three months ago.</p>

<div><strong>Where the opportunities are</strong></div>

<div>US Treasuries, even without their traditional safe-haven bid, reflect a central bank with a clearer easing path than its European peers. The risk in European rates runs in both directions and that asymmetry deserves to be in the price. The rise in government yields globally, while driven by the repricing of central bank expectations, is also likely being impacted by central banks and institutions needing to raise cash given rising oil prices.</div>

<p>Within credit, the preferred positioning is quality-oriented: BB US and European high yield, shorter duration, less cyclical and the mezzanine CLO market where dislocation is generating attractive entry points. Bonds of large-cap financials, with their high regulatory barriers and structural moats, have provided ballast throughout. Selectively, emerging market credit and certain technology names that have sold off sharply are now better priced from a bond perspective than at any point this year.</p>

<p>The most attractive entry points in both rates and credit exist precisely because the consensus has yet to fully reprice this cycle for what it is. This cycle will not repeat 2022. The cost of assuming otherwise is already accumulating.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fixed-income-an-opportunity-in-a-mispriced-cycle-26446.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Frc Reform Of Actuarial Standards For Cdc Backed</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The SPP response supports the overall direction of the proposed changes and emphasises the importance of maintaining proportionate, principles-based standards that provide clarity while preserving professional judgement and avoiding unnecessary procedural burdens for actuaries and schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP broadly supports the proposals relating to actuarial equivalence, the communication of method choice and cross-subsidies, and the consideration of relevant periods when assessing outcomes in collective schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, the organisation notes that in practice the scope for method choice may often be constrained by scheme design and regulatory requirements.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The response also highlights the importance of balancing responsiveness and stability when determining relevant periods for actuarial equivalence, particularly in the context of structural membership changes or economic shocks such as inflation volatility or sudden market disruption.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP response also sets out support for greater transparency where assumptions used for actuarial equivalence differ from those used for actuarial valuations, noting that such differences may be legitimate but should be clearly explained where they could affect scheme sustainability or intergenerational fairness.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Keith McInally, Chair of the SPP CDC Committee, said: </strong>&ldquo;CDC is becoming an increasingly important and evolving part of the UK pensions landscape. The proposed updates to TAS 310 represent a positive step in strengthening transparency and confidence in the actuarial work that underpins these schemes. As the SPP&rsquo;s response makes clear, it&rsquo;s important that the standards remain principles-based and proportionate, allowing actuaries to exercise professional judgement while ensuring that key issues such as cross-subsidies, assumptions and scheme sustainability are clearly communicated.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/SPP-FRC-CDC-Consultation-20.3.26.pdf"><strong>The SPP response is available here:</strong></a></div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/frc-reform-of-actuarial-standards-for-cdc-backed-26439.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Technology Is Changing The Pensions Conversation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Nikhil Rathi from the FCA on how technology is changing the pensions conversation</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Retirement decisions are increasingly interconnected across pensions, housing and wider financial resilience. As consumers consider their financial futures more holistically, the system must work together to support informed long-term decision making.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Last year, I spoke about the importance of getting on the right track. That if we want better consumer outcomes &ndash; as well as stronger capital markets to support growth &ndash; we need to think beyond individual products and look at the whole financial journey. How pensions interact with housing wealth&hellip; How savings interact with advice&hellip; And how all these decisions evolve across a lifetime.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over the past year, we have made good progress. Targeted Support goes live next month, helping bridge the gap between generic guidance and regulated advice. The ABI says is external this could be 'one of the most significant engagement shifts in pensions since auto-enrolment'. And with 75% of DC pension holders over 45 having no clear plan for taking their money at retirement, a big opportunity to help secure better outcomes at lower cost. For those wanting more personalised advice, we will be proposing next week to simplify rules &ndash; expanding access for consumers while reducing complexity for firms.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Then there&rsquo;s work on later life lending and pension transfers - which I will speak more on later.Alongside lending our support to the industry-led retail investment campaign going live shortly, and continuing work with the Investment Association and industry on making risk information more effective. So, a huge amount both delivered and underway, working closely with the Pensions Regulator, Government, and others. And it&rsquo;s encouraging to see the level of attention pensions are receiving across the political system. But today I want to focus on how technology is changing the foundational context in which we are having this pensions debate. As technology makes people much more aware of &ndash; and able to act on &ndash; their financial wealth, what happens next? And is our pensions system ready for the potential demand and behavioural shifts that follow?</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Technology drives visibility</strong></div>

<div>We&rsquo;ve seen markets reacting sharply to announcements related to tech and AI capabilities. Quickly branding subsectors of financial services as AI winners or losers. Investors clearly anticipating dramatic structural change.</div>

<div>For pensions, one of the most significant changes will be how technology drives visibility. Dashboards will soon allow tens of millions of people to see their pension wealth in one place for the first time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We can&rsquo;t predict exactly how that might change behaviour. Some, the first time, will simply look and move on. But experience across financial services &ndash; auto-enrolment, Open Banking - suggests that when information becomes easier to see and understand, consumer engagement often increases. The practical first step for dashboard users will be reaching out to pension administrators to confirm and update basic personal details. So we have to ask ourselves: with tens of millions of pots suddenly becoming visible, are administrators doing enough to prepare for a significant increase in queries? And considering the quality of the customer experience they provide.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Behavioural shifts</strong></div>

<div>In the next stage &ndash; as people re-connect with lost pension pots &ndash; we should expect more interest in consolidation and transfers. Making it particularly important this part of the market is functioning well. Our Financial Lives Survey showed many customers don&rsquo;t take investment options, costs or other factors into account when transferring. And we&rsquo;re concerned that existing processes don&rsquo;t always support meaningful comparison between schemes - particularly for non-advised customers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The challenge is not simply providing consumers with information; it&rsquo;s providing the right information in a way that supports understanding of long-term consequences. We have set out some proposals on transfers, to be tested. </div>

<div>But nothing is set in stone; we know we have some re-thinking to do, and welcome alternative ideas. We hopefully can all agree this is an opportunity to modernise systems across industry. And in the longer term, we shouldn&rsquo;t underestimate the potential for broader behavioural shifts. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>A report released by the Social Market Foundation is external on Wednesday, suggests 54% of Gen X will have inadequate retirement incomes, with half over-estimating their likely retirement income. Seeing accumulated pension savings alongside State Pension forecasts in a dashboard, could be quite a profound moment of realisation for many.</div>

<div>Some will be prompted to act &ndash; whether it&rsquo;s upping their contributions, questioning investment strategy, or re-thinking target retirement age. So the pensions system will increasingly need to cater to a spectrum of behaviours and support needs. A question for us &ndash; as policymakers and industry &ndash; is whether we are ready to accommodate more active engagement where it arises. And to do so at pace.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Risk</strong></div>

<div>Some will point to the risks of doing so. Greater consumer engagement doesn&rsquo;t automatically translate into better outcomes. We should be honest that results will not be even across the board. That can feel uncomfortable &ndash; especially when we are talking about something as charged as security in retirement. But it doesn&rsquo;t mean we can, or even should, try to mitigate risk entirely.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Too often discussion focuses only on the risks of doing something, rather than weighing the risks of doing nothing.</div>

<div>Take the mortgage market as an example. We were seeing large groups of consumers left underserved because of affordability assessments applied too restrictively. Otherwise creditworthy borrowers, shut out. Grappling with the high costs and lower security of renting. More financially vulnerable both now and into the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>So we had to consider how to widen access, while maintaining responsible lending standards and acknowledging potential risks. We decided to take targeted action to clarify the flexibility already available under our rules. Eighty-five per cent of lenders updated their approach and can now offer about &pound;30,000 more to many borrowers. Getting more people into their own homes &ndash; including a sharp increase in the share of purchases made by first-time buyers. Just one example of why we have been vocal about the need to re-balance risk in the system &ndash; included in the latest FCA Strategy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Much of the public commentary around that idea has focused on supporting growth and competitiveness in UK financial services. And that is certainly part of the story. But re-balancing risk is also about improving consumer outcomes. Helping people to understand the choices and risks that inevitably come up as they navigate their financial lives. And managing that risk with them, not for them.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Consumer protection will always be central to our approach at the FCA. But protection doesn&rsquo;t mean insulating people from every decision. Modern pensions policy has to move beyond that kind of simple paternalism: maintaining strong guardrails, yes, and of course respecting that pensions are about security of income in retirement (and also managing fiscal demands). But also about empowering customers to make choices about what is, ultimately, their money. That is why we are introducing reforms like Targeted Support, and consulting on simplified advice. Our goal is not a &lsquo;risk-free&rsquo; system, but a &lsquo;risk-aware&rsquo; one.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Technology</strong></div>

<div>So far, I&rsquo;ve talked about the questions technology may prompt. But what about its potential to provide answers?</div>

<div>When consumers have access to pensions data via dashboards, this will create clear commercial opportunities for firms to develop tools that support them to engage further. And research is external by Lloyds Banking Group indicates over half of UK adults are already turning to AI to help manage their finances &ndash; with about 40% using it for future financial planning like pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Complex questions that once required specialist advice, can now be explored with digital tools more quickly and cheaply, and in more accessible ways. How would increasing contributions affect my retirement income? What difference would it make if I retired later? How might my investment choices influence what I get in retirement? Our December consultation set out proposals on pensions tools and modellers that will help consumers explore these kinds of questions and better understand their retirement options.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>And with research is external suggesting around a third of consumers would welcome more personalised guidance after using a pensions dashboard, there is a genuine opportunity to innovate, compete, grow. In parts of Asia we are already seeing digital models emerge which allow individuals to specify a financial goal and receive automated portfolio recommendations, potentially linked directly to execution at pace. Whether similar models develop here remains to be seen, but they illustrate a broader point.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That technology is not just changing what consumers can see and expect, but what they are able to do. Meeting that demand will require strong data foundations and robust digital infrastructure. The firms that have invested in those capabilities are increasingly better-placed to meet the expectations of a more engaged generation of savers coming through. Others need to catch up &ndash; fast. So I&rsquo;d encourage making use of all the FCA support available; our Innovation Pathways, Sandboxes and AI Live Testing can help firms trial new ideas safely before going to market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Taking a more holistic view</strong></div>

<div>The greater transparency provided by technology could also encourage consumers to think about retirement in a more integrated way. For many, retirement is a balance sheet issue, rather than simply a pensions one &ndash; involving total wealth management is external across pensions, housing, and other savings. And for most households, the majority &ndash; around 80% is external - of their wealth at retirement sits in two places: pensions and housing.</div>

<div>So it&rsquo;s natural that decisions about retirement income and housing increasingly intersect. For homeowners, choices around downsizing, equity release, or later life borrowing can interact directly with how their pension savings are used.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>And as mortgage terms extend further into later life, and pensions savings gaps persist for some groups, housing wealth will play a larger role in supporting retirement living standards. Products like lifetime mortgages and retirement interest-only mortgages &ndash; currently more niche - may become more prominent parts of the retirement landscape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This raises important questions. How straightforward is it to understand the trade-offs between pension drawdown and borrowing to utilise housing wealth? And does the market currently provide the advice and support people need to navigate those choices with confidence? These are just a couple of the questions behind the market study we are running this year, the Terms of Reference for which we&rsquo;ve published today.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We&rsquo;ll be looking at whether the later life mortgage market can and will develop in a way that meets evolving needs, including what changes might be required to make competition more effective for consumers. At the same time, exploring how consumers might be better supported to access more holistic advice and guidance on later life lending. </div>

<div>Appreciating these decisions are rarely straightforward &ndash; often spanning housing, inheritance, and long-term care planning considerations all at the same time. And we can never lose sight of ensuring vulnerable consumers get the support they need and are not exploited.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Of course, not everyone approaches retirement with housing wealth.For renters, the absence of housing assets materially changes the retirement equation. Analysis is external from Standard Life suggests people who expect to rent during retirement could need an additional &pound;398,000 in savings. With home ownership falling, this will only become a more pressing issue. Our interim pure protection study is looking at the structure of markets for products like life insurance and income protection, where take-up remains low despite the crucial role these can play in managing risk over the longer term. These different elements must work much better together to support consumers in making decisions about their financial futures. So that retirement is a glide path, not a cliff edge.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Closing</strong></div>

<div>The issues I&rsquo;ve touched on this morning &ndash; technology, advice, housing and later life lending &ndash; all shape the financial resilience people carry into later life. They are so intersecting that there will inevitably be a number of bodies involved. But coordination doesn't mean everything has to move forward in lock step; different institutions will take forward different strands of work. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>What matters is that the direction of travel remains aligned. And at the FCA, we are determined to keep moving at considered pace. Changes in technology, in visibility, in consumer engagement, demand this. Where improvements can be made today, we shouldn&rsquo;t delay. So I hope this time next year, we will be in a position to mark further rapid progress.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-technology-is-changing-the-pensions-conversation-26440.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Energy Prices Retreat Slightly But Economies Count The Cost</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;Some calm has descended on markets after a brutal week, but fears remain elevated about how economies will respond to an inflation shock sparked by rampant energy prices. A high degree of caution is set to dominate sentiment at the end of the week, as the trajectory of the conflict with Iran remains highly uncertain.</p>

<p>Worries that interest rates may have to be increased sharply to contain a new price spiral have sent the cost of financing UK government debt sharply higher. This makes the latest snapshot of the public finances uncomfortable reading. Borrowing came in at &pound;14.3 billion in February, &pound;2.2 billion more than last year, marking the second-highest level for the month since records began. This was partly due to the timing of debt interest payments and demonstrates how onerous the borrowing burden already is for the government, just as it faces even higher costs to refinance its debt.</p>

<p>Although the Chancellor, Rachel Reeves has previously said there is room for some financial support to help alleviate high energy costs for businesses and consumers, she is highly constrained. The longer the conflict continues, the less fiscal firepower the government will have to provide meaningful stimulus to an economy that was already stagnating before the conflict escalated.</p>

<p>Crude prices may have fallen back slightly but remain highly volatile. They have dropped from the worrying highs reached yesterday but remain well above $100 per barrel, with Brent crude currently trading at around $108 a barrel. Gas futures have also retreated but remain more than 10% higher than before attacks intensified on energy facilities in the Middle East this week.</p>

<p>Traders are still assessing the cost of the damage inflicted on Qatar's Ras Laffan complex, which is responsible for around a fifth of global LNG supplies. The damage could take years to repair, which is why these sharply higher prices may persist. There have been efforts to calm markets, with Israel vowing not to resume attacks on Iran&rsquo;s energy infrastructure. There have also been claims of significant progress, with Benjamin Netanyahu stating the conflict could end &lsquo;a lot faster than people think&rsquo;.</p>

<p>However, the US administration is clearly rattled by rising energy prices, particularly if elevated gasoline costs become entrenched and hurt Republican electoral prospects. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent has suggested that sanctions on Iranian oil could potentially be lifted. This appears to be a desperate measure to contain prices, given that US forces are still engaged militarily against Iran. Similar relief has already been granted to Russia via a one-month waiver allowing its oil on tankers at sea to be purchased.</p>

<p>Lifting sanctions may provide only limited relief to elevated prices but could enable these regimes to continue funding their war efforts.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/energy-prices-retreat-slightly-but-economies-count-the-cost-26436.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Iht Record  7 7bn In February Now Exceeds Last Year By  132m</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>With just one month of tax receipts left to be collected in the current financial year, IHT seems set to exceed last year&rsquo;s record haul of &pound;8.3 billion and hit the &pound;8.7 billion forecast by the Office for Budget Responsibility (OBS) at the Spring Statement 2026. Looking further ahead, IHT receipts are expected to grow even more.  The OBR forecasts an expected annual IHT take of &pound;14.7 billion by 2031, due in most part to the IHT policies announced in the Autumn Budget 2024.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Cooper, director at retirement specialist Just Group, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Inheritance Tax continues to rake in record sums with the first eleven months of this financial year bringing in an additional &pound;132 million in revenue compared to the same period last year. More people are finding themselves caught in the IHT net, as frozen thresholds and rising asset prices push more estates above the threshold. Policy changes announced at the Autumn Budget 2024, particularly the inclusion of pensions within IHT, will likely accelerate this trend as inheritance tax becomes a consideration for more people. The OBR estimates that around one in ten estates will be liable for the tax by 2030-2031. We encourage anyone who feels their estate may be subject to IHT to obtain an up-to-date valuation of their assets, including property wealth. Estate planning can be complex, and a professional adviser can provide valuable support for those looking to manage their estate efficiently and pass on as much as possible to loved ones.&rdquo;</div>

<div>
<p><strong>Simon Martin, Head of UK Technical Services at Utmost: </strong>&ldquo;Despite a slowdown in the rate of growth, Inheritance Tax receipts are on course for another record-breaking year and remain a powerful revenue generator for the Treasury. More families continue to be drawn into the Inheritance Tax (IHT) net due to the decision at the Autumn Budget 2025 to maintain the freeze on thresholds, with the nil-rate band remaining at &pound;325,000 since 2009, and rising property values and asset growth pushing ever more estates above the tax-free limit. While this may be good news for the Treasury, this record tax burden is not good for the UK&rsquo;s competitiveness and increasingly, we are seeing behavioural changes as people look at ways to defer, mitigate or avoid a larger than previously expected tax hit. Our recent analysis of Trust Registration Service (TRS)1 data showed that Trust use continued to rise, with 121,000 new trusts registered in 2024/5, taking the total number to 835,000, as people use them as a core planning tool to organise succession and manage long-term family wealth. Families are also increasingly turning to &lsquo;gifting with control&rsquo; strategies to reduce the taxable value of their estate.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p><em>(1)</em> <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/statistics-on-trusts-in-the-uk/statistics-on-trusts-inthe-uk-december-2025">HMRC, Statistics on trusts in the UK December 2025</a></p>
</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/iht-record--7-7bn-in-february-now-exceeds-last-year-by--132m-26437.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ipt Soars To  8 95 Bn On Track For Another Record Year</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>This marks a &pound;130 million increase on the same period last year when IPT receipts came to &pound;8.82 billion, contributing to a record annual total of &pound;8.88 billion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Following the latest OBR forecasts on the back of the Spring Statement, IPT is now expected to raise &pound;57.8 billion between 2025/26 and 2030/31, marking a &pound;500 million upgrade from estimates made after the Autumn Budget in November (&pound;57.3 billion).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cara Spinks, Head of Life & Health at Broadstone, said: </strong>&ldquo;February&rsquo;s figures reinforce the trajectory for IPT, with receipts continuing to build towards what looks set to be another record-breaking year. With &pound;8.95 billion collected so far this financial year, the tax remains an increasingly significant contributor to Treasury revenues.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Rising claims in workplace health benefits are a key driver behind this trend, set against sustained pressure on NHS capacity and persistently high waiting lists. Employers are increasingly relying on products such as private medical insurance and health cash plans to support staff, as long-term sickness and chronic health conditions continue to impact the workforce.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;These products can support productivity and retention by enabling earlier intervention, diagnosis and preventative care, while also helping to ease pressure on NHS services. The scale of the challenge is significant: recent data shows average sickness absence remains well above pre-pandemic levels, with more people seeking faster access to treatment through private cover.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, rising premiums and IPT are undermining affordability and limiting access at a time when these benefits are most needed. If the Government is serious about reducing economic inactivity and supporting growth, it should review the role of IPT on health insurance, including the potential for targeted exemptions. This would remove barriers to wider uptake, support employers to keep people in work, and align with the ambitions of the Keep Britain Working review.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69b429649d8b52961a62b414/NS_Table.ods"><span style="font-size:11px"><em>https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69b429649d8b52961a62b414/NS_Table.ods</em></span></a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ipt-soars-to--8-95-bn-on-track-for-another-record-year-26438.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Energy Shock Fears Resurface As Oil And Gas Race Higher</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;Fears of a sustained energy shock have resurfaced after the escalation in the Iran war sent oil and gas prices soaring. The prospect of a longer, more drawn-out conflict is in sharp focus, as both sides ratchet up attacks on energy infrastructure. Downbeat sentiment is spreading fast, with London&rsquo;s Footsie opening around 1% lower as investors assess the repercussions for the global economy.</p>

<p>Brent crude remains highly volatile but has traded as high as $114 a barrel today, threatening to climb back towards recent scorching levels. Gas prices have surged by 25%, reaching a range not seen since early January 2023.</p>

<p>Warnings that oil could reach $150 a barrel have resurfaced. Israel&rsquo;s attack on Iran&rsquo;s gas fields has prompted retaliatory strikes on facilities in Qatar. Europe in particular is reliant on LNG exports from Qatar, as countries have been weaning themselves off dependence on Russia. The conflict is not only highly damaging for economies in the region, with tourism and business activity hit, but the knock-on effects of higher energy prices will have toxic repercussions worldwide.</p>

<p>The Bank of England&rsquo;s Monetary Policy Committee is meeting against this turbulent backdrop, and it looks almost certain to keep interest rates on hold given the inflationary risks posed by the conflict. Not only is the headline CPI rate likely to rise due to higher fuel and energy bills, but there will also be concern that companies will pass on escalating costs through higher prices across a range of goods and services.</p>

<p>Food prices, which had been easing, risk rising again as freight costs increase and fertiliser exports from the Middle East are disrupted. There are also concerns about helium supplies being stranded, a key component in semiconductor manufacturing, which could lead to delays in producing electronic goods and even cars. Traders are now placing more bets on the Bank being forced to raise interest rates by the end of the year, a sharp reversal in policy - just as borrowers had been hoping for relief.</p>

<p>The mood among central bankers is understandably sombre. The Federal Reserve, as expected, kept interest rates on hold, and Chair Jerome Powell warned of fresh inflationary pressures entering an already complex environment. The European Central Bank, Sweden&rsquo;s Riksbank, and the Swiss National Bank are also set to announce their policy decisions today. Caution is likely to dominate, with investors expecting a particularly hawkish tone from the ECB. While a hold is anticipated for now, further rate increases are increasingly expected later this year as inflation expectations shift.</p>

<p>The spectre of stagflation is hovering, with the combination of rising prices and stagnating growth posing a real threat. High energy costs are set to dampen consumer spending and curb business investment as both grapple with elevated bills and ongoing uncertainty.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/energy-shock-fears-resurface-as-oil-and-gas-race-higher-26430.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tackling Small Pension Pots What Employers Can Do Now</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Hannah English, Head of DC Corporate Consulting, Hymans Robertson</strong></p>

<div><strong>What the government is planning</strong></div>

<div>The Pension Schemes Bill introduces a new system to bring together small, deferred pension pots worth &pound;1,000 or less. Under the proposals, any defined contribution (DC) pot created under automatic enrolment, with no contributions for at least 12 months, will be transferred into an authorised &ldquo;default consolidator&rdquo; unless the saver opts out.</div>

<p>The aim is to cut unnecessary administration, reduce flat fee charges on multiple small pots and improve member engagement. The Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) estimates that automatic consolidation could boost outcomes by around &pound;1,000 for the average saver. However, these consolidators aren&rsquo;t expected to be fully up and running until 2030.</p>

<div><strong>Why this may not be enough</strong></div>

<div>Although the reforms are welcome, the long-lead in means change will be slow. Many savers changing jobs over the next five years will continue to accumulate multiple small pots. That leaves them exposed to ongoing flat fee erosion, poorer investment outcomes and the practical challenge of keeping track of several providers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>There are also groups who could slip through the net, such as:</strong></div>

<div><em>Pots above the initial &pound;1,000 threshold will not be captured.</em></div>

<div><em>Savers with missing or inconsistent data may not be matched easily.</em></div>

<div><em>Those contributing to schemes outside automatic enrolment rules, or those with niche investment options, may not meet the criteria. </em></div>

<p>These risks widen the gap between well supported savers and those disengaged from their pensions. Fragmented savings make it harder to build a meaningful retirement income. Smaller pots often attract proportionally higher charges and may be left in underperforming funds. All of this can contribute to the growing pensions adequacy crisis that many are facing. In turn, this could impact employers if their staff are unable to afford to retire when they plan to.</p>

<p>Consolidation offers clear advantages, but without proactive support the benefits will be uneven.</p>

<div><strong>What employers can do now</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>While the industry builds the infrastructure needed for automatic consolidation, employers can take steps today to support their staff: </div>

<div><em>Make pension consolidation part of financial wellbeing programmes, using simple, jargon-free guidance to explain why combining pots can improve outcomes.</em></div>

<div><em>Use workplace communications to remind employees how many pots they may have built up and signpost reputable tools that help trace and consolidate savings.</em></div>

<div><em>Work with providers to offer targeted education at key life moments, such as onboarding or leaving the organisation.</em></div>

<div><em>Encourage employees to review their pension savings regularly and more broadly to understand what pensions they have and what these might be worth.</em></div>

<div><em>Consider whether the scheme&rsquo;s own design or provider could make consolidation easier, for example through clear online journeys or optional transfer support.</em></div>

<p>Employers do not need to wait for legislative deadlines to act. By helping employees understand the value of bringing their pensions together, employers can support better retirement outcomes for their staff at relatively minimal costs and reduce the long-term risks that members face from holding fragmented savings.</p>

<p>If you&rsquo;d like to talk about how we can support your employees with clearer, more effective pension choices, please get in touch.</p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>This article was first published by REBA.</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tackling-small-pension-pots-what-employers-can-do-now-26433.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lgps Index Suggests Government Accelerate Actuarial Review</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The latest release of Isio&rsquo;s Low-Risk Funding Index shows that the aggregate funding level for the 87 Local Government Pension Scheme (LGPS) funds in England and Wales decreased slightly from 147% as at 30 September 2025 to 145% as at 31 December 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Despite this modest fall, funding levels remain historically high. The Index highlights:</strong></div>

<div><em>A funding level of 145% - around 20% higher than at the 31 March 2025 actuarial valuation date.</em></div>

<div><em>A total surplus of &pound;148bn - a new quarter-end high.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over the period, lower gilt yields and rising inflation increased liability values, but this was largely offset by growth in asset values. Of the 87 LGPS funds, 86 are now fully funded (100% or higher) on a low-risk basis, with only the Environment Agency&rsquo;s closed fund below this level.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This marks a significant improvement from the previous actuarial valuation at 31 March 2022, when the aggregate low-risk funding level stood at just 67%, and no funds were fully funded on this basis.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As LGPS employers - including local authorities, police and fire authorities, academies, universities and housing associations - continue to face financial pressure, the 2025 actuarial valuation presented a key opportunity to reset contribution levels and reassess risk. Strong funding positions at 31 Match 2025 supported a case for lower contributions, helping to ease pressure on employer budgets while maintaining long-term sustainability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>But with the actuarial valuation due to conclude on 31 March 2026, Isio expects employer contributions to only reduce by around 5% to 16% on average. 16% is a lot higher than a low-risk contribution approach that utilises surplus over 20 years, suggesting that many employers will continue to pay more than necessary over the next three years without further intervention.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Despite significant global events in early 2026, Isio does not expect funding levels to have deteriorated materially since 31 December 2025 and expects them to remain well above the valuation date position.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Steve Simkins, Partner and Public Services Leader at Isio, said:</strong> &ldquo;At 31 December 2025, our Low-Risk Funding Index shows a funding level of 145% - an increase of nearly 20% since the March 2025 actuarial valuation. This provides strong support for reducing employer contributions at a time when many LGPS employers are under significant financial strain.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Whilst the actuarial valuation is subject to review under Section 13 of the LGPS Regulations, it can take around 18 months for the Government Actuary&rsquo;s Department to publish its findings. Given the even stronger current funding positions and the increased risk of overpayment, there is a clear case for a more urgent and challenging review process, with independent input and alignment to wider pensions industry perspectives.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The LGPS is clearly in a strong solvency position. The key question now is whether the current valuation approach delivers long-term cost efficiency, particularly when employers could be deploying excess contributions more effectively within their organisations.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lgps-index-suggests-government-accelerate-actuarial-review-26431.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Research Shows 1 In 3 Do Not Know Enough About Investing</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The research shows that 39% are put off by thinking investing is too risky and they worry that they&rsquo;ll lose money, compared to leaving it in a current or savings account. Nearly a quarter (23%) lack confidence to begin investing and say they don&rsquo;t know where to start, while 16% find it complicated.  A further 11% believe you need a lot of money to start investing in the first place and 47% said they don&rsquo;t have any spare money to invest.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When people do invest, at the heart of these decisions is a desire the make their money work harder for them. Aviva&rsquo;s research showed that among those who already invest, 49% agree that rate of return, or growth, are the most important factors when considering investments, followed by other considerations such as low fees and costs (39%); individual risk tolerance (32%) and how much of an appetite they have for riskier opportunities. Over a quarter (28%) would look at the reputation of the financial institution and over one fifth would look at their past performance record (22%). Surprisingly, only 18% think about tax relief when making their choices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As the largest Wealth provider in the UK today, Aviva has unveiled a major new campaign designed to &lsquo;shine a light on investments&rsquo; and give people the confidence and support they need to help them take their first - or next - step into investing. The Bank of England reports that almost &pound;300bn of household savings is sitting in accounts paying little or no interest and at a time when consumers across the UK are being encouraged the make more of their savings, Aviva&rsquo;s insight shows that the core barrier is not access or information, but confidence and trust and the new campaign aims to reframe investing as something clear, accessible and reassuring, rather than overwhelming.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Donato Boccardi, Head of Investments, Consumer Wealth at Aviva said: </strong>&ldquo;Investing plays a vital role in helping people grow their wealth over the long term, and we want more consumers to benefit from the opportunities it offers. At Aviva, we invest with a regulated, long-term approach designed to deliver balanced outcomes for our customers. Too many people are missing out because they believe investing is out of reach, when in reality if you start small and build gradually you can make meaningful progress. Our focus is on giving people the tools, confidence and support to take that first step and to stay invested for their future.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The new investment campaign launched on Monday, 16th February across TV, social, digital, radio and television.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Separately, Aviva has also joined forces with several other leading providers in an industry-wide <a href="https://www.theia.org/news/press-releases/major-finance-firms-unite-launch-uk-retail-investment-campaign">UK Retail Investment campaign</a>, supported by His Majesty&rsquo;s Treasury (HMT), the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), and the Money and Pensions Service (MaPS), with the Investment Association (IA) to launch the UK&rsquo;s first ever national, educational investment campaign in April 2026.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/research-shows-1-in-3-do-not-know-enough-about-investing-26432.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Insurance Market Remains Resilient As Terrorism Risk Evolves</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In its just-published <a href="https://www.marsh.com/en/services/terrorism-risk/insights/global-terrorism-risk-insurance-report.html">2026 Global Terrorism Risk Insurance Report</a>, Marsh notes that modern terrorism threats have shifted from hierarchical, property-focused assaults to dispersed networks employing diverse tactics, including cyberattacks, political violence, and emerging nuclear, biological, chemical, and radiological (NBCR) threats.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Recent low-sophistication but high-impact incidents such as the 2025 New Orleans truck ramming and the Bondi Beach armed assault in Australia highlight the human and business toll of physical attacks, while terrorism-related cyberattacks are credited with wiping critical systems and disrupting global operations, underscores how cyberterrorism can instantly halt supply chains and amplify economic disruption.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Despite today&rsquo;s evolving threat environment, the terrorism insurance market remains stable and robust; standalone policies often provide broader coverage terms, and (re)insurers are able to offer per risk capacity between $1 billion to $4 billion, depending on the location(s) insured and insurer aggregation positions, the report said. Total capital for the combined US insurance and reinsurance market contemplating all perils, including terrorism, was estimated to be approximately $1.2 trillion in 2025. Central to this stability in the US is the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act (TRIPRA), which provides a vital federal backstop and is set to expire at the end of 2027.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Heightened geopolitical tensions, including the ongoing US&ndash;Iran conflict, are driving an increasingly complex and evolving terrorism threat landscape that is blurring the lines between terrorism, political violence, and civil unrest,&rdquo; <strong>said Tarique Nageer, Terrorism Placement Advisor, Marsh Risk</strong>. &ldquo;TRIPRA has been instrumental in creating and maintaining (re)insurance market stability, and its reauthorization is vital to enable us to continue having nuanced, solutions-based conversations with clients about their unique vulnerabilities as emerging threats to businesses around the world evolve at a rapid pace.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Emil Metropoulos, Terrorism Center of Excellence Leader, Guy Carpenter, added:</strong> &ldquo;Together, TRIPRA and other public-private partnerships around the world form a more balanced and sustainable ecosystem that anchors systemic risk, fosters greater market confidence, and broadens available protection for policyholders. This collaborative approach not only mitigates the financial impact of terrorism but also strengthens national resilience, ensuring that businesses, workers, and communities are better protected against the multifaceted and evolving terrorism risks of today and tomorrow.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/insurance-market-remains-resilient-as-terrorism-risk-evolves-26434.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments As Boe Holds Rates As Stagflation Clouds Gather</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Emma Wall, Chief Investment Strategist, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&quot;As expected, the Bank of England Monetary Policy Committee has held rates at 3.75%. The market had priced in a hold today, so reaction is muted. Committee members were unanimous with their cautious outlook in the face of the market uncertainty - with all members voting to hold rates. In the past few weeks, the market has gone from pricing in two cuts through 2026, to one rate hike, to one quarter point cut to, again today, an expectation that rates will rise later this year. These swings are understandable - the price of oil is dominating asset pricing and fear of an inflation spike is driving bond markets. However, we think these fears may be overblown. Comparisons with the interest rate hikes post Russia's invasion of Ukraine are not comparing apples with apples - rates are already elevated today, then they were at record lows, near 0%.  As such, we think that while the conflict remains at elevated levels, the ECB, BoE and Fed are likely to hold rates at current levels, but the downward trajectory will continue once the war is resolved. The Bank of England Governor Andrew Bailey did leave the door open to raising rates on the outside chance the war causes prolonged and stubborn inflation in his statement, reminding consumers and corporates alike that the UK's inflation target is 2%.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>David Rees, Head of Global Economics, Schroders said: </strong>&quot;The Bank shelved its planned rate cut at today&rsquo;s meeting as surging energy prices threaten to reignite inflation. Much will now depend on how high energy prices go, and for how long they remain elevated. But the current levels of oil and gas prices are already enough to add around 1% to headline inflation in the coming months, while shortages of fertilisers could push food inflation higher later in the year. A relatively brief spike in commodity prices could still allow inflation to subside by the summer and bring rate cuts back onto the agenda later this year. However, with events in the Middle East seeming to get worse, there is a clear risk an extended price shock will keep inflation above target for the foreseeable future, squeeze real incomes, and push the economy into stagflation. That would block further rate cuts and could even bring hikes back into play if wage growth accelerates again.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Adam Gillespie, Partner at XPS Group: </strong>Today's announcement will only have a minimal impact on Defined Benefit (DB) pension schemes because funding positions are driven primarily by long-term gilt yields rather than the Bank Rate itself. In reality, long-term UK interest rate and inflation expectations have already shifted materially higher this month. The gilt market has not been waiting for Threadneedle Street. Most schemes are well insulated from today&rsquo;s decision with aggregate DB surpluses still well above &pound;200bn - a wall of financial resilience built up over several years of elevated yields. In this high funding, high-rate environment, there are two clear priorities for trustees and sponsors right now. In the short term, without regular recalibration, schemes risk their liability hedges slipping out of alignment and their hard-earned financial buffers being eroded. As well as recent upticks in rates and inflation, structural shifts in the gilt market are creating headwinds for schemes' protection strategies. Further gilt market volatility is to be expected with demand falling from the gilt market's most reliable customer, and the United Kingdom Debt Management Office changing supply. Today is another reminder for trustees and sponsors to keep their hedging strategies under active review and consider ways to strengthen their resilience to an uncertain future. In the longer term, trustee and sponsor focus should be on making the most of healthy surplus positions. With the Pension Schemes Bill progressing through Parliament and surplus access regulations expected later this year, the current financial environment offers real opportunities to benefit members, trustees and sponsors.</p>

<p><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said: </strong>&ldquo;Today&rsquo;s decision to hold interest rates at 3.75% reflects the Bank of England&rsquo;s caution in the face of growing global uncertainty. With conflict in the Middle East driving a sharp rise in oil prices, the key question now is how far this feeds through into energy bills and wider inflation. Against this backdrop, a pause is unsurprising. Only weeks ago, markets were increasingly confident that inflation was on a downward path and that further rate cuts could follow. However, the escalation of tensions involving Iran has clouded that outlook, raising the risk that inflation proves more persistent. As higher wholesale costs filter through to households, the Bank is likely to remain measured and gradual in its approach when cuts do begin. For savers, a higher-for-longer rate environment can offer some support - particularly for those holding cash. However, with inflation risks building, there is a real danger that the value of those savings is eroded in real terms over time. Those saving for the long term should consider tax-efficient options such as pensions and Stocks and Shares ISAs to help their money keep pace with rising prices. For borrowers, this decision signals that pressure on household finances may persist. Those on variable or tracker mortgages - or nearing the end of a fixed-rate deal - could face elevated borrowing costs for longer, making it essential to review options early and plan ahead.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Chris Arcari, Head of Capital Markets, Hymans Robertson said: </strong>&ldquo;The escalation in the Middle East and its impact on oil and gas supplies have driven a sharp repricing in markets. Having previously expected two 25-basis-point rate cuts in 2026, investors are now entertaining the possibility of rate hikes. But while higher energy prices are likely to push inflation back above 3% in the second half of 2026, central banks typically look through supply-side shocks. These tend to be temporary, are largely outside the reach of monetary policy and usually weigh on growth. That said, given the post-2022 experience &ndash; when an energy shock led to a prolonged inflation surge &ndash; the Bank of England (BoE) will be alert to the risk of second-round effects and a de-anchoring of inflation expectations. Today&rsquo;s conditions differ materially from 2022. Growth is weaker, labour markets are loosening and inflation was already trending lower before the conflict. Interest rates and yields are also significantly higher and mildly restrictive. Nonetheless, recent developments could delay the BoE&rsquo;s response as it assesses the impact of higher energy prices on both growth and inflation &ndash; highlighting the challenging trade-off between downside growth risks and upside inflation risks. A shift to rate hikes, as markets are now pricing in, looks unlikely in the near term. The Monetary Policy Committee was inclined to cut rates to support activity before the shock, and tightening policy into a weakening labour market &ndash; with unemployment at a four-year high of 5.2% and vacancies falling &ndash; risks inflation undershooting after the shock fades. Therefore, any move towards hikes would require clear evidence of second-round effects and further deterioration in inflation expectations.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-as-boe-holds-rates-as-stagflation-clouds-gather-26435.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>A Few Years Of Bonus Sacrifice Adds  40k To Your Pension Pot</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In a financial journey often shaped by the ups and downs of life, decisions made now can have a lasting impact. With the end of the tax year approaching, directing a &pound;5,000 annual bonus into a pension for just four years could add almost &pound;40,000 to someone&rsquo;s total retirement pot, according to Standard Life, a retirement specialist focused entirely on retirement savings and income.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With many people currently under-saving for retirement, even small one-off pension contributions can have a significant effect over time. While not everyone receives a bonus payment, and for those that do the amount can vary, it can present an opportunity for people to strengthen long-term savings and engage more actively with their financial future &ndash; helping them build greater financial security in later life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>It&rsquo;s no sacrifice? Why bonus sacrifice can make such a difference</strong></div>

<div>One option available to some employees is bonus sacrifice, where part or all of a bonus is paid directly into a pension before tax and National Insurance (NI) are applied. While it won&rsquo;t be right for everyone, understanding how it works could help people make more of their money and think more confidently about retirement planning. It&rsquo;s worth being aware that the government has announced plans to limit the NI exemption for salary pension contributions to &pound;2,000 a year from 2029, but there are no changes for now. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Many workers may not realise how sharply deductions can reduce a cash bonus. Once income tax, National Insurance (NI) and - for many - student loan repayments are taken, a &pound;5,000 bonus can shrink to as little as &pound;3,150 in take-home pay for a basic rate taxpayer. If the same &pound;5,000 is paid directly into a pension through salary sacrifice, however, the full amount is invested before these deductions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over time, that difference in how a bonus is treated can have a significant impact on retirement outcomes. New Standard Life analysis shows that someone who starts work at age 22 on a salary of &pound;25,000 and pays the minimum monthly auto-enrolment contributions (5% employee, 3% employer) could build a retirement pot of around &pound;210,000 by age 68, allowing for inflation and charges. Someone who receives a &pound;5,000 bonus at age 30 and diverts it into their pension for four consecutive years could increase their pot to &pound;247,000 in today&rsquo;s prices - &pound;37,000 more.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeBonus1803261.jpg" style="height:159px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><em style="font-size:11px">*assuming 3.50% salary growth per year, and 5% a year investment growth. Figures allow for 2% inflation. Annual Management Charge of 0.75% assumed. The figures are an illustration and are not guaranteed. Earning limits not applied. The value of investments can go down as well as up and may be worth less than originally invested. Assuming  bonus sacrifice contributions are paid before 6 April 2029.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Clearly, there&rsquo;s a balance to strike between enjoying today and preparing for tomorrow - and bonus sacrifice doesn&rsquo;t have to be all or nothing. Someone in the same scenario who chose to keep half of their bonus for now and direct the other half (&pound;2,500) into their pension for the four years, could see an &pound;18,000 boost, with a pot of &pound;228,000 by the age of 68.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some employees could see an even bigger uplift if their employer passes on some or all of the employer NI savings generated through salary sacrifice.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said:</strong> &ldquo;Salary sacrifice has long been one of the simplest and most effective ways for people to boost their pension, yet many still overlook how powerful it can be - particularly when it comes to bonuses.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s always going to be tempting to earmark any bonus you receive for the demands of everyday life &ndash; whether that&rsquo;s paying for a holiday, buying a new car, or making home improvements. And in today&rsquo;s high-cost world, many people may simply need the money for day-to-day essentials, from living costs to paying off debts. However, after deductions are taken into account, cash bonus payslips can look incredibly disappointing. Diverting some or all of that bonus into a pension can help people make more of their money, engage more confidently with their financial future, and ultimately achieve better outcomes and greater financial security in later life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What really matters is recognising that progress doesn&rsquo;t have to come from big or perfect decisions. You don&rsquo;t need a large bonus to start making a difference - even relatively small, one-off pension contributions can add up over time. For many people, understanding that every contribution counts can help build confidence on their journey to and through retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike answers key bonus sacrifice questions</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>1. What is bonus sacrifice and why does it matter?</strong><br />
&ldquo;Bonus sacrifice is when you choose to give up some or all of your bonus and have it paid directly into your pension instead. Because the money goes in before tax and National Insurance, you usually pay less in deductions and more of what you&rsquo;ve earned ends up working for your future. Over time, that head start can make a real difference, as the money has longer to grow and can significantly boost your pension by the time you retire.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. Do I have to sacrifice my whole bonus?</strong><br />
&ldquo;No, you can usually choose how much of your bonus to sacrifice. Even sacrificing part of a bonus &ndash; or doing it for just a few years &ndash; can meaningfully increase your retirement savings, while still leaving you with money to enjoy today.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. What should I check before deciding?</strong><br />
&ldquo;It&rsquo;s worth confirming whether your employer offers bonus sacrifice and how it affects things like take-home pay and other benefits. It&rsquo;s also important to think about whether you might need that bonus for short-term expenses, as pension money is locked away until later life &ndash; the minimum age to access private pensions is set to rise to 57 on 6 April 2028.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/a-few-years-of-bonus-sacrifice-adds--40k-to-your-pension-pot-26428.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Increasing Cyber Resilience Against Geopolitical Disruption</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Anthony Wilson, Director, Cyber Risk Consulting and Omar Al-ShaheryDirector - Head of Cyber Risk Consulting, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Disruption to essential services such as power, water, transport or internet access can quickly interrupt operations and create financial and legal consequences.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Risk managers and financial leaders all over the world are having to deal with geopolitically-driven cyber risk that can be as persistent as it is difficult to isolate.  Below, we suggest practical perspectives to give your organization more clarity and certainty to boost cyber resilience against ongoing geopolitical uncertainty.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How can geopolitical disruptions affect your organization&rsquo;s cyber risk profile?</strong></div>

<div>Geopolitical tensions can see some cyber threat groups operating using third-party servers to mask where they are, while ideologically motivated &lsquo;hacktivists&rsquo; may also become more active, leading to greater disruption from higher volumes of unsophisticated cyberattacks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These cyber incidents disrupt operations, cut response times, increase recovery costs and heighten regulatory exposures. Your business may also be hit by contractual penalties and increased friction in cyber insurance renewals.</div>

<div>You can better prepare your organization&rsquo;s cybersecurity posture in the event of an intergovernmental incident.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What questions do risk managers need to ask during a geopolitical event?</strong></div>

<div><em>How will a cyber-attack impact operations in a given geography, even if you aren't the direct target?</em></div>

<div><em>What countries are you operating in that have the potential for geopolitical risk?</em></div>

<div><em>What impact will a cyber-attack have on our supply chain, key infrastructural dependencies, and brand reputation?What regulatory and legal consequences could a cyber-attack have for our organization?</em></div>

<div><em>How much could a cyber incident cost and how long could it take to recover from a major business interruption event?What back-ups or redundancies are in your network to respond to and recover from a major incident?</em></div>

<div><em>How often could a major cyber incident caused by geopolitical conflict occur?</em></div>

<div><em>How much of this exposure should be retained on the balance sheet versus transferring to insurance markets?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How can you translate geopolitically driven cyber risk into financial terms?</strong></div>

<div>To make better decisions in the face of geopolitically driven cyber risk, you need to understand what cyber risk means for your balance sheet. Connecting cyber risk with geopolitical disruption helps you see how cyber events could affect financial performance and capital decisions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By combining threat intelligence, assessments of your controls and realistic industry scenarios, you can estimate how cyber incidents might affect earnings, the balance sheet and capital allocation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With this insight, you can then answer practical questions linked to your cyber resilience, including:</div>

<div><em>Are your insurance limits and risk retention strategies aligned with the losses you could face?</em></div>

<div><em>How could a cyber incident affect our key financial objectives?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>By modeling how often cyber incidents may occur and how severe they could be, you can estimate potential losses, including worst-case outcomes. This creates clearer conversations across risk, finance, IT and the board using financial terms everyone understands.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>It can also help you optimize your cyber insurance structure, limits and pricing because you&rsquo;ll be able to articulate and act on the specifics of your cyber loss potential and the impact on the balance sheet. Quantifying cyber risk, whether it stems from geopolitical shifts or any other triggers, doesn&rsquo;t remove uncertainty, but it enables better-informed decisions around risk retention, mitigation and transfer.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What do I need to do now to increase cyber risk certainty and informed action?</strong></div>

<div>If your organization sticks to treating cyber risk as a purely technical issue, you could underestimate the consequences, particularly in the context of geopolitical drivers of risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>But by integrating cyber risk into your enterprise risk management, capital planning and insurance strategy, informed by your ability to translate cyber threats into financial terms, you can help protect operations and the balance sheet as geopolitical tensions continue to influence cyber risk in unpredictable ways.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Outsmart geopolitically driven cyber uncertainty and position for long-term resilience. </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/increasing-cyber-resilience-against-geopolitical-disruption-26426.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Conflict In The Middle East Is Impacting Marine Claims</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The complexity of these claims is continuing to increase, with W K Webster &ndash; A Gallagher Bassett Company (WKW) handling cargo claims from vessels impacted by recent events near the Strait of Hormuz. Vessels in the region have seen explosion and fire damage, and assets sent to assist have also been targeted by military strikes. Claims are likely to involve Hull, P&I, and Cargo insurance.</p>

<p><strong>Michael Hird, Chief Operating Officer at WKW</strong>, has been closely observing the unfolding situation. He, alongside WKW&rsquo;s team of experts, are already positioned to respond to the impacts the conflict will have on the marine market.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Expect delays to cargo both in transit and awaiting shipment as vessel owners alter trade routes to avoid high-risk areas. We&rsquo;re likely to see additional freight charges and vessels invoking the right to deviate or deploying force majeure clauses,&rdquo; said Hird. &ldquo;This means increased costs for cargo movers and the potential for shipments landing at unintended ports with cargo then needing to be on-carried to final destinations.&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;We will see more frequent losses for time sensitive cargoes, production downtime, breakdowns in supply contracts, and stock accumulation or shortages.&rdquo;</p>

<p>War risk insurances have been subject to widespread cancellations and carriers are reevaluating their willingness to accept transits through conflict affected regions with elevated crew safety risks. Though war risk insurance remains accessible, particularly in the London market, adjustments to terms and dramatic increases to rates have reduced or eliminated voyage margins.</p>

<p>In a high-risk, high-cost business environment, effective claims management becomes especially vital, <strong>says WKW CEO Anthony Smith.</strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;We are prepared for challenges in deploying surveyors or other experts to certain claims locations or emergency situations. Our global network of local agents ensures that we can respond to and investigate claims thoroughly as they arise,&rdquo; <strong>said Smith.</strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;Whilst hostilities continue to escalate, we will continue to see impacts widening and losses increasing. WKW will continue to meet the needs of insureds &ndash; providing access to immediate, high-quality claims service.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-conflict-in-the-middle-east-is-impacting-marine-claims-26423.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stocks In The Green All Eyes To The Fed And Inflation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Emma Wall, Chief Investment Strategist, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;While the war continues, markets and macro are pegged to the oil price. And so, with the value black gold down slightly, so equities in Asia and European and US futures are up. It follows a positive session yesterday, in which the FTSE 100 rose slightly to 10,403.60, up 0.83% and the S&P 500 up 0.25% to 6,716.09. </p>

<p>The oil price has softened &ndash; though brent still trades above $100 &ndash; thanks to two pieces of news; a select few tankers are moving through the key Strait of Hormuz and Iraq has agreed a pipeline deal to export oil via Turkey. A reminder that in normalised trade, 20% of daily oil and 25% of liquified gas flows through Hormuz; this activity is a fraction of that. But it does mark an improvement on last week, where the Strait was effectively shut. Iran is reportedly allowing only those tankers operated by countries considered neutral, or anti-US in this conflict, such as China.</p>

<p>While any relief rally is welcome, investors should be mindful that volatility is likely to continue over the next month, through extreme daily moves become less likely as markets look to longer-term indicators. Policy &ndash; both monetary and foreign &ndash; is key. Oil futures remain elevated compared to pre-conflict, with 6-month prices near $80. This is a key indicator of remaining risk to economic growth and consumer confidence.</p>

<p>Economic news is the order of the day across the Pond as the we get both an inflation print and the US Federal Reserve&rsquo;s Federal Open Market Committee concludes its March meeting. They may be meeting stateside, but whatever the Fed says today will have global implications.</p>

<p>The US Producer Price Index inflation report for February will be released today, but will not reflect elevated oil prices, so is expected to show month on month increase of 0.3%, in line with longer term trends. Data for the month of March will be more revealing, including recent oil and gas shocks.</p>

<p>An hour after the inflation print we&rsquo;ll hear from the Fed, who we expect to hold rates today, as does the broader market, so the news is unlikely to move prices. What does have the potential for upset is what Chair Jerome Powell says at his penultimate press conference &ndash; how the vote was split and any commentary on the war, forward guidance implications. The markets have flipped from expecting two cuts this year pre-Iran conflict, to one hike after the escalations, to now one cut is the consensus view, later in the year.</p>

<p>The Fed will also share its Outlook-at-Risk report, published monthly, which gives details of risks to unemployment, inflation and economic growth. Expect oil prices to dominate.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Since Jensen&rsquo;s keynote, we&rsquo;ve had a couple of big confirmations &ndash; firstly, that NVIDIA&rsquo;s eye-catching $1trn guide is based purely on Blackwell and Rubin GPUs, meaning it doesn&rsquo;t include contributions from its other chips, rack-scale systems, or even the Rubin Ultra GPU slated for next year. Secondly, production of the China-focused H200 chip has now ramped after securing agreements from both US and Chinese authorities, alongside a new AI inference chip built through its partnership with Groq. Crucially, pretty much no one has China baked into forecasts right now, so this could be a material incremental driver, depending on how much NVIDIA is ultimately allowed to ship.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stocks-in-the-green-all-eyes-to-the-fed-and-inflation-26424.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Worst Pension Providers 18 Times Longer Moving Savers Money</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>New data from PensionBee, a leader in the consumer retirement market, reveals that the slowest pension providers and administrators are taking up to 18 times longer to transfer savers&rsquo; money than the fastest.</p>

<p>Analysis of average transfer-in times from 35 major pension providers and administrators across the UK to PensionBee for 2025, found that while the fastest completed transfers took just five days, the slowest - including Cushon Master Trust and Creative Pension Trust (recently acquired by WTW from NatWest), XPS Administration, LGPS and Capita - took between 47 and 90 days, leaving retirement savers routinely waiting months just to move their own money. </p>

<p>The overall industry average transfer time remained broadly unchanged at 23 days in 2025 as compared to 21 days in 2024. This was largely driven by the top 20 providers or administrators either improving or holding steady their transfer times, demonstrating that efficient pension transfers are achievable at scale when providers prioritise customer experience and embrace digital processes. </p>

<div><strong>A transfer lottery for for pension savers</strong></div>

<div>The real performance issues sit at the bottom of the table, where delays in 2025 have increased transfer times even beyond where they were in 2024. </div>

<p>Notably, these transfers are either from providers that are mostly regulated by The Pensions Regulator (TPR) rather than the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), or are handled by third-party administrators who are not caught by either regulator; and they do not use electronic transfer platforms (such as Origo), or voluntarily publish their transfer times. </p>

<p>The result a bifurcated market: at one end, providers embracing technology and digital processes that are regulated by the FCA and thus must abide by the Consumer Duty, becoming more efficient and achieving faster transfer times; and at the other, those regulated by TPR (or not at all) still taking months to move savers&rsquo; money and languishing behind.</p>

<p>This is why PensionBee is publishing its data - to shine a light on the issue of pension transfers and the firms that are all too easily able to hide from plain sight.</p>

<p><strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee, said:</strong> &ldquo;Building on the momentum of our ongoing Pension Switch Guarantee campaign, we&rsquo;re now publishing our 2025 pension transfer data, to shine a light on the true spectrum of consumer experience when it comes to moving their hard-earned retirement savings. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Whilst we're encouraged to see more firms embracing digital and delivering real improvements, the progress is mixed. The providers languishing at the bottom of the table may be failing to invest and modernise, adopting &lsquo;sludge practices&rsquo; that serve as a blocker for consumers seeking to engage, or a combination of both. Regardless, leaving savers' pensions stuck and out of sight for months on end is simply not acceptable. </p>

<p>&ldquo;With Pensions Dashboards set to connect millions of people to their retirement savings for the first time, we're approaching a once-in-a-generation moment for increased engagement and the improvement of retirement outcomes. But discovery is only half the story - savers need to be able to act on what they find and take control of their money. </p>

<p>&ldquo;PensionBee, and other leading personal pension providers, are calling on the Government to fix the issue once and for all, with measures including an update of the six-month statutory transfer deadline to 30 working days - keeping pace with modern consumer expectations and the rest of the financial services ecosystem. The 2021 Transfer Regulations also need a revamp to end unnecessary &lsquo;amber flagging&rsquo; of perfectly legitimate transfers, and refocus industry resources on real scam prevention.  </p>

<p>&ldquo;Ultimately, this is savers' money, and their experience of transferring their pensions should not depend on a lottery of which ceding provider or administrator manages their pot. The processes, infrastructure and technology already exist to support smooth and efficient transfers - but the legislation now needs to work harder to give firms that are failing to respect consumer rights the impetus they need to finally raise their game.&rdquo;</p>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_OrigoTransfer1803261.jpg" style="height:633px; width:628px" /></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/worst-pension-providers-18-times-longer-moving-savers-money-26429.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Central Banks Walk A Tightrope As Tough Rate Decisions Loom</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>While the direction of travel differs across regions, with the US taking a more measured stance and the UK and Europe facing a more immediate inflation challenge, a consistent theme is the growing uncertainty around the path of interest rates. For investors, this is translating into heightened volatility across asset classes, shifting correlations, and a renewed focus on active risk management, diversification and flexibility as they navigate an evolving macroeconomic landscape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Bank of England</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Expectations for UK interest rates have shifted materially in recent weeks, with markets now anticipating that the Bank of England will hold rates in March, keeping rates at 3.75%, despite previously pricing in a cut. The primary driver has been the rise in oil and gas prices linked to the Iran conflict, which has pushed inflation risks higher. This creates a difficult backdrop for both policymakers and investors. In fixed income markets, UK government bonds have already come under pressure at times, with yields rising as rate-cut expectations have been pared back and, more recently, partly restored. Shorter-dated bonds are now reflecting a more uncertain path for policy rather than a straightforward easing cycle.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;From an equity perspective, while markets may ultimately recover once geopolitical tensions ease, the near-term outlook is likely to remain volatile. In this environment, maintaining diversification and avoiding reactive positioning is key, particularly as mixed signals on inflation and growth continue to weigh on sentiment.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>European Central Bank</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;In Europe, the outlook is for a prolonged period of restrictive policy, with markets now expecting the ECB to keep rates on hold in the near term and pushing back earlier expectations for cuts rather than clearly pricing fresh hikes. The region remains highly sensitive to swings in energy prices, and recent volatility has revived memories of the 2022 energy crisis, alongside a clear desire for the ECB to keep inflation in check. While a rate hike this year is not the base case, market commentary acknowledges that a sustained energy shock could shift the balance of risks back toward tighter policy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For investors, this reinforces the challenges facing both bonds and equities in the region. Higher input costs are likely to weigh on corporate margins and consumer demand, while in fixed income, government and investment grade bonds remain particularly sensitive to further upward moves in yields or a prolonged period at current restrictive levels.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Federal Reserve</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;In contrast, the US Federal Reserve is expected to take a more measured approach. Markets broadly expect the Fed to leave rates unchanged at 3.5&ndash;3.75% at the March meeting, with projections signalling fewer and later cuts than previously anticipated as inflation has proven stickier and energy prices more volatile. There is still an underlying view that policy easing will eventually be required, particularly if signs of labour market weakness become more pronounced.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This relative policy stance has important implications across asset classes. In currency markets, the US dollar has remained firm, supported both by its safe-haven status and the fact that the US is a net energy exporter, meaning higher oil prices are less of a drag on the economy compared to Europe or Asia.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In fixed income, the recent environment has highlighted that bonds may not always provide the diversification investors expect, particularly when inflation risks are rising and central banks are cautious about cutting too quickly. As a result, we continue to favour shorter-duration and floating-rate exposures, which offer greater resilience in a more uncertain rate environment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Across equities, while history suggests markets can rebound following geopolitical shocks, the combination of elevated inflation, shifting rate expectations and ongoing uncertainty is likely to result in continued volatility. This reinforces the importance of a disciplined, diversified approach, with the flexibility to take advantage of opportunities should markets reprice.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/central-banks-walk-a-tightrope-as-tough-rate-decisions-loom-26425.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>82  Of Insurers Say Ai Will Define Their Future</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Most insurers agree that AI will reshape the industry, but very few have operationalized it. New research from AutoRek finds that 82% of insurers believe AI will dominate the industry&rsquo;s future, yet only 14% have fully integrated it into their financial operations. At the same time, 44% of firms face settlement periods exceeding 60 days, and 14% of operational budgets are going toward correcting errors caused by manual processes.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/AutoRek Insurance Operations  Financial Transformation 2026.pdf"><strong>AutoRek&rsquo;s 2026 Insurance Report</strong></a>, based on 250 interviews with insurance and healthcare insurance managers across the UK and U.S., points to a growing performance gap between firms modernizing their back offices and those still running on fragmented systems and manual workflows.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Insurers know where the industry is heading. The challenge is that most haven&rsquo;t translated that awareness into operational change. Settlement cycles are lengthening, data environments are getting more complex, and the firms that have already embedded automation into their financial operations are pulling ahead. The longer firms wait to modernize, the harder it becomes to close that gap,&rdquo; said Tony Shek, Insurance Sector Lead at AutoRek.</p>

<div><strong>Settlement strain meets stalled AI adoption</strong></div>

<div>Settlement cycles continue to lengthen under volume pressure. Firms processing more than 10 million transactions annually average 59-day settlement periods, compared to 52 days for smaller peers. Spreadsheet reliance (46%), high transaction volumes (41%) and fragmented data (41%) were identified as the primary drivers of delay. With transaction volumes expected to grow by 28.7% over the next two years, these pressures will only intensify.</div>

<p>AI adoption, meanwhile, remains deeply uneven across the sector. 6% of firms report no AI usage at all, and the barriers to progress are well documented. Legacy system integration challenges (42%), fragmented data environments (39%) and a shortage of in-house AI expertise (40%) are holding firms back. Over half describe their data governance frameworks as early-stage or developing, raising questions about how effectively AI can be deployed at scale.</p>

<div><strong>Data fragmentation adds to the urgency</strong></div>

<div>Insurers manage an average of 17 data sources feeding their premium processes, and 54% cite different systems and data architectures as the biggest post-merger integration roadblock. This level of fragmentation makes it difficult to layer on automation, without a trusted partner, or absorb new business through M&A without introducing additional operational risk.</div>

<p>The findings suggest that the industry recognizes the need to act. Half of firms are now prioritizing AI and machine learning, 42% are focusing on automation of back- and middle-office functions, and 51% say regulatory requirements are driving their modernization decisions.</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/82--of-insurers-say-ai-will-define-their-future-26427.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Means Testing The State Pension</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Jack Carmichael, Associate and Senior Consulting and Longevity Actuary and James Jones-Tinsley, Self-Invested Pensions Technical Specialist, Barnett Waddingham</strong></p>

<p>While not specifically mentioned in the 2025 Pensions Commission announcements, means testing of the State Pension is likely to be one of the areas the Commission considers.</p>

<p><strong>Reasons for introducing means testing: building a &ldquo;fairer&rdquo; system</strong></p>

<p>Longevity risk is a topic I always find interesting, and the State Pension is arguably one of the largest fixed-income retirement arrangements in the world.</p>

<div><strong>1. Redistributing retirement income to those who need it most</strong></div>

<div>The State Pension provides a fixed income of up to &pound;12,548 gross a year. That means public money is also paid to higher earners, some of which could instead be directed towards improving retirement outcomes for lower earners. Higher earners also tend to live longer than lower earners, meaning they are likely to receive more State Pension over the course of their retirement.</div>

<p>Analysis from the Institute for Fiscal Studies shows that, for the lowest fifth of pensioners, the State Pension makes up around 70% of total retirement income. These pensioners are therefore only slightly above Pensions UK&rsquo;s minimum retirement standard of &pound;13,400 a year. Many are likely to fall below that level if they rely solely on the State Pension. </p>

<p>By contrast, for the top fifth of earners, the State Pension accounts for around 20% of total retirement income. </p>

<p>Redistributing State Pension support from the highest to the lowest earners could therefore improve retirement outcomes for millions of lower-income pensioners.</p>

<div><strong>2. Providing an additional lever to protect against State Pension Age rises</strong></div>

<div>At present, the government has limited options for managing the cost of the State Pension, with the main lever being the State Pension age. The cost of the State Pension is expected to rise as the UK population ages, and analysis from the Institute for Fiscal Studies suggests that the State Pension Age may need to increase to 74 to balance the total cost. </div>

<p>My own analysis  suggests that, if life expectancy rises by more than expected, the State Pension Age could, in an extreme scenario, need to increase to 80.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWMeans11703261.jpg" style="height:344px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Means testing would therefore give the government another lever to help manage the cost of the State Pension. </p>

<div><strong>3. State Pension as a form of longevity risk insurance</strong></div>

<div>As demographic pressures build on the UK retirement system, is it time for a more radical rethink of the State Pension?</div>

<p>One possibility is to view it as a form of longevity risk insurance, rather than as a uniform level of income.</p>

<p>The state is well placed to help manage longevity risk across the population. It could help pensioners manage the long-term risk of running out of money if they live longer than expected.</p>

<p>The system could include means-tested, age-based increases that activate for older pensioners.</p>

<p>Such a system might help encourage individuals to save more for retirement. It could also create greater scope for retirement products that pay more at younger ages, when pensioners are in the spending phase of retirement.</p>

<p><strong>Reasons against introducing means testing</strong></p>

<p>Jack raises some interesting points, particularly from an actuarial perspective on the State Pension system as a whole. I want to look at some of the reasons why means testing may not be the right approach, drawing on my background in individual retirement planning and focusing on how it could affect retirement outcomes. </p>

<div><strong>1. Undermining incentives to save for retirement</strong></div>

<div>One of the biggest risks is that means testing could discourage people from saving for retirement if higher savings reduce their State Pension entitlement. This may be particularly relevant for lower earners, who may be more likely to reduce their pension contributions.</div>

<p>The UK is already facing a significant retirement savings challenge, with many people either under-saving or not saving at all. Analysis from the Department for Work and Pensions suggests that:</p>

<p>Only 25% of individuals earning less than &pound;10,000 per year are saving into a pension.75% of individuals earning between &pound;10,000 and &pound;20,000 a year are, at most, saving at the minimum auto-enrolment contributions level of 8% of salary.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWMeans21703261.jpg" style="height:339px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Retaining a uniform State Pension reduces the risk of lower-income savers being discouraged from saving into a pension. </p>

<div><strong>2. Other areas of focus, such as the State Pension triple lock</strong></div>

<div>There is a range of public analysis highlighting the cost of the triple lock, which, as Jack notes, may disproportionately benefit higher earners who tend to live longer. These include:</div>

<p>Analysis from the Institute for Fiscal Studies suggesting that, since 2011, the triple lock has added &pound;11bn a year to the cost of the State Pension.Analysis from the Office for Budget Responsibility suggesting that the triple lock could add &pound;43bn a year to the cost of the State Pension in the early 2070s.</p>

<p>These are significant costs for taxpayers. A fair question is whether some of that spending could instead be used to increase the base level of State Pension income. </p>

<p>Several suggestions have been made about how the triple lock could change. However, any reform would be politically controversial, and the main political parties have tended to treat the triple lock as close to untouchable.</p>

<div><strong>3. Administrative complexity and costs</strong></div>

<div>One obvious disadvantage of means testing is the additional administrative complexity and cost. There are several international examples of means-testing systems operating successfully. One example is Australia, which uses a combination of income- and asset-based means testing. However, analysis of UK and international means-tested schemes suggests that introducing a means-testing element could increase the administration costs of the State Pension by a factor of three to four.</div>

<p>There is also a risk that added complexity could discourage people from claiming other means-tested benefits. In the UK, it is estimated that around 38% of eligible pensioners do not claim Pension Credit, possibly because of the complexity involved in claiming it.</p>

<div><strong>4. Public reaction</strong></div>

<div>Discussion in the press about changes to the State Pension, whether financial or age-related, is often met with strong public criticism. Comments responding to Jack&rsquo;s recent press coverage highlighted a widely held view that the State Pension is an entitlement earned through a lifetime of National Insurance contributions, rather than a benefit in the same sense as other forms of state support.</div>

<p>Public and political opposition to something as fundamental as means testing would be substantial. It would take a very bold politician to propose a policy that may deliver no savings for five to ten years, yet prove immediately unpopular with the electorate.</p>

<p><strong>So, should the State Pension be means tested?</strong></p>

<p>As Jack and James have highlighted, any move towards means testing would have implications well beyond the State Pension itself, touching everything from retirement saving behaviour to perceptions of entitlement and fairness in society.</p>

<p>Trade-offs are unavoidable, and the 'right' answer depends on priorities as much as economics. The complexity of the issue, combined with the public sensitivity around pensions, makes this one of the most politically difficult debates in UK retirement policy.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/means-testing-the-state-pension-26419.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Evolved Risk Transfers Offers Opportunity For Small Schemes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>They explain that a growth in innovation from established insurers and rise in the number of providers in the market have rapidly changed the traditional broking dynamic. As a result, these small schemes are now able to attract greater insurer interest and have increased leverage to negotiate better pricing and commercial terms. It says that small schemes must recognise and embrace this change and approach the transaction with a renewed commercial mindset or they risk leaving money on the table.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the growing momentum among small schemes, Iain Church, Head of Core Transactions and Risk Transfer Specialist, Hymans Robertson, says: </strong>&ldquo;We&rsquo;ve seen more change in the small-scheme end of the market in the past few years than in the decade before it. Where many trustees once faced limited insurer appetite, today they can access broader choice, improved pricing and more flexibility to tailor transaction structures to meet their specific needs. Innovation from established providers, combined with the arrival of new market entrants, has reshaped what&rsquo;s possible. The effect is clear: more competition, more engagement and better outcomes for smaller schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This rapid growth means that even schemes traditionally considered too small to get quotes from multiple insurers now have more choice than ever before. Small schemes should embrace this changed dynamic and approach the buy-in and buy-out process with a commercial mindset to achieve the best they can for the scheme and members. By carefully considering their broking strategy, trustees can make the most of expanding insurer appetite, greater innovation and strong pricing conditions. Defaulting to a standardised process without carefully considering the market dynamics, and what insurer opportunities are out there, risks leaking value and could result in a poorer member experience.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In addition to increased competition for small schemes, we&rsquo;re also seeing important developments in post-buy-in capabilities. Insurer investment in post-transaction processes means some schemes can progress from buy-in to buy-out in single-digit months if data issues are resolved early. Others are introducing post-buy-in services that include data cleansing or GMP equalisation, reducing the administrative burden on trustees and providing certainty on buy-out timescales.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;With supply increasing and demand rising, smaller schemes that don&rsquo;t fully consider the opportunities available in the market risk being caught in growing backlogs for buy-out and higher scheme costs.  Considering this early, using the right tools and getting specialist advice gives smaller schemes the best chance of securing strong outcomes for members and sponsors alike.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/hymans-robertson-risk-transfer-report-2026-1.pdf"><strong>Hymans Robertson&rsquo;s Annual Risk Transfer Report</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/evolved-risk-transfers-offers-opportunity-for-small-schemes-26417.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pessimism Sets In Despite Trumps Bullish Stance On Iran War</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&lsquo;&rsquo;President Trump sounded bullish before reporters in the Oval Office about the trajectory of the war with Iran, but the conflict has become entrenched and shows little sign of being &lsquo;wrapped up very soon&rsquo;, despite his claims.</p>

<p>Tehran has launched intense attacks on the American embassy in Iraq and is continuing to strike key infrastructure sites of US allies across the Middle East. Iran is intent on causing as much disruption and damage to facilities as possible to stop the flow of oil, with energy its key weapon in this conflict.</p>

<p>The optimism which mounted on Monday is fizzling out. Crude prices are rising again, and London&rsquo;s FTSE 100 has had a flat start to trading, with energy giants offering some support but other losses, such as falls in airline stocks, offsetting gains. Investors are assessing the impact of a longer, drawn-out conflict on economies around the world. European indices are expected to be in the red in early trade, and more pessimism is set to spread on Wall Street.</p>

<p>The airline industry is still reeling from the repercussions of intense strikes across the Middle East. As drones continue to infiltrate the skies, it has caused a sharp reassessment of flight maps. The closure of UAE airspace overnight due to a drone attack on a fuel storage tank has dashed hopes of more permanent routes being re-established.</p>

<p>The tense situation, with travel warnings staying in place and demand for holidays plummeting, has prompted British Airways to cancel all flights to Dubai until at least June. Abu Dhabi flights remain cancelled until October, while routes have also been cancelled to Bahrain, Tel Aviv and Amman. Airlines are counting the high cost of cancellations, rerouting flights, and dented consumer confidence, while aviation fuel has shot up in price and is set to stay highly volatile.</p>

<p>While many airlines have oil hedging in place, securing a chunk of their fuel at fixed prices, it&rsquo;s not a failsafe solution, particularly if the war drags on much longer. Competition for other, safer destinations is also set to increase as holidaymakers rethink plans, which is likely to see ticket prices continue to rise.</p>

<p>The disruption of transport routes will cause huge headaches for conference organisers and hotel chains across the region. The UAE has been trying to project an image of business as usual despite the attacks, but with airlines cancelling routes, the viability of big events has come under serious question, and postponements are set to mount up. Kingdoms in the Gulf were counting on tourism and being hubs for global business to help diversify their economies, and this conflict is proving to be a major setback for those plans. London-listed Informa has seen shares continue to decline in early trading, as investors assess the impact on the global events organiser's operations, particularly in the Middle East. </p>

<p>While there appear to be back channels of communication which have opened up between Iran and nations like India, Pakistan and China, enabling safer passage for their tankers, the key Strait of Hormuz still largely out of bounds. Efforts by Trump to round up support from NATO members to increase security through the waterway have been met with considerable pushback. Finland&rsquo;s President, Alexander Stubb, has backed Keir Starmer after the UK Prime Minister was once again singled out by Trump for criticism for not acquiescing to US demands to support its military campaign. Finland and Germany&rsquo;s leaders have stressed that it&rsquo;s not a NATO war, with the Finnish President emphasising that peace mediation, not escalation, should be the priority.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pessimism-sets-in-despite-trumps-bullish-stance-on-iran-war-26414.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>From Peak Returns To Geopolitical Headwinds</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>We found that earnings remained strong in 2025 on solid underwriting results and elevated investment returns, but 2026 has begun with softer short tail pricing, abundant capital, and a fading reinvestment tailwind, which together may put pressure on margins.</p>

<p><strong>Key Highlights </strong><br />
-- The Reinsurers reported a record aggregate net income of $25.2 billion in 2025 because of strong underwriting results and solid investment income, despite the brutal start to 2025 with large losses from California wildfires. </p>

<p>-- Property catastrophe pricing is leading the softening of the global reinsurance market in 2026 with capacity oversupply while certain specialty lines may see greater volatility from global geopolitical tensions.</p>

<p>-- Investment income remained a major earnings driver in 2025, supported by larger asset bases, strong portfolio yields, and market gains on investments, but this tailwind is set to narrow in 2026 as reinvestment yields fall.</p>

<p>&ldquo;With narrower underwriting margins expected across many reinsurance business lines in 2026, appropriate risk selection and disciplined underwriting will become decisive differentiators for the Reinsurers' 2026 performance,&rdquo; <strong>said Steve Liu, Assistant Vice President, Global Insurance & Pension Ratings.</strong> &ldquo;The current Middle East conflict is likely to produce only temporary and localized price spikes in certain specialty reinsurance lines unless the loss patterns are significantly reshaped in 2026, discouraging capital deployment.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/DBRS MorningstarGlobal Property and Casualty Reinsurers 2025-26.pdf"><strong>Global Property and Casualty Reinsurers 2025-26: From Peak Returns to Geopolitical Headwinds</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/from-peak-returns-to-geopolitical-headwinds-26415.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Headline Fee Reductions Do Not Tell The Full Story</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In many asset classes, median Ongoing Charges Figures (OCFs) have risen even as median Annual Management Charges (AMCs) fall. This reflects higher additional expenses. The survey highlights that active global corporate bonds and global passive equity are notable exceptions to the general decline, with fee rates rising.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Since LCP&rsquo;s last survey, there have been various developments in fee rates offered by investment managers to institutional investors across the core asset classes. LCP used an illustrative &pound;50m mandate size to show the impact in real-money terms.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Findings include:</strong></div>

<div><em>The median AMC for the global active equity asset class has fallen by 0.07%, or &pound;35k; however, surprisingly, the OCF has increased by 0.01%, or &pound;5k.</em></div>

<div><em>Similarly, for active ESG equities, the median AMC has fallen by 0.02% or &pound;10k, whilst the OCF has increased by 0.08% or &pound;42k.</em></div>

<div><em>For global passive equities, the median AMC has increased by 0.07% or &pound;33k.</em></div>

<div><em>For global active corporate bonds, the median AMC has risen by 0.06% or &pound;28k.</em></div>

<div><em>Across pooled dynamic LDI funds, we&rsquo;ve seen a decrease in the headline median AMC of 0.09% or &pound;45k.</em></div>

<div>The survey also highlights several market themes and trends:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>UK DB pension schemes</strong></div>

<div>For a &pound;500m pension scheme, the aggregate fee rate being paid has fallen steadily from 0.41% in 2017 to 0.34% in 2025. This is equivalent to a saving of &pound;350k per annum, all else being equal. What&rsquo;s driving this is a combination of changing asset allocations and changes to fee rates across the underlying asset classes. The biggest impact is the reduction in equity allocations, which has nearly halved since 2017, and a subsequent increasing allocation to cheaper Liability Driven Investment (LDI) and bond mandates. This developing asset mix has been a long-term theme as pension schemes de-risk with improving funding positions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Total assets in UK DB pension schemes have fallen over the period from &pound;1.5 trillion to &pound;1.1 trillion. From the point of view of the  investment management industry, there has been a fall in fee revenue from UK DB schemes of around 40% since 2017.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Active equity and bond fee rates are moving in different directions</strong></div>

<div>Active equity fees continue to fall, while active corporate bond fees are rising. Higher interest rates have driven demand for credit strategies, with global active corporate bond fee rates increasing by 0.06% (&pound;30k on a &pound;50m mandate).  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Zero-fee funds: appealing headline, hidden drag</strong></div>

<div>In the last few years, we have seen the growth of zero fee index tracking funds. On the face of it, these look very appealing - no fees with minimal risk of underperforming the benchmark index - however, on closer analysis, there is often a tax drag, which can, in some cases, be bigger than any fees saved.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>LDI after the mini-Budget</strong></div>

<div>In LDI pooled funds, the headline average fee rates are down. However, adjusting for the leverage change before and after the mini-budget to maintain the same level of exposure, LCP found that the annual fee has risen by about 0.03%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Managers' business changes to respond to lower fees</strong></div>

<div>Active fee rates have fallen over the past decade as passive investing has grown. Many managers are responding through mergers and expansion into private markets, which typically command higher fees. Whether this move into private assets will help increase profitability and offer investors better value remains to be seen.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Matt Gibson, Head of Investment Research at LCP, said:</strong> &ldquo;Headline fee reductions can look positive, but they don&rsquo;t tell the full story, and for many asset classes, overall fees and costs can be both complex and opaque. It&rsquo;s really important that investors understand the fees and other costs they are paying and how they compare with other similar products.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Our survey shows that overall costs in pooled funds are often rising, driven by additional expenses and new charging structures. Investors need to dig deeper than the headline management fee and focus on total costs to ensure they&rsquo;re getting genuine value for money.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/headline-fee-reductions-do-not-tell-the-full-story-26420.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Smaller Pension Schemes Continue To Exit The Dc Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Pensions Regulator (TPR) is calling on DC trustees to review if their scheme presents value for savers, as the shift towards a market of fewer, larger schemes continues, driven by a decline in the number of smaller DC schemes. </p>

<p>The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s 2025 DC landscape report published today (Tuesday 17 March 2026), shows the number of DC schemes has decreased by 15% to 790 in 2025 - consistent with 2024&rsquo;s decline when the number of schemes fell below 1,000 for the first time. The decrease in the number of schemes is primarily driven by those with fewer than 5,000 memberships exiting the market. </p>

<p>At the same time, assets have continued to grow - from &pound;205 billion in 2024 to &pound;249 billion in 2025 &ndash; an increase of 22%, while memberships are up by 7% on last year. </p>

<p>Master trusts account for the majority of DC members, holding 30.1 million memberships (92%) and &pound;208 billion in assets (83%).  </p>

<p><strong>Richard Knox, TPR&rsquo;s Executive Director, Strategy, Policy and Analysis, said: </strong>&ldquo;People rightly expect to receive value from their hard-earned retirement savings. As we move towards a market of fewer larger schemes, master trusts now dominate. We believe that larger schemes are better placed to deliver value for money, including stronger investment returns and better service. </p>

<p>&ldquo;The current Pension Schemes Bill will speed up market dynamics. In the new pensions world, we urge pension trustees of smaller schemes, in particular, to review their scheme today. Those that cannot match the stronger performers should consolidate out of the market and transfer savers to a better value scheme.&rdquo; </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/smaller-pension-schemes-continue-to-exit-the-dc-market-26418.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>A Redress System That Works Better For Consumers And Firms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Charlotte Clark, Director of cross-cutting policy and strategy, FCA</strong></p>

<p>We&rsquo;re delivering change at speed by acting now within our current powers, with a focus on improving how the system works in practice. This includes a new registration stage for complaints, updated dismissal grounds and clearer guidance on the fair and reasonable test.</p>

<p>Throughout, our aim has been to improve alignment, predictability and early engagement across the system &ndash; while maintaining strong and effective consumer protection.</p>

<div><strong>Better for consumers</strong></div>

<div>For consumers, this means a smoother and more effective journey when problems arise, with complaints handled promptly by their financial services firm, and fair and fast compensation where it&rsquo;s due. </div>

<p>Strong consumer protection is not just about rights on paper, but about how well the system delivers for people when they need it most. A system that enables earlier identification of harm, better coordination and clearer expectations should help reduce unnecessary delay and uncertainty for consumers, and support more consistent outcomes. </p>

<p>Consumer stakeholders told us that harm can grow quickly when issues affecting many customers are not spotted early enough. In response, we&rsquo;ve changed how we assess potential harm in the round. This includes also considering the number and makeup of firms across a market or multiple markets that are affected, rather than relying solely on the number of consumers impacted. This will further support earlier identification of issues and more timely regulatory action.</p>

<p>Firms&rsquo; responsibilities to handle complaints fairly and promptly remain unchanged, and the Financial Ombudsman will continue to operate independently, making decisions that are fair and reasonable in individual cases. The focus is on improving how the system functions day-to-day, so that it delivers better outcomes more regularly.</p>

<div><strong>Better for firms</strong></div>

<div>For firms, greater alignment between the FCA and the Financial Ombudsman, alongside clearer routes for early engagement when issues arise, should provide more confidence and predictability. Our changes will help firms understand when to escalate issues, what information is needed, and how wider redress concerns are likely to be approached &ndash; supporting better decision making and earlier action. Greater clarity about our expectations, coupled with more predictability of how issues will be handled, will help firms invest, grow and compete.</div>

<p>We&rsquo;ll continue to work at pace across the whole of the regulatory system to support the Government&rsquo;s broader reformsLink is external. But by strengthening cooperation, encouraging earlier resolution and improving transparency now, we&rsquo;re creating a redress framework that is fairer, more proportionate and effective &ndash; one that works better for consumers, provides greater certainty for firms, and builds confidence and trust in UK financial services.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/a-redress-system-that-works-better-for-consumers-and-firms-26416.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dc Schemes Down 15 Percent In 2025 Amid Maturing Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Between 2011 and 2025 the total number of schemes decreased by 78%, from 3,660 to 790. Total memberships increased by 7% between 2024 and 2025, from 30.6 million memberships in 2024 to 32.8 million memberships in 2025. With 30.1 million memberships, master trusts continue to provide for the majority (or 92%) of DC memberships. DC scheme assets (excluding micro and hybrid schemes) have grown by 22%, from &pound;205 billion in 2024 to &pound;249 billion in 2025. Master trusts hold &pound;208 billion in assets (83% of DC schemes assets in total, excluding hybrid schemes).  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kelly Parsons, Head of DC Proposition at Broadstone commented:</strong> &ldquo;The latest data from TPR emphasises the rapid change undergoing the UK&rsquo;s DC market. The extent of the reduction in scheme numbers, combined with rising assets and member volumes, highlights how quickly provision is concentrating into a smaller pool of providers. Master trusts, in particular, continue to strengthen their position as the primary vehicle for workplace DC saving. In this environment, sub-scale schemes may face increasing pressure to consider strategic consolidation or partnerships to remain sustainable and meet member expectations. At the same time, the rising number of deferred members highlights a more complex membership profile, with individuals holding multiple pots. Schemes will need to prioritise effective engagement, data-driven insights, and member support to deliver meaningful retirement outcomes. For trustees and employers, the data serves as a timely reminder to review whether their current DC arrangements remain fit for purpose in a market that is becoming more concentrated, more competitive, and increasingly focused on delivering demonstrable value for members.</div>

<p><strong>Maurice Titley, Commercial Director Data & Dashboards at Lumera: </strong>&ldquo;The latest data from TPR points to a continued structural shift within the DC market, characterised by ongoing consolidation and steady growth in memberships. The 15% reduction in the number of schemes over the past year, and the longer-term decline, reflects a market increasingly oriented towards fewer, larger arrangements. At the same time, membership growth, driven primarily by deferred members, indicates a maturing system where individuals are accumulating multiple pots across their working lives, and emphasises the challenges the industry faces in areas like small pots consolidation. The continued expansion of master trusts, both in terms of membership and assets, further underlines the importance of scale in the current environment. These trends reinforce the regulator&rsquo;s direction of travel, where scale, governance standards and operational capability are becoming increasingly important in supporting member outcomes. As the DC market continues to develop, the focus will be on how larger schemes utilise data, technology and scheme design to support members through both accumulation and decumulation.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/document-library/research-and-analysis/occupational-defined-contribution-landscape-2025"><strong>TPR Occupational defined contribution landscape in the UK 2025</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dc-schemes-down-15-percent-in-2025-amid-maturing-market-26421.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Improving Retirement Outcomes And Economic Growth</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Royal London and Oxford Economics have today launched a landmark report, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Royal London-higher-auto-enrolment-contributions-2026.pdf"><strong>&lsquo;Higher auto-enrolment contributions, pension adequacy and economic outcomes.&rsquo;</strong></a></p>

<p>Based on analysis assessing the impact of pension contribution reforms on the retirement prospects of households, Royal London is urging policymakers to set out a plan to increase default contributions to more adequate levels.</p>

<p>The analysis includes the improved outlook for people reaching retirement and also considers the short and long-term impact on the economy.</p>

<p>It models five reform scenarios, exploring a range of potential changes to auto-enrolment rules, including existing proposals to reduce the minimum age and remove the lower earnings limit, but also making headline increases in default saving rates. Each scenario is designed to reflect international evidence that gradual increases give employers and employees time to adjust, building towards higher contributions over time.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_RoyalLondonImproving1703261.jpg" style="height:230px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>The analysis reveals that most households are currently falling short of both key adequacy benchmarks: the Retirement Living Standards (RLS) and Target Replacement Rate (TRR). By 2040, only 36% of households that have only Defined Contribution pensions are expected to meet the TRR threshold, and just 26% will likely achieve the moderate RLS benchmark. This highlights the need for long-term reform to ensure many more people can enjoy a comfortable retirement.</p>

<p>The modelling also shows that, by 2060, an increased flow of savings into pension schemes would boost UK investment from the pension sector, leading to GDP gains ranging from &pound;0.7 billion to &pound;6.2 billion, depending on the scenario, and illustrating how the benefits of these policies stretch beyond improving pension adequacy.</p>

<p><strong>Jamie Jenkins, director of policy at Royal London, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The analysis makes clear that without higher default contributions, millions of people risk falling short of a decent income in retirement, and it sets out ways in which we might start to address this through increasing contributions over time.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It also illustrates that, over time, there are benefits to the economy in helping drive growth, something which everyone can benefit from. This is clearly a very challenging period for both businesses and households alike, and now is not the right time to start this journey, but we should make a plan to increase pension saving when that time arrives, and hopefully head off the more significant challenges of having an increasingly large and under-saved population of people in retirement.</p>

<p>&ldquo;We hope this analysis provides an important contribution to the work of the Pensions Commission, enriching the evidence base for its recommendations.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Alex Stewart, Associate Director of Economic Impact at Oxford Economics, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Despite the progress made through automatic enrolment, many households are expected to reach retirement without sufficient pension savings in place. Our research shows that reforms to minimum default contribution rates can materially improve pension adequacy. However, our research goes further providing a holistic assessment into how reform will impact the wider economy. We estimate that by 2060 the annual GDP gains from automatic enrolment reform could be as high as &pound;6 billion.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/improving-retirement-outcomes-and-economic-growth-26422.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>You  039 ll Be Popular  Just Not Quite As Popular As Ig</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Alex White - Co-Head of ALM, Gallagher</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, if everyone is buying the same thing, it may be great or it may be overpriced; and if no-one is buying something it may be useless or it may be good value.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Distressed debt is a great example - no one wants bonds which have already defaulted, but a skilled manager with a bit of patience can often extract a lot of value out of them. It&rsquo;s often hard to tell whether you&rsquo;re a brilliant contrarian or a stubborn fool who hasn&rsquo;t seen what everyone else has.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Sometimes though, assets reach such extremes that you can have a fair degree of confidence. For example, we can compare Investment Grade (IG) credit with insurance linked securities (ILS)[1] in current markets[2].</div>

<div> </div>

<div>On the surface, this is not a like-for-like comparison. &pound;1m of ILS is much riskier than &pound;1m of IG credit, and has a meaningful chance of losing all its value. But we don&rsquo;t need to compare &pound;1m with &pound;1m. Credit returns, at least on a hold to maturity basis, are relatively knowable - you&rsquo;ll earn the prevailing yield, or the rate plus the spread. Currently spreads are close to historical lows- i.e. credit is about as expensive as it&rsquo;s ever been, and you might earn about 50-70bps after defaults.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For ILS, this is harder, as you need some sense of how much damage you&rsquo;ll get from natural disasters. However, the yields are knowable, and are currently at historic highs, with 30% yields achievable[3]. ILS has had some bad years, which spooked investors, and now it&rsquo;s cheap. That could translate to an expected excess return of 7-8%. That is, if I need to earn the same return as &pound;10m of credit, I can do it with &pound;700k-&pound;1m of ILS and &pound;9-9.3m of cash.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Now the risk profile looks very different. The first portfolio, all in IG, can easily lose 10%; even just a return to more typical spreads on a duration 7 portfolio would be about half of that. The ILS might lose all its value, but the second portfolio would still only lose 7-10% in a worst-case scenario.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Now the typical counter is that credit losses aren&rsquo;t losses in the same way, because you can simply wait. I&rsquo;ve written about why this may not be true (e.g. due to unexpected cashflows), but even if we take it as a given, the second investor group could just wait for spreads to widen (knowing that they mean revert too) and buy IG when the price is attractive.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Now most investors should not replace entire IG portfolios with ILS and cash. But they could replace 10% of their IG. And if IG spreads tighten and ILS yields widen, they might do a bit more. A mixture of both also benefits from diversification, not least because hurricanes are rarely caused by financial crashes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Either way, when markers in fixed income are at sufficiently extreme levels, the contrarian position becomes increasingly attractive. To me at least, the unpopular asset looks much better value right now.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>[1] ILS, or insurance linked securities, here refers to catastrophe reinsurance- you earn the yield unless specific insurance losses, typically from US hurricanes, go above a certain threshold, where you start covering the losses- so you mostly make a decent return, but with very large tail risk</em></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>[2] mid Jan 2026</em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>[3] The market is fairly complex and negotiated, which means as yields widen investors are also often getting more favourable legal terms, as they&rsquo;re generally negotiating from a stronger position when they&rsquo;re a more scarce resource</em></span></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/you--039-ll-be-popular--just-not-quite-as-popular-as-ig-26411.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Conflict Impacts Revenue Of Top Mea Reinsurers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>GlobalData&rsquo;s Middle East and Africa Reinsurers Database reveals that in 2024, reinsurers in the MEA region posted premiums of $4.4 billion, which represented 1.1% of global reinsurance premiums. Over the period 2020&ndash;24, they achieved around a 7.1% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). However, the US-Israel and Iran war is expected to have a major impact on the MEA reinsurers&rsquo; operations, as the war&rsquo;s effect is dual: direct exposure in or near conflict zones raises loss potential and pricing risk, and indirect effects (higher reinsurance costs, global capital movement, inflation) put upward pressure on premiums.</p>

<p><strong>Manogna Vangari, Insurance Analyst at GlobalData, comments: </strong>&ldquo;In 2024, the MEA reinsurance market was heavily concentrated among a few major players, with the top five reinsurers capturing 64.1% of total premiums. African Re solidified its market leadership, increasing its share from 25.2% in 2023 to 27.2% in 2024. Reinsurers based in the Middle East accounted for 20.7% of premiums, with Saudi Re, Kuwait Re, and Oman Re collectively contributing 15.7%.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_GlobalDataMEA11603261.jpg" style="height:326px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>While many reinsurers rely largely on international markets for their business, African Re and Arundo Re are exceptions&mdash;each earns the majority of its revenue locally in the MEA, at roughly 87.5% and 80%, respectively. By comparison, Saudi Re draws only about 42.5% of its business from the MEA, with the remaining 57.5% from global operations.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_GlobalDataMEA21603261.jpg" style="height:326px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Vangari adds:</strong> &ldquo;Reinsurers across the MEA region face mounting pressure. Countries such as Iran, the UAE, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Bahrain, Oman, Iraq, Kuwait, and Israel are currently grappling with missile and drone strikes, airspace closures, and trade-route disruptions. Specialized insurance lines&mdash;marine, aviation, war risk, hull, cargo, and energy&mdash;are seeing sharp premium hikes, policy cancellations, and tighter war-risk exclusions amid rising losses.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Several members of the International Group of P&I Clubs announced that they will cease providing war-risk coverage for vessels operating in and around Iran&mdash;including the Strait of Hormuz&rsquo; coastal waters up to 12 nautical miles&mdash;and throughout the Persian Gulf from March 5, 2026. These decisions reflect heightened security concerns in one of the world&rsquo;s most important energy corridors.</p>

<p>In the Gulf region, near-term rate increases for the marine hull line are projected at 25-50%, while some underwriters have already cancelled annual hull war policies under standard seven-day war clauses. However, in response to growing war risks and reinsurers&rsquo; refusal to cover risks in the region, the US established a major reinsurance facility in March 2026 through the International Development Finance Corporation and the US Treasury Secretary, under which it will provide up to $20 billion in maritime reinsurance (including war risk) in the Gulf region. This is expected to ease reinsurance capacity in the region.</p>

<p><strong>Vangari continues:</strong> &ldquo;Alongside these challenges, reinsurers are investing in AI to enhance underwriting and pricing, and increasingly adopting AI-powered tools to assess risk and improve operational efficiency. Additionally, regulatory shifts in the region are pushing for greater use of technology. For instance, Saudi regulators now require more robustness in operational risk and data management, which strengthens the case for adopting AI and digital tools.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Innovation is no longer experimental: modular policies, microinsurance, embedded insurance, and parametric triggers are gaining mainstream traction. Collaboration among insurtechs, fintechs, regulatory bodies, and alternative capital providers is accelerating the development and rollout of these offerings. If reinsurers successfully navigate regulatory, data, and operational hurdles, they stand to significantly expand their reach, relevance, and resilience in a rapidly evolving risk landscape.</p>

<p><strong>Vangari concludes:</strong> &ldquo;Reinsurers in the MEA region are generally operating with strong capital buffers. However, they face severe challenges in specialty lines, including marine, aviation, political violence, energy, and trade credit. Their responses so far have been defensive: demanding higher premiums, tightening terms, and reducing capacity. While immediate risks are manageable as long as conflict remains limited in scope and duration, a prolonged or escalated scenario could place serious stress on reinsurance markets and local insurers across the region.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-conflict-impacts-revenue-of-top-mea-reinsurers-26413.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mixed Start For Stocks As Central Banks Gauge Oil Prices</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s an air of calm around London markets this morning. The FTSE 100 has posted a gain while ignoring cues from Asian indices, which saw widespread losses overnight despite better-than-expected data for industrial output and retail sales in China. But with Asian economies acutely reliant on oil imports, rising energy prices continue to dominate, with Brent Crude continuing its ascent to around $104 per barrel. So far, there&rsquo;s been no commitment by the international community in response to Donald Trump&rsquo;s appeal for a naval coalition to secure the Strait of Hormuz. However, the UK&rsquo;s leading index is partially hedged due to its exposure to oil & gas producers and the defence industry. The heavy weighting from pharmaceutical companies provides a further defensive layer, and recent earnings from banks and financials, another key contributor to the index paint a picture of resilience.</p>

<p>Later in the week, central bank decisions will become a key focus for investors. The UK, US, Japan and Eurozone are all expected to leave rates on hold, with Australia being the notable exception, as strong consumer spending and inflation well above target are expected to see rate setters try to take a little steam out of the economy. Over the course of 2026, we expect further cuts by both the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve, but no reductions from the European Central Bank until at least next year. On the other hand, we&rsquo;re expecting the Bank of Japan to raise rates, with the current interest rates well below the rate of inflation. However, if the current spike in oil prices persists, we may need to revise these views as policy makers grapple with the conflicting inflationary pressure and brakes on economic growth that come with higher energy costs.</p>

<p>Overall, however the war has seen yield curves steepen, which has taken the wind out of gold investors&rsquo; sails, and the precious metal dipped below $5,000 per ounce over the weekend before recovering some ground. Keep in mind, it&rsquo;s still 67% higher on a one-year view, so some profit-taking is to be expected. However, even if central banks don&rsquo;t produce any surprises this week, all asset classes are likely to prove sensitive to guidance and commentary around the path for rates later in the year.</p>

<p>US stock futures are pointing to a positive start. Tech investors will be assessing the next developments in AI as NVIDIA kicks off its annual GPU Technology Conference (GTC). As well as NVIDIA&rsquo;s rapid advances across the technology stack, there's also likely to be an increased focus on the revenue generation potential of AI for NVIDIA's customers as the tools build mainstream momentum. </p>

<p>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown:</p>

<p>&ldquo;All eyes at Nvidia&rsquo;s Global Tech Conference will be on what Jensen Huang unveils, with investors hoping to see new chips designed for the next phase of the AI boom, potentially shaped by the company&rsquo;s recent $20bn move to access Groq&rsquo;s low-latency technology. Despite posting eye-watering financial results, Nvidia still trades on a relatively modest valuation, with some investors questioning whether it can remain dominant as AI demand shifts from training models to running them in the real world (inference). If Jensen can show Nvidia has the hardware to lead not just in building AI, but in powering its everyday use, this event could be a key moment in building confidence that Nvidia will remain the defining name in the next leg of the AI race.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mixed-start-for-stocks-as-central-banks-gauge-oil-prices-26408.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>9 In 10 Do Not Know Their Pension Tax Relief Rate</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Almost nine in ten Brits (88%) do not know the rate of tax relief they receive on pension contributions, according to new research from PensionBee, a leading online retirement savings provider, published just weeks before the end of the 5 April tax year deadline.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A nationally representative survey of 1,000 UK adults aged 18 to 66, conducted in March 2026, found that just 12% of respondents know the exact rate of tax relief they personally receive on their pension contributions. Three quarters of Brits (75%) are in the dark about the tax relief they receive on their pensions. Almost a third (31%) said they were not aware that pension contributions receive tax relief at all, while a similar proportion (34%) said they knew they received tax relief but did not know the rate. A further 10% said they were unsure, while 14% said they do not currently contribute to a pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With the end of the tax year fast approaching, the findings suggest many savers may be missing a valuable opportunity to boost their retirement savings through additional pension contributions that benefit from tax relief. For higher and additional rate taxpayers in particular, this can also include claiming extra relief through Self Assessment - something PensionBee&rsquo;s previous research has highlighted many people fail to do, leaving significant sums in unclaimed tax relief each year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Some savers considering pension top-ups before the tax year end</strong></div>

<div>Ahead of the tax year deadline, some savers are considering boosting their retirement savings. Around one in five (20%) said they plan to make an additional pension contribution before 5 April, while 9% said they have already topped up their pension this tax year. However, nearly half of respondents (48%) said they do not currently plan to make an additional contribution, 10% said they do not currently contribute towards a pension and 13% said they were unsure.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How Brits would invest spare savings before the tax year end</strong></div>

<div>The research also highlights the range of ways people consider using spare savings. When asked where they would be most likely to invest extra money before the tax year ends, respondents most commonly chose savings accounts (35%) and ISAs (30%), highlighting the continued popularity of tax-efficient and easily accessible savings options. Other choices included paying down a mortgage (12%) and making pension contributions (11%), suggesting that while many people prioritise short-term or flexible savings, a proportion are also considering using the tax year deadline as an opportunity to boost their retirement savings. A further 6% said they would not invest the money and a final 6% said they were not sure.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Awareness gap around pension tax perks</strong></div>

<div>The findings build on earlier research from PensionBee highlighting gaps in awareness around pension tax incentives. Previously, PensionBee research found that many self-employed workers without pensions were unaware they could receive tax relief on contributions, despite being open to saving for retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee, said:</strong> &ldquo;Pension tax relief is one of the most valuable incentives available to UK savers, yet our research shows that most people don&rsquo;t fully understand how it works &ndash; or even that they benefit from it. With the end of the tax year approaching, it&rsquo;s a good moment for savers to review their finances and consider whether they could make an additional pension contribution. Even a small top-up can receive a boost through tax relief, helping retirement savings grow over time. For those with access to salary sacrifice through their workplace, contributing this way can also bring additional tax and National Insurance savings, although the rules are expected to change in the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While savings accounts and ISAs are often the first options people think of, pensions remain one of the most important tax-efficient ways to invest for the long term. Improving awareness of these benefits could help more people make the most of the incentives available to them.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>PensionBee has its <a href="https://www.pensionbee.com/uk/pension-tax-relief-calculator">Pension Tax Relief Calculator</a> to see how much tax relief savers could get on their pension contributions.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/9-in-10-do-not-know-their-pension-tax-relief-rate-26409.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Iht Tax Reforms Drive Demand For Gifting With Control</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>High Net Worth families are increasingly turning to &lsquo;gifting with control&rsquo; strategies as inheritance tax (IHT) reforms prompt a reassessment of how wealth is passed between generations, according to Utmost, a leading global provider of insurance-based wealth solutions.</p>

<p>HMRC figures show that the frozen IHT thresholds are already set to drive tax receipts to a fifth consecutive annual record haul in 2025/26. The further tightening of the regime will accelerate this trend and the OBR once more uprated its projections for IHT at the Spring Statement, now estimating that the Treasury will collect an extra &pound;0.7 billion, taking total receipts to &pound;70.6 billion, between 2025/26 and 2030/31.</p>

<p>Forthcoming reforms bringing unused pension funds within the scope of inheritance tax from 2027 are also reshaping wealth planning strategies, with pensions historically used as an efficient vehicle for passing on wealth outside the estate.</p>

<p>As a result, Utmost says clients are increasingly exploring lifetime gifting to reduce the taxable value of their estate, with these gifts falling outside the taxable estate if the donor survives for seven years, under the Potentially Exempt Transfer rules. However, advisers warn that outright gifts can leave donors exposed if circumstances change, through life events like divorce, or if beneficiaries receive substantial wealth before they are financially prepared.</p>

<p>As such, rather than making outright transfers, many families are seeking structures that allow them to retain oversight of how wealth is distributed to future generations.</p>

<p>This approach, often described as &lsquo;gifting with control,&rsquo; can involve placing assets into trusts or other planning structures allowing funds to be released gradually, for example when beneficiaries reach certain ages or life milestones.</p>

<p>Discretionary trusts are often used in these strategies as they allow trustees to retain flexibility over how and when funds are distributed. Utmost analysis of Trust Registration Service (TRS) data earlier this year showed that 121,000 new trusts were registered in 2024/25, taking the total number to 835,000 with the majority of trusts paying.</p>

<p><strong>Mark Jephcott, Senior Relationship Manager at Utmost&rsquo;s wealth advisory business, said: </strong>&ldquo;With inheritance tax receipts continuing to increase and further tightening of the regime being implemented over the rest of the decade, many families are reassessing how and when they pass on wealth.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Historically many clients expected to use pension assets as part of their legacy planning, but with those funds falling within the inheritance tax net from 6 April 2027, lifetime gifting is becoming a more common part of that conversation.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Rather than making outright gifts, families are increasingly looking at structures, like trusts or insurance-based solutions, that allow wealth to be transferred while retaining a degree of control over how it is used. These controls can be relaxed at specific milestones and help to ensure assets are protected and passed on efficiently while supporting long-term family objectives.&rdquo;</p>

<p>For advisers, the shift reflects a broader change in how clients approach succession planning. Instead of treating inheritance as a single event, families are increasingly planning how wealth will move between generations over time, balancing tax efficiency with responsible stewardship.</p>

<p>The trend highlights the importance of early planning, particularly as frozen thresholds and evolving tax rules continue to increase the number of estates potentially exposed to inheritance tax.</p>

<p>As a result, discussions around structured gifting, governance and intergenerational wealth planning are becoming an increasingly central part of financial advice for wealthy families.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/iht-tax-reforms-drive-demand-for-gifting-with-control-26410.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Boe To Stand Firm As Geopolitics Rewrites Rate Path</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>John Wyn Evans, Head of Market Analysis at Rathbones: </strong>&ldquo;As the conflict in Iran enters its third week, markets are showing a surface calm that belies the scale of the risks. Equity indices have softened but remain far from disorderly, helped in part by the flush-out of speculative positioning in week one. Yet no central banker will be reassured by this apparent resilience. Energy-driven inflation shocks are notoriously difficult to &lsquo;look through&rsquo;, and both the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve will be acutely aware of how quickly a temporary spike can become entrenched.</p>

<p>&quot;The early days of the Russia-Ukraine war still casts a long shadow. Then, policymakers underestimated the persistence of inflation and found themselves forced into a more aggressive tightening cycle than intended. The Bank is determined not to repeat that mistake. Inflation expectations have nudged higher, oil volatility is clouding the incoming data, and sterling has slipped as the dollar gains from the US&rsquo;s advantageous terms of trade as a net energy exporter.</p>

<p>&quot;Investors, too, carry the scars of 2022, when equities and bonds fell simultaneously. Some will worry we are heading for a repeat. I&rsquo;d temper those concerns. Rates and yields are already far higher than they were in early 2022, making another dramatic reset in the price of money less likely. And whereas inflation then was fuelled by both excess demand and disrupted supply, today&rsquo;s pressures are almost entirely supply-driven.</p>

<p>&quot;Higher energy prices are more likely to divert spending away from discretionary categories and suppress activity elsewhere rather than ignite a demand boom. That argues for central banks postponing cuts they had expected to deliver &mdash; not preparing to re-tighten policy. Even so, the substantial tail risk of a longer energy supply constraint and further upward inflationary pressures means that we remain reluctant to venture too far down the duration curve in terms of fixed income allocations. </p>

<p>&quot;Across the Atlantic, the Fed faces a similar dilemma. Cuts have been pushed further out, with some pricing drifting into 2027, and financial conditions have quietly tightened. But the US enters this period with comparatively stronger economic momentum and a currency strengthened by terms-of-trade dynamics. Even so, Chair Kevin Warsh&rsquo;s arrival brings uncertainties of its own &mdash; supportive of lower rates in principle, but also keen to shrink the Fed&rsquo;s balance sheet, a shift that could unsettle liquidity conditions.</p>

<p>&quot;Against this backdrop, the Bank of England is unlikely to surprise this week. Rate cuts once seen as plausible for spring have been fully priced out, and a rise later in the year can&rsquo;t be dismissed. With the duration of the conflict unclear, the most probable outcome is a holding pattern: not tightening, but certainly not loosening until the fog lifts.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/boe-to-stand-firm-as-geopolitics-rewrites-rate-path-26412.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Financial Pressure Could Undermine Long Term Pension Saving</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Employers are concerned that ongoing financial pressure is prompting employees to make short-term trade-offs that could affect long-term retirement saving, according to new research&sup1; from People&rsquo;s Pension&sup2;.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>More than six in ten employers (62%) say they are worried that financial pressure will lead to more employees opting out of workplace pensions. Almost two thirds (61%) expect staff to reduce contributions as they prioritise day-to-day living costs, at a time when inflation remains above 3% and many households continue to feel the cumulative impact of higher food, energy and mortgage costs compared with pre-2022 levels.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Concern is more pronounced among certain groups. Employers at medium-sized businesses are more likely to expect reduced contributions (72%), as are employers in London (72%) and Yorkshire and Humberside (80%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Affordability is only part of the picture. Nearly six in ten employers (59%) say employees do not fully understand the value of pensions as part of their total reward package, while more than half (52%) are concerned employees are not engaged or getting the most out of the pension available to them. Almost half (49%) acknowledge that they do not communicate or promote their workplace pension effectively within their organisation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Pressure is also evident in particular sectors. Employers in wholesale, retail and franchising (68%) and construction (64%) are more likely to say employees are struggling to maintain pension contributions, increasing the likelihood of reduced saving or opt-outs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The concerns come amid ongoing industry discussion about contribution adequacy. With the 8% auto-enrolment minimum widely considered unlikely on its own to deliver the level of retirement income many savers expect. Maintaining consistent contributions is increasingly important to achieving better long-term outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Despite these challenges, employers continue to recognise a broader responsibility. More than four in five SME decision-makers (82%) say they feel responsible for their employees&rsquo; overall financial wellbeing, even as three quarters (75%) acknowledge that rising business costs limit how much they can increase pay.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When asked what would most improve pension engagement, employers most commonly point to clearer communication and education about pensions (45%), alongside additional support for financial wellbeing and retirement planning (40%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stuart Reid, Distribution Director at People&rsquo;s Pension, said:</strong> &ldquo;Employers are navigating a period where both businesses and households are under sustained financial pressure, and there is understandable concern about the impact this may have on long-term saving behaviour. What this research highlights is that affordability and understanding are closely linked.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Even short breaks or reductions in pension contributions can have a disproportionate effect over time. When saving stops, people miss out not only on their own contributions but on employer payments and years of compounded growth - losses that are hard to rebuild. We see the long-term consequences of interrupted saving in the gender pension gap, where missing years due to childbirth and caring responsibilities have resulted in significantly lower retirement outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Workplace pensions remain one of the most effective ways to support long-term financial security, but engagement cannot be taken for granted. Employers can make a real difference by clearly explaining the value of employer contributions, highlighting the long-term impact of even small increases in saving, and offering simple guidance that helps employees balance short-term financial pressures with future retirement needs. Clear, consistent communication, particularly at key moments such as pay reviews or major life events, is crucial to keeping retirement saving on track.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/financial-pressure-could-undermine-long-term-pension-saving-26405.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>When Technical Price And Market Price Diverge</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Laura Hobern, Partner, LCP</strong></u></p>

<p>Many firms have more sophisticated models, better tools and more data than ever before. This is positive, but it can also create a false sense of comfort. Models may appear robust, yet they are often still built on limited data, judgemental assumptions and a degree of uncertainty that doesn&rsquo;t show up in the final figure. Modelling technical price alone is not enough; it needs to sit within a wider pricing framework that recognises both what models can tell us and what they cannot.</p>

<p>Too much reliance on technical pricing at an individual risk level can be misleading. However, dismissing technical pricing altogether is far more dangerous.</p>

<div><strong>Technical price and market price</strong></div>

<div>The technical price is the actuarial view of what a risk should cost. It reflects expected losses, expenses, capital requirements and target returns based on available data and assumptions. Its purpose is to anchor pricing decisions to a consistent, informed view of risk.</div>

<p>The market price, by contrast, is shaped by competition. It reflects available capacity, broker influence and growth targets. These forces intensify as capacity expands and competition increases.</p>

<p>A gap between technical and market price is inevitable. What matters is not the existence of the gap, but how well you understand and manage it.</p>

<div><strong>Softening markets hide risk in plain sight</strong></div>

<div>In a softening market, market prices usually move faster than risk. Competitive pressure drives rate reductions quickly, while loss trends can take years to emerge.</div>

<p>For example, a portfolio may show favourable loss ratios this year because it is still benefiting from last year&rsquo;s pricing. Meanwhile, new business is being written at thinner margins. On paper, performance looks healthy. In reality, the risk profile may already be shifting.</p>

<p>This claims lag can lead to a false sense of comfort. By the time deterioration shows up in the numbers, the portfolio has already changed shape.</p>

<p>Technical pricing remains critical in this environment. It gives you a consistent reference point to the underlying risk when market signals become unreliable. It is not a price that must always be achieved, but a way of understanding how far the business is moving away from its risk-based view and whether that movement is deliberate.</p>

<p>Without that anchor, under-pricing can build gradually. When correction comes, it is often sharper and more painful than it needed to be.</p>

<div><strong>Technical pricing as a diagnostic tool</strong></div>

<div>Technical pricing is most useful as a diagnosis tool rather than a strict rulebook. Used well, it provides insight into portfolio health, risk drift, and future volatility.</div>

<p>If you treat it as a reference point, it becomes easier to see what is actually happening. For example, are you winning new business based on quality and risk selection, or on price concessions? Are certain brokers consistently outside technical levels? Are technical price overrides becoming routine rather than occasional?</p>

<p>Problems tend to arise when models are overridden routinely without understanding why. Over time, those adjustments can become systematic, effectively changing your assumptions without scrutiny or validation. These patterns matter more than any single deal.</p>

<p>On the other hand, insisting on achieving the technical price in all circumstances is not the answer. Doing so can reduce competitiveness, encourage model manipulation, and reinforce the perception that actuarial pricing is disconnected from market reality. The aim is not perfection but, rather, informed decision making.</p>

<p>In practical terms, this means tracking how far and how often pricing departs from technical levels, asking for a clear rationale when deviations persist, and using model outputs to support discussion rather than to restrict decision making.</p>

<p>Many actuarial teams have strong technical capability, but less clarity on how to turn those outputs into insight for the business.</p>

<div><strong>What to monitor before results deteriorate</strong></div>

<div>By the time loss ratios deteriorate, the damage has already been done. In a soft market, you need to watch leading indicators carefully.</div>

<p>That does not mean building a long list of metrics. A small set of focused measures is often more effective. For example: how rate change compares to changes in technical adequacy, how often (and by how much) technical prices are overridden, where win rates are increasing, and whether technical inadequacy is concentrated in certain brokers or segments.</p>

<p>In practice, this can be challenging. Data often exists but it sits in different place, and discussions tend to focus on approvals rather than what the decisions add up to over time.</p>

<p>Even firms with sophisticated models can struggle to interpret divergence, translate outputs into insight and design management information that prompts timely action.</p>

<div><strong>Practical steps you can take straight away include:</strong></div>

<div><em>Building a small set of leading indicators reviewed regularly at senior level</em></div>

<div><em>Focusing discussions on patterns and trends rather than individual deals</em></div>

<div><em>Escalating emerging issues early rather than waiting for financial performance to force action.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Closing thoughts</strong></div>

<div>While divergence between technical and market price is an unavoidable part of operating in a soft market, the risk often lies not in the gap itself, but in failing to monitor, understand and manage it.</div>

<p>Used properly, technical pricing does not prevent commercial decisions.  Rather, it ensures that they are well-informed and deliberate.</p>

<p>In the next article in this series, we look at where technical pricing ends and judgement begins, and who decides how far to follow the market.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/when-technical-price-and-market-price-diverge-26407.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Membership Becoming More Diverse Than In The Past</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>But at a recent industry event hosted by LCP, Independent Governance Group (IGG) and Smart Pension, the majority of industry leaders who responded to an audience poll said that their member communications remained relatively standardised.  Encouragingly, however, around two thirds of all those who expressed a view said that they are keen to do more to reflect this growing diversity.  A further 1 in 5 said that &lsquo;We recognise our diverse membership and have [already] taken steps to reflect this.&rsquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The poll was undertaken as part of a webinar which brought together trustees, advisers, representatives of the Pensions Regulator and other industry experts to discuss the challenges faced by women from ethnic minority backgrounds in Britain when it comes to retirement. The conversation drew on the findings of a recent report on the subject entitled &lsquo;A glimmer of light on the horizon&rsquo;, undertaken by LCP, IGG and Smart.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research was based on more than 12 hours of focus groups, which included women from Indian and Sri Lankan, Pakistani and Bangladeshi, and Black African and Black Caribbean backgrounds, each split into older and younger age groups.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Two positive messages from the research, leading to the &lsquo;glimmer of light&rsquo; title, were:</strong></div>

<div><em>A generational shift, with younger women from these communities more likely to be in paid work, more likely to have had higher education and more likely to aspire to financial independence than their mothers and grandmothers;</em></div>

<p><em>A real hunger to know more about pensions and retirement finances, albeit starting from a low base of knowledge</em></p>

<div> </div>

<div>Some of the challenges highlighted in the report were ongoing knowledge gaps and mistrust around pensions, including uncertainty about tax relief and what happens to pensions when changing jobs. Many of the participants also preferred saving through property, business, gold, or community-based schemes, which they viewed as more tangible and within their control.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For pension providers and trustees, some of the ways in which they could tailor their communications to reflect this growing diversity ,which were highlighted in the report, included:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Using a diversity of ways to communicate about pensions:</strong> Use a range of formats and channels, and a range of voices, including trusted third parties such as spokespeople from different communities.</div>

<div><strong>Not assuming people understand the basics:</strong> Make sure all communications reiterate key points in a clear, jargon-free way.</div>

<div><strong>Putting information where people already are:</strong> Find out where members go for pension information and form partnerships, including with faith-based centres and other community networks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Shayala McRae, Principal at LCP, said:</strong> &ldquo;It&rsquo;s promising to see the industry wanting to do more. These discussions encourage us to listen, reflect and focus on what works, as well as what may have been overlooked when engaging with diverse member groups. The next step is to turn insights into practical actions that improve the experience for these members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Priti Ruparelia, Trustee Director and Head of DC at IGG, added:</strong> &ldquo;There isn&rsquo;t a one-size-fits-all approach to member engagement. That&rsquo;s why it was important for us to hear directly from women about the information they need, the channels they trust and how they want to be communicated with. Taking the time to understand those preferences helps us design engagement that will be more likely to deliver better outcomes.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-membership-becoming-more-diverse-than-in-the-past-26406.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Uk Growth Flatlines  Us Markets Stumble  Oil Stays Elevated</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;UK markets opened lower this morning, weighed down by a softer-than-expected GDP print and ongoing tensions in the Middle East. The economy failed to grow at all in January, suggesting activity was already subdued even before the recent jump in energy prices began to bite. That&rsquo;s starting to force a rethink of this year's outlook, with previous 1.0% growth expectations now looking optimistic - with some scenarios pointing to closer to 0.6%, 0.4% or even 0.1%, depending on how long elevated energy costs stick around. While some temporary factors may have played a role, the broader concern is that rising energy prices from March onwards are likely to squeeze both household spending and business investment, potentially leading to a loss of momentum in growth in the months ahead, just as inflation risks remain elevated.</p>

<p>It was a tough session for US markets last night, with the S&P 500 falling 1.5%, and futures pointing to more weakness heading into this afternoon's open. Investors are starting to question the assumption that the conflict in Iran will be a short-lived disruption, as increasingly heated rhetoric heightens the risk of sustained pressure on energy prices. Growth stocks were among the hardest hit, lagging value by around half a percentage point as markets leaned more defensively. Interestingly, software names have quietly become a bit of a hiding place for investors, climbing 6.5% so far in March after taking a bruising in recent months.</p>

<p>Energy markets are looking relatively calm this morning, but with oil prices still hovering around the $100 mark and weekly gains of roughly 8%, there&rsquo;s been little real let-up. Traders are continuing to weigh the fallout from the conflict with Iran, with no signs of de-escalation and production disruptions keeping supply concerns front of mind. With the Strait of Hormuz essentially closed, any measures to relieve price pressure are likely to be little more than a temporary stopgap.</p>

<p>Gold is on track for back-to-back weekly losses, as its traditional safe-haven appeal takes a back seat. The prospect of elevated energy prices, sticky inflation, and the knock-on impact of higher interest rates is proving a bigger concern for investors right now. Neither of those are particularly supportive for holders of a non-productive asset like gold, which doesn&rsquo;t offer any income to offset higher rates.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/uk-growth-flatlines--us-markets-stumble--oil-stays-elevated-26404.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Archaic Pension Transfer System Not Fit For Purpose</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Digital pensions platforms could provide &pound;18.1 billion annual benefits for the UK economy. But their potential economic impacts risk being undermined by the transfer system, which a landmark report released today labelled &ldquo;not fit for purpose&rdquo;, and called for the transfer deadline to be slashed from six months to just 30 working days. </p>

<p>The report, commissioned by a coalition of nine leading digital pension platforms including AJ Bell, Freetrade, Hargreaves Lansdown, Interactive Investor, J.P. Morgan Personal Investing, Moneybox, Monzo, PensionBee, and Vanguard, reveals just how fundamental a modernisation of the &quot;plumbing&quot; of the pensions market is to securing improved retirement outcomes and realising the economic growth afforded by digital pension platforms. </p>

<p>The analysis finds that the direct-to-consumer digital pension sector has already become a central pillar of the UK economy, with &pound;139 billion in assets under management&mdash;equivalent to 5% of UK GDP. By 2055, this sector alone is projected to contribute &pound;9.1 billion to the economy through higher productivity and &pound;9.0 billion through increased pensioner incomes.</p>

<p>Savers are currently confined by a 180-day statutory limit on transfers, a limit that seems out of touch with the rest of modern finance where a bank account can be switched in seven days and a Cash ISA transferred in fifteen. The report exposes how legacy providers often use &quot;sludge&quot; practices&mdash;such as requiring signatures on paper forms&mdash;to delay transfers. Even more concerning is the &quot;outright misuse&quot; of anti-scam legislation, where firms trigger &quot;amber flags&quot; for schemes provided by prominent FCA-regulated providers, for example.</p>

<p>These digital platforms have evolved from niche products into a mainstream lifeline, and for the UK&rsquo;s four million self-employed workers, these digital platforms are not a luxury but a necessity. Self-employed workers are largely shut out of traditional workplace schemes, and currently, only 20% of the self-employed contribute to a private pension, and a staggering 55% are on track to retire with nothing but the State Pension. Digital personal pensions offer the flexibility and transparency these workers need to manage irregular incomes and consolidate multiple &quot;fragmented pots&quot; to provide a better retirement. Engaging workers more effectively with their pension pots is the first step to boost engagement and contribution rates.</p>

<p>The coalition of firms including AJ Bell, Freetrade, Hargreaves Lansdown, Interactive Investor, J.P. Morgan Personal Investing, Moneybox, Monzo, PensionBee, and Vanguard, is calling on the Government to adopt a series of &quot;quick wins&quot; and long-term reforms to get people engaging with their savings again. </p>

<p>Chief among these is the reduction of the transfer deadline to 30 working days and the introduction of a &quot;digital-first&quot; presumption that makes manual paperwork the exception rather than the rule. The report also recommends a universal &quot;due-diligence checklist&quot; to ensure transparency over the reasons for blocking transfers, alongside a long-term Pensions Tax Roadmap to avoid the harmful speculation that precedes every Budget.</p>

<p><strong>The nine leading digital pension platforms recommend that:</strong></p>

<p>Slash Transfer Deadlines: Amend DWP regulations to reduce the statutory transfer backstop to 30 working days.Digital-First Presumption: Mandate that digital journeys become the default, requiring firms to &quot;comply or explain&quot; if they insist on manual paperwork.Standardised Due Diligence: Introduce a universal &quot;clean list&quot; and checklist to prevent providers from inventing arbitrary reasons to block transfers.Pensions Tax Roadmap: Establish a long-term roadmap to end the &quot;deleterious&quot; consumer harm caused by speculative tax rumors before every Budget</p>

<p>As the Government prepares for the 2026 Pensions Dashboard launch, the report warns that increased visibility without a modern transfer system will only lead to mass consumer frustration. </p>

<p>By implementing these recommendations, policymakers can ensure that the retail personal pensions market&mdash;which could ultimately contribute up to &pound;104 billion to the economy&mdash;continues to provide the choice and flexibility savers desperately need.</p>

<p><strong>Brian Byrnes, Director of Personal Finance at Moneybox said: </strong>&quot;The overall customer experience is only as good as the slowest innovators, and savers should not still be relying on paper processes in 2026. For too long, legacy providers have lagged in adopting innovations that improve saver engagement and outcomes. The FCA must look beyond headline statistics and examine why pension transfers so often stall. There are cases where providers flag &lsquo;overseas investments&rsquo; while offering the same global tracker funds themselves, raising questions about whether these flags are being used to frustrate legitimate transfers and retain customer funds.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee: </strong>&quot;Pensions belong to savers, not the Government or providers. Individuals carry the risk if their retirement savings fall short, so they should have real choice over how and where their money is invested. They must also be free to move providers easily, yet the transfer process still isn&rsquo;t fit for purpose. As workplace schemes consolidate, and investment strategies converge and move towards private markets, it&rsquo;s vital that savers can still vote with their feet when it comes to what may be the biggest and most consequential pot of money they'll ever own.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Tom Selby, Director of Public Policy at AJ Bell: </strong>&ldquo;With the development of the pensions environment at a pivotal crossroads, decisive policy action has never been so important. Government, regulators, and the pensions industry need to work together to tear down any existing barriers to support the government&rsquo;s retail investing drive and turn Brits from savers into a nation of investors. Driving down transfers times across the market is essential, as is aligning the regulatory approach for retail and workplace pensions so we can deliver better outcomes for investors and support the UK&rsquo;s retail investment ambitions.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Viktor Nebehaj, CEO at Freetrade: </strong>&ldquo;The current pension transfer system is not fit for purpose. At a time when consumers can switch bank accounts in days, it is unacceptable that pension transfers still have a six month deadline. Outdated, manual processes restrict choice, frustrate savers and risk undermining the benefits digital pension platforms can deliver. We need urgent reform to make pension transfers faster, simpler and fit for modern consumers.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Helen Morrissey, Head of Retirement Analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The pensions market is changing and personal pensions have a growing role to play, helping people take control of their savings, and understanding how to build for the retirement they want. Regulation should support this end with transfers taking days not weeks. The current pension transfer system is woefully out of step with wider financial services. Longer term we would like to see government revisit the Lifetime Pension Pot set up which allows people to choose which provider receives their contributions. It&rsquo;s a step that enables people to keep track of their pensions and could be a gamechanger in how people engage with them.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Colin Doyle, Head of Pension Investors at interactive investor:</strong> &ldquo;This report surfaces crucial insights on the value and evolution of the UK personal pensions market, highlighting the need for greater engagement and awareness &ndash; which chimes with the findings of our latest Great British Retirement Survey. We&rsquo;re proud to play our part in reshaping the UK DC pensions space by continuing to innovate and educate, helping meet a diverse set of consumer needs. The actions in this report are a welcome wake-up call for our industry and policymakers &ndash; we&rsquo;ll continue to fight for consumer confidence to help them take control of their financial futures.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Jo Phillips, General Manager, Pensions, Investments and Savings at Monzo: </strong>&ldquo;As a leading digital bank with more than 14 million customers, we transfer thousands of pensions every month - that&rsquo;s around two requests every minute. This demand shows how a simple, digital-first, and transparent pension product can truly engage people with their retirement savings. We support reforms that empower and protect consumers while enabling innovation, competition, and seamless transfers to thrive.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>James Larsen, Head of Strategy and Offer, Vanguard UK Personal Investor: </strong>&ldquo;We need standardised, digital-first pension transfers and a shift from a 180-day statutory limit to 30 working days. Delays leave savings stuck or uninvested and people disengaged. A system that works better for pensions savers will give more people a better chance of a comfortable retirement.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/archaic-pension-transfer-system-not-fit-for-purpose-26397.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Quarter Of A Century Of Pension Change And What May Be Next</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Graham McLean, Head of Scheme Funding, Shriti Jadav, Director, Retirement and Glyn Bradley, Director, Pensions Technical Unit, Retirement, WTW</strong></p>

<p>In 2025, DB sponsors paid more than double into DC pensions than into their DB schemes and with the upcoming surplus legislation, some may even start to take cash back from their DB schemes. Looking ahead over the next 25 years, the system is poised for further evolution - we anticipate shifts towards collective models, mega master trusts, AI-driven personalisation, and a renewed focus on retirement adequacy and intergenerational fairness.</p>

<div><strong>Part 1: 2000&ndash;2025 - The decline of DB pension provision</strong></div>

<div>At the start of the millennium, many DB pension schemes were still open to future benefit accrual, offering guaranteed lifetime income linked to final salary. But market downturns, falling interest rates, and rising life expectancy increased the expected cost of these promises, with changes to accounting standards adding further pressure.</div>

<p>Actuarial valuations 25 years ago were subject to very different requirements (but in spite of what some of my younger colleagues claim, valuations in 2000 did not involve the use of slide rules, even if assumptions were generally somewhat simpler than they are now!). The Pensions Regulator and the scheme-specific funding regime did not exist, and scheme funding requirements were driven by a combination of scheme rules and the Minimum Funding Requirement (MFR), which only came into force in 1997, but was already starting to show signs of creaking after just a few years.</p>

<p>With the bursting of the dot-com bubble and other pressures proving too much for the formulaic approach taken by the MFR, early 2000s failures such as Allied Steel and Wire highlighted the absence of an effective safety net for members of underfunded schemes whose sponsors collapsed. In response, the Government established the Pension Protection Fund (PPF) in 2005 to provide a statutory backstop for members of failed schemes and at the same time created the Pensions Regulator (TPR) to oversee a new scheme-specific funding regime. Wind-up debts on solvent employers were strengthened to the cost of buying out benefits with an insurer. These reforms reflected a strong policy focus on increased protection for accrued benefits in DB schemes, in spite of increasing costs and the wave of schemes closing to new entrants and to future benefit accrual.</p>

<p>Just over a decade later, the collapse of BHS (2016), and British Steel (2017&ndash;18) highlighted that the new regime still did not protect members' pensions in all circumstances, prompting Government pressure for further enhancements to security. By 2025, only 4% of private-sector PPF-eligible DB schemes remained open to new members, and active membership had fallen below one million[1].</p>

<div><strong>DC pension provision and auto-enrolment</strong></div>

<div>As DB schemes closed, employers shifted to DC plans for future benefit provision, where contributions are fixed but outcomes depend on investment performance. Initially, DC coverage was limited, especially among low-paid workers. This changed with the introduction of automatic enrolment in 2012.</div>

<p>Auto-enrolment required employers to enrol eligible workers into a pension scheme by default. By 2018, over 10 million people had been newly enrolled, and participation among eligible private-sector employees rose from 40% to 88%. Alongside public-service backed master trusts like NEST and not-for-profit providers like The People's Pension, successful commercial arrangements such as LifeSight expanded rapidly, reflecting employer demand for scale, governance, access to a wider range of asset classes and advanced engagement tools.</p>

<p>However, the minimum contribution rate of 8% was widely seen as inadequate. Analysts warned that most savers would not achieve DB-style replacement rates. By 2025, policymakers were considering reforms to increase contributions, lower the starting age, and remove earnings thresholds to improve adequacy.</p>

<div><strong>Pension freedoms and new risks</strong></div>

<div>In 2015, the Government introduced new pension freedoms, allowing DC savers to withdraw their pots flexibly instead of buying annuities. This gave retirees more control but also introduced new risks &ndash; poor investment decisions, scams, and the challenge of managing drawdown over an unknown retirement period.</div>

<p>British Steel illustrated the dangers of members receiving poor financial advice, prompting the FCA to tighten rules and mandate guidance. Pension Wise was launched to help individuals navigate their options, but many still struggled with complex decisions. By 2025, the industry was exploring default drawdown options and collective decumulation models to support retirees.</p>

<div>Regulation and the PPF</div>

<div>In 2016 the Government published a 'Green Paper' launching a review of &quot;Security and Sustainability in Defined Benefit Pension Schemes&quot;. Against a backdrop of high-profile corporate failures involving DB schemes, the emphasis shifted from questioning DB sustainability towards reinforcing confidence in the existing framework, eventually evolving into the 2018 White Paper &quot;Protecting Defined Benefit Pension Schemes&quot;. The Government concluded that the DB funding framework was working largely as intended but acknowledged the need for improvements in several areas. Alongside this, TPR was also pushing for changes to the DB funding regime that would make it easier to take action against schemes that it believed were not adequately funded because it had struggled to robustly challenge agreements reached under the subjective scheme-specific framework.</div>

<p>TPR launched a consultation on a new Funding Code (the &quot;Code&quot;) in March 2020, just as the country crashed into lockdown. After extensive and prolonged debate, the new funding regime finally came into effect for valuations with an effective date on or after 22 September 2024. By the time the Code came into force, many of the funding concerns that had originally motivated reform had been substantially eased by rising gilt yields, fundamentally altering the scheme funding landscape that the Code would operate on. With the UK economy in a very different position to when changes were first considered by Government, the political focus has, however, very much shifted from benefit security to economic growth and the potential for surplus sharing agreements, potentially limiting the extent to which the new framework drives more conservative funding outcomes.</p>

<p>The FCA focused on improving DC governance and addressing the advice gap. The PPF grew into a robust institution, managing over &pound;30 billion and protecting hundreds of thousands of members.</p>

<p>Tax rules also changed many times. The Lifetime Allowance was introduced, reduced, and eventually abolished in 2024. The Annual Allowance was tightened, affecting high earners and prompting calls for simplification.</p>

<div><strong>Part 2: 2025&ndash;2050</strong></div>

<div>If the last 25 years in UK pensions were dominated by the closure of defined benefit provision, the next 25 are likely to be defined by a different challenge: how to rebuild retirement adequacy and security in a DC world.</div>

<p>The next 25 years in pensions look to be just as transformative. Building on today's trends and new developments, we consider what the next quarter of a century may hold.</p>

<div><strong>Collective Defined Contribution (CDC)</strong></div>

<div>The UK's first CDC plan was launched in the final months of 2024 for Royal Mail employees. CDC schemes, which pool contributions and share investment and longevity risk, offer a middle ground between DB and DC. CDC schemes provide a pension for each member's retired lifetime, rather than a savings pot from which to drawdown money. Retirement income expected from a CDC scheme could be around 40% - 55% higher than individual DC with annuity purchase[2], improving adequacy and assisting with workforce planning. However, the pension level is not guaranteed, and pension increases will gradually go up or down depending on scheme experience (and can be negative). Looking ahead, CDC is set to become a core feature of the pensions landscape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By 2050, CDC schemes will be widespread, including multi-employer schemes and retirement-only arrangements. Public sector employees may cease to accrue defined benefits, moving to CDC as the gap between public and private pension provision becomes politically and fiscally unsustainable. CDC could well operate as a default decumulation option for Guided Retirement, helping retirees manage incomes sustainably without the need to make complex financial decisions into their retirement, and addressing one of the major weaknesses of today's DC.</div>

<p>Viewed through the lens of constrained public finance, CDC represents a potentially durable compromise. It offers improved adequacy and longevity protection without creating open ended guarantees that sit uncomfortably with rising public debt, ageing populations and pressure on sponsors' balance sheets.</p>

<div><strong>Mega Master Trusts and Superfunds</strong></div>

<div>Consolidation will be a defining trend. Regulatory pressure from TPR already encourages consolidation to improve resilience and reduce systemic risk. Smaller schemes face rising compliance and operational costs, threatening their long-term viability.</div>

<p>By 2050, most DC assets will be managed by a handful of mega master trusts, each with hundreds of billions in assets. Smaller schemes will merge or exit, driven by regulatory pressure and the need for scale. The contractual override facility will enable providers to move their GPP book of business into their master trust facility, further increasing scale and consolidation.</p>

<p>On the DB side, most schemes will have bought out their liabilities with insurers or transferred them to superfunds acting as commercial consolidators. Superfunds' regulatory limbo will be a distant memory, and looser eligibility criteria will have made them a mainstream endgame option &ndash; consolidating hundreds of schemes.</p>

<p>For members, consolidation can lead to greater simplicity. Portability and coverage will improve, and self-employed workers may be auto-enrolled via tax systems, all supported by advanced dashboards offering real-time balances, projections, and guidance.</p>

<div><strong>Technology and AI</strong></div>

<div>By 2050, technology will be deeply embedded in every aspect of life and pensions. Dashboards will provide real-time access to all pension entitlements, empowering individuals to make informed decisions. AI-driven tools will offer guidance, nudging savers to increase contributions, consolidate pots, review investment strategies and seek advice - enabling personalisation at scale.</div>

<p>AI will help retirees manage drawdown, forecast income, and make informed decisions both through its deep integration across the financial system, broader awareness of the individuals' broader lifestyle context, as well as through a wide range of AI-powered devices that retirees use. Regulators will need to ensure transparency and fairness in the application of AI, and cybersecurity will be critical. Greater reliance on opaque models will require strong governance, explainability and accountability.</p>

<div><strong>Regulatory simplification</strong></div>

<div>The regulatory landscape is also poised for change. By 2050, we anticipate a more unified and coordinated framework, with bodies such as TPR, the FCA, the Money and Pensions Service, and the various Ombudsmen working more closely &ndash; or quite likely merging &ndash; to deliver consistent oversight across all pension types. This would reduce complexity and improve consumer protection.</div>

<p>While calls for flat-relief tax relief continue, practical challenges mean that significant reform remains elusive. We're likely to see continued refinement of existing allowances and incentives, with Governments balancing fiscal sustainability and fairness. Over a 25 year time horizon, however, as public finances come under increasing strain, the Government may be forced to confront more fundamental trade-offs between fiscal sustainability, incentives to save and perceptions of fairness across generations.</p>

<div><strong>Intergenerational fairness</strong></div>

<div>Addressing the gap between DB and DC generations continues to be a challenge, with an ageing society, pressure from international competitors, and life expectancies continuing to rise. While younger workers may not benefit from the same DB entitlements as their grandparents, a combination of higher contributions, better guidance, and innovative models like CDC can help close the gap. Home ownership levels and housing types are increasingly realised to be a major retirement policy issue.</div>

<p>Auto-enrolment minimum contributions rise, through an increase in their percentage and the extension of the earnings band they apply to. By making employer contribution rates more visible to prospective employees, governments aim to sharpen focus on contribution adequacy and re-establish pensions as a differentiator in recruitment and retention, particularly in tight labour markets.</p>

<p>The triple-lock is eventually broken and the state pension age continues to rise to reflect demographic realities, policymakers may introduce more flexible options - such as early access for those unable to work longer due to health or occupational factors.</p>

<p>The UK pension system has evolved dramatically from 2000. If the past quarter century was about managing the decline of DB, the next is likely to be about how risk is shared &ndash; between generations, employers, individuals and the state. They will test whether the pensions system can be resilient, adaptive and fair in a world shaped by technological acceleration, demographic change and constrained public finances.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><span style="font-size:11px">(1)<a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/news/ppf-publishes-20th-edition-of-the-purple-book-26023.htm">&quot;PPF Purple Book,&quot; </a>2025. </span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px">(2)&quot;Due to higher target asset returns, <a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2024/10/reimagining-pensions-in-the-uk">Reimagining pensions in the UK</a>,&quot; WTW, November 2024. </span></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/quarter-of-a-century-of-pension-change-and-what-may-be-next-26401.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Schemes Must Assess All Options On Endgame Decisions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>With an increasing number of DB schemes no longer in deficit, the options for endgames have broadened &ndash; with a corresponding increase in the potential difficulty of decision-making. There is also growing recognition that decisions on running-on or buying-out are not as clear-cut as they might have appeared previously.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>James Patten, partner in the UK Endgame Strategy team for Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;UK DB schemes are now facing a widening spectrum of endgame solutions. Until quite recently, allowing a scheme to run on or move to a buyout was seen by some as a binary choice for many schemes. While <a href="https://www.aon.com/uk-gprs-2025-26">Aon&rsquo;s 2025/26 Global Pension Risk Survey</a> showed these remain popular options, with 52 percent of respondents intending to buy out and 18 percent intending to run on long-term, it&rsquo;s now clear that there are shades between them.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For example, our survey showed that 22 percent of respondents were interested in a flexible run-on approach, potentially involving short-term run-on before moving to a buy-in - sometimes to enable a run-down in illiquid assets - or doing phased buy-ins made over a longer period. We saw a number of large schemes continue this approach in 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Schemes are now being presented with a smorgasbord of endgame solutions. We are seeing a diverse range of run-on strategies that depend on scheme priorities. We also expect to see more superfunds seeking to enter the market in the near-term, potentially targeting different benefit outcomes for members. The Department of Work and Pensions has signalled its commitment to make this market thrive and its gateway principles are due to be simplified from 2028.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>James Patten continued: </strong>&ldquo;In addition, the recent Aberdeen Stagecoach deal could pave the way for similarly constructed transactions, involving a change in scheme sponsor. Adding to this list, pension captives can also work particularly well in certain circumstances.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This greater variety of available solutions is of course welcome, but it doesn&rsquo;t make reaching a decision any easier for trustees and sponsoring employers. They are recognising that the endgame decision creates a defining legacy for both scheme members and the sponsor &ndash; making it all the more important to avoid a feeling of &lsquo;buyer&rsquo;s remorse&rsquo; once a decision has been made. Schemes need to make certain that they have fully considered all the options, are up-to-date with market developments when doing so and have ensured that there is a clear audit trail of the decisions made.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Trustees and sponsors can cut through some of the complexity and ensure better decision making by taking an initial step back to review their fundamental objectives. They can then develop their preferred strategy collaboratively, having fully weighed-up the options and before focusing on the all-important implementation.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Aon&rsquo;s UK Endgame Strategy Team has advised over 100 scheme sponsors and trustees on their endgame decisions. Aon continues to invest in its Discover, Develop, Deliver framework which helps schemes through this process, taking account of all the latest developments and following the Pension Regulator&rsquo;s June 2025 guidance.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-schemes-must-assess-all-options-on-endgame-decisions-26398.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Dominates The Narrative For Investors</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 opened down around 0.6% this morning as Iranian naval drones attacked oil tankers in Iraqi waters, sending oil prices back to the $100 mark. Volatility will likely persist in the near-term, but a co-ordinated international response by the 32 members of the International Energy Agency, who have agreed to the largest ever release of emergency oil reserves, should provide some offset as 400 million additional barrels find their way to the market. It&rsquo;s a testing time for investors, but those with long memories may take comfort in the fact that stock markets have shown remarkable resilience over the years. Since the turn of the century, the FTSE All World index has more than trebled while navigating events including the dot com crash, the Great Financial Crisis, Russia&rsquo;s invasion of Ukraine, the coronavirus and Liberation Day.  </p>

<p>This morning&rsquo;s RICS UK Residential Market Survey showed that the headline net balance for new buyer enquiries slipped from -15% to -26% in February as prospective homeowners exercised caution due to heightened geopolitical and macroeconomic uncertainty, and a difficult mortgage market. Price rise expectations have also moderated but remain positive on a 12-month view. The depth and length of hostilities in the Middle East are likely to remain a key influence on buyer sentiment. Valuations amongst the UK housebuilders look attractive, but the current environment means investors may need to show patience. Some players are better placed than others to navigate the challenging outlook with Persimmon&rsquo;s substantial land bank, relatively low price point and balance sheet strength making it a worthy of contender for those seeking exposure to the sector.</p>

<p>US stock futures have fallen this morning after a mixed performance by the major indices on Wednesday. The tech-heavy NASDAQ managed to keep its head above water as Oracle&rsquo;s results provided further evidence of surging demand for computing power, sending the stock up 9% with US-listed semiconductor names broadly in the green. Shares in Uber were up as the ride-hailing pioneer announced a strategic partnership with Amazon-backed robotaxi developer Zoox. Passengers could be taking a trip down the Las Vegas strip as soon as this summer. Uber&rsquo;s doing the right thing by attempting to future-proof its business, but there are some big questions around the ability of Zoox to scale. The same can&rsquo;t be said of Tesla however, and it&rsquo;s Elon Musk&rsquo;s route to market that&rsquo;s likely to drive the future of autonomous taxis.</p>

<p>The US Consumer Price Index read out for February was thankfully uneventful, with price rises unchanged at 2.4%, bang in line with economists&rsquo; forecasts. In quieter times, that would be taken as a positive, but these figures haven&rsquo;t captured the recent spike in energy prices. While the numbers do point to a picture of underlying price stability, interest rate expectations are likely to be dominated by geopolitical events for a while yet. While the likely timing of further reductions in borrowing costs has been pushed out a few months markets are still expecting at least one rate cut by the Fed this year.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-dominates-the-narrative-for-investors-26399.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Practical Challenges With The Fcas New Esg Rating Proposals</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The SPP response welcomes the FCA&rsquo;s objective of enhancing transparency and providing robust reliable ratings and minimum disclosures for ESG rating providers. However, the SPP warn of possible practical challenges that will require further consideration including the impact on smaller providers, access to data as well as legal and governance concerns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Amanda Cooke, Chair of the SPP&rsquo;s Financial Services Regulation Committee, said: &quot;</strong>The SPP supports a proportionate approach to regulating ESG ratings, and welcomes the FCA&rsquo;s focus on transparency and robust minimum disclosures without duplicating existing regulatory regimes. However, whilst clearer disclosures on methodologies, fees and conflicts of interest will improve trust and comparability, implementation must be practical, especially for smaller providers, and key concepts like &lsquo;material changes&rsquo; need sharper definition to avoid unnecessary cost and confusion. Getting that balance right is key to ensuring these proposals strengthen confidence in ESG ratings without stifling the market.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/FINAL-SPP-ESG-Consultation-12.3.26.pdf"><strong>The SPP consultation response can be read in full here:</strong></a></div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/practical-challenges-with-the-fcas-new-esg-rating-proposals-26400.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Boe Faces Tough Decision As Spectre Of Stagflation Looms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Danni Hewson, head of financial analysis at AJ Bell, comments: </strong>&ldquo;Although rate setters held the Bank of England&rsquo;s base rate at 3.75% in February, the minutes stated that it was &lsquo;likely to be reduced further&rsquo;. This now feels like a distant memory.</p>

<p>&ldquo;At the start of the year markets had priced in two cuts for 2026. Inflation was cooling and on track to hit the Bank&rsquo;s 2% target by early spring, and the economy was, in its words, &lsquo;subdued&rsquo;. Then came December&rsquo;s jobs data which showed unemployment had shot up to a five-year high at the end of 2025 and looked set to rise further as the impact of the chancellor&rsquo;s first Budget hit home.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The potential that the Bank may have to inject a bit of oomph into the UK economy led to increased speculation that two rate cuts might not be enough stimulus, and that base rate could fall as low as 3% by the end of the year.</p>

<p>&ldquo;But the escalating conflict in the Middle East has sent shockwaves through the global economy and that&rsquo;s going leave MPC members stuck between a rock and a hard place. Energy prices have shot up, with the price of oil particularly volatile as shipping chains are disrupted and some production is suspended as Iran seeks to use energy as a weapon in the conflict &ndash; indeed, it has warned the world should be ready for prices to surge over $200 a barrel.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Markets are already pricing in the unwelcome return of uncomfortable levels of inflation, with bond yields rising significantly and investors eyeing the UK as particularly sensitive to an energy shock. Preventing inflation from spiralling once again will be at the forefront of rate setters&rsquo; minds when they sit down to re-write the Bank&rsquo;s playbook next week.</p>

<p>&ldquo;But they face a difficult balancing act of curbing price hikes without completely stalling the country&rsquo;s economic engine, which is already spluttering. Whilst the return of double-digit inflation seems unlikely, anyone trying to plot its course might wish for another pot of tea to stir, because right now the leaves are impossible to read. The key consideration will be the duration of the conflict, and whether it ends decisively or if attacks on shipping and energy infrastructure continue beyond any declaration of victory by the US president.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Airfares are already soaring, the price at the pump will make motorists wince, and a much-desired drop in the energy price cap in the summer is most certainly off the table. During the last cost of living crisis businesses gave staff inflation-busting pay increases that helped households cope but also meant the inflationary spike became far stickier than the Bank of England might have hoped for. This time the labour market is slack, companies have already had to deal with increased labour costs thanks to changes to NI contributions, and many will feel unable to dig any deeper when it comes to pay.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Hiking rates at a time growth has gone AWOL and unemployment is already high raises the ominous spectre of &lsquo;stagflation&rsquo;, and that&rsquo;s something no-one wants to see take hold. Faced with an overwhelming number of unpredictable variables, nobody expects the Bank to do anything other than wait and see. But this decision will still be a difficult one, and close attention will be paid to any guidance about the path ahead.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/boe-faces-tough-decision-as-spectre-of-stagflation-looms-26402.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Is Transforming Everything  What  039 s The Deal For M a</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/MY5l6Jk5neQ?si=Nivwwol39_U3kbbJ" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-is-transforming-everything--what--039-s-the-deal-for-m-a-26403.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Seeing The Whole Picture</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Helen Richardson, insurance senior product manager, U.K. and Ireland, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</strong></u></p>

<p>Typically, customer information within insurance firms is stored separately across multiple business lines such as motor, home, health and pet, with little ability to link records and create a cohesive customer view. The result is a fragmented understanding of risk and protection needs.</p>

<p>A single customer view (SCV) brings those fragments together, enabling insurance providers to understand each customer in context, as an individual with unique and evolving needs.</p>

<div><strong>A unified view helps insurers act with greater precision and empathy</strong></div>

<div>Seeing the full picture of a customer&rsquo;s relationship with a brand, or group of brands, allows insurance providers to make fairer, more accurate decisions about cover and pricing. A joined-up record also means, as a best practice, customers don&rsquo;t have to repeat their details or reverify their identity across multiple lines of business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Building inclusion through insight</strong></div>

<div>A key enabler of the single customer view is the ability to reliably link and match data across the organisation &mdash; and this is where customer identity resolution solutions such as LexID&reg; for Insurance can play a crucial role. By bringing and ultimately resolving multiple records into a single, accurate customer identity, LexID can help insurance providers build a comprehensive and current understanding of each individual. This richer perspective supports deeper personalisation, more tailored product design and, ultimately, better customer outcomes.</div>

<p>Crucially, a connected view of customers also strengthens how insurance providers identify and support vulnerable customers. Vulnerability can stem from four main drivers &mdash; poor health, low capability, reduced resilience or negative life events such as redundancy or relationship breakdowns. When indicators emerge in one part of the business, they should inform interactions everywhere.</p>

<p>When customer data becomes linked across sales, underwriting and claims, teams no longer need to rely on fragmented or inconsistent records. Instead, every function sees the same customer reality and can adapt communication and decision-making appropriately.</p>

<p>By unifying identity intelligence across the value chain, insurance providers avoid siloed views, reduce repeated questioning, and can help ensure that vulnerable customers receive fair, empathetic and consistent treatment at every touchpoint. A truly operationalised SCV is one that supports both inclusion and Consumer Duty compliance.</p>

<p>Equally, when vulnerability indicators or life-event triggers are integrated into the insight, insurance providers can adapt communication and claims processes in ways that protect customers during moments of stress or change.</p>

<p>The result is both commercial sustainability and social value: inclusion through understanding.</p>

<div><strong>Technology and trust go hand in hand</strong></div>

<div>Creating a single customer view requires careful and responsible stewardship of data. Consent, accuracy, and transparency are central. Insurance providers need trusted partners who can unify and enrich data responsibly &mdash; bringing together policy, public, and behavioural insights within a compliant, ethical framework.</div>

<p>At LexisNexis Risk Solutions, we help insurers do exactly that: turning fragmented datasets into actionable intelligence that strengthens customer understanding and outcomes. With data-linked insights available at quote, renewal and claim, insurance providers can deliver fairer pricing, smoother journeys, and stronger retention &mdash; all while meeting regulatory expectations around fairness and vulnerability.</p>

<div><strong>Consumer Duty pressures make the Single Customer View essential</strong></div>

<div>A further key benefit of customer identity resolution, and its ability to enable a single customer view, is how it supports Consumer Duty reporting. The Chartered Insurance Institute&rsquo;s latest Consumer Duty report highlights the continued difficulty firms face to produce high-quality Board reports. Knowing what data to include, accessing appropriate data, integrating datasets effectively, and demonstrating relationships across them were among the most significant barriers identified[ii].</div>

<p>These challenges align directly to the capabilities a single customer view can deliver, including:</p>

<p><strong>&bull; Detailed segmented analysis</strong>, especially for vulnerable customers &mdash; reducing blind spots and helping firms evidence fair outcomes.<br />
<strong>&bull; Connecting data across teams to challenge assumptions and drive change</strong> &mdash; replacing manual processes with insight-ready intelligence.<br />
<strong>&bull; Improved data quality</strong> &mdash; a core FCA expectation, supported by consistently linked, verified customer information.<br />
<strong>&bull; Better visibility of customer segments and vulnerability characteristics </strong>&mdash; enabling firms to identify and support vulnerable customers.</p>

<p>The FCA&rsquo;s own Consumer Duty findings reinforce this direction of travel[iii]. Good practice examples emphasised high-quality MI and meaningful analysis of different customer types, including those with vulnerability characteristics. However, areas for improvement centred on data quality, insufficient segmentation and a lack of evidence showing firms fully understood differential customer outcomes.</p>

<p>A single view of customers can directly address these concerns. Whether detecting early signs of financial vulnerability, understanding affordability pressures behind motor premium sensitivity, or strengthening fraud prevention through identity-linked insight, SCV provides the analytical foundation the Consumer Duty demands.</p>

<div><strong>A connected future for inclusive protection</strong></div>

<div>The Financial Inclusion Committee&rsquo;s strategy sets a clear challenge: build protection that reflects real lives. The solution lies in seeing customers clearly &mdash; across products, life stages, and risk profiles.</div>

<p>By embracing the single customer view &mdash; supported by enriched, connected data that meets both customer needs and regulatory expectations, insurance providers can bridge the protection gap, personalise experiences and help ensure that the promise of insurance &mdash; security, fairness, and peace of mind &mdash; reaches everyone.</p>

<p><em>[i] <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/financial-inclusion-strategy/financial-inclusion-strategy#financial-resilience-through-insurance-1">https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/financial-inclusion-strategy/financial-inclusion-strategy#financial-resilience-through-insurance-1</a></em></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>[ii] <a href="https://www.knowhow.cii.co.uk/news/2025/new-cii-report-highlights-key-challenges-in-consumer-duty-board-reporting/#:~:text=Findings%20were%20drawn%20from%20a,submitted%20their%20first%20mandatory%20reports.">https://www.knowhow.cii.co.uk/news/2025/new-cii-report-highlights-key-challenges-in-consumer-duty-board-reporting/#:~:text=Findings%20were%20drawn%20from%20a,submitted%20their%20first%20mandatory%20reports.</a></em></span></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>[iii] <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/good-and-poor-practice/consumer-support-outcome-good-practices-areas-improvement#revisions">https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/good-and-poor-practice/consumer-support-outcome-good-practices-areas-improvement#revisions</a></em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/seeing-the-whole-picture-26389.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Urges Vigilance After Rise In Impersonation Fraud</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Pensions Regulator has called on the pensions industry to take immediate action to protect millions of people&rsquo;s retirement savings after a rise in reports of impersonation fraud.  </p>

<p><a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/about-us/what-tpr-does-and-who-we-are/industry-alert-update-impersonation-fraud-march-2026"><strong>A new scam alert </strong></a>issued today to more than 35,000 pension industry professionals by TPR, in collaboration with City of London Police (CoLP), warns that fraudsters are posing as pension savers to gain access to their retirement pots.</p>

<p>The criminals get hold of savers&rsquo; personal information and use it to breach security checks and access their accounts. They then change the bank details or set up a fake account in the saver&rsquo;s name to divert funds and steal hard-earned retirement savings.</p>

<div><strong>Trustees must safeguard all members &ndash; no one is immune</strong></div>

<div>All members of UK pension schemes are urged to be vigilant, but those now living in Africa are at a heightened risk of being targeted, an analysis of reports to Report Fraud has found.<br />
<br />
The analysis &ndash; carried out by a TPR intelligence expert embedded in CoLP - identified a sharp rise in reports of impersonation fraud affecting UK members residing in Africa in 2025. This follows a year-on-year rise since 2016.</div>

<p>Around &pound;500,000 was reported lost and around a further &pound;2.5 million were at risk between 2021 and 2025.</p>

<p>But TPR warns similar risks apply across other jurisdictions and has renewed its earlier <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/about-us/what-tpr-does-and-who-we-are/industry-alert-impersonation-fraud?utm_source=Dynamics%20365%20Customer%20Insights%20-%20Journeys&utm_medium=email&utm_term=N%2FA&utm_campaign=&utm_content=Industry%20alert%20update%20Impersonation%20Fraud%20March%202026#msdynmkt_trackingcontext=b6612224-46e5-41f4-bbd7-39e3119f0300">warning about impersonation fraud.</a></p>

<div><strong>In the alert issued today, TPR, together with CoLP, urges trustees and administrators to:</strong></div>

<div>Review their identity and verification check procedures to ensure they remain robust.</div>

<div>Review data security for letters and documents that are posted to overseas addresses.</div>

<div>Encourage members to strengthen online security by adopting two-step verification and using stronger passwords.</div>

<div>Tell Report Fraud about any suspected fraud immediately. You don't have to be certain to report.</div>

<p><strong>Every report counts</strong></p>

<p><strong>Gaucho Rasmussen, TPR&rsquo;s Executive Director, Enforcement and Legal Group, says:</strong> &ldquo;Fraudsters will stop at nothing to get their hands on savers&rsquo; pension pots. And no one is immune. We are urging the pensions industry to act immediately to protect savers by strengthening their defences and ensuring their members do the same.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As a pensions professional, you are the first line of defence against scammers and it&rsquo;s vital you also report any suspicions to the new Report Fraud service.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The intelligence behind the latest industry alert came largely from the pension industry, with 90% of the reports made by trustees and administrators.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This latest scam warning demonstrates just how valuable intelligence from industry is in protecting savers,&rdquo; Gaucho added. Every report counts, allowing us to identify threats and take joint action with our Pension Scams Action Group partners to prevent harm to savers. Together, we can stop criminals in their tracks.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Report Fraud, the new national reporting service for cyber crime and fraud, replaced Action Fraud in December.<br />
<br />
<strong>Chris Bell, Service Delivery Director at the City of London Police, said: </strong>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s important we collaborate with our partners to ensure every measure is taken by both industry and savers to protect pension pots &ndash; criminals will go to great lengths to impersonate and try to steal lifetime savings. That&rsquo;s why Report Fraud, which is run by the City of London Police, supports this alert to urge everyone to protect their pension accounts and stay vigilant to fraudsters attempting to gain unauthorised access.</p>

<p>&quot;Anyone who suspects fraudulent activity should tell Report Fraud. Every report counts - this new service is designed to enhance intelligence sharing across industry and the public and contributes to warnings like this. This alert demonstrates impact of ongoing partner collaborations, especially between public and private sectors, enabling us all to tackle fraud where possible and protect pension customers and their life savings.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Close analysis of reports to Report Fraud continues</p>

<p>TPR launched a new digital campaign on 23 February, encouraging the pensions industry to report suspicious activity to Report Fraud.</p>

<p>All reports relating to pension fraud continue to be closely analysed by our TPR intelligence analyst embedded in CoLP. This collaboration is part of a wider partnership to accelerate the disruption and prevention of pension fraud, as well as to improve the reporting journey.</p>

<p>Pension professionals can find out more about Report Fraud, the Government&rsquo;s new Fraud Strategy and the latest in the fight against pension fraud in our free live PSAG webinar on 18 March 2026.Lord Hanson, the Fraud Minister, will be amongst those taking part.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-urges-vigilance-after-rise-in-impersonation-fraud-26394.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fiduciary Management State Of Play Report</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The analysis shows that total assets under management in the fiduciary management market have grown by 58% over the past three years. Around 90% of that growth has come from schemes with assets of &pound;1bn or more.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The latest Dashboard also highlights broader trends shaping the fiduciary management landscape:</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Steady market growth: New fiduciary mandates continue to enter the market, broadly offsetting schemes progressing toward buyout.Lower return targets: More than 55% of mandates now target returns of less than 1.5% above liabilities, reflecting a continued focus on risk reduction and protecting funding positions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Anne-Marie Gillon, Principal Investment Consultant at Quantum Advisory, said:</strong> &ldquo;While growth figures reflect the scale of large mandates entering the market, the headline numbers should not discourage smaller and medium-sized schemes from considering fiduciary management. Growth in assets under management is naturally being driven by larger schemes simply because of their size. But that doesn&rsquo;t mean fiduciary management is only relevant for the largest players in the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For many smaller schemes, the governance benefits can be particularly valuable. Where internal investment resource is limited, a well-structured fiduciary management arrangement can help schemes access specialist expertise, improve decision-making efficiency and maintain focus on long-term funding objectives. At the same time, the market continues to evolve, with new fiduciary mandates broadly offsetting schemes progressing toward buyout, showing that opportunities remain available even as the largest schemes drive much of the AUM growth.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gillon added:</strong> &ldquo;When it comes to lower returns, fiduciary managers are increasingly adapting their investment approaches to a range of market environments. In a lower-return world, the emphasis is shifting away from simply taking investment risk in growth portfolios. Instead, there is greater focus on managing cashflows effectively and implementing more precise liability hedging.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The market has also seen significant corporate activity in recent years. The acquisition of Schroders Solutions by Nuveen, announced in February 2026, is the latest example of consolidation among fiduciary management providers.  M&A activity can bring both opportunities and challenges. It&rsquo;s important for schemes to understand how changes in ownership or operating models might affect the service they receive. As schemes evolve, and as fiduciary managers evolve, the relationship originally put in place may not always remain the right fit. Periodic independent review can help ensure arrangements continue to support a scheme&rsquo;s objectives.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gillon concluded:</strong> &ldquo;Overall, the findings highlight a fiduciary management market that continues to evolve, with growth concentrated among the largest schemes, a steady flow of new mandates maintaining market balance, and governance and investment benefits that remain relevant for smaller schemes.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.quantumadvisory.co.uk/trustee/fiduciary-management-dashboard">For a full copy of the latest report please click  here</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fiduciary-management-state-of-play-report-26390.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Two Thirds Unaware Of Planned Salary Sacrifice Restrictions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p> For many younger workers and lower earners, salary sacrifice is a straightforward way to boost contributions early in their careers, when even small amounts invested can have the biggest impact over time.</p>

<p>&ldquo;That said, introducing a cap at any level still risks adding unnecessary complexity for employers and confusion for savers. Our research shows that nearly two thirds of employees weren&rsquo;t even aware a restriction was planned, despite more than half already using salary sacrifice today. With many employers also seeing the system as complicated to operate, policymakers should ask whether the additional administrative burden of a cap and the uncertainty it creates is really worthwhile.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Salary sacrifice has been an effective mechanism for encouraging retirement saving while helping employers manage costs. A good system should make pension saving accessible to all &ndash; including smaller businesses and their workers &ndash; but also be simple enough for employers to run and employees to understand. Policies that support employers in maintaining strong pension provision ultimately benefit employees and the wider economy too.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/two-thirds-unaware-of-planned-salary-sacrifice-restrictions-26395.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets In The Green As Oil Hovers Below  90</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Emma Wall, Chief Investment Strategist, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Oil &ndash; the key driver of stock and bond markets over the past week &ndash; has fallen back to below $90 a barrel, providing some relief for markets. Asian markets are in the green today, with the MSCI Asia Pacific Index up more than 3% - trading at values last seen at the beginning of February. Recent volatility has been challenging for investors, but it is worth noting that on a one-year view, investors in the region have seen an attractive return of nearly 35%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Futures for Europe and the US are painting a more mixed picture with the expectations for FTSE 100 to open slightly down, along with the DAX and CAC in Germany and France, while Italy and Spain are in positive territory. Futures across the Pond also look positive. Before too much optimism sets in, investors should be mindful that this war is far from over, despite President Trump&rsquo;s comments that it would end &ldquo;soon&rdquo;. Volatility is high, the VIX index was back up above 25 yesterday, and we expect these fluctuations to continue for a few weeks yet.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The key to determining longer term impact, not just for equity markets but also bond markets and indeed inflation and economic growth, will be unlocking the Strait of Hormuz, which remains practically impassable. Iran is now targeting the Strait with mines which the US, in turn, is destroying. Normality of 20% of the world&rsquo;s daily oil and 25% of daily liquified gas flowing through that narrow passage feels like some way off.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Investors should remain focused on the long term, ensuring their portfolios have diversified allocations which add resilience against continued market volatility.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Private credit concerns</strong></div>

<div>News that JPMorgan has downgraded a number of investments within their private credit portfolio adding to &ldquo;cockroaches&rdquo; concerns. Market watchers may remember it was JPM&rsquo;s chief, Jamie Dimon, who remarked last year following the failure of US sub-prime lender Tricolor: &ldquo;When you see one cockroach, there are probably more&rdquo;. A few weeks later, five US regional banks revealed they had made a series of bad loans linked to the troubled California real estate market, sending share prices down and lawsuits up. The downgrades this week, reported in the FT, are for software companies, which have come under pressure in the public markets in recent months too &ndash; thanks to AI disruption concerns. This looks to be a pre-emptive move &ndash; a prudent reflection of the challenge the software sector faces. Private credit is an area that higher interest rates will challenge however, so &ndash; back to that oil price &ndash; monetary policy reaction to the war in Iran could add additional unwelcome pressure to the industry and investors. Quality is key here.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Oracle results, shares up 12%  </strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Oracle reported a strong set of results, with the key takeaway being higher revenue guidance that didn&rsquo;t come with any increase in planned spending - an important sign that AI demand is starting to boost growth without pushing up costs. The earnings call backed this up, with Oracle looking like one of the more direct ways for investors to tap into the ongoing buildout of AI infrastructure. It&rsquo;s a higher-risk, higher-reward stock, and effectively a leveraged play on the AI theme, which means it's the first in line to take some punishment should the AI story lose steam. For risk seekers, this year's sell-off has presented an attractive entry point, but we see better risk-adjusted opportunities elsewhere in the space.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-in-the-green-as-oil-hovers-below--90-26391.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Aon Advises On  8 Billion Longevity  Transaction With Achmea</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Achmea Pension & Life Insurance, part of Achmea Group (Achmea B.V.), is a major Dutch life and pension insurance company. The &euro;8 billion of pension liabilities represent pensions in payment and deferred pensions and have been reinsured with Munich Re and Pacific Life Re.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Aon team - directed by Roelant de Haas in the Netherlands and Martin Bird in the UK &ndash; led the reinsurance broking and structuring. Hogan Lovells International LLP provided legal advice to Achmea, with Macfarlanes LLP and NautaDutilh advising Munich Re and Debevoise & Plimpton LLP advising Pacific Life Re.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Roelant de Haas, CEO Aon Reinsurance Solutions Netherlands, said: </strong>&ldquo;We are pleased to have supported Achmea on this strategically important capital solution and to have brought together a united Aon team with in-depth market expertise, industry insights and strong broking capabilities to deliver a successful transaction.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Martin Bird, senior partner and UK head of risk settlement at Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;The global longevity reinsurance market remains highly competitive and has large scale capacity to deploy, with a strong appetite in relation to the Dutch market. By using Aon&rsquo;s Demographic Horizons software for modelling mortality and other demographics - including the leading base mortality postcode model for the Netherlands - as well as our broader reinsurance market insight and broking expertise, we were able to syndicate this milestone transaction for Achmea.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Michiel Dijkstra, head of balance sheet management Achmea Pension & Life Insurance, said: </strong>&ldquo;Aon&rsquo;s expertise and experience in the Dutch longevity market enabled us to bring this transaction to a timely and highly successful conclusion. The transaction is a significant next step in executing our long-term strategy. The associated capital benefit will support our strategic growth ambitions in the Dutch buyout market, as well as the further optimisation of our investment portfolio.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Martin Lockwood, head of longevity for Munich Re, said: </strong>&ldquo;Munich Re is delighted to collaborate with Achmea and Aon on this transaction, leveraging our deep expertise in longevity reinsurance to provide a robust solution for managing longevity risk in an increasingly complex and dynamic market. This transaction marks a significant milestone in our ongoing commitment to support Dutch insurers in safeguarding retirement benefits for thousands of policyholders. Munich Re is also grateful for the effort and expertise offered by Macfarlanes and NautaDutilh in supporting this transaction.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/aon-advises-on--8-billion-longevity--transaction-with-achmea-26392.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Honesty Gap Emerges As 1 In 4 Investors Go Against Advice</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Up to a third (34%) of investors surveyed said they chose to ignore their adviser&rsquo;s recommendations because they had held back relevant information which the adviser couldn&rsquo;t factor in. With the quality of advice dependent on the accuracy of the information a client shares with their adviser, the findings point to a worrying &lsquo;honesty gap&rsquo;. </p>

<p>Transparency was not the only factor contributing to the decision to ignore advice. A third (33%) felt the advice they received was not right for them at the time, and just over a quarter (27%) weren&rsquo;t clear on the outcome of their adviser&rsquo;s plans. 28% of investors argued that the advice received went against their values. </p>

<p>Meanwhile, almost three in ten (29%) admitted they had chosen to follow the advice of friends and family over their adviser. </p>

<div><strong>Investors embrace AI tools for basic needs</strong></div>

<div>At the same time, the use of AI to support financial decisions is growing in popularity. Nearly two-thirds (63%) of investors are considering low-cost AI-powered services to help with basic financial planning. Advised investors are more likely to use a low-cost AI service for basic planning needs (72%) with a quarter (24%) very likely to consider this option if it were available.</div>

<p>Half (49%) of investors see AI as a good starting point for financial planning but will continue to seek specialist human-led advice for the more complex elements.</p>

<p>It remains that more than a third (36%) of people would like to engage with real-life advisers from the start, just 9% said they would prefer no human contact at all.</p>

<p><strong>Jenny Davidson, Intermediary Wealth Director at Scottish Widows, said:</strong> &ldquo;The &lsquo;honesty gap&rsquo; remains a significant challenge for advisers. When people withhold or overlook key details, it can directly affect the quality and relevance of the financial advice they receive. And while friends and family may feel like a natural first port of call, their guidance may lack the professional and impartial expertise of regulated financial advice. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Ultimately, effective advice only works on trust - and without transparency, there is a real risk that individuals make decisions that could lead to poorer financial outcomes. One of the potential benefits of AI is clients may feel more comfortable opening up and sharing information they may hesitate to disclose face-to-face. However, the human element remains essential for navigating more nuanced decisions.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As trust in AI-powered tools grows, the need for openness and confidence in the advice process remains just as important. AI will play a role in the future of advice, particularly for Targeted Support and more transactional needs. However, the strongest outcomes are likely to come from a human-in-the-loop approach - enhancing, rather than replacing professional expertise for clients with more complex investment requirements.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/honesty-gap-emerges-as-1-in-4-investors-go-against-advice-26393.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Three Financial Planning Tips For Mums</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>While some progress has been made over the years, the gender pay gap remains stubbornly wide. This gap follows them through their life and well into retirement, resulting in a gender pension gap fuelled by persistent pay disparities and career breaks linked to childcare.</p>

<p>The latest employee workplace pensions statistics from the Office for National Statistics reveal this gender gap remains in private sector pension savings, with 76% of female employees having a workplace pension compared to 81% of male employees. What&rsquo;s more, women are receiving lower average employer contributions. Using qualifying earnings for the public sector, the median employer contributions were 27% for men and 26% for women, and in the private sector, median employer contributions were 6% for men and 5% for women.</p>

<p><strong>Holly Tomlinson, financial planner at Quilter, shares three tips to help you prepare for the future and make the most of your finances: </strong>&ldquo;The gender pay and pension savings gap during working life is substantial, and this inevitably carries through into retirement, leaving women with far smaller pension pots. Women also continue to take on the lion&rsquo;s share of caring responsibilities, which directly feeds into why these gaps persist. Without careful financial planning, the long-term consequences of this can be significant.</p>

<div><strong>Protect your State Pension</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;One of the most important steps mothers can take is ensuring their state pension record stays intact during periods away from paid employment. Time spent caring for children is incredibly valuable, yet it can unintentionally create gaps in National Insurance contributions. Completing the child benefit claim form, even if you don&rsquo;t meet the criteria, ensures NI credits are retained.</div>

<p>&ldquo;For women who have already experienced career breaks, it is also worth reviewing whether voluntary contributions could help close any gaps. These small steps can make a significant difference to your entitlement in later life, and they help prevent women from falling further behind in retirement compared to their male counterparts.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Continue pension contributions wherever possible</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Maintaining pension contributions during childcare years can be challenging, but even small amounts can make a meaningful impact over the long term. Women often reduce their working hours or take extended breaks from employment when raising children, which naturally results in lower pension savings. But consistency, even at a reduced level, helps ensure the compounding effect of long-term investing isn&rsquo;t lost.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Reassess your long-term financial plans after major life changes</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Starting or expanding a family is one of the biggest financial transitions anyone can experience, and it&rsquo;s important to revisit your long-term financial plans when your circumstances change. That means reviewing your retirement goals, ensuring you have an up to date will and a plan in place to pass on your wealth, and putting the right protections in place should the worst happen.</div>

<p>&ldquo;Protection products such as critical illness, life assurance or income protection are often provided by employers as a workplace benefit. However, for mothers taking a career break this can mean that they are left unprotected.</p>

<p>&ldquo;In addition to having protection in place for the mother while she is out of work, the primary earner will also need to make sure their cover is substantial enough. Childcare can be enormously expensive and if the primary earner needs to flex their hours to allow them to also become the primary carer, be that because the mother has fallen ill or worse passed away, then this can have a huge impact on a family&rsquo;s finances. Having financial protection in place for a single mum is even more important as the family will be totally reliant on her income.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/three-financial-planning-tips-for-mums-26396.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Pension Panic As 1 In 3 Fear Not Retiring Comfortably</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>New research from Barnett Waddingham (BW), part of Howden, reveals a widening retirement confidence crisis across the UK workforce, as a third (32%) of workers do not feel confident that they will retire with a comfortable income. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Concerningly, this lack of certainty is most prominent among those closest to retirement. Almost half (48%) of workers aged 45-54 and 40% of those aged 55+ report a significant lack of confidence in their financial future. A similar study from Barnett Waddingham in 2024 found that 42% of those aged 45-54, and 37% of those aged 55+ were not confident that they will retire with a comfortable income. This worsening in confidence signals a growing issue in workers not engaging with their pension, and risking poorer outcomes as a result.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A lack of planning is also a systemic issue across the board. Over a quarter (28%) of the workforce have not set any goals for their retirement whatsoever &ndash; a huge leap from the 13% that said the same in BW&rsquo;s 2024 study. Most worryingly, nearly one in five (17%) of those expecting to retire within the next decade have no retirement goals.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings also further evidence a stark gender divide in retirement preparedness. While over a quarter (27%) of men express concerns about their retirement income, that figure jumps to two fifths (42%) of women - who are notably less likely to have formal financial goalposts in place compared to their male counterparts, </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Workers&rsquo; concerns are not prompting pension engagement. While well over half (58%) of the workforce is worried about losing track of their various pension pots or the total value of their savings, 19% of workers have never logged in to view their pension value. Just 27% check their accounts on a regular annual basis. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This lack of engagement is particularly acute for those on the cusp of retirement. Over a quarter (27%) of workers planning to retire in under a year have never logged in to view their pension value, and only 53% check their accounts multiple times a year during this critical final run-up.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Futcher, Head of DC at Barnett Waddingham, part of Howden, comments:</strong> &quot;For many workers, retirement planning can feel a bit like staring at a foggy horizon - it's there, but the detail is hard to make out. Too many people are still approaching that horizon without a clear map of where they stand, or whether their current savings will carry them into the lifestyle they&rsquo;re hoping for.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Pensions needn&rsquo;t be a mystery, and small, steady habit changes can help change the direction of travel. Checking your balance using projection tools, and increasing contributions after a pay rise are small course corrections that can make a big difference over the long haul. And where employers offer matched contributions, failing to take the full amount is like turning down free fuel for the trip - compounding into something far more powerful over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;But this isn&rsquo;t down to individuals alone - employers and pension providers have an important part to play. More often than not, workers can be unaware of the full extent of support tools they are paying for, but not taking advantage of - like free guidance, pension transfer tools and more. You should always take the time to understand the benefits your scheme offers, but equally employers and providers need to make those tools easier to find, easier to understand and easier to act on. Improving retirement outcomes is a shared effort, and when everyone pulls in the same direction, the journey becomes far clearer.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-pension-panic-as-1-in-3-fear-not-retiring-comfortably-26384.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Recovery Rally As Oil Prices Retreat From Scorching Levels</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The flash of fear which shook financial markets at the start of the week is fading after President Trump claimed the war with Iran was nearing the end. His comments helped push oil prices down further from scorching levels, with benchmark Brent Crude now hovering around $90 a barrel. Prices had already slipped after G7 finance ministers pledged to stand by and release emergency crude, if needed, to calm volatile markets. A relief rally is now taking hold as hopes lift that an end to the conflict could be in sight.</p>

<p> But given that the fighting is continuing and the key Strait of Hormuz remains impassable, worry is still percolating. Oil prices remain more than 25% higher than before the conflict began. Trump has pledged that the US Navy will provide a guard for tankers through the Strait, but any timeline for that is highly obscured, with forces for now focused on taking out military infrastructure rather than becoming ship escorts.</p>

<p>Until a longer-term resolution is found, companies and consumers are still set to pay the price for the attack by the US and Israel on Iran. The repercussions for an array of everyday costs affecting companies and households are becoming clear. Prices at the pumps have already increased, and motorists are being warned to drive more conservatively to offset an expected further rise in costs. More generous fixed-rate energy tariffs have been scrapped, and households are bracing for a rise in the energy price cap in July. Borrowing costs are set to stay elevated for longer due to the inflation pressures higher energy costs will bring, and better mortgage deals have been withdrawn.</p>

<p>Nevertheless, a balm has been put on the worst of the fears amid hopes there could be a faster resolution to the conflict. Concerns that a severe inflationary shock could occur  - which could see interest rates rise later this year - have abated. Even so, policymakers at the Bank of England are set to stay in wait-and-see mode and keep rates on hold for many months until the full repercussions for consumer prices become clear. Decision-makers at the US Federal Reserve are also set to remain highly cautious as they try to work out whether the bigger worry should be inflation or sharply slowing growth, with the February jobs data already indicating nervousness among employers. The shock of war and the spike in energy prices may act as a drag on consumer sentiment, with shoppers likely to curtail some spending amid the uncertainty. Ultimately it will depend on how transitory the surge in energy prices proves to be.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/recovery-rally-as-oil-prices-retreat-from-scorching-levels-26382.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ppf Publish Latest Ppf7800 Index Figures For February 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p> A scheme&rsquo;s s179 liabilities represent, broadly speaking, the premium that would have to be paid to an insurance company to take on the payment of PPF levels of compensation. This compensation may be lower than full scheme benefits.  </p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PPF7800Feb2026.jpg" style="height:145px; width:609px" /></p>

<p><strong>Shalin Bhagwan, PPF Chief Actuary, said:</strong> &quot;The aggregate surplus rose by &pound;8.1 billion to &pound;273.7 billion in February. There were positive returns on all asset classes, causing aggregate assets to rise by over 3 per cent, and the corresponding reduction in gilt yields caused liabilities to rise by a similar percentage. Early March has brought renewed volatility as geopolitical developments affect inflation expectations and interest-rate outlooks, underlining that funding levels remain sensitive to market conditions even as they continue to show resilience.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-publish-latest-ppf7800-index-figures-for-february-2026-26386.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stagflation Fears Mount  5 Ways It Could Impact Your Pension</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>When oil prices spike, the impact ripples quickly across the economy, pushing up transport costs, food prices and the cost of everyday goods. At the same time, economic growth in the UK remains sluggish with unemployment at a 5-year high, creating the uncomfortable conditions typically associated with stagflation.</p>

<p>British households have already weathered a succession of global shocks in recent years, from the Covid-19 pandemic to the war in Ukraine and global trade tensions, and many families are understandably wary of further pressure on their finances.</p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee, comments:</strong> &ldquo;Geopolitical tensions can quickly ripple through financial markets, affecting everything from oil prices to share prices. While markets tend to recover from short-term shocks, the longer-term impact is often felt in household finances - through higher living costs and volatility in pension investments. When energy prices surge at a time of weak growth, it raises the risk of stagflation, which can make the economic outlook more challenging for families and investors alike.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Here are five ways the latest escalation in the Middle East could impact your personal finances and pension.</strong></p>

<div><strong>1. Keep perspective on pensions</strong></div>

<div>For those checking their pension app more frequently than usual, the first message is simple: don&rsquo;t panic. Many people still worry that a large portion of their pension is invested in oil, but in modern workplace and personal pension plans, exposure to the oil sector is much smaller than it used to be. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Most pensions are invested in diversified funds across companies, sectors, and regions, designed to cushion the impact of shocks in any one part of the world. History shows that markets recover. From the global financial crisis to the war in Ukraine, sharp falls have eventually been followed by rebounds. Stay invested and maintain regular contributions - this will ensure your pension has time to recover and grow.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. Inflation station:</strong></div>

<div>Prepare for rising costs at the pump and supermarketIf conflict disrupts oil supply or global trade routes, energy prices are often the first to react. Higher oil prices can quickly push up petrol and diesel costs, which in turn drives up transport, food prices and the cost of general manufactured goods. This week Chancellor Rachel Reeves warned that the conflict in Iran could add pressure to inflation, raising the spectre of yet another cost-of-living crisis. For households already grappling with elevated living costs, rising costs could mean renewed strain on monthly expenses. The energy price cap will shield households from rising bills until the end of June, but petrol prices at the pump are already climbing ahead of the scheduled end of the fuel duty freeze first introduced in 2011. Rising inflation also complicates the outlook for interest rates, potentially delaying anticipated rate cuts. Practical steps such as reviewing household spending, topping up emergency funds and fixing energy or mortgage deals where appropriate may help cushion the impact.3. Adjust your pension drawdown strategy</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For those approaching retirement - or already drawing an income - market volatility requires extra care. A sudden dip in your pension pot may mean reconsidering how much you withdraw. If you&rsquo;re in drawdown, one option is to live off the natural income of your investments or any cash held within your pension, rather than selling investments at depressed prices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If you&rsquo;re in retirement, it&rsquo;s sensible to hold enough cash to cover one to three years&rsquo; worth of essential expenses. This is because retirees typically have lower income and find it harder to rebuild cash savings once they dip into them, so a larger cash buffer gives greater financial resilience. When the market dips, this means that you can utilise these cash savings, or other investments first, so you can withdraw less from your pension when markets are down. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Rate cuts may be slower &ndash; good news for savers, bad news for mortgage holders</strong></div>

<div>Throughout the Chancellor&rsquo;s Spring Statement delivered last week, interest rates were framed in terms of their direct impact on households&rsquo; cost of living, mortgage repayments and savings. The speech made note of six interest rate cuts since the General Election, highlighting how these reductions have eased financial pressure for families and businesses. But this reprieve may now be short-lived - if conflict pushes inflation higher, central banks may be more cautious about cutting interest rates.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For savers, the good news is that rates on savings accounts could remain competitive for longer. For borrowers however - particularly the 1.8 million households expected to remortgage this year - it may mean mortgage rates stay higher than hoped, and could even rise if inflation spikes. Anyone coming to the end of a fixed-rate deal should review options early. Even small differences in rates can have a significant impact on monthly repayments. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5. Keep calm and carry on</strong></div>

<div>The pandemic saw pension pots dip, only to recover far more quickly than many expected. Those who stayed invested were generally rewarded; those who moved to cash often missed the rebound.</div>

<div>While every crisis is different, the lesson remains consistent: reacting emotionally to short-term market movements can do long-term damage.</div>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee adds:</strong> &ldquo;Market ups and downs are part and parcel of long-term investing. For pension savers, this may show up as fluctuations in the value of their pension pot. While this can be unnerving, it&rsquo;s important to remember that pensions are ultimately long-term investments, typically spanning decades. Over that time, markets have repeatedly demonstrated their resilience, recovering from wars, recessions, pandemics and political shocks.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stagflation-fears-mount--5-ways-it-could-impact-your-pension-26383.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>8 In 10 Workers Have Workplace Pension Schemes In 2024</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In 2024, for employees who were in a workplace pension scheme, around three in 10 (34%) were members of defined benefit schemes &ndash; down from 36% in 2021, and from 45% in 2015 &ndash; the earliest data available.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Four in 10 (40%) were members of defined contribution schemes &ndash; up from 36% in 2021 and rising from 26% in 2015 (which includes pensions in the National Employment Savings Trust), and 1 in 4 (25%) were in a group scheme.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In the private sector, a gender gap remained in 2024 with 76% of female employees having a workplace pension, compared with 81% of male employees; in the public sector, 90% of male employees and 90% of female employees had a workplace pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>One in five (19%) workers had either no pension provision or unknown pension provision.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kelly Parsons, Head of DC Proposition at Broadstone commented: </strong>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s encouraging that more than eight in ten employees are now saving into a workplace pension, underlining the lasting impact of auto-enrolment in bringing millions into retirement saving.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, with participation rates now largely stabilising, the next challenge is ensuring people are saving enough. The continued shift away from defined benefit schemes towards defined contribution arrangements places greater responsibility on individuals to build adequate retirement pots, making contribution levels and engagement increasingly important.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While auto-enrolment has helped bring many more women into pension saving, these figures show that a participation gap remains in the private sector, moreover, one in five workers don&rsquo;t have any pension provision at all. Closing that gap will require more targeted support and engagement with groups who are more likely to fall outside the system or contribute less.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Employers have a crucial role to play here. Well-designed schemes, inclusive contribution structures and better support around key life events such as parental leave can help ensure workplace pensions work for a wider range of employees. Without continued progress, today&rsquo;s participation gaps risk translating into significant inequalities in retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.ons.gov.uk/employmentandlabourmarket/peopleinwork/workplacepensions/bulletins/annualsurveyofhoursandearningspensiontables/2024provisionaland2021to2023finalresults#data-sources-and-quality">Employee workplace pensions in the UK - Office for National Statistics</a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/8-in-10-workers-have-workplace-pension-schemes-in-2024-26387.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cmi Model Shows Further Rise In Cohort Life Expectancy</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>CMI_2025 produces cohort life expectancies at age 65 that are about eight weeks higher for males and about six weeks higher for females than in the previous version of the CMI model, CMI_2024.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The CMI made significant changes to the method for CMI_2024 but has retained the same method for CMI_2025 apart from calibrating it to more recent mortality data.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The increase in life expectancy between CMI_2024 and CMI_2025 reflects low mortality in 2025. Standardised mortality rates in England & Wales have fallen each year since 2020. All-age mortality in 2025 was the lowest on record, and 2% below 2024. Mortality to date in 2026 has reached a new low for the time of year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Mortality trends have varied by age and sex. Although mortality in 2025 reached record lows at pensioner ages, mortality for males aged 45-64 remained above the 2015-2019 average.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cobus Daneel, Chair, CMI Mortality Projections Committee, said: </strong>&ldquo;After a turbulent period for mortality during the pandemic, we have seen a return to more normal conditions. A fall in mortality in 2025 has led to a further increase in projected life expectancy. But while recent mortality has set new record lows, the outlook for mortality remains uncertain. We encourage users of our model to consider adjusting the model&rsquo;s parameters to reflect their own portfolios and views on future mortality.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Detailed results</strong></div>

<div>Chart A shows standardised mortality rates (which allow for consistent comparisons of mortality over time) in the general population of England & Wales from 1985 to 2025. There was a pronounced steady fall in mortality until 2011, but falls were more modest from 2011 to 2019. The increase in mortality from 2019 to 2020 was exceptional, with mortality in 2020 returning to levels previously seen in 2008. Mortality fell between 2020 and 2025, reaching new record lows.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IFoACMI11002261.jpg" style="height:299px; width:600px" /></div>

<div>Chart B shows the progression of cohort life expectancy at age 65 in successive versions of the CMI Model. The figures for CMI_2025 are around eighteen months lower than in the first version, CMI_2009.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IFoACMI21002261.jpg" style="height:302px; width:600px" /></div>

<div>For more information on the CMI Mortality Projections Model, CMI_2025, please see the FAQs.</div>

<div>The CMI Mortality Projections Committee produces &ldquo;mortality monitors&rdquo; &ndash; with monthly summaries of emerging mortality and more detailed analyses quarterly.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cmi-model-shows-further-rise-in-cohort-life-expectancy-26385.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Need Principles Framework For Events Like Iran War</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Speaking at the Pensions UK Investment Conference in Edinburgh, during a session on Investment Strategies in Turbulent Times, Mikulskis said it was important that the UK&rsquo;s largest asset owners - eight of which now control around &pound;0.5 trillion in assets - follow a clear set of principles rather than simply reacting to events as they unfold. Speaking after the session, he said:</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We&rsquo;ve seen it many times before that the biggest risk can be over-reacting to the noise in global markets. A useful starting point in times like these is that the consensus is probably right and has probably already been priced in by the markets. It helps to have some humility. It&rsquo;s also important to remember that volatility and uncertainty are the norm in markets rather than the exception.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In an uncertain environment, the first thing you need are sharply defined principles and beliefs to guide your focus, and activity in developing these for large asset owners is time well spent in my view.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Secondarily, asset owners need to create a system that synthesises a diverse range of trusted information sources on a repeatable basis, distilling it into a useful format that can be applied to the dozen or so key investing decisions an organisation faces.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s really the challenge for asset owners. It&rsquo;s not about where the price of oil will be next week, or what happens to next month&rsquo;s employment numbers. It&rsquo;s about the process and steps you put around it all to reach a solution you can act on.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;One takeaway from the current situation is that having large sector-level positioning can lead to considerable risk, as individual sectors can undergo sharp reversals even when the overall market is relatively benign.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-need-principles-framework-for-events-like-iran-war-26388.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Why Insurers Should Unify Pricing And Rating In 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Dawid Kopczyk, Senior Director of Pricing and Rating, Guidewire</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Understanding The Current Process</strong></div>

<div>At its core, insurance pricing involves predicting future events and this naturally injects uncertainty into pricing models. While insurers have developed sophisticated analytical capabilities and can understand future risks well, many struggle to translate this understanding into effective pricing because of fundamental gaps in their internal processes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In a typical pricing implementation today, an actuary develops a data transformation for predictive modelling, creates detailed specification documents describing this transformation, sends these documents to IT, and then waits whilst IT reprogrammes the same logic into the rating system. In these siloed workstreams, actuaries need to translate models into technical specifications for IT teams and then hang around for implementation of these models.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>From my own experience as an actuary within major insurance carriers, each step in this chain can introduce delays, errors and frustration for the parties involved.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Silos Create Inefficiencies</strong></div>

<div>Let&rsquo;s be candid - actuaries may see their company's IT department as a consistent blocker for flexible and efficient pricing. On the other side of the divide, IT teams struggle to translate complex actuarial requirements into operational systems quickly enough to maintain competitive positioning in the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The problem isn't the people but rather the legacy systems and processes that are the bane of effective insurance pricing. Many insurers work with a patchwork of software products, and most actuaries have no direct control over the implementation of new prices. But this approach to pricing is &quot;old-tech thinking&quot; and needs to be updated.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>It is hard to believe that any rational software developer would accept this kind of redundancy in other industries. Legacy systems create unhelpful inefficiencies from duplicated work, to extended timelines and increased risk of implementation errors that can cost millions through mispriced policies.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The problem compounds because effective insurance pricing is not a one time exercise. As economic conditions change and competitors improve their offering, pricing requires constant adjustment and insurers need to be able to respond accordingly with the best pricing and rating offers. Analytics teams continuously seek new data sources, customer-facing teams within insurers regularly review pricing options and current rates in rating engines are constantly subject to change. This dynamic environment makes the traditional, fragmented approach increasingly unworkable.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The Scale of The Challenge</strong></div>

<div>Inefficiencies in the breakdown of pricing and rating systems can have a direct impact on the capacity to make timely, accurate and competitive pricing decisions when they matter most.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Just recently, Howden&rsquo;s January 1 2026 reinsurance renewal report revealed that risk adjusted global property catastrophe reinsurance rates-on-line decreased by an average of 14.7% - the sharpest decline in risk adjusted global property rates since 2014. This is a clear example of how, in such a volatile environment, the ability to respond quickly to market changes has become as critical as pricing accuracy itself.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The Solution is Unified Pricing and Rating</strong></div>

<div>The path forward involves adopting fully integrated platforms that unify pricing, rating and underwriting functions. These modern systems enable actuaries to define data transformations once and automatically carry them over to rating engines, ensuring consistency between analytical models, regulatory filings and market implementation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This approach empowers actuaries to manage as much of the change and specification process as possible, eliminating the over complicated translation steps that plague current processes. Not only that but unifying pricing and rating would give them more direct control to implement model changes directly without extensive IT involvement, dramatically reducing implementation time and risk of errors.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Additionally, such modern integrated platforms would be able to address other pain points including automating consistency, where rate logic defined once automatically propagates across all systems, ensuring alignment between analytical models and live pricing. The platform should also be able to deploy new rates and model updates instantly without lengthy development cycles while providing complete visibility into pricing changes and their implementation, supporting both regulatory compliance and business oversight.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Cost efficiency is another key element - unified platforms save costs usually involved in duplicating data management, reducing the need for complex integration middleware.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Despite the various benefits of unifying these processes, insurers need to consider potential implementation barriers including organisational inertia and underestimation of both the problem's scale and available solutions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Many insurers worry about the complexity of changing established systems and processes, particularly ensuring that new approaches remain explainable and production ready. However, these concerns can be addressed through phased implementation approaches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The Strategic Imperative</strong></div>

<div>2026 is set to bring familiar as well as new challenges to insurers, including margin squeezes in a softening market, new harder-to-model risks from climate and geopolitical events, and regulatory scrutiny. Replacing legacy systems with a unified pricing and rating will enable insurers to respond with agility to these market pressures, which will give them a competitive advantage.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The question for industry leaders isn't whether to modernise their pricing and rating systems, but how quickly they can implement these improvements before competitors gain decisive advantages.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/why-insurers-should-unify-pricing-and-rating-in-2026-26379.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hedging Comes Good As Yields Fall</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index &ndash; a monitor of how various pension scheme strategies are performing on their journeys to self-sufficiency &ndash; posts its latest update.</p>

<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index reports its update for February 2026 with the fully hedged scheme outperforming the half-hedged scheme in the face of falling gilt yields.</p>

<p>The funding level of the fully hedged scheme increased by 1.1 percentage points from 71.8% at the end of January to 72.9% at the end of February. This marks its strongest funding position since September 2022.</p>

<p>The funding level of the 50% hedged scheme fell back slightly from 108.9% at the end of January to 108.7% at the end of February remaining broadly similar to levels seen at the start of the year.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneSelf0903261.jpg" style="height:298px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Chris Rice, Head of Trustee Services at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &quot;Many defined benefit schemes are in a strong position following increasingly hedged strategies and positive returns on growth assets over the last year or two.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The instability in the Middle East casts a shadow over investment strategies and outcomes presently. The turbulence has the potential to being a roller coaster ride on financial markets, so schemes and their trustees should make sure they have their investments well managed to protect their funding positions.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hedging-comes-good-as-yields-fall-26377.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets Continue Sell Off As Oil Soars And Gold Drops</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>&ldquo;The Iran conflict intensified over the weekend and oil briefly going above $115 a barrel has caused another bout of selling on financial markets,&rdquo; says Dan Coatsworth, head of markets at AJ Bell.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Tipping over the $100 a barrel level has major implications from a psychological and economical perspective. It significantly raises the chances of a sharp jump in inflation and interest rates shifting to a completely different path than the market had priced in only two weeks ago. Markets are now pointing towards a situation where UK interest rates could remain level for the rest of the year and potentially go up in 2027. That is radically different from recent expectations of more cuts this year.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Investors are now weighing up the prospect of the Iran conflict lasting longer than they previously thought. Risk appetite has evaporated as investors lock in profits on areas of the market that have served them well in recent months and years, such as shares in Rolls-Royce and Lloyds, and gold. The precious metal was also dragged down by a strengthening US dollar which makes gold more expensive for buyers in other currencies.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 fell 1.2% to 10,160, with only a handful of stocks in positive territory including Shell and BP as two beneficiaries of the sharp rise in the oil price. Their earnings could soar in the near-term.</p>

<p>&ldquo;One might have expected all types of commodity producers to be in demand if inflation picks up. When inflation goes up, investors often seek exposure to hard assets as they tend to retain value better than financial assets in such an environment. However, miners were among the biggest losers on the market on Monday.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The spike in oil prices means mining companies face a sharp rise in costs to run their operations. There is also increased uncertainty around global economic activity because the Iran conflict puts a question mark over demand levels for metals and minerals near-term.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Investors often turn to defensive-style industries in the face of uncertainty, such as grocers and tobacco producers. There are elements of that trend now at play, but these stocks are only relative winners, not absolute ones. For example, Imperial Brands was down 0.2% which is nowhere near as bad as the broader market, but still in negative territory. While Tesco fared better with a 0.2% rise, Sainsbury&rsquo;s was down 1.1%. Events in Iran are moving so fast that many investors might simply want to sit on the sidelines for now.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>OIL MARKET</strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;Oil hadn&rsquo;t traded above $100 per barrel since the months following the Russian invasion of Ukraine but in a matter of minutes on Monday the price had shot up to close to $120 per barrel. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Having built steadily through last week, the continued escalation of hostilities in Iran and a sustained blockage of the Strait of Hormuz caused a blowout which saw prices move higher. The G7 is reported to be discussing a joint release of petroleum reserves this morning which has helped bring prices back a touch from their highs. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Oil was below $60 per barrel as recently as January, having slowly eased as global energy markets absorbed the impact of sanctions on Russian assets.  </p>

<p>&ldquo;The surge in both oil and natural gas is a dramatic shift for the world economy to adjust to. After all, rising oil prices are known as a tax on growth.  </p>

<p>&ldquo;If prices were to follow the same trajectory as they did from 2022, with an initial spike followed by a long and gradual moderation of prices, then the impact could be long lasting in terms of inflation and the implications for interest rates. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Much depends on how much longer the conflict lasts and when key infrastructure and shipping routes can be brought back to normality. For as long as that seems a distant prospect, the upwards pressure on energy markets is likely to continue. </p>

<p>&ldquo;On the basis that the cure for high prices is high prices, eventually demand may drop, other production might ramp up to fill the gap, and the situation might stabilise. However, this now seems set to be a drawn-out affair. </p>

<p>&ldquo;The surge in energy prices is good news for oil producers. It is bad news for importers of energy &ndash; which is why Asian countries, which are heavily reliant on imported gas and oil, have seen some of the biggest market falls.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>CLARKSON </strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;The global shipping market is in focus in a way it probably hasn&rsquo;t been since Covid, making now an interesting time for broker Clarkson to announce its latest results. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Clarkson works as an intermediary between ship owners and charterers &ndash; those looking to move cargo. That puts it right at the centre of several moving parts geopolitically, including tariffs and global conflicts. </p>

<p>&ldquo;The company&rsquo;s ability to navigate increasingly complex and fractured waters is reflected in the company&rsquo;s 23rd consecutive increase in the dividend. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Arguably these complexities make its services, which also include financing and data insights, even more crucial and Clarkson&rsquo;s order book is moving higher at a rate of knots.&rdquo;  </p>

<p><strong>NIGEL FARAGE / BITCOIN / STACK</strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;Nigel Farage has invested &pound;215,000 in a buy-and-build company which plans to invest in bitcoin while it looks for acquisition targets.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Stack is chaired by former chancellor Kwasi Kwarteng and having an association with two well-known political figures might help to boost the company&rsquo;s profile. That is important given Stack has limited resources and may need to undertake multiple fundraisings if it wants to get the business off the ground.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Having grand plans to build a portfolio of high-quality, cash-generative companies is one thing, executing on those plans and making them happen is another.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-continue-sell-off-as-oil-soars-and-gold-drops-26380.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Strong Underlying Support For Auto Enrolment Reform</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>New report from Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement finds employers want to boost employee pension saving, but struggle to prioritise it and are concerned about timing, pace and budgeting for any changes. Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement urges the Pensions Commission to build consensus amongst employers, workers and industry to shape the future of pension saving.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>New research from the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement has found that over two in five (43%) business leaders think auto-enrolment (AE) contributions should be raised. This compares to a third (36%) who believe it should remain at current levels, just 6% who believe the rate should be lowered, and 8% who believe it should be removed and set by individual employers. Larger employers (with 250+ employees) are more in favour of rises to AE contributions with the majority (54%) supporting a rise, while half (50%) of medium employers (50-249 employees) are in favour of a rise too.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This new polling, of 500 business leaders, alongside a new report, explored employer attitudes to raising contributions and their awareness of options for enhancing provision, against the backdrop of both a brewing retirement income crisis and near-term pressures on hiring costs and weak economic growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The survey identified a clear theme, that employers would like to be able to do more for their employees, and among those considering raising pension contribution levels in the next five years, 37% say their motivation is to support employee wellbeing and long-term financial security, 37% also say they believe it is their responsibility to help their employees save more for retirement, and 34% see it as a way to help retain and hire staff.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If pension contributions were to be increased, 73% would support a phased timetable for gradually raising contribution levels, while a similar proportion (72%) would support the   flexibility to pause, slow or &lsquo;opt-down&rsquo; increases to contribution levels during economic downturns. These options have more support than a shorter 6&ndash;12-month implementation timetable, which 57% would support. Standard Life previously identified that contribution increases should be phased in gradually, with built-in pause mechanisms to halt or slow rises during periods of economic strain.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>New report assesses employers&rsquo; appetite for change</strong></div>

<div>The introduction of AE is rightly viewed as a huge success for pension savings, with more than 22 million employees now saving into a workplace pension, but gaps in coverage exist and, by the government&rsquo;s own estimates, more than 15 million working-age people are heading for an inadequate retirement income3. A Pensions Commission has been established to address this challenge, but the government has stated no changes to AE pension contributions will be made in this Parliament.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Against this backdrop, the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement&rsquo;s new report, Defying Inertia4, produced by the Institute for Employment Studies, explores in-depth interviews with employers and experts to understand appetite for change and to also identify any near-term changes employers could use to support lower-to-middle earners.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The report, based on qualitative interviews with employers, finds:</strong></div>

<div>Employers want to support greater pension saving, with little opposition to higher contributions, and recognise the need for policy changes to boost pensions adequacy</div>

<div>They emphasise the importance of flexibility and introducing any changes at the right time and pace, with a clear timetable to allow employers to plan and budget with confidence so costs can be managed during periods of economic uncertainty</div>

<div>Employers highlighted that part-time workers, those with multiple jobs, younger employees, and people with fluctuating hours continue to fall outside the AE system</div>

<div>Most employers agreed that current minimum contribution levels are insufficient for a financially secure retirement, with inertia boosting participation but keeping savings levels low</div>

<div>The Pensions Commission has an opportunity to build consensus &ndash; to bring together employers, workers and the industry to shape the next phase of AE.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Both polling and employer interviews assessed whether there was scope for changes within the current savings framework. In the survey of business leaders, three fifths (61%) say they are likely to consider auto-escalation, 59% ISAs linked to their payroll and 49% sidecar savings to increase employee pension saving, as an alternative to salary sacrifice. The polling shows that business leaders are open to alternatives, while the qualitative interviews found that despite being positive about options like auto-escalation and sidecar savings, adoption rates and awareness remain low due to a combination of complexity, cost and a belief that more fundamental reform to pension contributions is needed to deliver meaningful change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Employers were also asked about other ways they could boost pension provision and engagement. A clear majority of business leaders would consider lowering the age threshold for default AE contributions in their organisation from 22 to 18 (75%), while seven in 10 (70%) would consider lowering the income threshold (with lower earners and part-time workers currently earning below &pound;10,000 a year not eligible for AE). This indicates strong employer support for the recommendations of the 2017 Auto-Enrolment Review. The previous government had agreed to implement these recommendations during the mid-2020s, but this has not yet happened.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Catherine Foot, Director of the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement, comments: </strong>&ldquo;The success of auto-enrolment is to be celebrated, but it&rsquo;s clear more needs to be done to support low-to-middle earners, in particular, with minimum contribution levels giving people a false sense of security that they are saving enough for the retirement income they need. Employers recognise the important role they must play with many doing more than the minimum, alongside supporting further change. Ultimately, ongoing inaction will mean costs will be borne by government and society further down the line. If changes are to be introduced, we need to ensure broad support. It&rsquo;s also crucial that employers have time to prepare with a clear roadmap for change &ndash; this is about evolution not revolution to improve pensions adequacy. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As the Pensions Commission considers the future of the system, we have a crucial opportunity to ensure it remains fit for future generations while giving employers certainty. There are important times ahead as employers, government and the industry restore the promise of a decent retirement for future generations.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gail Izat, Managing Director for Workplace and Retail Intermediary at Standard Life, comments: </strong>&ldquo;Employers care deeply about supporting their people&rsquo;s financial security, but they&rsquo;re operating in tough economic conditions. Many know current pension contributions won&rsquo;t deliver financial security in retirement for most employees, yet without a clear, manageable framework it&rsquo;s hard for businesses to act alone. We need the right conditions to help employers raise saving levels sustainably, with enough time to plan and budget for change.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/strong-underlying-support-for-auto-enrolment-reform-26378.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Master Trusts To Prepare For Future Scale Requirements Now</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Pensions Regulator (TPR) has published a statement today to help trustees of DC master trusts prepare for the proposed new scale requirements in the Pension Schemes Bill. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Building on the Department for Work and Pensions&rsquo; (DWP) Policy Principles Paper, TPR&rsquo;s statement encourages trustees to: </div>

<div><em>evaluate their potential to grow to scale </em></div>

<div><em>develop evidence-based projections </em></div>

<div><em>review their operational readiness for the challenges and opportunities ahead.  </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The statement provides new analysis showing that there is significant momentum and growth potential in the master trust sector as a whole. That is why the regulator urges caution to any advisers and employers second guessing which master trusts not yet at scale will be unable to meet scale within the timescales.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>TPR says that employers and advisers should approach selecting a pension scheme in this period of transition focused squarely on saver outcomes. TPR&rsquo;s statement aims to support a smooth transition to scale. It is intended to reduce uncertainty, and to help trustees, employers and advisers understand the types of analysis and preparation that will be relevant once the requirements come into effect </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Richard Knox, Executive Director, Strategy, Policy and Analysis, said: </strong>&ldquo;We want master trusts to consider their potential to grow, understand the evidence that may be needed in future, and assess their operational readiness for the changes proposed in the Bill. By preparing early, trustees can make informed decisions that support long-term value for their savers. Employers and advisers also have a vital role to play, and we encourage them to take a proportionate, balanced approach that focuses on what delivers the best outcomes for members.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Helping schemes to scale </strong></div>

<div>The Pension Schemes Bill will introduce a requirement for DC master trusts to hold a minimum amount of assets under management (at least &pound;25bn from 2030) in a main scale default arrangement (MSDA), alongside a transition pathway for schemes that need longer to reach scale. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>In anticipation of these changes, TPR encourages trustees to begin considering: </strong></div>

<div><em>How their scheme might grow over time, including analysis of organic and potential inorganic growth. </em></div>

<div><em>What evidence might underpin future growth projections, including demographic factors, contribution flows and investment assumptions. </em></div>

<div><em>Whether their governance, systems and processes are positioned to support future scale requirements. </em></div>

<div><em>How their investment capability and governance align with wider reforms in the Bill. </em></div>

<div><em>What these changes could mean for current and future members, including value for money and long-term outcomes. </em></div>

<div>  </div>

<div>Employers and employee benefit consultants also play a key role in shaping market outcomes. TPR encourages them to take a balanced, evidence-based approach when selecting or reviewing a master trust, considering: </div>

<div>compliance with AE obligations </div>

<div><em>value for money, including investment performance and service quality </em></div>

<div><em>governance and operational resilience </em></div>

<div><em>preparedness for the proposed scale requirements </em></div>

<div><em>quality of administration and transition processes </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/master-trusts-to-prepare-for-future-scale-requirements-now-26381.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Can Genai Solve The Pension Iht Problem </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Dale Critchley, Workplace Policy Manager, Aviva</strong></u></p>

<p>Advice on IHT planning can be remarkably effective, especially for those with larger estates, but there are reports that people are increasingly turning to GenAI for financial advice and guidance.             </p>

<p>I asked one of the well-known AI tools a few financial questions to see what came back.  I found that if you ask whether you should buy a particular stock, you will get a warning that buying shares is a regulated activity and if GenAI gave a personalised investment recommendation that might expose you to financial harm. GenAI is clearly well trained on what constitutes regulated advice.</p>

<p>I found that GenAI also knows what constitutes guidance, which puts it in a more informed position than most people, who have little knowledge of the advice/guidance boundary.  Ask GenAI what you can do to avoid IHT on a &pound;400,000 pension pot post-2027 and it will respond with several suggestions, not all of which are fully explained.  </p>

<p>As an example, GenAI suggests that pension benefits held in a discretionary trust with a non-legally binding nomination are less likely to fall within IHT. This presumes that the trustees will make a judgement on whether to follow a nomination, or not, based on tax efficiency. While this is possible, it&rsquo;s questionable whether it&rsquo;s probable, and there is no initial explanation as to how it might work. As most pension nominations are non-binding the potential for a scheme member to assume they needn&rsquo;t worry about IHT is a real risk.    </p>

<p>The other solution missing from the list provided in my test, is to seek regulated advice. GenAI points out that the list of potential actions &ldquo;does not constitute personal financial advice, they&rsquo;re general planning options supported by published guidance&rdquo;, but fails to recommend seeking regulated advice as an action in itself.</p>

<p>Most of what was on my GenAI to- do list made sense, it was a helpful starting point in understanding the issues and some of the simpler solutions but, as is often the way with Gen AI, a seemingly complete list of well-worded bullet points can give the impression that AI has all the (correct) answers.  </p>

<p>While we can tell people that GenAI should be a co-pilot, not an autopilot it&rsquo;s clear that GenAI will be used as a source of guidance in the absence of more reliable sources of information. It&rsquo;s something for everyone involved in running a scheme to consider. </p>

<p>The IHT change is an example of a development that will concern far more people than it will impact. The biggest issue for most people is having saved enough to last them through their retirement, and most people will live to enjoy the full benefit of their pension saving. This will not prevent people from worrying about the consequences for their children if the worst were to happen, however. Many will want to ensure their children get the maximum benefit from an inheritance.</p>

<p>Schemes should consider communication well in advance of next April, to allow people time to plan or put protections in place. We are likely to see increased attention on this as we get closer to April 2027 and people may appreciate some human reassurance, guidance and advice before then.                                                                    </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/can-genai-solve-the-pension-iht-problem--26376.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 6 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dc Providers Adapting To Modern Retirement Behaviours</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Isio has published its latest analysis of the investment performance and asset allocation of 15 major UK defined contribution (DC) master trust providers. Marking five years since Isio began its peer group comparison series, the latest report highlights how default strategies have evolved significantly, becoming more growth-focused and aligned to how members are now accessing their pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Global equity markets delivered positive returns in the final quarter of 2025, with major indices reaching record levels. UK equities outperformed as investors diversified beyond the US, while emerging markets also generated gains. Credit markets were supported by expectations of further rate cuts, and UK gilt yields fell following the Autumn Budget and easing inflation. Against this supportive backdrop, DC savers continued to benefit from diversified default strategies. However, the more significant story is structural.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Growth phase: greater confidence in long-term return potential</strong></div>

<div>Over the past five years, providers have steadily increased allocations to growth assets within off-the-shelf default strategies. Higher equity exposures across global, regional and small cap markets have become more common, alongside a gradual introduction of private market investments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This reflects growing confidence that members can tolerate short-term volatility in pursuit of stronger long-term outcomes. Observed behaviour during periods of market stress, including the Covid shock and tariff-driven volatility in 2025, has shown limited evidence of panic-driven disinvestment. That evidence base has supported a more dynamic approach to portfolio construction.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IsioGrowth0603261.jpg" style="height:337px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Changes have extended beyond asset mix. ESG integration has become more embedded within default design, with many strategies enhancing sustainability characteristics alongside targeting competitive risk-adjusted returns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirement phase: shifting from annuity mindset to drawdown reality</strong></div>

<div>The most notable evolution has taken place at retirement. Five years ago, many providers held between 10% and 30% in equities as members approached retirement, with significant allocations to cash and traditional bonds reflecting an annuity-focused model. Today, average equity exposure in retirement strategies has increased to around 30%, signalling a stronger belief in maintaining growth potential as members transition into drawdown.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IsioGrowth20603261.jpg" style="height:315px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Cash allocations have generally reduced as fewer members target full annuity purchase or immediate encashment. With more members opting for flexi-access drawdown, strategies have adapted to support sustainable income over potentially decades of retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the same time, diversification within fixed income has broadened. Greater use of multi-asset and securitised credit, alongside a shift toward shorter-dated bonds, reflects efforts to manage interest-rate sensitivity while accessing wider sources of yield. Absolute return bond strategies have largely been removed where they have not met expectations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These developments demonstrate a move away from a predominantly defensive, annuity-led design toward a more flexible, growth-aware retirement framework.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Powley, Head of DC Master Trust Research at Isio, said:</strong> &ldquo;Five years on from our first peer group comparison, the direction of travel is clear. Default strategies have become more growth-focused and more closely aligned to how members are actually using their pensions. Providers have responded to evidence around member behaviour and evolving retirement patterns, increasing equity exposure where appropriate and broadening diversification across credit and private markets. The result is a more balanced approach that seeks to support long-term sustainability as well as short-term stability for DC savers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s particularly notable is the increased confidence in members&rsquo; ability to stay invested through periods of volatility. That has allowed providers to think more strategically about long-term return generation, rather than building portfolios around the fear of short-term market shocks. As retirement behaviours continue to evolve, we expect default design to keep adapting in measured and thoughtful ways.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dc-providers-adapting-to-modern-retirement-behaviours-26375.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 6 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Aon Appoints New Global Head Of Analytics For Reinsurance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In his expanded role, Attard will accelerate the development and utilization of Aon&rsquo;s reinsurance analytics capabilities to help insurers navigate volatility, optimize capital and make better decisions through the market cycle to drive performance. Building on his track record of integrating strategy, analytics and execution in client-facing leadership roles, Attard will further unite Aon&rsquo;s data, technology and more than 1,000 reinsurance analytics colleagues to accelerate Aon&rsquo;s innovation roadmap.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;George brings a combination of strategic vision, deep actuarial expertise and a practical understanding of what our clients need in the evolving risk landscape,&rdquo; <strong>said Andy Marcell, CEO of Global Solutions for Aon.</strong> &ldquo;As we continue to invest in the next generation of analytics, George&rsquo;s leadership will help us bring the full strength of Aon to our clients to manage even the most complex of exposures, facilitated by our Risk Capital structure, which allows Aon to deliver solutions seamlessly across Commercial Risk and Reinsurance.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With this appointment, Paul Shedden will remain global head of Advanced Risk Analytics across all of the firm&rsquo;s solution lines where he will continue to oversee Aon&rsquo;s enterprise-wide analytics strategy and delivery. Shedden will work with Attard to drive innovation across Reinsurance Solutions&rsquo; analytics and broking capabilities while aligning to the firm&rsquo;s broader analytics strategy and ensuring the solution line both contributes to and benefits from Aon&rsquo;s wider capabilities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;I am excited to expand my role and drive an integrated approach that aligns our reinsurance analytics and strategy to unlock differentiated value for our clients,&rdquo; <strong>Attard said</strong>. &ldquo;By continuing to invest in advanced analytics, AI and our people, Aon is enabling more resilient decision-making and new opportunities to meet evolving client needs.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/aon-appoints-new-global-head-of-analytics-for-reinsurance-26374.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 6 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Easing Energy Prices Give Markets A Breather</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global markets are looking more positive today, if only a touch, largely driven by a let-up in oil prices after a volatile week for energy markets. Oil slipped back this morning, on the back of a five-day rally as the Trump administration signalled it&rsquo;s considering several steps to tackle the recent surge in oil and gas prices. Potential measures under discussion include releasing crude from US emergency reserves, granting waivers on fuel-blending requirements, and even allowing the US Treasury to trade oil futures. The move has helped calm nerves across markets this morning, with investors encouraged that policymakers are actively looking to contain the economic fallout from higher energy costs.</p>

<p>That said, it&rsquo;s worth keeping the broader move in perspective - oil has still jumped nearly 20% this week, putting it on track for its biggest weekly advance since February 2022. Higher prices tend to feed through to consumers almost immediately via rising petrol costs, which in turn risks reigniting inflation pressures just as central banks were hoping for some relief. Still, stock markets have been reasonably robust considering the events, a signal that investors are siding with the transitory narrative for now, a view we share.</p>

<p>Gold is trading up to around $5,110 per ounce this morning but is still on track for its first weekly decline in five weeks - something that may come as a surprise given the ongoing geopolitical tensions. While the Middle East conflict has boosted demand for safe-haven assets, the resulting surge in oil prices has stoked fresh inflation concerns, prompting traders to dial back expectations for rate cuts. Markets are now pricing in just one US cut this year, down from two earlier in the week, after surging oil prices and a run of solid US data pointed to continued economic resilience. Rate expectations often don&rsquo;t get the attention they deserve, but they&rsquo;ve quietly been one of the biggest forces at play this week.</p>

<p>Chip stocks could face a fresh bout of policy uncertainty after reports that the US is toying with the idea of new export controls on advanced AI chips - an unwelcome twist for the sector, especially after this administration scrapped Biden-era &ldquo;AI diffusion&rdquo; rules last year. The proposed framework could require government approval for shipments of AI chips to countries outside the US, effectively giving Washington a gatekeeper role in global semiconductor sales. Even so, this isn&rsquo;t unfamiliar territory for chipmakers, who have navigated multiple rounds of export restrictions in recent years - meaning while it may add some administrative friction, it&rsquo;s unlikely to materially dent financials if it comes to pass.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/easing-energy-prices-give-markets-a-breather-26373.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 6 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>When Life Happens Pensions Pause</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Life can be complicated and rarely involves a linear journey to retirement; instead it is shaped by pivotal moments that introduce uncertainty or make the future look unpredictable. New research from Standard Life, a retirement specialist focused entirely on retirement savings and income, shows that major life events frequently disrupt peoples&rsquo; ability to save for retirement. Over a third (37%) of UK adults who experience one and have a private pension say it led to them pausing, reducing or stopping pension contributions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Taking a career break (45%), followed by redundancy (44%), becoming self-employed (33%), and after having children (21%) are among some of the most common triggers, according to the research, which explored key life moments and their impact on long-term savings. While retirement saving is often seen as a steady, long-term habit, the reality is that people&rsquo;s financial lives rarely move in a straight line. Contributions often rise, fall or pause as people navigate the ups and downs of life &ndash; reflecting how people actually live rather than how the system assumes they do.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifePause0503261.jpg" style="height:298px; width:600px" /></div>

<div>Career breaks are the most likely life event to impact peoples&rsquo; ability to save for retirement, with 45% of those who have experienced one saying it led them to reduce, pause or stop their pension contributions, with pauses lasting one year and 10 months on average. Redundancy follows close behind (44%) but notably has the shortest average pause, at one year and four months. This suggests that while redundancy is a common saving disruptor, many people restart contributions relatively quickly when they return to work &ndash; auto-enrolment is likely a welcome factor in this.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In contrast, one in five (21%) of people who have had children say this led to pausing, reducing or stopping contributions into their pension (with an average pause of two years and four months), as well as almost one in five (18%) of people who have caring responsibilities, &ndash; which suggests that life events linked to longer-term structural changes tend to result in longer contribution gaps, even if fewer people are affected overall. Certain groups &ndash; notably women and younger generations &ndash; feel the financial impact of life&rsquo;s ups and downs more sharply</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The impact of life events on pension saving is not evenly felt. Women, for example, are significantly more likely than men to pause, reduce or stop pension contributions after starting a family (27% compared with 16%). </div>

<div>Younger adults feel the impact particularly sharply, as nearly a third of all Gen Z (32%) and Millennials (33%) have paused or reduced contributions as a result of life moments, compared with 24% of Gen X and just 16% of Baby Boomers. Furthermore, becoming self-employed is also a major trigger for Gen Z pausing reducing or stopping their pension contributions (56%), as well as taking a career break such as maternity leave (59%), being made redundant (57%), having children (51%), and buying their first home (44%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The long-term cost of a &ldquo;temporary&rdquo; pause</strong></div>

<div>While the average pause following a major life event lasts two years, for a notable minority, the disruption becomes far more prolonged. One in seven (14%) of those who pause pension contributions did so for more than five years for at least one of the life events they have experienced &ndash; and Standard Life analysis shows how these longer breaks can have lasting consequences. Someone starting work at the age of 22 on a salary of &pound;25,000 and pays the minimum monthly auto-enrolment contributions (5% employee, 3% employer) could build a retirement pot of around &pound;210,000 by age 68, allowing for 2% inflation and charges2. However:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>A two-year pause (around the average length people pause their contributions as a result of a life event) between ages 30 and 32 could reduce that pot to &pound;200,000, &pound;10,000 less</em></div>

<div><em>A five-year pause between ages 30 and 35 could reduce that pot to &pound;185,000, &pound;25,000 less</em></div>

<div><em>A ten-year pause between 30 and 40 could reduce it to &pound;161,000, &pound;49,000 less</em></div>

<div><em>A fifteen-year break between 30 and 45 could bring it down to &pound;138,000 (&pound;72,000 less).</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cause for optimism</strong></div>

<div>Despite the disruption life events can cause, there is optimism about making up for lost time. Three in five (62%) people yet to retire, who have paused, reduced or stopped contributions due to a life event, feel confident that they can make up any shortfall on their pension contributions. Nearly two in five (38%) of those who paused contributions already have a plan in place to manage this, including intending to increase contributions as their income rises (32%) or expecting to work for longer (24%) to restore lost momentum. Importantly, not all life events lead to reduced saving. Nearly a fifth (18%) of those who started their own business say it led to them increasing their pension contributions, as did one in ten (11%) of those who have had children.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc, said: </strong>&ldquo;Life rarely follows a straight line - and pensions don&rsquo;t either. Life events such as being made redundant, managing long-term illness, starting a family, or taking time out are simply part of how people actually live, and it&rsquo;s completely normal for retirement saving to pause during those moments. The challenge is that pensions build over decades, so even relatively short gaps can have a bigger impact than people expect. A pause might feel temporary at the time, yet it can have a lasting impact if contributions aren&rsquo;t restarted. Everyone&rsquo;s journey to and through retirement can be better, and the encouraging news is that small steps can make a real difference. Restarting contributions as soon as possible can help rebuild momentum. From there, gradually increasing payments when income rises, using part of a pay increase or bonus to boost pension contributions, and checking the full employer contribution available through a workplace scheme, can all help empower people to engage with their financial futures and help them get back on track to achieve better outcomes and greater financial security in later life.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/when-life-happens-pensions-pause-26367.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 5 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Models Underestimating Climate Signal From Winter Rainfall</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Daniel Bannister,Weather & Climate Risks Research Lead, WTW and James Carruthers, Postdoctoral Researcher, Newcastle University School of Engineering </strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Understanding how and why winter rainfall is changing is challenging because natural variability masks the signal. But new research through the Willis Research Network shows that a clear climate change signal is now detectable, with important implications for risk and resilience, and on the way we think about the future of winter rainfall across Europe.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We take you through four ways U.K. winter storms are changing, what&rsquo;s driving these shifts, and why it matters for how we model and manage future risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>01 Two drivers control where storms go and how wet they are</strong></div>

<div>When we think about what contributes to wet winters, there are two main drivers at play:</div>

<div><strong>Dynamical drivers</strong>&ndash; these are about where storms go. They are shaped by the jet stream, the fast-moving river of air high above the Atlantic that steers storm systems toward or away from Europe.</div>

<div><strong>Thermodynamical drivers</strong>&ndash; these are about how much water storms can carry. A warmer atmosphere holds more moisture, which means that when storms arrive, they can deliver heavier rainfall.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>One way to picture this is to imagine storms as delivery trucks. The dynamical drivers decide which roads the trucks take and which towns they visit. The thermodynamical drivers decide how full those trucks are when they arrive. </div>

<div>Both dynamical and thermodynamical drivers are expected to change with global warming, although thermodynamical changes are more robust. Physics dictates that the amount of moisture the atmosphere can hold increases at <strong>7% per degree of warming</strong>. Changes to dynamical drivers are more complex and uncertain, although models indicate a likely strengthening of the Atlantic jet stream in the winter. Understanding observed and projected changes in winter rainfall requires understanding both these drivers separately, since they are influenced by different processes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>02 The climate signal in winter rainfall is now clear</strong></div>

<div>In recently published research from the University of Newcastle and Willis Research Network, the contribution from dynamical and thermodynamical drivers in U.K. winter rainfall is separated via a methodology called <strong>dynamical adjustment</strong>. By separating these two drivers, a clear pattern is found:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The thermodynamical signal</strong>&ndash; the increase in atmospheric moisture linked to rising temperatures &ndash; is already detectable.This strengthening is directly tied to human-driven climate change, which is warming both the oceans and the atmosphere.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While the results of this study are for the U.K., the processes which drive this intensification will likely also influence Europe more generally and other mid-latitudes such as the USA and Japan. Further research is ongoing to assess changes in these regions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>03 Storms are intensifying faster than models predict</strong></div>

<div>Climate models also predict this intensification, but more importantly the <strong>observed increase is happening faster than the models suggest.</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In other words, the &ldquo;trucks&rdquo; of winter storms are not just carrying more rain, they are filling up more quickly than global climate models had anticipated. For the insurance and risk management industry, this matters because many climate risk assessments often rely on those models. If the models are underestimating how quickly thermodynamical drivers are intensifying, then there is a risk of underestimating potential losses from heavy winter rainfall in the near term.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>04 New models and storylines offer opportunities to better understand future risks</strong></div>

<div>To address this gap, the industry and scientific community are increasingly looking at alternative approaches:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Convection-permitting models:</strong> These are high-resolution climate simulations that explicitly represent storm processes like heavy rainfall, rather than smoothing them out. They tend to give a more realistic picture of extremes, though they are computationally intensive. Research from Newcastle University, a Willis Research Network partner, has shed new light onto rainfall,wind, and hail  extremes using these models.</div>

<div><strong>Storyline approaches:</strong> Instead of relying only on model averages, storylines explore &ldquo;what if&rdquo; scenarios of past or plausible future events under today&rsquo;s warmer conditions. For example, what if the 2023/24 winter happened again with the extra moisture the atmosphere can now hold? This can provide decision-makers with concrete narratives of risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By combining these approaches with traditional modelling, reinsurers can gain a more robust view of evolving rainfall risks. The goal is not to replace models but to broaden the toolkit, bringing science closer to the realities of risk management.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Why this matters for risk managers, insurers and reinsurers</strong></div>

<div>For reinsurers and their clients, the key message is that winter rainfall is intensifying, and the pace of change is faster than global climate models suggest.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>This has several important implications:</strong></div>

<div><em>Future projections of rainfall and flooding extremes from global climate models are underestimates and client exposure may be higher than these models imply. How are you testing infrastructure and portfolio decisions against the most recent 10&ndash;20 years of observed flood experience, not only against global climate model averages?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Model-based views of near-term risk may also be underestimates if recent intensification of rainfall has not been incorporated; catastrophe models may need updating. When was your model baseline last reviewed, and how are you engaging vendors to capture observed shifts since the calibration period?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Recommendations on climate adaptation and flood mitigation will need to account for the underestimation of rainfall intensification in both the near and long term. If I take a 1-in-200 year event from my model, is that really 1-in-200 in 2026, or was it 1-in-200 in 1996?</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/models-underestimating-climate-signal-from-winter-rainfall-26372.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 5 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Trusteeship Strengths And Cautions On Dwp Consultation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The submission outlines key strengths inherent in the current trust-based governance system for pension schemes. Notably, the flexible governance structures enable schemes to tailor arrangements according to specific requirements, whether through traditional boards or professional trustees. This adaptability supports optimal outcomes across varied scheme types.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rachel Croft, Chair of APPT, commented:</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Accountability remains central to trusteeship, supported by clear fiduciary duties that guide decision-making in members&rsquo; interests. Boards composed of both lay and professional trustees encourage a balance of perspectives and expertise, thereby enhancing effectiveness. While proportional regulation allows schemes to focus on substantive matters, regulatory demands can present challenges, especially for smaller schemes. We believe that the growing and now well-established professional trustee market continues to deliver substantial expertise and continuity, including facilitating improved strategic planning for complex transactions and long-term schemes.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Principal Points from the APPT Submission:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Barriers to Effective Trusteeship (Question 2)</strong></div>

<div>While the current regime demonstrates significant strengths, APPT identifies certain obstacles affecting effective trusteeship. Traditional boards, particularly those with part-time lay trustees, may encounter difficulties adapting to rapid market developments and managing increasingly complex funding landscapes. Smaller schemes also face heightened challenges due to rising regulatory requirements and maintaining strategic priorities amid procedural constraints.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Conflicts of Interest in Professional Trusteeship (Question 5)</strong></div>

<div>APPT addresses the potential for conflicts of interest relating to professional trustee firms providing Professional Corporate Sole Trusteeship services in its PCST code of practice. This includes identification and management of conflicts of interest at the selection and appointment stage; and transparent, robust governance processes in relation to any supplementary services.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The code also states that where legislation requires that trustees obtain professional advice, a PCST must make appropriate arrangements to obtain such advice from the appointed advisers to the scheme and that PCST firms must not rely on their own (or their affiliate firm&rsquo;s) professional advice.  In accordance with TPR&rsquo;s General Code, trustees should also independently manage conflicts within their schemes&rsquo; policies and ensure full disclosure of material relationships to support transparency and mitigate risks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Trustee Appointments and Capacity (Question 7)</strong></div>

<div>APPT advises against imposing restrictions on the number of trustee appointments held by professional trustees. Capacity management is better determined by professional judgement assessing the complexities and requirements of each scheme.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Holding a number of appointments enables professional trustees to gain valuable insights and market experience, enhancing governance and member outcomes. Continuous monitoring, risk management, and quality control are considered more effective than fixed restrictions, which may inadvertently result in negative consequences.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Suitability of the PCST Model (Question 8) and Codes of Practice (Question 9)</strong></div>

<div>APPT notes that the Professional Corporate Sole Trustee (PCST) model is most suitable for smaller schemes with limited governance budgets and whilst the model can be operated successfully on larger, complex schemes the increased complexity gives advantages to larger, more diverse boards. It is less likely to be less suitable for commercially operated funds such as Master Trusts, CDCs, and Superfunds. Suitability is primarily determined by operational models rather than scheme type. Current codes of practice, including the revised APPT PCST Code effective from 1 January 2026, provide comprehensive guidance for sole trustees and has been well received.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>APPT recommends focusing on strong principles and industry accreditation to maintain standards, suggesting that proportionate oversight is required rather than arbitrary limitations or statutory regulation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Trustee Competencies and Standards (Question 16)</strong></div>

<div>Key competencies required of professional trustees include technical knowledge, governance capability, and interpersonal skills, are all grounded in Trust law and underscored in the Professional Pension Trustee Standards, which since 2019 have been set and maintained by APPT, working alongside TPR. These attributes are reflected within the requirements of the APPT accreditation process since 2020 and are classified into fitness and propriety, technical pension knowledge, behavioural traits, and soft skills. Professional trustees must demonstrate technical proficiency, sound judgement, and act in members&rsquo; best interests; qualities such as teamwork, leadership, and communication are also essential for effective trusteeship.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Accreditation and Professional Development (Question 17)</strong></div>

<div>APPT underscores the significance of its accreditation process implemented in 2020 and encompassing now some 450 professional pension trustees.  This requires pensions knowledge to be evidenced by examination as well as by practical pensions experience supplemented by annual ongoing Continuing Professional Development (CPD) and annual Reflective Discussions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Association is collaborating with stakeholders to continue to enhance the standards required and to ensure professional trustees keep pace with changes and new opportunities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Formal recognition via an eventual move to mandatory accreditation of professional trustees would strengthen the observance of Standards across the sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Minimum Standards for Administrators and Service Providers (Question 22)</strong></div>

<div>APPT advocates for the introduction of mandatory minimum standards for scheme administrators and integrated service providers, supporting improved service consistency, quality, cyber security, and more effective trustee oversight. These measures may address inequalities between large and small schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, implementation would require considerable investment from administrators, potentially increasing costs and reducing competition. Effective oversight and enforcement would necessitate additional regulator resources, possibly prompting further investment in bodies such as TPR.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/APPT response to DWP rustee and governance consultation - 2026.pdf"><strong>For a copy of the full APPT response click HERE</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/trusteeship-strengths-and-cautions-on-dwp-consultation-26368.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 5 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets Mixed As Intense Exchanges Continue In Iran War</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 has slipped around 0.3% after recovering some ground on Wednesday. But despite some understandable nerves following the initial strikes against Iran, the index has gained a healthy 6.2% year-to-date, significantly outperforming global benchmarks. Overnight attacks on Iran, Israel and regional US bases paint a nervy backdrop for today. It&rsquo;s too early to call whether Iranian forces are staging a last stand or are digging in. Outside of geopolitics, there are plenty of financial results to drive today&rsquo;s market performance. In housebuilding and insurance, Taylor Wimpey and Admiral respectively came out with solid numbers for 2025, while signalling a more cautious outlook for this year.</p>

<p>Endeavour Mining, the Africa-focussed gold producer, has reported its annual results, continuing a strong track record of meeting guidance. A 10% increase in production and 38% in average prices received, more than offset an 18% hike in unit costs. That saw net earnings race ahead by 244% to $782mn. This strength has been reflected in nearly a 200% gain in the company&rsquo;s market value over the last 12 months, and the shares have given back 2% at today's open. With production in 2026 expected to remain broadly stable and unit costs still heading up, shareholders will need pricing to stay strong to generate further earnings growth. But in times of feast, management is showing a balanced approach to capital allocation. Net debt is now di minimis, and Endeavour&rsquo;s upped its promises on shareholder payouts based on the prevailing gold price. There&rsquo;s also an ambitious exploration target in place of 12-15 million ounces of discoveries by the end of the decade.</p>

<p>Gold prices continue to recover from losses earlier in the week. However, there is likely to be further volatility ahead. The key driver for now is interest rate expectations with markets pushing their bets for a further rate cut in the US all the way out to September.   </p>

<p>After a positive day yesterday, with both S&P 500 and NASDAQ markets up, falling US stock futures suggest that yesterday&rsquo;s rebound may be short-lived. Weekly jobs data will deliver its usual double-edged message today. Initial jobless claims are expected to rise slightly to 215,000 this week, but that&rsquo;s still lower than recent averages. On the one hand, that shows resilience in the economy, but with inflationary concerns being stoked by higher oil prices, the case for imminent reductions in Fed rates is far from cut and dry.</p>

<p>Brent Crude prices are up around 3% to around $84 per barrel, driven by continuing disruption in the Persian Gulf, and China&rsquo;s order to suspend exports of refined products such as diesel and gasoline. However, a higher than expected 3.5 million barrel increase in US crude inventories underlines the potential for prices to quickly pull back if stability returns to the Middle East.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-mixed-as-intense-exchanges-continue-in-iran-war-26370.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 5 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>New Data Shows Shift From Savings System To Pensions System</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Millions of DC savers now have access to in-scheme retirement options, signalling a shift from a savings system to a pension system, new data from The Pensions Regulator (TPR) reveals.</p>

<p>In advance of the introduction of guided retirement duty in the Pension Schemes Bill, <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/document-library/research-and-analysis/decumulation-products-within-dc-occupational-pension-schemes-2025">TPR&rsquo;s analysis of the occupational DC market</a> published today, Thursday 5 March, reveals larger schemes are leading the way in supporting members when they come to retire.</p>

<div>Significantly, 13.4 million members are now offered drawdown at the point of retirement &ndash; a product not historically available within occupational schemes.<br />
<br />
<strong>The first-of-its kind-analysis of data from DC scheme returns reveals: </strong></div>

<div>&bull; 86% of the largest schemes offer members at least one retirement income option.<br />
&bull; In contrast, just 46% of small schemes offer members any decumulation product - and two fifths of all schemes offer members none at all.<br />
&bull; 43% of all members - represented by 16% of schemes - can now access drawdown without leaving their schemes.</div>

<p>The shift towards drawdown being offered in-scheme is largely driven by the growth of master trusts, which have the scale and governance to make it a reality.</p>

<p><strong>Joey Patel, TPR Director of Policy said: </strong>&ldquo;These findings herald a transformation in the DC workplace pensions landscape ahead of guided retirement duty, with millions of savers now able to access in-scheme retirement options. This is just the start, however. Too many members in smaller schemes are left without support when they reach retirement. This is not good enough. We urge trustees to start getting ready for the Pensions Schemes Bill by reviewing their offer and starting to design their decumulation products. If you are not able to guide savers into the right retirement options for them, our message is clear: you should consider consolidation into a scheme that can offer value for money solutions.&quot;</p>

<p>As the guided retirement duty takes shape under the Pension Schemes Bill, TPR is working with government and industry to ensure trustees have the clarity and support they need.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/new-data-shows-shift-from-savings-system-to-pensions-system-26371.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 5 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>1 In 3 Adults Have Done Nothing To Prepare For Their Death</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>New research from Aegon&rsquo;s Money:Mindshift highlights a widening preparedness gap in end-of-life planning, despite strong consumer recognition of its importance.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>While 83% of UK adults say financial preparation for death matters &ndash; and 43% deem it &ldquo;very important&rdquo; &ndash; this intent is not translating into action.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>A third (32%) have taken no steps at all, with only 38% having written a will, 26% having communicated their wishes, and just 18% having organised core financial documents such as pension information, insurance details or account records. Emotional barriers also persist, although 74% agree emotional preparation is important, 13% say the topic feels too emotional or uncomfortable.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Younger adults show a stronger sense of postponement &ndash; they are much more likely to say they don&rsquo;t think preparation is necessary yet and are also a little more likely to feel unsure about how to begin. This highlights a behavioural barrier and a market wide opportunity for clearer guidance, streamlined tools, and earlier interventions. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Dr Tom Mathar, Head of Money:Mindshift, said: </strong>&ldquo;We save for home deposits or repay our mortgage, we build up rainy day funds, and we plan for children&rsquo;s futures. Yet the one thing we know for certain will happen to us is the very thing so many of us avoid preparing for: writing wills, communicating our wishes, or organising essential financial documents like pension information, insurance details, and account records. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Thinking about death can be painful, disorienting, and destabilising. We haven&rsquo;t been taught to talk about it or plan for it. In fact, the language of death, grief, loss, legacy, and letting go is a language we must deliberately relearn. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For those unsure how to begin, the latest Money:Mindshift podcast episode breaks the process into manageable steps &ndash; addressing both the practical tasks and the emotional load that comes with preparing for the end of life. Drawing on insights from a &lsquo;Swedish Death Cleaning&rsquo; coach and a grief communication expert, it shows that good preparation is as much about mindset as it is about paperwork.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/1-in-3-adults-have-done-nothing-to-prepare-for-their-death-26369.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 5 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Geopolitical Risks Raise Fears Of Black Swan Scenarios</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Despite seeming predictable in hindsight, Black Swans are unexpected or unforeseen events that are highly disruptive and economically damaging. Examples include the 9/11 attacks of 2001 in the US, the 2008 global financial crisis, and the Covid-19 pandemic. Allianz Research estimates cumulative global GDP losses from the pandemic between 2020 and 2023 to be in the region of US$12trn. In addition to the huge financial and business costs, such events typically have long-lasting implications, resulting in geopolitical and societal shifts that continue many years after the initial event. According to new Allianz Risk Barometer analysis, more than half of the 3,000+ respondents (51%) identify a global supply chain paralysis due to a geopolitical conflict as the most plausible Black Swan scenario globally which could impact their company in the next five years. Fear of a global internet outage ranks second (47%) which reflects the increasing awareness of cyber and artificial intelligence (AI) risks among business leaders.</p>

<p>In the UK, concerns around extreme disruption are even more pronounced than the global average. A significant 69% of respondents identified a global internet outage caused by a major cyberattack or technology failure as the country&rsquo;s most feared Black Swan event, far higher than 47% globally. This was followed by global supply chain paralysis, cited by 46% of UK respondents, reflecting ongoing worries about geopolitical conflict and its impact on the movement of goods and raw materials. The sudden collapse of a major financial institution ranked third, underscoring persistent anxieties about systemic financial stability in an increasingly volatile global environment.<br />
<br />
Allianz Commercial CEO Thomas Lillelund comments: &ldquo;Although Black Swan events are not seen to be immediately likely, these rare, high-impact scenarios are perceived as increasingly plausible and should be considered by executive boards given their potential consequences. Growing interconnectivity across both physical and digital supply chains means disruptions now cascade much faster and can turn into major losses. In today&rsquo;s fragmented geopolitical environment, companies must double down on resilience and integrated risk management to ride out the next perfect storm.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Geopolitics is a key driver for Black Swans</strong><br />
Given the current geopolitical environment, it is no surprise that supply chain paralysis resulting from a geopolitical conflict is regarded as the most plausible Black Swan scenario. The threats of tariffs, trade wars and protectionism, as well as disruption to supply chains and shipping caused by regional conflicts in the Middle East and Russia / Ukraine are at the top of every board agenda. Allianz Research estimates that cumulative GDP losses over a two-year horizon triggered by a global supply chain disruption on the scale of the war in Ukraine could total US$1.5trn. In fact, political-related risks stand out as a leading potential trigger for Black Swan events, according to respondents. Mass social unrest and political instability is regarded as the fourth most plausible scenario globally (29%) and is a top three risk in the Americas (31%) and Africa and the Middle East (41%) regions, as well as in France (42%), for example. A sudden collapse of a major financial institution or a sovereign debt crisis, leading to a global liquidity crisis and severe market volatility ranks third (30%).</p>

<p>Interconnectivity and interdependency of both physical and digital supply chains are potentially increasing vulnerability at a time of geopolitical uncertainty, rapid advances in technology, and climate change. Businesses and global supply chains are also more vulnerable to Black Swan events due to growing concentrations of economic activity reliant on a limited number of critical suppliers and products in areas like AI and digital services, semiconductors, rare earth processors and transition technologies.</p>

<p><strong>Company size influences risk perception</strong><br />
Global supply chain paralysis due to a geopolitical conflict halting the movement of goods and raw materials ranks top for both large (&gt;US$500mn annual revenue, 55% of responses) and mid-sized companies (US$100mn+ to US$500mn, 52%). In contrast, smaller companies (</p>

<p>&ldquo;Awareness of Black Swans and the need to build resilience has increased in recent years, but businesses can never fully prepare for rare high impact events such as a global outage or an unforeseen climate-related catastrophe. Building organizational agility, fostering a risk-aware culture and developing scalable response plans for a range of scenarios remain the most practical steps to best prepare for Black Swan events. Insurers can play a critical role in helping businesses strengthen their resilience in areas such as cyber risk and support more informed decisions when assessing and selecting critical suppliers,&rdquo; <strong>says Michael Bruch, Global Head of Risk Consulting Advisory Services, Allianz Commercial.</strong></p>

<p><strong>The top global Black Swan scenarios</strong></p>

<p><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AllianzBlackSwan0403261.jpg" style="height:380px; width:600px" /></strong></p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/geopolitical-risks-raise-fears-of-black-swan-scenarios-26365.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 4 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Why Hr Leaders Must Rethink Workforce Design In The Ai Age</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Paul Leandro, Partner, Head of People Risk, Barnett Waddingham</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>AI adoption is accelerating, but so is workforce disruption</strong></div>

<div>Our survey of 500 senior HR and business leaders shows that AI-driven efficiencies are reshaping headcount far earlier than many predicted. Almost one in five employers (18%) have already made mid-level roles redundant as a direct result of AI, with junior (17%) and senior (15%) roles also affected.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Crucially, this shift is not isolated to specific industries or organisation sizes. The trend suggests a structural workforce change rather than a temporary adjustment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While automation is delivering the intended productivity gains, it raises an important question for leadership teams: what happens when the roles most affected by AI are the very ones that traditionally build future capability?</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A growing concern: the erosion of the talent pipeline</strong></div>

<div>Two-thirds of employers (66%) are worried that as AI takes on more routine or entry-level tasks, new entrants will miss out on the foundational experience typically gained early in their careers. This matters because junior roles have long been the engine of organisational development where employees learn judgement, context, and the practical understanding needed to progress into senior leadership.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Without deliberate redesign, the disappearance of these roles risks creating a long-term talent vacuum, leaving businesses with fewer qualified candidates to step into mid- and senior-level positions in the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When combined with other pressures &ndash; reduced availability of overseas talent, declining birth rates, and rising long-term sickness &ndash; the UK faces a potentially serious shortage of future-ready skills.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>AI is an enabler, not a substitute</strong></div>

<div>As outlined in our Britain's Got Talent article, AI must be an enabler, not a substitute for a skilled workforce. The employers who gain the most from automation will be those who redesign roles so people and AI can work in unison, strengthening capability rather than eroding it.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This is a pivotal message for HR and reward leaders. AI is not simply a tool for cost savings; it is a catalyst for redefining how work gets done. The organisations that succeed will be those that treat this moment as an opportunity to modernise their talent model.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Redesigning roles for an AI-augmented workforce</strong></div>

<div>To avoid fragmentation of the talent pipeline, HR leaders should focus on three strategic priorities:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>1. Rebuild early-career pathways, not remove them</strong></div>

<div>Junior roles must evolve rather than disappear. Designing hybrid early-career roles where employees use AI tools while still developing core professional skills will be essential for long-term succession planning.</div>

<div><strong>2. Shift capability development toward judgment, oversight, and applied skills</strong></div>

<div>As automation takes over routine tasks, human capability must move up the value chain. Organisations should invest in skills such as problem-solving, contextual decision-making, creativity, and effective AI supervision.</div>

<div><strong>3. Use workforce data to make long-term talent decisions</strong></div>

<div>The most resilient businesses will be those using data-led insights to map future skills gaps, assess workforce risks, and plan for the leadership needs of the next decade, not just the next budget cycle.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If you&rsquo;re looking to stress-test workforce change, understand people and operational risks, and build a more resilient organisation, explore <a href="https://www.howdengroup.com/uk-en/risk-advisory">Howden Risk Advisory.</a></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Explore the full insights</strong></div>

<div>These findings are part of our broader research into how UK businesses can build resilient, future-ready workforces in an era of rapid technological change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Read the full feature: <a href="https://www.barnett-waddingham.co.uk/edna-articles/">Britain's Got Talent: The growing commercial importance of retention</a>. This deeper analysis uncovers the risks, opportunities, and strategic actions leaders need to consider today, so they are not caught unprepared tomorrow.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/why-hr-leaders-must-rethink-workforce-design-in-the-ai-age-26363.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 4 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>A Holding Position For Pensions After The Spring Statement</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said:</strong> &ldquo;The Chancellor has remained true to the Government&rsquo;s commitment to one major fiscal event each year, and the Spring Statement has proved to be more of an economic update than a platform for new policy. Following last November&rsquo;s Budget &ndash; one of the Government&rsquo;s set-piece moments &ndash; this was a low-key event, especially for pensions. The main statement of note was the Government reaffirming benefit upratings and reiterating that the full new state pension will rise by 4.8% from April to &pound;241.30 per week (&pound;12,547 annually).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;A combination of pressure on the public purse and a commitment to firm fiscal rules mean attention will inevitably shift to the next Autumn Budget. For pension policy a notable feature of this Statement has been what was not announced. One welcome aspect has been the absence of speculation around pension reliefs and allowances or talk of structural reform. Over the past two years, repeated conjecture about potential changes has not helped people&rsquo;s confidence and trust in long-term saving. Stability matters, and avoiding another cycle of uncertainty later this year would be welcome for both individuals and employers planning ahead.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The ongoing impact of previous Budgets</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;The impact of the last two fiscal events is still being felt. The 2024 decision to bring unused pension funds into scope for Inheritance Tax from April 2027 &ndash; now only a year away &ndash; primarily affects wealthier savers with larger pension pots and estate planning considerations. For most people, pensions remain a highly tax-efficient way to save - however the change has altered how higher-value pots are viewed in intergenerational planning and prompted savers and advisers to revisit other strategies.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The more recent decision to cap salary sacrifice at &pound;2,000 from 2029 - announced at the 2025 Budget - risks being a backward step for workplace saving and could materially reshape the pensions landscape in the years ahead. Salary sacrifice has long been one of the most effective and straightforward ways for employees to build retirement savings, and restricting it will make saving more expensive, reduce take-home pay for some, and potentially discourage both individuals and employers from contributing as much as they otherwise would. At a time when millions are already under-saving for retirement, any policy that adds cost or complexity risks pushing people further away from financial security. It&rsquo;s therefore likely that debate around this measure - and its wider impact on confidence in the pension system - will continue well beyond this year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Long-term reform over short-term change</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;The most significant pensions development this year is likely to be the Pension Schemes Bill, which is expected to gain Royal Assent later in 2026. The Government&rsquo;s drive for greater scale in Defined Contribution schemes &ndash; consolidating a fragmented market into fewer, smaller arrangements &ndash; has the potential to improve value for money, strengthen governance and unlock broader investment opportunities. Alongside this, the introduction of default decumulation solutions reflects the reality that, ten years on from pension freedoms, many savers would benefit from a structured pathway that balances flexibility with simplicity. Measures to address the growth of small pots should also improve efficiency and member engagement across the system.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We also expect an initial update in the coming months from the Pensions Commission on retirement savings adequacy. The scale of the challenge is significant, with research from the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement* showing that over half (54%) of Defined Contribution savers retiring between 2025 and 2060 are expected to be either undersavers or financially struggling. These newly retired groups are projected to peak between 2040 and 2044, meaning millions risk reaching later life facing a shortfall unless action is taken now. Pensions are inherently long-term vehicles, and strategic, cross-party reform is often more effective than short-term fiscal intervention. The last Pension Commission laid the foundations for auto-enrolment, transforming participation in pension saving. A similarly considered approach today would provide greater certainty for savers and employers alike.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For now, pensions stay steady &ndash; but the real shape of the future will be cast by the reforms still to come.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/a-holding-position-for-pensions-after-the-spring-statement-26361.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 4 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Troubled Stock Markets Sceptical Of Trumps Hormuz Promise</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Emma Wall, Chief Investment Strategist, Hargreaves Lansdown</strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;Escalating conflict in the Middle East saw market losses across the globe yesterday &ndash; and early trading suggests a mixed picture today.</p>

<p>Oil prices reached just shy of $85 a barrel yesterday as trade through the Strait of Hormuz &ndash; through which 20% of global flow moves daily &ndash; halted entirely. Gas prices also rose sharply. Iraq announced plans to pause production due to the disruption. Equity and bond markets priced in the impact of a potential supply shock, anticipated to hike energy costs, stoke inflation and force higher interest rate policy.  Gold fell 4% as higher Treasury yields offered haven seekers an alternative home.</p>

<p>Europe felt the brunt of investor concern, with Germany&rsquo;s DAX down 3.44%, France&rsquo;s CAC 40 falling 3.46% and the FTSE 100 fell 2.75%. The US began trading with similar negativity but markets were granted reprieve in the form of President Donald Trump who pledged insurance guarantees and escorts for tankers using Hormuz. The S&P 500 therefore closed down a more muted 0.94% and NASDAQ index fell just 1.02%. The brent crude oil price fell back to $80 on the news.</p>

<p>Today&rsquo;s trading in Asia has not picked up the optimistic baton &ndash; with markets down across the region. Japan&rsquo;s Nikkei is down 3.73% at the time of writing, while China&rsquo;s Shanghai Composite is down 1.29% and Hong Kong&rsquo;s Hang Seng has fallen 2.78%. South Korea&rsquo;s KOSPI index is in technical correction territory, down 12%.</p>

<p>Losses are driven by AI-names in a reversal of market trends that have dominated in recent years, and US dollar strength has also weighed.</p>

<p>But futures for Europe suggest a more robust open &ndash; the FTSE 100 is currently on track to open flat, and futures for France, Italy and Germany are edging into positive territory. The old-economy nature of the region, a headwind in recent years, is proving a boon. This underlines the importance of portfolio diversification in times of market stress.</p>

<div><strong>What next?</strong></div>

<div>The Strait of Hormuz is the focus of markets. Some Gulf states do have other trade routes available, using Red Sea pipelines, and the US &ndash; one of the world&rsquo;s biggest oil producers &ndash; is far removed from the conflict, at least geographically.</div>

<p>A number of oil exporters including Saudi Arabia, and indeed importers such as China, also have reserves outside of the conflict zone which can provide some buffer, but are finite. Renewable energy sources will also help at the margin. But Hormuz resuming usual trade is essential for asset price normalisation.</p>

<p>Some investors are questioning whether this triggers a financial crisis; a toxic combination of asset prices collapsing coupled with recession. Fear is understandable &ndash; the events are alarming and upsetting, and from a markets point of view, the VIX volatility index hit 28 yesterday, above the 24 level which piques our interest. But it is important to stress that a prolonged bear market is not our base case scenario. The US military is a global strength, and the President has made it clear restoring global energy supply is a priority.</p>

<p>The downward pressure on stocks is likely to continue until this crucial trade route is made safe. Once secured however, we expect markets to return to optimism &ndash; with the volatility we have come to anticipate as the norm under a Trump presidency. The most sensible investment strategy is therefore to sit tight. Well diversified portfolios, with exposure to different asset classes, geographies and styles will be most robust against uncertainty.</p>

<div><strong>What Spring Statement?</strong></div>

<div>With oil prices dominating global market moves, it was easy to miss Chancellor Rachel Reeves&rsquo; Spring Statement yesterday.</div>

<p>Against a troubled backdrop, the Chancellor was keen to celebrate her successes; the independent Office of Budget Responsibility&rsquo;s progress report that credited the Labour Party as delivering lower borrowing, higher growth economic growth for 2027 and 2028, and lower inflation for the UK. Reeves glossed over the growth downgrade for 2026 &ndash; lowered to 1.1% from 1.4%.</p>

<p>On that reasonably positive data set, you&rsquo;d have expected gilt yields to dip, but markets were listening less to what is happening in the House of Commons and more on the war in the Middle East. Expectations that higher oil prices will flow through to re-inflation have sent yields higher, with the 10-year gilt yield reaching 4.53% in intraday trading. The market slashed expectations for an interest rate cut later this month, and some forecasters adjusted their outlook to just one cut of 25bp through 2026. We think is overly pessimistic but understand investors&rsquo; caution.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/troubled-stock-markets-sceptical-of-trumps-hormuz-promise-26362.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 4 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Trustees To Create Ftse Type Frameworks For Dc Consolidation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Broadstone supports the consultation&rsquo;s objective of ensuring  pension scheme trusteeship, administration and governance adapt fast enough to meet the challenges of a modern pension system.</p>

<p>In the Defined Contribution (DC) market, this is critical as consolidation accelerates to create a landscape built around a small number of large-scale &lsquo;megafunds&rsquo;. To deliver consistently for members, trustee boards must adopt clearer risk appetite statements, FTSE-style committee structures, independent oversight of illiquids and decumulation pathways and vastly enhanced operational-resilience and cyber-governance disciplines.</p>

<p>As structural conflicts of interest become more significant as the market consolidates, schemes may benefit from greater structural safeguards where decision making concentration is higher. Broadstone supports measures such as independent procurement for material mandates, comply-or-explain rotation/retender cycles for key advisers and documented multi-party review for material Professional Corporate Sole Trustee decisions (for example, default investment or administrator selection).</p>

<p>A consolidated sector also requires regulators to act earlier and more decisively where governance weaknesses could affect large numbers of savers. Enhanced powers to direct professional trustee appointments, require independent audits and secure more timely reporting will support better, safer outcomes.</p>

<p><strong>On other areas covered by the consultation, Broadstone:</strong></p>

<p><em>supports mandatory minimum standards for administrators and ISPs, registration with TPR, strengthened oversight powers, and orderly exit frameworks to ensure member protection;</em></p>

<p><em>believes policy should support both dominant end-game paths for Defined Benefit (DB) schemes, and include mandatory pre-buyout data audits, clear responsibility allocation between trustees, administrators and insurers, and robust evidence packs are essential to ensure members receive the right benefits at the right time;</em></p>

<p><em>supports the continued professionalisation of trusteeship and professional trustees should meet statutory accreditation, competence, CPD, capacity and independence standards.</em></p>

<p><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Overall, we advocate a regulatory and governance framework that reflects the scale, complexity and interconnectedness of the future pensions system.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This will require institution-grade governance for DC megafunds, stronger readiness for DB transactions, and system-wide improvements in conflict management, data assurance and administrator oversight.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It is encouraging that DWP is proactively pursuing measures that could drive a step change in the standards across the pensions industry. Ultimately, this is critical to developing a system that will deliver the best possible outcomes and experience for savers helping to build trust.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/trustees-to-create-ftse-type-frameworks-for-dc-consolidation-26364.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 4 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tprs Db Universe Projection Model Report</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Pensions Regulator (TPR) publishes its first <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/document-library/research-and-analysis/evolution-of-occupational-db-schemes-2025"><strong>Defined benefit universe projections model report</strong></a> (together with a <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/document-library/research-and-analysis/db-universe-project-model"><strong>summary report</strong></a>), setting out projections for the next 10 years of DB schemes.</p>

<p><strong>TPR&rsquo;s Director of Evidence and External Risk Sarah Tune said:</strong> &ldquo;The step change in DB funding means trustees and employers must actively consider their end-game strategy. Whether that&rsquo;s running-on, consolidating via a superfund, or buying out, the decisions you make today will shape the future for your members. Stay ahead of the curve - because in this changing landscape, standing still is not an option.</p>

<p>&ldquo;We&rsquo;ve produced this new report as part of our intent to be more proactive and forward-looking in publishing regular analysis of the pensions landscape, across both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tprs-db-universe-projection-model-report-26366.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 4 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Year Ai In Insurance Moves From Experiment To Enterprise</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Jake Sloan, VP of Global Insurance at Appian</strong></u></p>

<p>This is the year insurers move decisively beyond isolated experiments to operationalise AI across the entire business. Success is now defined by a powerful, simple principle: AI must drive the sheer volume, while human experts are freed to conquer the complexity.</p>

<div><strong>Moving on from manual</strong></div>

<div>Manual document handling, whether in physical mailrooms or outsourced document factories, is rapidly becoming a competitive liability. It&rsquo;s slower, riskier from a compliance perspective, and introduces errors and delays into the earliest stages of the underwriting and claims cycle.</div>

<p>The solution to this volume-based problem is intelligent document processing (IDP), which is now table stakes for any forward-looking insurer. IDP can ingest submissions, claims documents and supporting evidence in real time, extracting relevant data while preserving full audit trails. It&rsquo;s also now moving beyond front-end intake into underwriting, claims adjudication and compliance. </p>

<p>With information flowing seamlessly into underwriting and claims workflows, experts can spend less time searching for data and more time applying decisioning.</p>

<div><strong>Why automation is risk-dependent</strong></div>

<div>Insurance has always operated on a spectrum of risk, and automation must follow the same logic. Not all risks are created equal, and neither should they be processed in the same way.</div>

<p>Routine, low-complexity products like bicycle or basic travel insurance lend themselves to high levels of automation. In these cases, AI can assess eligibility and price risk, and process straightforward claims with minimal human intervention.</p>

<p>However, that approach does not translate to complex risks such as large industrial sites or bespoke commercial programmes. These risks demand expert decisioning, contextual understanding and experience. Here, AI&rsquo;s role is not to replace decision-makers, but to accelerate analysis by surfacing relevant insights, flagging anomalies and coordinating workflows across teams.</p>

<p>We are already seeing this balance achieved through connected underwriting and connected claims models, where AI supports human decision-making without obscuring accountability. The result is faster, more consistent decisions, without sacrificing control.</p>

<div><strong>Governance will be the difference-maker</strong></div>

<div>With intelligent document processing and connected workflows becoming ubiquitous in the industry, it&rsquo;s governance that will ultimately separate the leaders from the laggards in the months and years ahead.</div>

<p>Insurance profitability has always been tightly linked to governance, given the industry&rsquo;s regulatory intensity. At the same time, insurers are under pressure to deliver hyper-digital, highly personalised experiences at scale. Those pressures only intensify as AI becomes embedded in core workflows.</p>

<p>Regulatory scrutiny of AI is increasing globally, with regulators raising expectations around transparency and control. Notably in August of this year the EU AI Act takes effect in Europe. Insurers need auditable AI decisions, full decision lineage and clear ownership models. Recent headlines involving opaque AI systems denying claims have reinforced a simple truth: governance is a trust issue for the whole industry.</p>

<p>In this environment, strong governance becomes a competitive differentiator, enabling insurers to adopt AI sustainably and at scale, rather than being slowed by risk or regulatory uncertainty.</p>

<div><strong>Breaking through the cultural barrier</strong></div>

<div>The biggest barrier to enterprise AI adoption is rarely the technology itself. More often, it&rsquo;s organisational culture. Nowhere is that truer than in insurance, where historically profitable firms have often underinvested in change.</div>

<p>As AI investment accelerates, cultural change must keep pace. While many leaders talk about agile and iterative development, a surprising number of insurers still operate in a waterfall mindset. Lengthy requirements documents are handed over to IT, only for solutions to emerge months later that technically meet specifications but fail to address real business needs or human problems.</p>

<p>For AI to deliver value at scale, that pattern must change. Business teams need to trust IT to deliver iteratively, and IT needs clear priorities rather than exhaustive upfront specifications. Insurers should embed AI into day-to-day workflows through continuous improvement rather than relying on one-off transformation programmes.</p>

<div><strong>AI as the accelerator, not the decision-maker</strong></div>

<div>The future of AI in insurance is about accelerating decision making and ensuring experts spend their time where it matters most.</div>

<p>In 2026, insurers that strike that balance &ndash; of automation for volume, expertise for complexity, with governance always a central principle &ndash; will make the shift from isolated AI tools to enterprise-wide capability. That is how we as an industry make good on AI&rsquo;s promise.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-year-ai-in-insurance-moves-from-experiment-to-enterprise-26355.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Navigating A Major Shift In Climate Transition Assumptions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>These reports establish a common baseline, mapping the decarbonisation pathways for critical sectors and identifying the levers available to insurers to support a managed transition. They provide a foundational framework for understanding how first-party property coverage will need to evolve in the face of changing climate risks.</p>

<p>During the last year the landscape has changed. The &quot;State of the World&quot; in 2025 presents a sobering reality: the average increase in global temperatures has now exceeded 1.5&deg;C and the consensus following COP30 in Bel&eacute;m is that the risk of a &quot;disorderly transition&quot; has heightened.</p>

<p>The insurance market must now navigate a dual challenge: intensifying physical risks and an evolving transition risk profile. This includes, for example, the PRA mandating that climate risks (including climate litigation risk) should be embedded into governance and risk appetites before June 2026.</p>

<p><strong>Paul Davenport, Finance & Risk Director at the LMA, said: </strong>&ldquo;For over three centuries, the Lloyd&rsquo;s market has been the global laboratory for risk. Lloyd&rsquo;s managing agents are already underwriting the climate transition. We are not just observing; we are actively supporting our clients across different sectors and industries as they navigate decarbonisation and adaptation.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Josh Holbrook, Director, Sustainability at KPMG UK, who led the team doing the research, said: </strong>&ldquo;The world has changed since we published our first report in October 2024. This second iteration provides an updated viewpoint across the transition sectors that are also key to Lloyd&rsquo;s underwriters. In doing so, it provides deeper insights into the implications for underwriters, both in terms of opportunities and risks arising from the transition.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>What has changed in 17 months?</strong><br />
The <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/LMA-x-KPMG-Report- Foreword and Intro -2026-FINAL.pdf"><strong>report</strong></a> highlights four key areas of change since the first report:</p>

<p><strong>Energy system dynamics</strong><br />
Global energy demand continues to rise sharply, driven by population and GDP growth alongside accelerating electrification, cooling demand, and the explosive growth of AI and data centres. Under the International Energy Agency&rsquo;s World Energy Outlook 2025 Current Policies Scenario (CPS), oil demand is not projected to peak before 2050 and could reach 113 million barrels per day, requiring new upstream projects. Unabated natural gas usage is projected to remain stable into the 2030s, while demand for coal is projected to decline more slowly than anticipated unless government climate and energy policies tighten.</p>

<p>Continued demand for oil and gas could decrease stranded asset risk for insurers in the short-term compared to last year&rsquo;s iteration of the CPS. However, it also signifies slower emissions reduction, contributing to higher long-term physical climate risk. At the same time, slow energy efficiency gains, and an electricity grid that is not keeping pace with the rapid expansion of renewables, create stress and instability in the power system. This makes the assets insurers cover more prone to interruptions, malfunctions and performance issues, increasing the likelihood of operational and reliability related losses.</p>

<p><strong>Technology and AI</strong><br />
AI is emerging as both an enabler of the energy transition and a driver of new systemic risks. AI applications such as grid forecasting, predictive maintenance, and smart-building optimisation, help the energy system run more smoothly by improving reliability and accelerating renewable energy integration. However, the same technologies are fuelling explosive growth in electricity demand, especially because data centres need huge amounts of power to run.</p>

<p>Global data centre electricity consumption is projected to more than double to around 945 TWh by 2030 with the US, Europe and China, which account for 85% of current load, driving most of this growth. While the share of renewables in data centre supply is rising, natural gas and nuclear remain critical for capacity and reliability as grids struggle to keep pace with demand.</p>

<p>For insurers, there are key opportunities for AI models to simulate future scenarios, enhance the accuracy of risk estimation, drive better pricing models and identify false claims more effectively. However, significant risks and challenges remain around data quality and protection, regulatory uncertainty as well as emerging AI-related insurance coverage risks.</p>

<p><strong>Adaptation</strong><br />
At the same time, physical climate risks, such as heatwaves, floods and wildfires, are intensifying. Observed extremes are occurring more frequently and with greater severity, with the World Meteorological Organisation confirming sharp increases in heatwaves, floods, droughts, wildfires and other destructive extremes as global warming increases.</p>

<p>Adaptation to climate change is no longer optional; it must sit alongside decarbonisation as a core strategic priority. The likelihood of compound shocks, such as simultaneous droughts and crop failures, is increasing, with cascading effects on global trade and financial systems.</p>

<p><strong>Regulatory and policy changes since October 2024</strong><br />
Affordability has become a defining issue reshaping national energy policies. High electricity prices and cost-of-living pressures in advanced economies have eroded public support for transition measures, leading some governments to roll back or delay investments.</p>

<p>As a result, global climate policy across all regions has shifted since 2024 towards implementation and competitiveness, with major economies tightening disclosure standards, adjusting transition incentives and recalibrating sectoral targets. These changes create opportunity and risk, expanding demand for insurance in renewables, grids and adaptation projects, while increasing the risk of compliance failures, stranded assets, and transition uncertainty.</p>

<p><strong>Why this is important for insurers?</strong></p>

<p><strong>Paul explains:</strong> &ldquo;The insurance industry, traditionally viewed through the lens of risk management and protection, is a critical partner in this transition. Without insurance, businesses will struggle to achieve their transition goals or build resilience against the impacts of a changing climate.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Josh added</strong>: &ldquo;It&rsquo;s only by understanding companies&rsquo; transition pathways in more detail that insurers will truly be able to assist and in doing so, realise the opportunities, as well as risks, of transition.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Paul concluded:</strong> &ldquo;Lloyd&rsquo;s will continue to be the market to which these complex and emerging risks come for solutions. In the years ahead, the LMA and KPMG expect to continue monitoring and reporting on shifts that occur in government policies, regulation, and in the portfolios and risk profiles of Lloyd&rsquo;s market participants.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/LMA-x-KPMG-Report- Foreword and Intro -2026-FINAL.pdf"><strong>Full report  Underwriting the Transition</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/navigating-a-major-shift-in-climate-transition-assumptions-26354.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Tensions And The Impact On Portfolios</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>James Flintoft, head of investment solutions at AJ Bell, comments: </strong>&ldquo;Events across the Middle East represent a step change in the risk environment. What matters most from an investment perspective is not the immediate market reaction but what a potentially prolonged conflict means for oil prices, inflation expectations and the appropriate positioning across asset classes.</p>

<div><strong>How AJ Bell is positioned</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;In January the AJ Bell Investments team made tactical asset allocations into US Healthcare, Energy and Utilities. These were driven by valuation &ndash; all three sectors trade at meaningful discounts to the broader US equity market on forward earnings and have been largely overlooked during the growth and AI-driven re-rating of the past two years. On our analysis, they are complimentary to diversification and long-term potential returns.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;The valuation and diversification case has not changed. What has changed is that the macroeconomic environment has been moving in a direction that further supports tilting towards these sectors. Energy offers direct exposure to a commodity where supply risk has increased significantly. Healthcare and Utilities provide earnings streams that are largely uncorrelated with the oil price and with the kind of demand uncertainty that a sustained energy shock would create across more cyclical parts of the market. The events of the last 48 hours reinforce the logic of owning sectors with tangible earnings, pricing power and valuations that leave room for upside.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Bond allocations across portfolios are broadly short duration. This reflects a view we have held for a while that the bond market has been underpricing inflation uncertainty. If oil prices settle materially higher for any sustained period, long-dated bond yields will need to reflect a higher inflation risk premium. That is not a backdrop in which we want to own longer dated bonds.<br />
<br />
<strong>How a longer conflict could impact the global economy</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;The stated objectives of the US operation &ndash; regime change and the destruction of Iran&rsquo;s military capability &ndash; imply a campaign of weeks, not days. If that is what unfolds, the second-round effects on inflation expectations and the path for interest rates could be substantial, and the bond market will have to adjust.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;If the conflict is contained quickly and oil retraces, our specific sector equity allocations still rest on a valuation case that is independent of the oil price, and our short duration position remains based on longer-term inflation uncertainty that was already too high before any geopolitical premium entered the market. The tactical allocations we made in January were built for rotating markets, as are diversified portfolios. That reality has arrived in 2026 and could be spurred further by this latest catalyst.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-tensions-and-the-impact-on-portfolios-26356.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Conflicts Of Interest Arise For Professional Trustee Firms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>ACA Chair, Stewart Hastie commented on the response saying: </strong>&ldquo;Our response highlights a few specific areas of concern, notably conflicts of interest can arise for professional trustee firms, both in terms of the appointment of connected firms and from the employer&rsquo;s power to appoint or replace a professional trustee. The latter will become increasingly relevant when trustees have increased powers to distribute surplus to the employer.&rdquo; </p>

<p>&ldquo;We would not want to see a change to the balance of power impacting employer appointments of trustees. However, we suggest that consideration should be given to a more formal process for appointment &ndash; including notification to the Pension Regulator where a professional trustee or Professional Corporate Sole Trustee (PCST) is being appointed and/or replaced.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>ACA Pension Schemes Committee Chair, Peter Williams, added: </strong>&ldquo;We have a strong view that the requirements for lay trustees should not be raised, as this would make it even more difficult to attract candidates to these key positions. It is the trustee board as a whole that needs to have the appropriate skills. We think diversity of trustee boards is very important and lay trustees, including member nominated trustees, play an important role in bringing a range of experience and perspectives to trustee decision making.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The ACA supports maintaining current skill requirements at the board level rather than for each individual lay trustee. The response also commends the guidance provided by the Pensions Regulator for lay trustees and advocates for its continued availability.</p>

<p>The ACA's detailed comments on the consultation questions are provided in an <a href="https://aca.org.uk/aca-responds-to-consultation-on-trusteeship-and-governance/">appendix</a> to their response.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/conflicts-of-interest-arise-for-professional-trustee-firms-26353.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets Ignore Chancellor As Middle East Dominates</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>But markets are listening less to what is happening in the House of Commons and more on the war in the Middle East. Expectations that higher oil prices will flow through to re-inflation have sent yields higher, and cooled expectations for interest rate cuts. The market is now struggling to price in even a quarter point cut from the Bank of England&rsquo;s Monetary Policy Committee. We think this is overly pessimistic but understand the caution.</p>

<p>As we shared in yesterday&rsquo;s market report, there are echoes of the 1979 Iranian revolution, which not only caused a significant shift in geopolitics and re-configuration of cross-globe allies and partnerships, but also resulted in an oil crisis which saw the price of crude double over the course of a year, higher global inflation and slower economic growth. It will be this stagflation risk that equity and bond markets are most sensitive to, but the dynamics of the oil market have evolved significantly over the past 45 years.  Crucially, while oil prices may be higher now, consensus is that this disruption is transitory &ndash; and so too will the impact be on wider asset classes. In the event of an effective transition of power &ndash; and end to the fighting &ndash; oil prices are expected to return to $65 a barrel within weeks, and therefore the likelihood of a global growth shock is minimal.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-ignore-chancellor-as-middle-east-dominates-26359.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Government Urged To Withdraw Mandation From Pensions Bill</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>As drafted, the reserve power extends significantly beyond the Government&rsquo;s stated intention of supporting the Mansion House Accord, a voluntary commitment by 17 of the largest workplace pension providers to invest at least 10% of their defined contribution (DC) default funds in private markets by 2030, with 5% of the total allocated to the UK.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Bill is at a crucial juncture in its passage through Parliament, with the report stage presenting one of the last opportunities for amendments to be introduced and pushed to a vote.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Pensions UK welcomes the broader aims of the Pension Schemes Bill, including reforms that reduce system complexity and improve saver outcomes. These reforms are critical for the sector and long-term member outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>But if the mandation power is exercised, it would hamper free and open market competition aimed at driving better saver outcomes and put those outcomes at risk. Decisions on how savers&rsquo; hard-earned money should be invested should not be a political choice.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If the power remains in the Bill, given the significant risks to scheme members, it is essential that the legislation should allow no more direction by Government than the minimum necessary to deliver its stated intention.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Pensions UK calls for three key critical safeguards:</strong></div>

<div><em><strong>A cap on the percentage of investment</strong> that can be mandated, aligned with the 10% and 5% voluntary Mansion House Accord targets already supported by the Government.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Strengthening of the report</strong> that is required before the power can be introduced.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>A reduction in the duration of the sunset clause</strong> from 2035 to 2032 to reduce the political risk to schemes.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In addition, it is vital that Government continues to facilitate a pipeline of UK investment opportunities and a regulatory environment which supports the aims of the Mansion House Accord.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>J<strong>ulian Mund, Chief Executive of Pensions UK, said:</strong> &ldquo;Now is the time to drop the reserve mandation power from the Bill. Pensions UK strongly supports most of the provisions in the Bill, and wishes to see it passed. But the mandation power risks distorting the market, compromising saver outcomes and eroding trust in the system. The current drafting of the provision goes far beyond the scope of the Mansion House Accord and could be used to direct investment in very broad terms, either by this Government or a future one. Should the power remain in the Bill it is critical that it is aligned to the standards set by the Accord, and that it goes no further.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/government-urged-to-withdraw-mandation-from-pensions-bill-26357.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Obr Increases Cgt Forecasts By C  20 Billion By 2030 31</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In total, between 2025-26 and 2030-31, CGT is now predicted to collect &pound;19.9 billion more in tax than estimated at the Autumn Budget. CGT receipts are now expected to raise to &pound;34.9 billion in the tax year 2030-31, a &pound;5.1 billion increase compared to forecasts made for the Autumn Budget.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Simon Martin, Head of UK Technical Services at Utmost, a leading global provider of insurance-based wealth solutions, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Following record-breaking Capital Gains Tax receipts in January 2026, the OBR has now substantially uprated its projections for the rest of the decade by around &pound;20 billion over the next six years. It demonstrates that, far from being a one-off consequence of asset disposals, the increased rates and other policy changes announced at the Autumn Budget 2024 are creating a significant, longer-term trend of accelerating CGT collections.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The OBR also references rising equity prices as a key driver of expanding CGT receipts with returns around 8% higher than forecast at the Autumn Budget, further contributing to the increased tax take.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;CGT is no longer a marginal consideration in long-term wealth planning, and a tighter fiscal regime further increases the premium on forward planning. Entrepreneurs contemplating business sales, families managing intergenerational wealth transfers and globally mobile individuals with multi-jurisdictional assets will all need to reassess the timing and structure of disposals.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_UtmostCGT0303261.jpg" style="height:56px; width:600px" /></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/obr-increases-cgt-forecasts-by-c--20-billion-by-2030-31-26360.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Industry Comments On The Spring Statement</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Commenting on the Spring Statement today, Chris Arcari, Head of Capital Markets, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;Today's update from the Chancellor shows that UK borrowing has come in a little lower than expected so far this year, giving her some short-term breathing space. However, this improvement is largely driven by lower debt-interest costs rather than any meaningful easing in the underlying fiscal pressures. Spending remains elevated, once interest is stripped out, and revenues continue to disappoint. With further policy commitments building, the outlook for public finances later in the decade remains fragile. The impact of the developing situation in the Middle East might complicate the picture further. The Chancellor may have to weigh the cost of any potential fiscal intervention to shield UK households and businesses from the worst effects of price rises should the situation persist.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Chris Beauchamp, Chief Market Analyst at IG: &quot;</strong>You have to wonder whether the chancellor has checked a data terminal recently. Today&rsquo;s note that inflation is falling faster than expected is, like all plans, unlikely to survive first contact with the enemy. UK gas prices are rising at their fastest pace in recent history, and much faster than in 2022. The government might be optimistic, but consumers are already beginning to fret.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone:</strong> &ldquo;The Spring Statement was a welcome non-event for pensions - and even enjoyed a rare lead-up bereft of significant rumours or kite flying. With a significant pipeline of reform already underway, from Value for Money and salary sacrifice changes to DC &lsquo;mega funds&rsquo; and dashboards, stability is exactly what the industry required. A period of policy calm gives regulators the space to focus on delivering existing reforms effectively rather than constantly recalibrating to new announcements. It provides providers and employers with the certainty required to plan ahead during this time of change and invest in their systems. Most importantly, it allows pension savers to make long-term financial decisions with greater confidence as pensions policy works best when it is predictable and durable.The OBR&rsquo;s latest fiscal outlook suggests that an additional one million pensioners will be drawn into paying Income Tax by the end of the decade. While we are still waiting for clarity on how the Treasury intends to exempt those whose sole income is the State Pension, the updated modelling underlines the impact of the Triple Lock pushing the State Pension above the frozen Personal Allowance. This comes at a time of heightened scrutiny around intergenerational fairness, with student loans bursting into the political spotlight while the future of the Triple Lock remains a hotly debated issue. Although the fiscal gains for the Treasury may be relatively modest, the optics are significant - particularly as more pensioners begin to pay Income Tax on what many view as a foundational retirement income over the coming years.&rdquo;</div>

<p><strong>Commenting, Faye Church, Senior Planning Director at Rathbones, says:</strong> &ldquo;Spring Statements are built on the known knowns and the known unknowns. The difficulty is that geopolitics has a habit of turning yesterday&rsquo;s unknowns into today&rsquo;s shocks - and the escalating situation in Iran has already raised serious questions about whether the new forecasts were out of date almost as soon as they landed. The Statement itself was intentionally unexciting. In volatile times, predictability is a policy tool in its own right. The aim was not to surprise markets, but to anchor expectations - even if events since then have already complicated the picture.  As expected, the set piece did not deliver sweeping tax changes or major spending commitments. Notably, the Chancellor offered only silence on pensions, with no policy changes or updates unveiled - a reprieve of sorts after the scale of uncertainty surrounding the pensions regime in the run up to last year&rsquo;s Budget. However, events in the Middle East have complicated the fiscal picture. For most households, geopolitics can feel remote - until it shows up in oil prices &mdash; at the petrol pump, on energy bills, and in the weekly shop. A sustained spike in oil can ripple through the economy via higher fuel and transport costs, feeding into broader inflation and potentially keeping interest rates higher for longer than markets would like. That matters because it influences the pace of rate cuts and, in turn, mortgage rates, savings returns and the cost of borrowing. Geopolitical shocks also rarely arrive neatly. They tend to push governments into reactive choices &mdash; whether that means higher defence spending, fresh support to head off another inflation flare-up, or renewed pressure to keep energy costs contained. Any of these could quickly reshuffle fiscal priorities, particularly at a time when the public finances are already tight. One saving grace is that fiscal headroom has increased, which could provide some scope to help fund any reactive measures. It&rsquo;s also worth remembering that economic forecasts are seldom right - they are frameworks, not promises. The best response for households is not to try to predict the next twist in global events, but to build resilience into their own finances. That means stress testing budgets, maintaining a cash buffer where possible, and keeping investments diversified rather than reacting to every headline.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/industry-comments-on-the-spring-statement-26358.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 3 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The March 2026 Edition Of The Actuarial Post Magazine</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_APMagazineMarch2026.jpg" style="float:right; height:281px; width:199px" /></p>

<div>We also have Actuary Dawid Kopczyk, Director at Guidewire, examining why Insurers should unify pricing and rating in 2026. Our regular contributors give their views on current events including, amongst others, Rupa Pithiya from Bolton associates continues her series interviewing actuarial contractors talking to Jagdeep Lall and Laura Hobern from LCP looks at pricing in a softening market: judgement, governance, and the technical versus market price gap.</div>

<div>We look forward to welcoming you back next month.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/6">News</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/8">Movers & Shakers</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/8">City Dealings</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/10">History May Not Repeat Itself, But It Certainly Rhymes by Shalin Bhagwan, Chief Actuary, PPF</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/12">Pension Pillar by Dale Critchley from Aviva</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/12">Retirement Puzzle by Alex White from Gallagher</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/14">Why Insurers Should Unify Pricing And Rating in 2026 by Dawid Kopczyk, Senior Director of Pricing and Rating, Guidewire</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/16">Insurance Insight by Laura Hobern, Partner, LCP</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/18">Lights, Camera, Actuary! by Rupa Pithiya from Bolton Associates</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-march-2026/6530/#page/20">Information Exchange by Helen Richardson, Senior Product Manager, Lexis Nexis Risk Solutions</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-march-2026-edition-of-the-actuarial-post-magazine-26352.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 2 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Vfm Reforms To Expose Weaknesses Of Legacy Technology</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The FCA, DWP and TPR consultation (CP26/1) on an updated VFM framework for workplace DC pensions closes on 8 March.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The proposed framework places equal weight on service quality, investment performance, governance standards and member outcomes. As a consequence, providers will need to demonstrate &ndash; not merely claim &ndash; that they are delivering long-term value.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This is likely to expose the weaknesses of legacy technology at both scheme and employer levels. Those with fragmented systems will struggle to build a coherent view of performance, risk or member experience; unlike those with unified data platforms and automation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The framework will reward transparency, consistency and operational efficiency. Digital-first engagement models, strong data governance and flexible scheme design will also prove critical to deliver personalised retirement journeys at scale for members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For those schemes and employers burdened by legacy technology, the proposals will reinforce the imperative for transformation so that they can manage the shift that will require real-time reporting, high-quality data, integrated oversight and consistent processes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Providers will need to quickly establish robust, high-quality administration platforms to manage, monitor and report standardised VFM-related outputs to regulators and other stakeholders, with the first assessments expected to take place as soon as 2028.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Peter Roos, Chief Commercial Officer at Lumera, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The proposed VFM framework marks a decisive shift to evidence-based outcomes. While the direction of travel is positive for members and the market as a whole, a more demanding regulatory environment will quickly expose gaps in the infrastructure of schemes still relying on fragmented legacy systems.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;To meet the VFM requirements and thrive under the new regime, schemes and providers will need access to consistent, high-quality data, the ability to monitor performance in near real time and the operational resilience to report in a standardised way.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In this sense, VFM is not just a governance reform - it is a technology catalyst. We would expect to see schemes accelerate transformation programmes and bring forward significant investment in their technology systems, administration and data.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/vfm-reforms-to-expose-weaknesses-of-legacy-technology-26348.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 2 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Phoenix Group Completes Name Change To Standard Life</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The move to Standard Life plc supports the organic growth strategy of the Pensions and Savings and Retirement Solutions businesses that already trade under the Standard Life brand. Since Phoenix Group bought the brand, it has built leading positions in a number of markets including workplace pensions, individual annuities and pension risk transfer.</p>

<p>Standard Life champions the belief that everyone&rsquo;s journey to and through retirement can be better. For more than 200 years, Standard Life has been standing beside its customers, to help them plan and prepare for their financial futures.</p>

<p>The change to Standard Life plc recognises the progress made in recent years by Phoenix Group to simplify the business and enables the Group&rsquo;s vision to be the UK&rsquo;s leading retirement savings and income business.</p>

<p>The Group will continue to lead the industry, by advocating for better retirements and convening to drive meaningful change to help customers achieve greater financial security.</p>

<p>To mark this change, Standard Life has set a new target to help three million more customers over the next ten years take action towards a better retirement. To meet this commitment, the Group will provide support and solutions designed to ensure more people are on track for sufficient pension savings and more people are financially secure in later life. Standard Life will evidence this by tracking improvement in two customer outcomes:  more people are engaged in planning for their retirement, and more people are supported to make better decisions when accessing their pension. </p>

<p><strong>Andy Briggs, Standard Life plc CEO, said:</strong> &ldquo;For more than 200 years, Standard Life has stood beside its customers, helping them plan and prepare for their long-term financial futures. Today, as Standard Life plc, we are proud to manage &pound;300 billion in assets on behalf of 12 million customers.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Our purpose is helping people secure a life of possibilities, and I am proud to announce our new target, which embodies our belief that everyone&rsquo;s journey to and through retirement can be better. Over the next ten years, we will help three million more customers take action to achieve better retirement outcomes.&rdquo;   </p>

<p>An extensive consumer brand campaign &lsquo;For the life we live&rsquo; has also been launched - a national multi-media campaign featuring TV, radio, newsprint, digital and social advertising. It will run for ten weeks with the aim of strengthening the Standard Life brand at key customer decision points in people&rsquo;s journey to and through retirement and helping inspire customers to engage with their financial futures.</p>

<p>Customer brands within the Group, including SunLife, Phoenix Life and ReAssure, will continue to invest in customer service and operate as normal. This move will see no change as part of the structure of the Group, or the legal entity.</p>

<p><strong>Andy Briggs, Standard Life plc CEO, concluded:</strong> &ldquo;The move to Standard Life plc supports our vision to be the UK&rsquo;s leading retirement savings and income business, and demonstrates our commitment to helping customers achieve better outcomes and greater financial security in later life. We want Standard Life to be the business that people trust to guide their retirement journey.&quot;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/phoenix-group-completes-name-change-to-standard-life-26350.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 2 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Build On Strengths Of Pension Trusteeship</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The SPP response emphasises that the UK&rsquo;s current trusteeship framework is working well for the vast majority of members, delivering secure benefits and governance standards that are proportionate to scheme size and complexity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With the pensions landscape in the UK evolving rapidly, the SPP is calling for targeted, risk-based reform rather than sweeping structural change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The response highlights the positive impact of professional trustees in improving expertise, reducing key person risk and strengthening decision-making. It supports proportionate governance standards, robust conflict management and clearer delineation between trustees and executive management, particularly in large master trusts and megafunds.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP response also warns against arbitrary limits on trustee tenure or the number of appointments an individual may hold, arguing that periodic independent governance reviews would provide a more effective safeguard.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The response also highlights that as consolidation grows and lay trusteeship declines, formal mechanisms such as member advisory panels, surveys, structured engagement and impact assessments will be increasingly important in ensuring that the member voice continues to be heard.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With regard to administration market resilience, the SPP cautions that consolidation could reduce competition and innovation among administrators, creating systemic risk if not carefully managed. Proportionate regulatory oversight and contingency planning is therefore essential.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Finally, the SPP does not believe that expanded intervention powers for TPR are currently necessary, arguing that &ldquo;&hellip;the focus should be on TPR using its existing powers promptly and effectively, in the right circumstances and at the right time.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jo Fellowes, Chair of the SPP&rsquo;s Administration Committee, said: </strong>&ldquo;The UK&rsquo;s trust-based pension system is fundamentally strong. The SPP believes that reform should build on what works i.e. proportionate governance, professional expertise and clear accountability, rather than impose arbitrary restrictions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As schemes consolidate and grow in complexity, the focus must remain firmly on protecting member outcomes through robust oversight, effective conflict management and meaningful engagement with savers.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/SPP-consultation-response-Trust-based-pension-schemes-1.pdf">The SPP consultation response can be read in full here:</a></div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/build-on-strengths-of-pension-trusteeship-26349.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 2 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Conflict Sends Oil Prices Surging As Investors Seek Cover</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>''Investors are scuttling towards safe havens, seeking shelter as conflict widens in the Middle East. As attacks on Iran continue, Tehran is targeting US allies across the Gulf region in retaliatory strikes, including an RAF station in Cyprus, while Israel is targeting Hezbollah bases in Lebanon. The escalation is sending a shiver through financial markets, intensified by a sharp rise in oil prices. Brent crude has surged at the fastest rate in four years, rising almost 10% to around $80 a barrel.</p>

<p>Higher energy prices pile costs onto companies, and there appears to be no immediate escape valve for prices. Iran has already cut off the Strait of Hormuz to shipping companies, an essential passage for around one-fifth of the world&rsquo;s oil and gas. While some Iranian and Chinese ships are reportedly still passing through, attacks on British and US tankers are a stark warning of the danger of taking this route. The effective closure of the Strait constrains crucial supplies from the Gulf, which is why prices have risen so sharply.</p>

<p>It will come as a blow to households, who will see prices at the pumps rise significantly. It also adds another layer of uncertainty over future interest rate cuts, given that higher fuel prices will put upward pressure on headline inflation.</p>

<p>Precious metals prices have ratcheted up again, with gold and silver increasingly sought after in these turbulent times. Gold has reached a one-month high, after recording its seventh consecutive monthly gain in February - the best winning streak since 1973. Back then, a severe oil shock led to a flight to safe havens. While oil prices have increased sharply, this is not yet mirroring the 1970s surge, when prices effectively quadrupled in just a few months after Gulf countries retaliated against US support for Israel in the Yom Kippur War.</p>

<p>However, with tensions escalating and uncertainty so high, it is far from clear how this current conflict will evolve, and prices could climb even higher. This time around, other worries are also colliding to push up precious metals prices, including high debt levels, concerns over the Federal Reserve&rsquo;s independence, and questions about the sustainability of the artificial intelligence boom.</p>

<p>The FTSE 100 has fallen back in early trade, as the shock of war hits investor sentiment. Airline stocks have been sideswiped by the conflict, with the closure of airspace across large swathes of the Gulf causing significant disruption. Not only will the immediate chaos be costly, with so many stranded passengers and route closures, but the dent to confidence among the travelling public may also hit demand for holidays and business travel elsewhere.</p>

<p>Financial stocks are also sharply lower, as investors worry about the implications of prolonged fighting for economies, the potential drag on demand for borrowing, and the increased risk of loans turning bad.</p>

<p>However, London&rsquo;s blue-chip index looks set to hold up better than some of its peers due to the resilience of its constituents in the face of heightened global tensions. Mining stocks are benefiting from the surge in precious metals prices, while oil giants BP and Shell have also risen sharply as oil prices climb. Demand for defence stocks has increased again as military spending looks set to deepen further.</p>

<p>With risk-off sentiment taking hold, the S&P 500 is expected to open 1.5% lower, with investors also seeking cover on Wall Street. Bitcoin is languishing at levels not seen for around 17 months, as a chill continues to pervade the crypto market amid heightened global uncertainty.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/conflict-sends-oil-prices-surging-as-investors-seek-cover-26351.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 2 Mar 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Chinese Firms To Continue To Dominate Apac Reinsurers Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>GlobalData&rsquo;s Asia-Pacific Reinsurers Database reveals that APAC reinsurers accounted for 14.2% of global reinsurance premiums in 2024, down from 15% in 2023. Overall, however, they registered a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 1.4% during 2020&ndash;24.</p>

<p><strong>Manogna Vangari, Insurance Analyst at GlobalData, comments:</strong> &ldquo;The APAC market remains highly concentrated. Indeed, its five largest reinsurers captured 71.7% of total premiums in 2024. Among them, China Reinsurance Company continued as market leader, albeit with a slight decline: its share fell from 28.7% in 2023 to 28.3% in 2024. Meanwhile, other top entities experienced modest shifts: PICC Reinsurance&rsquo;s share decreased by about 0.4 percentage points (pp); Korean Reinsurance (Korean Re) declined by around 1.1pp; whereas the General Insurance Corporation of India (GIC Re) and Sompo Holdings gained approximately 0.9pp and 0.7pp, respectively.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_GlobalDataChinese2702261.jpg" style="height:342px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Looking beyond the top five, four of the top 10 reinsurance groups are based in Japan (namely Sompo Holdings, MS&AD Insurance Group, Tokio Marine & Nichido Fire Insurance, and Toa Reinsurance). The remaining six include two from China (including Hong Kong (China SAR)), one from India, and one from South Korea. Notably, among these leading groups, MS&AD Insurance Group posted the strongest premium growth during the 2020&ndash;2024 period, at a CAGR of 22.6%, followed by PICC Reinsurance at 16%.</p>

<p><strong>Vangari adds:</strong> &ldquo;Regarding geographic business mix, most of the reinsurance companies are heavily dependent on their global operations. However, China Reinsurance Company derives 83.5% of its business from the APAC region, while the remainder comes from its international operations, which include its CNIP and Chaucer businesses. In contrast, Korean Re holds only 25.8% of its business from APAC, while 74.2% comes from global markets.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Turning to recent challenges, several catastrophic events have placed stress on property and casualty portfolios in the APAC reinsurance market. For example, in March 2025, a magnitude-7.7 earthquake struck Myanmar, and severe flooding affected China, India, and several ASEAN nations. In addition, Hong Kong (China SAR) suffered a fatal apartment building fire in November 2025. Similarly, Typhoon Wutip and flooding in Beijing later in 2025 further underscored persistent protection gaps and exposed accumulation risks, thereby raising questions about pricing adequacy. Alongside those natural catastrophe losses, the mid-2025 Air India Flight AI-171 Boeing-787-8 crash triggered about $475 million in claims, according to GIC Re, intensifying reinsurance pricing and aviation risk scrutiny.</p>

<p>In response to mounting losses, reinsurers are increasingly offering parametric reinsurance and catastrophe bonds (insurance-linked securities) to help both governments and insurers manage risk, particularly where traditional indemnity cover has gaps.</p>

<p><strong>Vangari continues:</strong> &ldquo;APAC reinsurers are also increasingly leveraging AI models that synthesize real-time environmental, geographic, and exposure data. These models support catastrophe modelling and risk scoring by integrating inputs such as up-to-date satellite imagery and geospatial mapping, which help reinsurers access risk across property, marine, and energy lines. This enhances loss prediction and supports treaty placements that more accurately reflect localized exposure.&rdquo;</p>

<p>AI agents automate labor-intensive tasks&mdash;such as treaty pricing, bordereaux reconciliation, submission parsing, and clause extraction&mdash;lowering error rates and accelerating processes so specialists can concentrate on judgment-intensive work.</p>

<p>Major reinsurers in APAC plan to embed these tools across underwriting, claims, and policy administration by 2026, aiming for cost savings, faster decision-making, and better alignment between exposure, pricing, and reserve setting.</p>

<p><strong>Vangari concludes:</strong> &ldquo;Emerging trends in the region signal cautious but constructive progress for APAC reinsurers. Factors such as innovation in pricing, analytics, and automation by reinsurers is becoming essential for maintaining margin, managing risk exposure, and aligning business processes with evolving regulatory, operational, and environmental realities.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/chinese-firms-to-continue-to-dominate-apac-reinsurers-market-26344.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hidden Threats  Real Impacts  Gray zone Aggression</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Elisabeth Braw, Senior Fellow, Atlantic Council, H&eacute;l&egrave;ne Galy, Willis Research Network Director, Omar Samhan,Technology and People Risks Analyst, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Businesses are becoming more concerned about these risks, yet awareness remains low. Understanding what gray-zone aggression is &ndash; and how such events might unfold &ndash; is essential. Willis Research Network partner Elisabeth Braw, shares key insights and three new scenarios to help risk leaders take action in 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Organizations must anticipate, adapt, and collaborate to strengthen their defenses and maintain continuity. In WTW&rsquo;s 2025 Political Risk Survey [1], 77 per cent of executives interviewed expressed concern about the threat of economic retaliation as the method of gray-zone aggression of greatest concern, while 64 per cent were focused on state-sponsored cyber and 44 per cent on attacks on infrastructure. Five years earlier, gray-zone threats barely registered on corporate radars.[2]</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Understanding gray-zone aggression</strong></div>

<div>To understand gray-zone aggression as an emerging driver of geopolitical risk, the Willis Research Network, have partnered with Elisabeth Braw since 2019 to explore the topic and identify what global businesses can do to manage these threats proactively.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The findings from these discussions are shared in a report providing:</strong></div>

<div><em>An overview of gray-zone aggression, covering: what gray-zone aggression is, how the risk has evolved, why it&rsquo;s so effective and why it&rsquo;s so challenging to identify.</em></div>

<div><em>Examples of suspected gray-zone aggression acts across key industries, highlighting why each industry is targeted, existing and potential methods and suspected precedent examples to inform executives as they challenge their risk and strategy plans; and</em></div>

<div><em>Best practice guidance in five key areas to support executives navigate this growing threat, including challenge questions to test readiness.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Gray-zone aggression is an enterprise-level risk that spans departmental responsibilities; if there are knowledge gaps in the answers to those diagnostic questions, risk and strategy will need to be aligned to act.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key findings for risk and insurance leaders</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>01 Elevate gray-zone aggression as an enterprise-level risk</strong></div>

<div>Review your risks register and strategy for gray-zone threats. Continuous geopolitical monitoring, scenario refresh cycles and intelligence dissemination are essential.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>02 Stress-test supply-chain resilience through a geopolitical lens</strong></div>

<div>Complex interdependencies mean a single chokepoint disruption generates outsize ripple effects. Diversification, route alternatives and friendshoring considerations should be embedded into operational and financial planning.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>03 Strengthen crisis management for ambiguous events</strong></div>

<div>Gray-zone incidents often resemble accidents until patterns emerge. Organizational resilience will be tested by decision-making under uncertainty. Where attribution is incomplete, public narratives diverge and regulatory environments shift at speed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>04 Integrate scenario thinking into strategic planning</strong></div>

<div>Scenarios challenge assumptions and reveal exposure asymmetries. They help leadership teams test investment choices, supply-chain dependencies, geopolitical footprints and insurance adequacy across a range of plausible futures.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>05 Reevaluate insurance wordings, triggers and limits</strong></div>

<div>As geopolitical tensions rise, gaps can arise in the gray-zone between peace and war. Specialist review of policy language is critical to ensure coverage aligns with the emerging risk environment rather than legacy definitions of conflict.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Hidden threats, real impacts: scenario pathways of gray-zone aggression</strong></div>

<div>Alongside this report, WTW clients can also request access to three new gray-zone aggression scenarios designed by Elisabeth Braw as part of the geopolitical risk research programme. The scenarios include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Shadow fleet grounds tankers in English Channel</em></div>

<div><em>Three-pronged gray-zone aggression targets Poland</em></div>

<div><em>Disinformation campaigns in Moldova</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These scenarios are not predictions, but structured &ldquo;what if&rdquo; exercises intended to provoke discussion, raise awareness and support proactive risk management in the face of emerging and interconnected threats.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Footnotes</em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em><a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2025/05/political-risk-survey-report-2025">Political Risk Survey Report 2025 </a></em></span></div>

<div><a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2021/12/political-risk-index-winter-2021"><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Political Risk Index - Winter 2021 </em></span></a></div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hidden-threats--real-impacts--gray-zone-aggression-26347.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Uk Confidence Falls  Us Tech Cools And Ai Triggers Job Cuts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;UK markets look set for a mildly positive start, with FTSE 100 futures pointing higher despite a dip in consumer confidence, as the GfK index slipped back to -19 in February on rising unemployment. Investors are already looking ahead to next week&rsquo;s Spring Statement, but expectations are low for any policy fireworks, with lower gilt yields keeping the Chancellor comfortably on track to meet her fiscal rules. The broader backdrop remains supportive, with inflation likely to drift back towards target by spring, helping real wages, while falling interest rates should act as a tailwind for both economic growth and UK equities.</p>

<p>US markets took a step back yesterday, with the S&P 500 falling 0.54% and heavier losses across the tech-focused Nasdaq. The standout move came from Nvidia, which fell 5.5% despite delivering blockbuster results. This looks less like bad news and more like sky-high expectations colliding with some classic &ldquo;buy the rumour, sell the news&rdquo; behaviour. Around earnings season, short-term traders, hedge funds, and fast-moving algorithms tend to dominate the action, creating plenty of noise. Long-term investors are usually better off looking through this kind of volatility. Nvidia&rsquo;s slide also weighed on much of the semiconductor sector, dragging chip stocks lower across the board. Software stocks enjoyed a rare moment in the sun as some of the recent rotation out of that space unwound slightly &ndash; nothing dramatic, but another subtle signal that the bottom may have been found.</p>

<p>US fintech giant Block was in focus after announcing a hefty 40% cut to headcount, a move that immediately unlocked major guidance upgrades as more work is shifted to AI at a lower cost. It&rsquo;s reignited the debate around AI-driven job displacement &ndash; and that concern is very real. But there&rsquo;s another angle worth keeping in mind. CEO Jack Dorsey has a reputation for running organisations a little on the heavy side, and history offers a clue here: when Elon Musk took over Twitter in 2022, he slashed headcount by around 80% and the platform kept running. In Block&rsquo;s case, this looks like a mix of AI efficiency gains and an overdue clean-up of corporate bloat.</p>

<p>Oil prices steadied, with Brent holding just below $71 a barrel after a choppy session. Ongoing US-Iran nuclear talks offered a hint of progress, but mixed signals from both sides and lingering geopolitical tensions kept traders cautious. Attention now turns to Sunday&rsquo;s OPEC+ supply meeting, with worries about an emerging oil glut hanging over the market. Taken together, it leaves oil heading for a softer week, with uncertainty doing most of the price-setting.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/uk-confidence-falls--us-tech-cools-and-ai-triggers-job-cuts-26345.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hmrcs Large Business Directorate Grabs Extra  15 8bn In Tax</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>HM Revenue and Customs&rsquo; (HMRC&rsquo;s) large business directorate has doubled the amount of tax revenue collected or protected since 2021-22 using a hands-on approach to tax compliance for large businesses, a new report by the National Audit Office (NAO) has found.</p>

<p>HMRC established the large business tax directorate to ensure the UK&rsquo;s largest business groups comply with the tax rules. Around two fifths of the UK&rsquo;s tax revenues come through large businesses, equivalent to &pound;337 billion in 2024-25. This includes taxes that large businesses pay directly and those they pay on behalf of their employees and customers. </p>

<p>HMRC takes a more hands-on approach than with other taxpayers due to the complex nature of large businesses and the scale of the revenue collected. The large business directorate has proven to be a success, with customer compliance managers assigned to each business establishing co-operative and effective relationships. The directorate has doubled compliance yield (tax revenue collected or protected that would otherwise be lost to the Exchequer) since 2021-22 to &pound;15.8 billion in 2024-25. The return on investment on staff pay is four times more than what HMRC achieves across all taxpayers, with a &pound;95 return on every &pound;1 spent.</p>

<p>The tax gap for large businesses (the difference between what they should have paid in tax and what they actually paid) has steadily decreased over the long term, from &pound;7.5 billion in 2005-06 to &pound;5.8 billion in 2023-24, and is now at less than 1% of possible liabilities from all taxpayers. However, HMRC does not have reliable data to estimate short-term changes to the tax gap. HMRC&rsquo;s estimate of the large-business tax gap increased by nearly &pound;2 billion between 2020-21 and 2023-24, driven by a large spike in the tax gap for VAT, the data for which are particularly volatile. </p>

<p>Since 2006, HMRC has put 70 large businesses through its High Risk Corporates Programme, designed to tackle its most complex or riskiest cases. This has brought in more than &pound;32 billion in extra tax. Since 2016, HMRC has had the power to put businesses that consistently fail to comply into a special measures regime, though it has never used this power. </p>

<p>The NAO found no evidence of HMRC reaching special deals with large businesses on how much tax they should pay. HMRC&rsquo;s own testing found that it correctly followed its governance processes in 98.1% of cases it examined in 2024-25.  </p>

<p>To help improve its efficiency further, the NAO has recommended that the large business directorate should now:  </p>

<p>Ensure it carries out detailed planning and analysis to inform its approach to potentially expanding cooperative compliance to more businesses.Explore any barriers to using available legislative powers, such as special measures, when it identifies that businesses are behaving poorly regarding their tax compliance.Improve the recording of data on IT systems to ensure better understanding of productivity, and continue with planning for improvements to these IT systems.Build on the areas of good practice identified in this NAO report, and share these learnings with other HMRC directorates.</p>

<p><strong>Gareth Davies, head of the NAO, said: </strong>&ldquo;Through its large business directorate, HMRC has developed an efficient and effective approach to ensuring large businesses remain tax compliant. This has made a significant contribution to reducing the tax gap. HMRC should continue to explore whether this approach could usefully be extended to other complex and high-risk businesses.&rdquo; </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hmrcs-large-business-directorate-grabs-extra--15-8bn-in-tax-26346.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ppf Confirms Zero Levy For 2026 27</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Pension Protection Fund (PPF) has today announced it will set a zero levy for next year (2026-27) for the c.5,000 conventional defined benefit (DB) schemes it protects. The decision marks the second consecutive year that conventional schemes will not be charged a PPF levy.  </p>

<p><br />
In the <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PPF-Levy-consultation-2627.pdf">2026/27 PPF Levy consultation</a> the PPF expressed its intent to set a zero levy for conventional DB schemes dependent on the progress of the levy measures contained in the Pension Schemes Bill. As such, the PPF Board is reassured by the consideration given to the changes needed to conclude its decision making. <br />
<br />
<strong>Michelle Ostermann, PPF CEO, said: </strong>&ldquo;This is an important time for pensions. Not charging a levy to conventional schemes in 2026/27 reflects the evolution of risk in this sector and will reduce costs for DB schemes and employers. We&rsquo;re grateful to all those who responded to our recent consultation, and more broadly for the ongoing dialogue and productive engagement with our members and levy payers throughout our 20-year history.&rdquo;   <br />
<br />
The PPF has confirmed it will maintain a proportionate ACS (Alternative Covenant Schemes) levy next year. With the framework for superfunds evolving, and with the sector&rsquo;s potential for significant growth, the PPF will continue to apply an ACS levy in 2026/27.  <br />
<br />
 The PPF is committed to working closely with our stakeholders to review the ACS levy methodology for 2027/28 to ensure it continues to be proportionate to the risks posed.  <br />
<br />
 The PPF will publish its Policy Statement and final rules for the 2026/27 levy next month.  </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-confirms-zero-levy-for-2026-27-26339.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>An Employers Guide To The Pension Salary Sacrifice Cap</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Martin Willis, Partner, Barnett Waddingham</strong></p>

<p>That said, the potential cap shouldn&rsquo;t be ignored. Any future Government may well be supportive of a cost-saving measure that&rsquo;s unlikely to be at the top of the voter agenda. However now is not the time to abandon salary sacrifice. It continues to offer significant advantages, and employers who haven&rsquo;t yet adopted it should give it serious consideration.</p>

<p>According to Howden research, currently 68% of UK SMEs are not using salary exchange to boost pension contributions and after-tax pay. This means they may potentially be missing out on &pound;2.7 billion in employer national insurance (NI) savings and &pound;1.8 billion in employee savings.</p>

<div><strong>Salary sacrifice doesn&rsquo;t need to be complicated</strong></div>

<div>Many employers are put off salary sacrifice as it&rsquo;s seen as complicated to administer and explain. It&rsquo;s true that it can be (especially with workers on short term contracts or with variable pay), but if approached in the right way the complexity can be dealt with. The key things to consider are setting clear rules for inclusion, having a clear record of any &lsquo;sacrifice&rsquo; decision and communicating clearly (more on that below).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Assess your workforce profile</strong></div>

<div>For many employees, the proposed changes will have little or no impact. Assuming a 5% employee contribution rate, only those earning above &pound;40,000 are likely to be affected, with the effect increasing progressively at higher salary levels.</div>

<p>Higher earners may experience a smaller financial impact because their marginal National Insurance rate is lower (2%). However, they could still be disadvantaged if salary sacrifice is removed as an option (see point 5 below).</p>

<p>On the other hand, employers (particularly in higher-paying sectors) may feel the impact more significantly. They would be required to pay employer National Insurance at 13.8% on any salary sacrifice pension contributions exceeding the &pound;2,000 threshold.</p>

<div><strong>Understand where salary sacrifice still has a role</strong></div>

<div>This is a complicated one. People can still sacrifice as much as they want (subject to wider pensions allowances), it&rsquo;s just the NI relievable bit that is capped.</div>

<p>This means that salary sacrifice can still be beneficial for people looking to keep their salary at a certain level for things like retaining the personal allowance, child benefits, or funded childcare. </p>

<p>It&rsquo;s possible to reduce &lsquo;adjusted net income&rsquo; for this purpose without using salary sacrifice, but it involves communication with HMRC. The same is true of higher rate taxpayers claiming back additional relief.</p>

<div><strong>Check your payroll provider&rsquo;s readiness</strong></div>

<div>Has your payroll provider confirmed how they plan to build the cap assessment into their software? In the early years, this could create a significant administrative burden, as employers will be responsible for ensuring the right level of NI is paid via PAYE. This includes tracking how much salary has been sacrificed into a pension.</div>

<p>Most payroll systems should be able to handle this, as they currently generally record pre and post sacrifice elements, but it&rsquo;s important to check once the legislation is confirmed.</p>

<div><strong>Communicate clearly with your people</strong></div>

<div>Avoid unnecessary jargon and complex language when communicating about pensions salary sacrifice. People may think this is a cap on tax relievable pension contributions and look to lower contributions or opt out. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Consider wider pension scheme design</strong></div>

<div>There is no limit to the NI savings that employers can make on contributions to pension schemes. It&rsquo;s extremely unlikely one would be introduced due to the impact this would have on employers that participate in public sector defined benefit (DB) pension schemes.</div>

<p>This proposed cap is purely about employees exchanging pay for contributions. In effect, it makes salary sacrifice a less efficient way of remunerating employees compared with increasing standard employer pension contributions. </p>

<p>Restructuring contribution models could therefore be a practical alternative. For example, instead of a 5% employee/5% employer split, a scheme could move to 3% employee/7% employer, or even a 10% employer-only (non-contributory) structure. In some cases, this may be more cost-effective for both parties.</p>

<p>Where contributions exceed automatic enrolment minimums, employers may also want to consider offering a cash allowance in-lieu of pension contributions. Whilst this would obviously be subject to NI and tax, it would be NI efficient if going to the pension. This approach is relatively straightforward for new hires, but changes for existing employees would likely require formal consultation.</p>

<p>That said, any redesign needs careful thought. Reducing salary to increase employer contributions may not suit everyone, particularly those who rely on their headline pay. Employers should assess the specific needs and preferences of their people and wait for detailed legislative guidance before making changes, in case practical barriers emerge.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/an-employers-guide-to-the-pension-salary-sacrifice-cap-26342.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Call For Stability Ahead Of Spring Statement</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Frequent changes to pension rules in recent years, including measures such as the newly introduced cap on salary sacrifice from 2029 and bringing unused pension funds into the scope of inheritance tax from 2027, have introduced complexity and left many people unsure of how to maximise their savings and plan for the future.</p>

<p>While structural reforms that seek to widen access to overlooked groups such as the self-employed and others in less secure forms of work are welcome, constant tinkering makes long-term financial planning harder and risks discouraging engagement with retirement savings.</p>

<p><strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee, said:</strong> &ldquo;Effective planning for retirement begins with a long term commitment to saving that stretches across decades. Frequent policy changes to an already complex pension environment can make it significantly harder for savers to feel confident about the decisions they are making today.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Savers benefit from clarity and consistency. Assuming no surprises in the Spring forecast, the case for giving the system some desperately-needed stability, and allowing the general public time to digest the recent changes and their ramifications for their savings, has never been greater.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Improving engagement with pensions hinges on trust. While frequent policy adjustments risk creating uncertainty about what the future will look like, a stable policy environment would help people plan with confidence.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/call-for-stability-ahead-of-spring-statement-26340.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse100 Tests New Records But Nvidia Numbers Fail To Impress</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is holding onto yesterday&rsquo;s gains, which saw the index close above 10,800 for the first time. Natural resources stocks are getting a boost from strengthening commodity prices, and victims of the AI fear trade, such as RELX, Experian and the London Stock Exchange Group, have been staging a comeback. Meanwhile, HSBC&rsquo;s flawless report card proved to be the final ingredient that lifted London&rsquo;s leading basket of shares into new territory. With a fistful of high-profile UK-listed companies reporting today, corporate news is likely to be the key driver of today&rsquo;s moves in the index.</p>

<p>Rolls-Royce continues to impress with upgraded mid-term targets and a step-up in commitments to share buybacks. [MB1] WPP&rsquo;s 2025 results were less encouraging, with competitive pressure weighing heavily on traditional advertising agencies. Like-for-like sales fell 3.6% to &pound;13.6bn, and operating profit fell at a sharper 17.1% clip to &pound;1.3bn. Further revenue declines are expected this year. Cindy Rose OBE will have to pull a rabbit out of the hat at today&rsquo;s strategy update if investors are to buy into the group&rsquo;s future-proofing credentials.</p>

<p>US stock futures are trading down slightly today. Beats by NVIDIA on Q4 financials and near-term guidance haven&rsquo;t been enough to see the shares in the world&rsquo;s most valuable company get another leg-up in after-market trading. Doubts are still being voiced over the sustainability of the company&rsquo;s blistering growth. We think the numbers paint a different picture and remain very comfortable with NVIDIA&rsquo;s inclusion as one of HL&rsquo;s Five Shares to Watch for 2026. Hardware is the driving force of the AI revolution, and NVIDIA has a controlling position.</p>

<p>It&rsquo;s a murkier picture for software companies. Salesforce&rsquo;s Q4 numbers were stronger than expected, but investors in the sector are nervous, and the shares shed 4.6% after the close, on slightly more conservative guidance than analysts had been hoping for. With the forward earnings multiple at an all-time low, this could mark an attractive entry point if investors can be convinced that Salesforce is an AI winner. A bulging order book and booming sales of Agentforce are positive enough signs for management to authorise up to $50bn of share buybacks, over 25% of the company&rsquo;s value. [AC2] </p>

<p>Brent Crude is back over $71 per barrel as both military and economic measures against Iran remain firmly on the table. Today&rsquo;s bilateral talks in Geneva will be closely watched as Washington pushes for a deal on nuclear development. But upwards momentum has been stifled by a colossal 16mn addition to US oil inventories last week and rumours that Saudi Arabia is planning a further increase to production this year as its daily oil exports tipped a three-year high of 7.3mn barrels per day in the first 24 days of February.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse100-tests-new-records-but-nvidia-numbers-fail-to-impress-26338.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Credit Applications Down By 36 Percent</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Moreover, many participants did not know they were eligible or assumed that savings, home ownership, or a partner&rsquo;s income made them ineligible. Future consideration of Pension Credit among entitled non-recipients was linked to improved awareness and potential changes in financial or personal circumstances.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The DWP also revealed in a separate data release that it received 209,735 Pension Credit applications in the past 52-weeks (24 February 2025 to 22 February 2026) &ndash; a 36% decrease or 117,595 fewer applications on the comparable period a year previous.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at leading independent financial services consultancy Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;This research project from the DWP shines a light on many of the attitudinal and awareness issues that have plagued Pension Credit take up. Among entitled pensioners, there is still a lack of understanding of eligibility and how to apply with many holding assumptions that homeownership or savings may exclude them from this financial support.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>There are nearly a million families entitled to Pension Credit who are not currently claiming the benefit and getting vital financial support to these people is paramount to support their quality of life in retirement. However, following the campaign to raise awareness of Pension Credit when the benefit was linked to the Winter Fuel Payment, it is a disappointing to see such a huge drop off in the number of applications this year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We would hope to see continued and urgent efforts to increase awareness and uptake to support more pensioners in need with this additional income. The research also fires a salutary warning about potential future efforts to means-test the State Pension demonstrating the risk that, even with the best intentions, those most in need could still miss out on crucial income.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/pension-credit-journeys/pension-credit-journeys-a-report-by-verian">DWP, Pension Credit Journeys: A report by Verian: </a></div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-february-2026/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-february-2026">DWP, Pension Credit applications and awards: February 2026: </a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-credit-applications-down-by-36-percent-26343.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>New Report Benchmarks Evolving Benefits Landscape</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hymans Robertsonemployee-benefits-2026-trends-and-employer-priorities.pdf">The Employee benefits 2026</a>: trends and employer priorities aims to understand current practice around pensions and benefits, highlight where risks arise and suggest practical steps that can lead to better outcomes for employees, whilst also balancing cost control for employers at a time when many are facing mounting cost pressures. The leading pensions and financial services consultancy warns that without early action, employers risk further rising benefit costs and weaker staff retention.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report draws on results from a survey of UK corporates, as well as insight from clients. The findings show that despite the growing pressures on employers, they are making progress to reassess how they support their people and &lsquo;do the right thing&rsquo;, even when the choices are difficult. The firm says that employers don&rsquo;t need to overhaul everything at once but urges them to make small, practical changes to ease future budgetary pressure, improve fairness, strengthen resilience and help employees feel more secure.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Speaking about the survey findings, Hannah English, Head of DC Corporate Consulting, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;Our aim with this report is to help employers understand where they already have strengths and where a targeted shift could go a long way to support people more effectively. We know from experience that better outcomes do not always require bigger budgets, or indeed that is affordable to employers or staff alike. Often, improved outcomes simply require a clearer view of what employees need, and a willingness to adjust.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The pace of change in pensions and benefits 2025 has been rapid. Rising costs, and growing expectations around fairness, mean employers are under pressure to rethink their benefits strategy. What our research shows is that while many employers are taking steps in the right direction, the environment they operate in has become far more demanding. The old assumptions about what people need from their benefits no longer hold.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;With pensions, for example, our data shows that most employees are still enrolled in their pensions at very modest contribution levels. That means many people are heading towards retirement outcomes that will fall short of what they expect. Employers can change this picture, but it requires stronger mechanisms that help people save more over time, and in some cases higher default contributions. Not all of this has to be expensive, but both demand a conscious focus on who needs to save more and how this can be achieved within employer&rsquo;s cost envelopes. Upcoming changes to NI relief on salary sacrifice pensions and the forthcoming Pensions Commission review will push employers to review their reward strategies and adapt quickly.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We&rsquo;re also seeing pressure points in health and protection. PMI remains a core benefit, yet access is far from equal. A sizeable number of employers still limit eligibility by grade and that carries fairness risks even when the reasoning is understandable. The same is true of income protection. Most organisations offer it, but the details vary so widely that two employees in similar situations could experience wildly different levels of security. Cost is one part of the story, but design plays a huge role in shaping real outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Financial wellbeing is another area where employers are trying to do more. Despite this, many are still relying on low-cost support like discount schemes or webinars. These are helpful, but they can&rsquo;t replace personalised guidance when people are trying to make decisions that affect their long-term security. The gap between what employers offer and what employees say they value is one of the biggest risks for retention but is also one of the biggest opportunities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Small well-targeted changes in benefit structure, a rethink on eligibility rules or even a clearer communication strategy can make a real difference. Budget pressures are real and aren&rsquo;t not going away, but fairness and financial resilience can still be improved with thoughtful action.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hymans Robertsonemployee-benefits-2026-trends-and-employer-priorities.pdf">A copy of the benefits survey report can be viewed here.</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/new-report-benchmarks-evolving-benefits-landscape-26341.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Smarter Approach To Communicating Our Regulatory Priorities</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Charlotte Clark, Director of cross-cutting policy and strategy, FCA</strong></p>

<p>We've launched our new <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/regulatory-priorities"><strong>Regulatory Priorities reports</strong></a>, starting with the insurance sector. This marks a new approach that will help to transform our supervision and streamline regulation.</p>

<p>We expect regulated firms to follow the rules and stay informed about any changes. This is important for maintaining a safe and resilient market. Our mission to be a smarter regulator means reducing burden where we can, so that firms can get the information they need as efficiently as possible.</p>

<p>Our Regulatory Priorities publications are part of this drive to simplify things. They replace our portfolio letters, which set out our expectations for firms in various markets. </p>

<p>There were more than 40 of these letters, with some firms needing to work through several to understand what they needed to do. We know these created an extra layer of complexity, and we&rsquo;ve responded to these concerns.</p>

<div><strong>What firms can expect</strong></div>

<div>There are just 9 of the new publications, covering each sector at a higher level. We&rsquo;ve designed them to make it easy for firms to get to the information that affects them directly, with the right links to the detail they need. </div>

<p>We&rsquo;ve tested our approach with a pilot for insurance firms, which has helped us make sure the documents are easy to use. We&rsquo;ve aimed to have clear content and easy navigation, summing up each of our priorities on one page with clear actions for firms. </p>

<p>The reports also set out what&rsquo;s coming up in each sector - making them a succinct one-stop shop for regulatory information. We&rsquo;ll publish them more frequently too, with an annual cycle - so it&rsquo;s easier for firms to stay up to date with policies and issues as they develop.</p>

<p>The purpose remains the same though. Firms&rsquo; boards and chief executives should read these reports carefully, review the priorities we&rsquo;ve set out &ndash; and act where they need to.</p>

<p>We want to keep the conversation going about how we can streamline our regulation and simplify our communication, letting firms spend more time serving their customers and creating growth. We hope these new reports will be part of that drive and are keen to know how they work for firms.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/smarter-approach-to-communicating-our-regulatory-priorities-26335.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Pitfalls Putting Employers At Growing Risk Of Errors</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Hannah English, Head of DC Corporate Consulting, Hymans Robertson</strong></p>

<div><strong>Why pension mistakes happen</strong></div>

<div>Contribution errors rarely come from one big failure. They develop quietly as rules, systems and policies move at different speeds. Common issues include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>pay used for calculating pension contributions gradually drifting away from what&rsquo;s written in contracts or benefit guides</em></div>

<div><em>contribution rates not updating when employees reach age or service milestones</em></div>

<div><em>mismatches in employer matching rules across different employee groups</em></div>

<div><em>tax relief and salary sacrifice processes falling out of sync</em></div>

<div><em>pension calculations during leave periods not reflecting the correct definition of pay</em></div>

<div><em>salary sacrifice taking employees close to, or below, the legal minimum wage</em></div>

<p>Each issue may seem small. The real risk is when one error triggers another and the organisation doesn&rsquo;t spot the pattern early enough. This can lead to breaching minimum wage rules, paying the wrong pension amounts for months at a time, or creating discrepancies that could be challenged legally.</p>

<div><strong>Why this matters now</strong></div>

<div>Auto-enrolment added another layer of complexity back in 2012. Many employers have adapted processes since then, but recent changes to benefits and rising minimum wage levels have created new pressure points.<br />
When payroll and HR systems don&rsquo;t align perfectly, pension contributions can be wrong for long periods without anyone noticing. This affects people directly and can quickly undermine trust. In a climate where employees are paying more attention to their workplace benefits, mistakes carry reputational risk as well as financial cost.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What can employers do?</strong></div>

<div>A surface-level check isn&rsquo;t enough anymore. Employers need a full, organisation-wide review of pension processes to understand how policies work in practice. This means:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>reviewing the pay definitions used for contributions</em></div>

<div><em>checking how contribution changes are triggered and applied</em></div>

<div><em>mapping where salary sacrifice interacts with minimum wage thresholds</em></div>

<div><em>confirming that payroll and HR systems are aligned and updated consistently</em></div>

<div><em>understanding any legacy rules that might be creating discrepancies</em></div>

<p>Taking action now protects employees and reduces the risk of fines, compliance breaches and legal challenges. It also helps employers build confidence that their arrangements are robust and ready for future regulatory change.</p>

<p>If you have any questions on anything covered in this blog or would like to discuss further, please get in touch.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-pitfalls-putting-employers-at-growing-risk-of-errors-26336.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Women Out Save Men In Self Assessment Month</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The milestone follows consistent year-on-year increases in contributions each January. Back in 2024, women contributed less than half of men&rsquo;s total, this rose to just under 60% in 2025, with women&rsquo;s pension contributions now surpassing men&rsquo;s for the first time since 2018.</p>

<div><strong>Women in their forties drive the uplift</strong></div>

<div>The age split reveals that women aged 40 to 49 contributed 85% more than men in the same age group during January 2026, driving much of the overall increase. The surge in pension contributions coincides with HMRC&rsquo;s 31 January Self-Assessment tax deadline, reflecting recent data from the Office for National Statistics (ONS) showing the number of women in self-employment in the last quarter of 2025 at the highest recorded since mid-2020. The data suggests that self-employed and freelance women in their 40s are making significant last-minute lump sum contributions to bolster their pension savings and make the most of pensions tax relief. </div>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Seeing women out-contribute men - for the crucial self-assessment month of January - is very encouraging, showing more women in their forties are in self-employment and/or are higher rate tax payers and conscious of the importance of making pension contributions. This matters as ONS data also shows that earnings peak at about age 44 for women, after which income growth tends to flatten and eventually decline. However, across other age groups the picture is still very uneven, despite improvements on previous years. Women aged 18 to 29 contributed 7% less than men, while those aged 60 to 69 contributed 26% less, a gap that reflects a lifetime of compounding disadvantage rather than disengagement.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Progress within a persistent gap</strong></div>

<div>Recent years have seen a positive trend in female saving, with women contributing 58% the amount of men in 2025, up from 48% in 2024. However, to put the January 2026 contribution milestone in context - the last time PensionBee female clients contributed more than their male counterparts was in April 2018, prior to the Covid-19 pandemic.</div>

<p>After that, women contributed less than men for each successive year, up until this January, reflecting the so-called &lsquo;pandemic penalty&rsquo;. While no-one was spared the far-reaching physical and financial impacts of the pandemic, women were more likely to work in those industries that required face-to-face interaction - retail, hospitality, travel, airlines, self-care and education - which suffered more during these years and consequently impacted financial resilience. Many women experienced a fall in income or left the workforce to care for children and/or sick or elderly relatives, which impacted both earnings and pension contributions.</p>

<p>PensionBee&rsquo;s research found that every year spent out of the workforce for unpaid care reduces a pension pot by roughly &pound;5,000 at retirement, while switching to part-time work reduces it by &pound;2,000.</p>

<p>Despite the positive trend, when it comes to the contributions of those women in their 40s, the wider gender backdrop remains stark. Pensions Policy Institute (PPI) data shows that for men aged 45 to 49, the median pension pot at &pound;138,816 is more than twice that of women at &pound;67,975. This substantial gender pension gap is largely due to the financial penalties of motherhood and caregiving, referred to as the &lsquo;motherhood&rsquo; and &lsquo;good daughter&rsquo; penalty, respectively. </p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie commented:</strong> &ldquo;In January 2024, women contributed less than half as much as men; last year that gap narrowed significantly; and this year, women overtook men altogether.  </p>

<p>&ldquo;There is clearly growing engagement and a determination from women in their mid-forties in particular to bolster their retirement savings. However, closing the gender pension gap will require systemic reform. Women remain overrepresented among the UK&rsquo;s &lsquo;invisible workers&rsquo; - falling outside the net of Auto-Enrolment, which has very much been designed around formal employment structures and the payroll. </p>

<p>&ldquo;<a href="https://www.pensionbee.com/uk/press/workplace-pension-statistics">PensionBee&rsquo;s Invisible Worker </a>campaign, is calling on the Government to expand Auto-Enrolment by removing the &pound;10,000 earnings trigger and enabling the self-employed to save through their Self-Assessment tax returns. These changes will help tackle structural inequalities like the gender pension gap.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Table 1: Women&rsquo;s contributions as a percentage of men&rsquo;s, January 2024-26</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PensionBeeSavers2502261.jpg" style="height:180px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: PensionBee data, January 2026</em></span></p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/women-out-save-men-in-self-assessment-month-26337.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>M g Completes  270m Bulk Purchase Annuity For Reach Plc</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The transaction was executed by the Prudential Assurance Company Limited (&ldquo;Prudential&rdquo;), M&G&rsquo;s wholly-owned subsidiary providing life and pensions solutions and is the Scheme&rsquo;s second and final buy-in, insuring all remaining members.</p>

<p>When making its decision, Trinity Retirement Benefit Scheme Limited (the &ldquo;Trustee&rdquo; of the Scheme) recognised M&G&rsquo;s strong financial position and well-known brand. The Trustee was also assured by the flexibility offered by the proposition and its alignment with a range of key requirements, including a bespoke price lock matching the Scheme&rsquo;s existing assets and M&G&rsquo;s ability to support a continuation of excellent member service.</p>

<p>LCP acted as the lead transaction adviser for the Scheme with DLA Piper providing legal advice to the Trustee, Aon acting as Scheme Actuary and Mercer providing covenant advice. Hymans Robertson and Slaughter and May advised Reach plc.</p>

<p><strong>Rosie Fantom, Head of Pension Risk Transfer Origination & Execution at M&G, said:</strong> &ldquo;We are delighted to partner with the Trustee of the Trinity Retirement Benefit Scheme to secure the long-term financial security of its members. This transaction underlines M&G&rsquo;s position as a leading provider in the bulk annuity market and we remain committed to supporting trustees and schemes in managing pension risk, backed by our strong financial foundation and proven expertise in execution.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Susan Anyan, Chair of the Trustee of the Scheme and a Professional Trustee at Capital Cranfield, said: </strong>&ldquo;We are delighted to have been able to secure members&rsquo; benefits as a result of this transaction, following an intensive and highly collaborative process. This successful outcome reflects the hard work, shared ambition and dedication of both the Trustee and Reach plc, heavily supported throughout by a multidisciplinary team of expert advisers.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Darren Fisher, CFO of Reach plc, said: </strong>&ldquo;This successful transaction is an important milestone for the Company and the Scheme. We have worked closely with the Trustee of the Scheme over several years to reach this point and it is a testament to the collaborative approach taken by all parties that we have been able to achieve this positive outcome for both the Scheme members and the Company&rsquo;s shareholders.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Ruth Ward, Principal at LCP said: </strong>&ldquo;I am proud to have supported the Trustee to achieve this significant milestone of insuring all Scheme members. A detailed preparation phase before seeking quotations facilitated a smooth broking process, giving all parties confidence that risks are being well-managed, and careful planning for how the Scheme&rsquo;s excellent member service will be maintained post transaction. This resulted in a highly competitive process and an excellent outcome for the Scheme and its members.&rdquo;     </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/m-g-completes--270m-bulk-purchase-annuity-for-reach-plc-26333.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Sigh Of Relief As Ai Disruption Fears Ease For Now</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown:</strong>&ldquo;UK markets look set to open on a firmer footing this morning, tracking gains across global equities as the apocalyptic AI narrative takes a small step back. There&rsquo;s plenty for investors to sink their teeth into, with well-covered results from HSBC, Diageo and Aston Martin setting the tone for the day. Against a steadier macro backdrop, stock-specific stories are back in the driving seat.</p>

<p>HSBC&rsquo;s results this morning told a familiar, reassuring story for Asian bank investors: the engine is still humming and management confidence is quietly building. This morning&rsquo;s 9% profit beat was driven by core banking momentum rather than one-offs, while guidance struck a notably more upbeat tone, pointing to stronger earnings power and returns as we move into 2026. Like Standard Chartered yesterday, there looks to be a clearer runway ahead, with revenue growth expectations nudging higher and costs staying disciplined. With capital being rebuilt after buying the remaining stake in Hang Seng, buybacks are on pause for the time being - but consensus numbers for 2026 now look ripe for another leg up.</p>

<p>US markets found their footing yesterday, with the S&P 500 and Nasdaq climbing as investors warmed (if only just a touch) to a more nuanced AI narrative. Anthropic&rsquo;s enterprise demo was the cocktail-party chatter, but the key takeaway wasn&rsquo;t disruption for disruption&rsquo;s sake - it was partnership, with AI framed as a layer that enhances existing software rather than blowing it up. That subtle shift matters, and while the software rally barely raised an eyebrow in the wake of the recent selloff, it could prove to be the first baby step toward restoring confidence in a bruised sector. Still, one well-received demo doesn&rsquo;t make a trend, and markets are perfectly capable of staying irrational far longer than logic would suggest.</p>

<p>In streaming land, the Warner Bros bidding war has sprung back to life, with its board signalling that Paramount&rsquo;s tweaked offer could now qualify as a superior proposal. The headline price is an improved $31 per share, sweetened by a ticking fee and tougher break-up protections. Paramount has clearly sharpened its pencil, waiving downside protection on WBD&rsquo;s networks business and putting more money at risk if the deal collapses. If this new deal is seen as superior, the ball will be back in Netflix&rsquo;s court, which will have 4 days to respond and, given the deal maths, will most likely come back with a better offer of its own. It almost feels like a no-brainer for WBD to push this back onto Netflix, even if just to squeeze out some extra juice.</p>

<p>Oil steadied after its recent wobble, with Brent edging back toward the low-$70s as geopolitics crept back into focus. Rhetoric around US-Iran nuclear talks, and the ever-sensitive Strait of Hormuz, reminded markets how quickly supply risk can re-enter the frame, even as diplomacy remains the stated preference. That said, concerns over global demand, not least from fresh US trade measures, continue to cap enthusiasm and keep the move measured rather than dramatic.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/sigh-of-relief-as-ai-disruption-fears-ease-for-now-26334.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Minimum Standards Led By Trustees Is The Right Way For Isps</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>As part of the consultation, which closes on 6 March, DWP is seeking feedback on the benefits of introducing new minimum standards as part of its objectives to raise standards in trusteeship, governance and administration of trust-based workplace pension schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In Lumera&rsquo;s view, minimum standards could drive a step-change in quality across areas such as administration platforms and integrated service providers (ISPs) as well as data quality and management standards. It would enable the industry to build on the &lsquo;good practice&rsquo; standards that are already in place across the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, it would be better for DWP to concentrate on enabling existing regulated entities &ndash; primarily trustees &ndash; to enforce minimum standards rather than building new authorisation regimes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With regard to ISPs in particular, minimum standards could go further than existing guidance on good practice, such as that issued by the Pensions Administration Standards Association (PASA), in areas like the technology offering for carrying out &lsquo;matching.&rsquo; For example, a minimum standard for &lsquo;matching&rsquo; could ensure that specific schemes do not flood the dashboards universe with bad responses and data, hampering the user experience for all.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In a wider sense, minimum standards can mitigate the significant data risks that administration service providers face from increased levels of consolidation activity. Safe data migration during the transition of administration services is critical, especially in a Defined Contribution (DC) market where historic issues with administration sometimes only come to light during consolidation execution. Minimum standards for consolidation readiness that take account not only of data quality, but also administration processes and reconciliation of member holdings with fund managers, would again minimise the risks from consolidation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Maurice Titley, Commercial Director, Data & Dashboards at Lumera, commented:</strong> &ldquo;The DWP&rsquo;s proposals on mandatory minimum standards for integrated service providers (ISPs) come at a critical period of evolution for the sector. By focusing on minimum standards, rather than adding layers of regulation that could inadvertently slow down progress, we can ensure a more effective and streamlined approach to this new but critical area of pensions administration.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This is all part of a direction of travel that requires an acceleration in investment in technology-driven solutions and secure data management processes to put trustees and administrators in a strong position to meet all the upcoming regulatory requirements.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/minimum-standards-led-by-trustees-is-the-right-way-for-isps-26329.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Cost Of Cash</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Bank of England is gradually reducing the base interest rate - but best buy cash savings rates remain around 4.5%, and many households feel they are finally being rewarded for holding cash. However, new analysis from Standard Life, part of Phoenix Group, shows that for higher and additional-rate taxpayers, a significant portion of those gains can disappear once tax and inflation are factored in.</p>

<p>While many savers make use of ISAs to shelter interest from tax, those who don&rsquo;t utilise their ISA allowance &ndash; or who have already used the full &pound;20,000 limit &ndash; may face a much larger tax bill than expected.</p>

<p>With income tax bands now frozen until 2031, more people are moving into higher and additional rate brackets each year, making tax on interest a growing issue for households who may not realise they&rsquo;re affected.</p>

<div><strong>How tax erodes cash savings</strong></div>

<div>Higher-rate taxpayers only need around &pound;11,000 in a non-ISA cash account earning 4.5% interest before their Personal Savings Allowance (PSA)2 is used up and interest begins to be taxed. Even before inflation is considered, this reduces returns significantly.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>For a higher-rate taxpayer holding &pound;30,000 in taxable cash:</strong></div>

<div><em>&pound;1,350 interest is earned at a 4.5% rate</em></div>

<div><em>After the PSA and tax, this falls to &pound;1,010</em></div>

<div><em>After allowing for 2% inflation, the real gain is just &pound;402</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Basic rate taxpayers need around &pound;22,000 to incur a tax bill, and additional rate taxpayers pay tax from the very first % of interest because they have no PSA at all.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The power of pensions</strong></div>

<div>For those able to take a longer-term view, pension contributions remain one of the most tax efficient ways to save. Higher and additional rate taxpayers benefit from enhanced tax relief, giving contributions a substantial immediate boost. Standard Life analysis finds that &pound;30,000 invested into a pension could lead to a gain of &pound;21,103 assuming 5% annual investment growth, 40% tax relief on the whole &pound;30,000 and allowing for 2% inflation - over 52x more than returns on a taxable cash account, and without any immediate tax liability.3 It&rsquo;s important to note that pensions are usually taxed as income when accessed, beyond the 25% tax-free lump sum.</div>

<p><strong>The potential annual gain of saving &pound;30,000 for a higher rate taxpayer after one year</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeCash2402261.jpg" style="height:435px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Inflation calculated on the value after tax on interest and charges for taxable cash account and ISA, and after tax relief, investment growth and charges on the pension. Up to ?20,000 each year can be deposited in an ISA.</em></span></p>

<p><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life, part of Phoenix Group said:</strong> &ldquo;Higher interest rates can lull people into thinking their cash is working harder than it really is. Frozen income tax thresholds are pushing more people into higher tax brackets each year and the amount of interest lost to tax could come as quite a surprise, especially with inflation to consider too.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While ISAs are a solid tax-efficient option, pensions are where the tax system truly works in your favour. For a higher-rate taxpayer, a qualifying &pound;30,000 contribution can instantly become &pound;50,000 through tax relief. If you&rsquo;re planning for the long-term, that head start is incredibly difficult for cash savings to compete with.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Mike&rsquo;s top tips for tax efficient savings</strong></p>

<div><strong>1. Check whether you&rsquo;re close to breaching your PSA.</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;A really important first step is understanding whether you&rsquo;re likely to breach your Personal Savings Allowance. Lots of higher-rate taxpayers don&rsquo;t realise that once their cash savings creep above around &pound;11,000, they could start paying tax on their interest. Make sure you know what tax band you&rsquo;re in, the interest rate on your savings accounts and whether those rates could push you over the threshold.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. Make use of your ISA allowance.</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;If you&rsquo;re holding cash that you won&rsquo;t need immediately, an ISA is one of the simplest ways to stop interest being taxed. Moving money into an ISA is quick, and every penny of growth stays with you. If you&rsquo;ve used your full &pound;20,000 allowance, consider whether future savings should be directed into next year&rsquo;s ISA as soon as the new tax year opens. It&rsquo;s also worth shopping around - ISA rates vary widely and the difference of even half a percentage point can meaningfully affect returns over time.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. Think about your savings in buckets</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;It can help to divide your money into buckets - cash for emergencies, fixed term ISAs for medium-term goals, and pensions for the long term where tax relief gives your savings a real lift. It&rsquo;s also worth reviewing these buckets regularly as your life evolves - changes like a new job, growing family, or shifting financial priorities can all affect how much you hold in each and whether your approach is still working for you.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Don&rsquo;t overlook pension tax relief</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Pension tax relief can make a huge difference, especially for higher and additional rate taxpayers. A good way to think about it, is if you&rsquo;re a basic rate taxpayer, a &pound;100 contribution will cost &pound;80 as the government tops up 20%. If you&rsquo;re a higher rate taxpayer, ?100 contribution will cost you &pound;60. &ldquo;If you&rsquo;re a higher or additional rate taxpayer, you might need to complete a tax self-assessment to claim higher or additional rate tax relief depending on how your scheme is set up. It&rsquo;s important to check this with your employer or pension provider.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5. Focus on the inflation adjusted value of your returns</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Whatever type of saving you&rsquo;re doing, try to think in terms of what you keep after tax and inflation. Headline interest rates can look appealing, but once tax is deducted and inflation is factored in, the actual value of the return can be much lower. Keeping an eye on the inflation adjusted value of your savings helps you make more informed decisions about where to put your money and ensures your savings are genuinely growing in value over time.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>6. Keep an eye on legislation changes that affect tax and National Insurance</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Frozen thresholds, shifting NI rules, and adjustments to tax allowances can all change how efficient different types of saving are. Reviewing your strategy each year to align with the latest tax landscape can help you make the most of opportunities - whether that&rsquo;s through pension contributions, ISA allowances, or other tax-efficient savings options.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-cost-of-cash-26330.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Men Aged 62 65 Have Db Pensions Twice The Size Of Women  039 s</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The report finds that men&rsquo;s DB annual pensions were worth nearly twice the value of women&rsquo;s (?13,900 to ?7,500, net value per annum) and their DC pensions more than three times (?90,000 to ?28,500) the value.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Women were also found to be most likely to rely on the State Pension and to not reach a moderate Retirement Living Standard.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kelly Parsons, Head of DC Proposition at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;This stark disparity underlines that the gender pensions gap remains one of the biggest structural inequalities in the UK retirement system. The fact that men&rsquo;s DB annual incomes are almost double those of women and DC pots more than three times the size reflects a long-standing combination of lower average earnings, career breaks, higher rates of part-time work and lower contribution levels.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While auto-enrolment has brought millions more women into pension saving, these figures show that participation alone is not enough to close the gap. The next phase of reform needs to focus on contribution adequacy and targeted engagement with groups at the greatest risk of poorer retirement outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For employers, this is also a workforce issue. Better scheme design, more inclusive contribution structures and support around life events such as parental leave can make a meaningful difference. Without coordinated action from policymakers, employers and the industry, today&rsquo;s imbalance risks becoming tomorrow&rsquo;s retirement inequality.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/pensions-and-economic-status-among-the-1958-birth-cohort-prior-to-reaching-state-pension-age">DWP pensions-and-economic-status-among-the-1958-birth-cohort-prior-to-reaching-state-pension-age</a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/men-aged-62-65-have-db-pensions-twice-the-size-of-women--039-s-26332.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Investors On Edge Over Ai Fear And Tariff Uncertainty</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is little moved this morning after a flat performance yesterday, but beneath the apparently calm surface, things are choppier than they seem. Commodity stocks have been riding on the coattails of stronger oil and metal prices. That&rsquo;s offset continued falls in software and data-focussed companies such as Sage, RELX, Experian and the London Stock Exchange Group as herd mentality stokes anxiety around the threats from Artificial Intelligence. Warren Buffett&rsquo;s mantra of being greedy in times of fear could serve investors well here, as long as they&rsquo;re prepared to hold for the long-term.</p>

<p>Speciality chemical company Croda International&rsquo;s 2025 results contained few bangs or flashes but painted a resilient picture as management continue to execute its transformation plan. Revenue grew by 6.6% to &pound;1.7bn before exchange rate moves, and underlying pre-tax profit was up 8.4% to &pound;276mn, slightly ahead of forecasts. Tariff uncertainty made for a tough trading environment for Croda, which was one of Hargreaves Lansdown&rsquo;s shares to watch in 2025. But broad-based sales growth and efficiency gains have helped support an 11% rise in the share price since the company was highlighted to HL investors. With a similar trading performance expected this year, there could be more to come, particularly if the market gains confidence in the company&rsquo;s plans to expand underlying operating margins to over 20% over the next three years.</p>

<p>Despite an unprecedented 65% rise over the last year, gold continues to attract safe-haven monies as investors try to assess what the new normal for global trade looks like following last week&rsquo;s Supreme Court ruling against Donald Trump&rsquo;s Liberation Day Tariffs and his subsequent threat of a 15% baseline tariff. However, it now looks like the new levy will come in at a more benign 10%, and gold prices have pulled back around 1% after four straight days of gains. Copper prices have been moving on up, benefitting from hopes that the court order will result in lower import levies on Chinese goods, thereby providing a boost to manufacturing activity.</p>

<p>That was also reflected in Chinese equities after markets reopened following the pause to welcome the lunar Year of the Fire Horse. The major exception was Hong Kong&rsquo;s tech-dominated Hang Seng, which lost over 2% as the AI fear trade spread eastwards.</p>

<p>US stock futures are pointing to a mild recovery at the open after the major indices all lost over 1% yesterday. The latest domino to fall in response to potential disruption from Artificial Intelligence is IT consulting. Anthropic continues to be the chief antagonist, this time unveiling a tool that promises to plug the knowledge shortage for the legacy programming language COBOL, which still underpins IT infrastructure across sectors as diverse as financial services, airlines and the public sector. It&rsquo;s still too early to say just how much the likes of Claude Code will displace established providers of coding services, but right now, just the mere mention of a new tool is enough to wipe billions of dollars off the value of Accenture (-6%) and IBM Shares (-13%).</p>

<p>Industrial stocks and US financials also had a tough start to the week with tariff uncertainty hanging thick in the air as America&rsquo;s trading partners weigh up their responses to Washington&rsquo;s blanket levies and Donald Trump&rsquo;s sabre-rattling.</p>

<p>Brent Crude prices have risen to nearly $72 per barrel as diplomatic efforts between Washington and Tehran send mixed signals about the likelihood of military escalation. The temporary closure of the Strait of Hormuz earlier this month has left traders increasingly sensitive to developments in the region. Reported Ukrainian drone strikes on Russian infrastructure have added to the tension. Add in expectations of an oil surplus this year and the ever-shifting trade landscape, and further volatility looks to be the only certainty.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/investors-on-edge-over-ai-fear-and-tariff-uncertainty-26331.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Til I Die The Rise Of Chatgpt Etc In Retirement Planning</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>An analysis of the rise of &lsquo;AI Overviews&rsquo; following Google keyword searches and a corresponding decline in traffic to key free advice websites suggests that AI increasingly satisfies the generic, early stage needs of savers when they start to consider pension and retirement options.</p>

<p>But while these Overviews may be reducing the need to go direct to the source for key information from websites such as the Government-run free and impartial MoneyHelper, they do not appear to have reduced traffic to services that offer more bespoke guidance, such as Pension Wise, which allows savers over 50 to book a free appointment for pension guidance. </p>

<p>Traffic to MoneyHelper is down 10% over the last six months, according to data gathered on semrush, the online search marketing platform, while the website has seen a steady increase in the number of AI Overviews generated from MoneyHelper&rsquo;s content, over time.</p>

<p>OpenAI itself has noted a use case for ChatGPT among retirement savers. When asked how retired people or people approaching retirement in the UK are currently using ChatGPT and other AI tools to help with their financial planning, ChatGPT said: &ldquo;Retired people and those nearing retirement are quietly but meaningfully using ChatGPT and similar AI tools as a thinking partner, not a replacement for regulated advice.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The AI firm identified that sense-checking retirement decisions is the biggest use in this category, followed by modelling &ldquo;what-if&rdquo; retirement scenarios (informally), translating UK pension jargon into normal language; tax awareness and planning (with caution); co-ordinating the whole retirement picture and emotional reassurance and confidence-building.</p>

<p><strong>Luis Mejia, Head of Data and AI at PensionBee, said:</strong> &ldquo;As many of us have experienced, AI is a generally good substitute for some financial guidance, but advisory services are better protected. In the face of continued improvements to AI technology, the retirement industry faces a serious challenge of remaining relevant and trusted while savers increasingly rely on AI for more complex guidance and even personalised advice&rdquo;. </p>

<p><strong>The &quot;Guidance&quot; vs. &quot;Service&quot; Split</strong></p>

<p>The semrush data illustrates the divide between Informational Guidance (vulnerable to AI) and Transactional Services (resilient to AI).</p>

<div><strong>MoneyHelper (The Victim of &quot;Zero-Click&quot;): </strong>MoneyHelper&rsquo;s core value proposition is generalised guidance&mdash;explaining rules, limits, and options. This is exactly the type of data Large Language Models (LLMs) excel at summarising.</div>

<div><strong>The Trend: </strong>In late 2025, reports indicated that &quot;informational&quot; websites saw traffic drops of 10&ndash;20% as Google&rsquo;s AI Overviews began appearing</div>

<div><strong>Informational queries/ questions generate AI Overviews around 58% of the time</strong></div>

<div><strong>The Mechanism:</strong> A user searches &quot;pension annual allowance 2026&quot;. Previously, they clicked MoneyHelper. Now, the AI summarises the allowance directly. The user gets the answer and leaves (Zero-Click), causing the traffic drop.</div>

<div><strong>Pension Wise (The Protected &quot;Service&quot;):</strong> Pension Wise offers a specific, booked service (the government-backed guidance appointment).</div>

<div><strong>Why it's flat:</strong> You cannot &quot;book an appointment&quot; inside an AI summary yet. The user intent is transactional (&quot;I want to book a call&quot;), so they must click through to the site to complete the action.</div>

<div><strong>Providers (The Protected &quot;Product&quot;): </strong>Pension providers themselves are protected because people are likely searching for:</div>

<div><strong>Navigational queries:</strong> &quot;Standard Life login&quot; (AI can't log you in).</div>

<div><strong>Commercial intent:</strong> &quot;Compare Aviva pension rates&quot; (Users prefer trusted brand sources for money decisions).</div>

<p><strong>2. Is AI replacing Advice?</strong></p>

<p>Strictly speaking, no. AI is currently replacing Guidance, not Regulated Advice.</p>

<div><strong>Guidance (MoneyHelper's domain):</strong> &quot;What can I do?&quot; (Facts, rules, tax brackets). AI is rapidly taking over this layer. It is faster and easier for a user to ask an LLM than to read a long government guide.</div>

<div><strong>Advice (IFA domain): </strong>&quot;What should I do?&quot; (Personalised recommendation with liability). This remains human-led.</div>

<div><strong>Trust Gap: </strong>Users (and regulators like the FCA) rarely trust AI to make life-changing financial decisions due to &lsquo;hallucinations&rsquo;.</div>

<p>The Financial Conduct Authority is examining the impact of AI for financial services and consumers under the Mills Review, launched at the end of January. It set up the AI consortium in 2025 with the Bank of England. Meanwhile the Treasury Committee published a report <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/House of Commons AI in Financial Services.pdf"><strong>&lsquo;AI in Financial Services&rsquo;</strong></a>, summarising current views. </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-til-i-die-the-rise-of-chatgpt-etc-in-retirement-planning-26323.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Business Leaders Overcome Barriers To Ai Adoption</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By John M. Bremen,Managing Director and Chief Innovation & Acceleration Officer, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5 elements of successful AI adoption</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>01 Skill expansion</strong></div>

<div>When it comes to hard skills, WTW&rsquo;s 2025 Artificial Intelligence and Digital Talent Intelligence Report finds that the top five most in-demand digital skill roles globally are software engineer, application developer, data scientist, test engineer and cybersecurity engineer. Newer roles such as full-stack developer, solution architect, machine learning engineer, data engineer, cloud engineer and AI engineer appear in the top 20.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>WTW&rsquo;s 2025 Talent Market Trends Dashboard shows that emerging skills vary by industry and geography. For example, in financial services in Europe, data storytelling, predictive analytics and data visualization are all in the top five emerging skills. In other industries and geographies, prompt engineering, data governance management, cyber threat management, risk modeling and demand generation are listed as top digital skills.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Effective leaders also understand that soft skills are just as important as hard skills. In fact, Cisco CHRO Kelly Jones has blogged that Soft Skills are the New Hard Skills. She observes that skills such as emotional intelligence, critical thinking and problem solving are crucial as AI technology advances. She cited the recent World Economic Forum&rsquo;s Future of Jobs Report 2025, where the top five core skills for the future are analytical thinking, resilience, empathetic leadership, creative thinking and self-awareness. These skills allow for effective leadership, strategic thinking, agility and change management. Effective leaders build and acquire the skills required for their organizations to implement and derive value from AI.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>02 Data prioritization</strong></div>

<div>Many board members and senior leaders recognize an underappreciated barrier to successful AI adoption is having the right data, which can be as important as having the right skills. They report that data often are misperceived to be a commodity, while currently the opposite is true. Data availability, ownership rights, regulatory and governance rules and cyber/data security remain challenges, as do accessing, ingesting, cleaning and analyzing data.</div>

<div>Even the most sophisticated AI tools and agents cannot perform as intended without the right data. According to the PEX Report 2025/26, 52% of organizations cite data quality and availability as the primary barriers to AI adoption. Effective leaders build systems to acquire, mine, clean, analyze and safeguard the data required for their organizations to implement and derive value from AI.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>03 Capital allocation</strong></div>

<div>Board members and senior leaders suggest that it is still early days for AI spending, and many organizations struggle with funding AI investments and addressing trade-offs with other costs. According to a Gartner study, worldwide spending on AI is expected to reach $2 trillion in 2026, with the cost of AI services alone reaching $325 billion. Without thoughtful capital allocation, AI spending strains other corporate investments, including traditional R&D, M&A, marketing, and hiring and staffing. For example, reports in early 2025 indicated companies slowed hiring due to replacing jobs with AI. However, it became clear later in the year that hiring slowdowns had more to do with businesses funding significant investments in AI through across-the-board (or aggregated) labor cost savings rather than with specific job replacement. Effective leaders take the long-term view when funding AI projects, balancing the ability to achieve short-term ROI and long-term business profitability and growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>04 Energy sourcing</strong></div>

<div>Board members and senior leaders increasingly find electricity and water as constraints on AI development and application. Goldman Sachs analysts&rsquo; base case forecasts that by 2030, overall power consumption from AI data centers will jump 175% from 2023 levels (their previous forecast was 165%). AI consumes so much energy because training and building large-scale AI models requires significant computational power to run and re-run data through the models many thousands of times, operating 24/7 with increasingly powerful and energy-intensive chips. WTW recently reported that as global demand for data center capacity is fueled by the AI boom, risk exposure has expanded.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Alternative solutions require years to develop and implement. In the meantime, the availability of energy influences decisions over whether to prioritize servers or people, from everyday household and commercial uses to fighting fires and irrigating agricultural crops. Effective leaders use forward-looking models for comprehensive energy and data center risk management, no longer treating the data centers as standalone assets but as part of the critical, interconnected digital infrastructure underpinning their global strategies.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>05 Process reimagination</strong></div>

<div>Board members and senior leaders have learned that AI adoption will not achieve desired goals in most cases without reimagination of the processes in which it is applied. Many have suggested that while the humans-versus-AI debate can be well-intended, it is misdirected. They report that the most successful implementations reimagine processes with a &ldquo;best of&rdquo; approach, considering which processes are best served by AI, humans or, most frequently, both.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Effective leaders know AI tools and agents perform well on specific tasks, but not on broad processes. They also know the agentic web may change aspects of this. However, the most successful implementations start with point solutions that are then woven together to form an effective broader process once the technology, skills and learning have meaningfully advanced.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In general, early implementations suggest generative AI&rsquo;s strengths including automation of routine processes; pattern recognition at scale, speed and consistency; data analytics and prediction; complex calculations; and simulated reasoning within boundaries. Human strengths include contextual awareness and application, creativity outside of rules, emotional intelligence, ethical and values-based decision making, flexibility in unpredictable or new circumstances and physical skills. Based on a clear understanding of where to focus on automation versus augmentation versus new sources of AI value, effective leaders reimagine processes involving new forms of human and AI partnerships.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Successful AI adoption suggests that leaders who overcome barriers by investing in the right capabilities, treating data as a strategic asset, allocating capital with discipline, securing energy for data centers and reimagining processes end-to-end will be best positioned to unlock sustainable ROI while managing risk.</div>

<div>A version of this article originally appeared on Forbes on February 17, 2026</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-business-leaders-overcome-barriers-to-ai-adoption-26327.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Esg Considerations As Db Endgame Strategies Evolve</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Shifting endgame narratives</strong></div>

<div>&quot;Discussions around endgame targets for defined benefit schemes continue to evolve. While schemes have historically pursued a singular objective &ndash; achieving full funding on a prudent basis &ndash; trustees now face increasing optionality between insurance, consolidation and run-on strategies.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Importantly, ESG risks are not confined to distant horizons. While some challenges, such as climate change, unfold gradually, others &ndash; including regulatory shifts or sudden market disruptions &ndash; can materialise unexpectedly. Trustees must act proactively to integrate ESG considerations into their strategies, whether preparing for a near-term insurance transaction or investing over longer time horizons.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;As run-on strategies gain popularity, there may be greater scope for trustees to deliver real-world impact through less stringent liquidity constraints, while tackling long-term risks head on. At the same time, the narrative that ESG risks will simply be transferred to an insurer is changing. Insurers are increasingly implementing ESG-resilient portfolios, meaning schemes on the journey to insurance should align their investment strategies accordingly to protect against potential pricing disparities.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A different lens for ESG risks</strong></div>

<div>&quot;While ESG risks often emerge over the long term, they can also crystallise more rapidly. A &lsquo;Minsky moment&rsquo;, for example, could follow the abrupt introduction of strict carbon taxes, triggering sharp repricing in carbon-intensive sectors.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Recent events in the UK water sector provide a further illustration of how environmental risks can quickly translate into financial stress. Underinvestment in infrastructure, regulatory scrutiny, pollution fines and rising debt levels contributed to declining investor confidence, credit downgrades and widening spreads. What began as environmental and governance weaknesses ultimately eroded asset values and spilled over into broader sector repricing. This highlights how hidden ESG risks can destabilise even critical infrastructure assets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Trustees should therefore take a holistic view of ESG risks across all endgame strategies, assessing both short- and long-term exposures regardless of the pathway chosen.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Implications for endgame decision-making</strong></div>

<div>&quot;ESG integration is relevant across all endgame routes through robust asset selection and risk management. Under a run-on strategy, trustees may have greater flexibility to access higher-returning, more illiquid asset classes &ndash; such as renewables, natural capital or social housing &ndash; where measurable real-world impact can be achieved.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;For schemes targeting insurance, focus should not only be on low-risk assets but also on insurer capabilities and ESG alignment. Assessing how sustainability considerations are embedded within insurer portfolios and stress-testing against climate or transition shocks can help mitigate last-minute pricing mismatches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Ultimately, portfolios that are resilient to climate transition risks, adaptable to regulatory change and aligned with stakeholder expectations are better positioned to retain flexibility between insurance, consolidation and run-on pathways. As market dynamics and pricing pressures evolve, structured and proactive ESG integration supports asset resilience, minimises volatility and protects long-term member outcomes.&quot;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/esg-considerations-as-db-endgame-strategies-evolve-26324.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Wtw Appoints New Global Lead For P c Capital Modelling</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Lewkowicz, a seasoned actuarial professional with close to 20 years of experience in capital modelling, reinsurance pricing and reserving, joined WTW in 2022 and has since led the development of the market-leading risk analytics platform Igloo.</p>

<p>Based in London, Lewkowicz will now be responsible for spearheading WTW&rsquo;s global P&C capital modelling and reinsurance pricing solutions, driving innovation, business development and tailored solutions that help insurers better understand their risk and capital needs.</p>

<p><strong>Commenting on the appointment, Charlie Kefford, Global Proposition Leader, P&C Insurance Technology, WTW, said:</strong> &ldquo;This appointment reflects our commitment to investing in exceptional talent and strengthening our capital modelling and reinsurance pricing capabilities. George brings a wealth of experience and a proven track record of delivering results, which will be instrumental in enabling our clients to succeed.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Igloo is used by over 1,000 users in over 150 companies. These range from the smallest single line businesses to the largest multi-nationals, including six top 10 US non-life insurers, five top 10 European insurers and six top 10 Asia-Pacific non-life insurers.</p>

<p>As the market has moved, so has Igloo and the consulting and implementation support behind it. After nearly 20 years of constant development and innovation, Igloo is the common language of capital, reinsurance and risk modelling.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/wtw-appoints-new-global-lead-for-p-c-capital-modelling-26325.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai In Insurance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>
<div>
<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/POFTqXqLrxQ?si=aN-8pHZ9CZ9t0ZSB" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>
</div>

<p> </p>
</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-in-insurance-26328.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tariff Tug Of War And A Blockbuster Week For Results</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is expected to open slightly lower this morning as fresh trade uncertainty filters through from across the Atlantic. The UK had seemingly done its homework, securing a 10% trade deal with the US, but the White House's new 15% blanket tariff rather takes the shine off that achievement, dragging the UK back into fresh trade uncertainty. The new tariff uses a different legal authority, but it is a far blunter instrument than the flexible, targeted tools the administration had been relying on. While the White House insists that all existing trade deals remain intact, the EU is already making noises about pausing negotiations until the new landscape becomes clearer.</p>

<p>Wall Street ended last week on a high after the Supreme Court struck down the Trump administration's use of its preferred tariff powers, with investors quickly repricing the outlook for lower effective tariff rates. That optimism is fading somewhat this morning, however, with US futures pointing lower as the dust settles and investors strap back in for another wave of tariff uncertainty.</p>

<p>Taking a step back, though, there&rsquo;s an argument that this is a positive development for investors. The Supreme Court ruling was largely expected and sends an unambiguous signal that there are limits to the executive's power over trade and tariffs. Tariff headlines will no doubt continue to dominate the news cycle, but the goalposts have shifted &ndash; the near-unlimited use of tariffs under the old powers has come to an end, and for markets that have spent months toying with worst-case scenarios, that's a small silver lining.</p>

<p>Oil prices are pulling back from a recent six-month high as the prospect of a US&ndash;Iran nuclear deal gathered pace, with further negotiations expected later this week. Iran's foreign minister struck an optimistic tone, suggesting a diplomatic solution is within reach, while reports that any potential US military action would be limited in scope eased fears of broader supply disruptions. Tariff changes are adding further pressure, with traders wary of what a fresh drag on global growth could mean for oil demand.</p>

<p>Away from the trade drama, this is a major week for corporate results, with some heavyweight names set to update investors. It's a timely reminder that underneath the macro headlines, company fundamentals still matter - and there's plenty to get stuck into this week.</p>

<p>Nvidia continues to defy the law of large numbers, with fourth-quarter revenue growth expected to accelerate to nearly 70% at the top end of guidance - a figure the company looks well-placed to beat. The AI buildout shows no signs of slowing, a new chip architecture is launching this year, and mega-cap customers are planning heavy investment in AI infrastructure, all of which point to another strong year ahead. Key things to watch include updates on the order backlog, early production progress on the new Rubin platform, and how margins are expected to track. China will inevitably grab some attention given the ongoing difficulties getting orders through customs, but it's unlikely to be a major dial mover either way.</p>

<p>Rolls-Royce looks set to fly past profit expectations, with strong demand in Civil Aerospace remaining the key theme. Large Engine Flying Hours, a key revenue driver, grew 8% over the first ten months of the year, reaching 109% of pre-pandemic levels, while a healthy flow of large engine orders provides good near-term visibility. Add in impressive growth from data centre demand in the Power Systems division, and full-year guidance of &pound;3.1&ndash;3.2 billion in underlying operating profits could well prove conservative given the company's growing track record of overdelivering.</p>

<p>IAG rounds out the week with demand holding up well across its airlines, particularly at British Airways, where a dominant share of Heathrow's capacity-constrained slots continues to put upward pressure on ticket prices. Easing fuel costs provide a further tailwind, pushing market expectations for full-year operating profits to around &pound;5.0 billion - reflecting growth of roughly 13%. All eyes will be on the size of a new share buyback programme, expected to be around &euro;1.8 billion, as the group seeks to balance fleet expansion and digital investment with returning cash to shareholders.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tariff-tug-of-war-and-a-blockbuster-week-for-results-26322.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Young Workers Locked Out Of Saving</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>80% of UK adults believe younger generations are worse off now than two decades ago, according to research from Hymans Robertson Personal Wealth. More than half (59%) blame the rising cost of living as a key pressure, while almost half (43%) highlight increasing housing costs. Surprisingly, almost three quarters (74%) of over 55s say today&rsquo;s young adults have a much harder time getting ahead financially.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>There is a clear shared recognition across generations that the financial landscape has become harsher. The leading financial advice firm says that this underlines the growing importance of employers offering practical guidance and access to savings support in the workplace. It also believes younger employees need to have a better understanding of their finances and saving tools available to them. This would enable them to build confidence and take steps toward long-term financial stability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the struggles of saving, Ollie Le Farge, Corporate Client Manager, Hymans Robertson Personal Wealth says: </strong>&ldquo;It's clear from our research that it isn&rsquo;t just young people who feel their generation is under undue financial pressure.  All generations recognise the financial strains that are leaving many young people vulnerable and reducing their motivation to build an emergency fund and save for the future. This is striking, as it is often assumed that each generation believes they had just as hard a time financially when they were young and &lsquo;starting out&rsquo;. Instead, there is a shared recognition across the population that today&rsquo;s financial pressures on young people are particularly severe, especially as the cost-of-living crisis remains high. Young adults are clearly feeling locked out of saving. Many may see young friends and relatives struggling to get on the housing ladder or even begin saving because everyday costs are so demanding.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Disengaging from setting up saving habits can have long term consequences, with a quarter (24%) of those we surveyed saying they regret having not started saving sooner. Accessible financial guidance can make a real difference by helping young people build confidence and resilience with their money. Employers are in a strong position to support this and make a difference. By making clear, practical financial guidance available in the workplace and raising awareness of the saving tools employees can use, employers can help shift young people from a &lsquo;can&rsquo;t save&rsquo; mindset to one of confidence and progress. Done well, this support is not just about helping young people respond to today&rsquo;s pressures, but about building understanding and habits early, before disengagement takes hold.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/young-workers-locked-out-of-saving-26326.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ipt Rakes In Record  7 7 Bn In January 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>This represents a &pound;134 million increase on the same period last year, when IPT receipts for the first ten months of 2024/25 came to &pound;7.56 billion, contributing to a record annual total of &pound;8.88 billion. The Office for Budget Responsibility&rsquo;s Autumn Budget forecasts indicate that IPT receipts remain on track to reach &pound;8.97 billion in 2025/26, rising to &pound;10.1 billion by 2030/31, with continued demand for health-related insurance products contributing to this growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the latest figures, Cara Spinks, Head of Life & Health Broadstone, said: </strong>&ldquo;With only two months of the financial year remaining, IPT receipts are expected to reach yet another record high, with January&rsquo;s record figure pushing the year-to-date total to &pound;7.7 billion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Claims across workplace health insurance continue to rise, and more employers are turning to health insurance products such as private medical insurance (PMI) and Health Cash Plans to support their workforces amid the growing impact of chronic sickness.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The pressure of poor employee health on employers remains significant. According to the CIPD, employees were off sick for an average of 9.4 days in the past year, a significant increase from the pre-pandemic average of 5.8 days. At the same time, NHS pressures continue to shape employer behaviour, with PMI covering approximately 7.6 million people in the UK as more individuals seek faster diagnosis and treatment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;IPT reduces the affordability of health insurance products and is increasingly regarded as a barrier to wider adoption of these essential benefits by employers and individuals. The Government ought to review the tax&rsquo;s impact on health insurance and consider introducing an exemption. Doing so would support employers in delivering the ambitions of the Keep Britain Working review and help ease some of the workforce pressures constraining UK productivity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69919243492ea446ea7f4427/NS_Table.ods">https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/69919243492ea446ea7f4427/NS_Table.ods</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ipt-rakes-in-record--7-7-bn-in-january-2026-26319.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Can t Get You Out Of My Spread</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Alex White - Co-Head of ALM, Gallagher</strong></u></p>

<p>And unlike most other financial instruments, there&rsquo;s a remarkably clear relative value signal between government and corporate bonds. Buying corporate bonds instead of government bonds means taking default risk, pricing risk (in spreads) and illiquidity risk (though IG is normally liquid, this can dry up in a troubled market). For the UK market specifically, there is also contagion risk (in that if anything goes wrong in any one of the gilt, UK DB, or UK IG markets, they&rsquo;re so interconnected that any rot could spread very quickly to the other two); for foreign currency bonds, there are FX hedging, rebalancing and collateral risks too.</p>

<p>Investors need to be paid for taking these risks, and they generally are- the spreads are positive, and generally provide enough to both compensate for the risk and earn a return. But there is clearly a price at which it stops making sense, if not for all investors (eg for those with particular tax incentives), then at least for those with fewer constraints. If the spreads on IG bonds were negative, we would expect DB schemes to sell their holdings, for example.</p>

<p>So where is the level at which it stops making sense? And are we through it now?</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AlexWhiteSpread12002261.jpg" style="height:300px; width:590px" /><br />
<span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: Data: ICE; Calculations: Gallagher</em></span></p>

<p>One way of looking at it is to reverse the question- what needs to happen to wipe out all the excess returns? The wider the spread, the better the price, and the more headroom you have to soak up losses. Right now, there&rsquo;s not much- in fact, a 13bp move over the year would wipe out all the excess returns. For context, IG spreads have moved by at least 13bps over a year 76% of the time[1]. <strong>For 98.4% of the history (since 2000), investors have been better compensated than they are today.</strong> We are not at quite the worst spread levels ever seen, but current levels are close.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AlexWhiteSpread22002261.jpg" style="height:179px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: Data: ICE; Calculations: Gallagher. Index is C0A0 &ndash; US all IG. The bottom row shows the current level as a historical percentile- eg only 1.6% of the time have spreads been lower than current levels.</em></span></p>

<p>There are those who will counter that spread widenings don&rsquo;t matter, because if you hold the bonds to maturity you still earn the spread. There are complications here, especially around collateral and FX, but to whatever extent you can hold bonds to maturity the same logic around tight spreads applies to default rates. On average, investors could have managed a default rate of 2.5% (assuming 40% recovery rates) and broken even. Currently that buffer is just over half the size, at 1.4%. That&rsquo;s not an unreasonable number of defaults- for context, 6-7 year BBB default rates have averaged about 3%.</p>

<p>But even if they don&rsquo;t, we&rsquo;re quite likely to see a widening in spreads; if we don&rsquo;t, it probably means every risk asset would have done well anyway. If we do, then at that point investors who had held less in credit would have more firepower to buy bonds when prices lowered. And to earn returns of c1%, there are no shortage of good options, especially as you can replace &pound;100 of IG with (say) &pound;30 of something higher returning and &pound;70 of cash. As a starting point, three of my personal favourites are:</p>

<p>Put-spread selling (c50-70% exposure needed)Absolute return rates funds (c30-50% exposure needed)ILS (in much smaller quantities, only about 10% as much exposure would be needed)</p>

<p>All in all, as spreads creep lower and lower, investors must eventually reach a price at which IG credit just doesn&rsquo;t work anymore. If you think we&rsquo;re nearly there, then it&rsquo;s probably a good time to think about diversifying the first 10-20% of your IG holding.</p>

<p> </p>

<p><em>[1] Source: Data: ICE; Calculations: Gallagher</em></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/can-t-get-you-out-of-my-spread-26321.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Iht Receipts Hit  7 1 Bn And Remain On Track For Record Year</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The tighter IHT policies announced in the Autumn Budget 2024 are expected to push the IHT take to &pound;14.5 billion by 2030-31, marking an increase of 67% over a five-year period according to the OBR&rsquo;s estimates. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Cooper, director at retirement specialist Just Group, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Inheritance Tax is an important and growing source of tax revenue for the Treasury and looks set to creep past last year&rsquo;s total and notch up a fifth consecutive annual high. The combination of frozen thresholds and rising asset prices combined has both widened the tax base and increased total receipts. The new policies announced at the Autumn Budget 2024 will only build on this momentum over the coming years. An increasing number of estates will tip over the thresholds, and the inclusion of pension wealth could see Inheritance Tax becoming a consideration for more people. The OBR estimates that around one in ten estates will be liable by 2030-31. Anybody who is concerned that their estate may be subject to IHT should get an up-to-date valuation of their estate, including an assessment of their property wealth. A professional adviser can help people who want to manage their estate in an efficient way and ensure as much as possible can be passed on to loved ones.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/hmrc-tax-and-nics-receipts-for-the-uk/hmrc-tax-receipts-and-national-insurance-contributions-for-the-uk-new-monthly-bulletin">HMRC Statistics for IHT</a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/iht-receipts-hit--7-1-bn-and-remain-on-track-for-record-year-26318.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cgt Receipts Surge To Annual Record As Higher Rates Bite</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In total, that takes CGT receipts for the first ten months of the 2025-26 Tax Year to &pound;18.8 billion, up by &pound;6.9 billion compared to the &pound;11.9 billion through the comparative period in 2024-25.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>It means that Capital Gains Tax receipts have already registered a record for collections with two months to go, surpassing the &pound;16.9 billion in FY2022/23. Annual receipts also look likely to exceed the OBR&rsquo;s forecast of &pound;20.3 billion made at the Autumn Budget 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the Autumn Budget 2025, the OBR revised up its forecast for CGT receipts by an additional &pound;6.1 billion between 2025-26 and the end of the decade, with CGT also expected to raise as much as &pound;27.3 billion by 2029-30.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Marc Acheson, global wealth specialist at Utmost commented: </strong>&ldquo;Capital Gains Tax has recorded its highest ever year of receipts as tax reforms bear fruit for the Treasury. The substantial increase in this year&rsquo;s collections is likely to be driven by changes made at the Autumn 2024 Budget, primarily the hike in the main rates of Capital Gains Tax.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The adjustments made by the Government firstly mean that a greater number of individuals will be subject to CGT as their gains from property sales, investments or business disposals trip over the lower exemptions thresholds and secondly those people face higher rates of tax.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Additionally, the government chose to freeze CGT rate thresholds and allowances for a prolonged period, meaning that inflationary increases in asset values will push more individuals and businesses into higher tax bands. With property prices, stocks, and other investments continuing to experience upward pressure, the tax burden on asset sales will increase, further elevating CGT receipts.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Combined with the government's ongoing efforts to balance public finances, particularly after pandemic-related spending and the need to manage the cost of living crisis, the measures introduced in the Autumn 2024 Budget are likely to result in a sustained increase in CGT revenue. As individuals and businesses adapt to the new rules and make decisions around asset disposals, the government's focus on CGT as a key revenue stream will become even more apparent in the coming years.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cgt-receipts-surge-to-annual-record-as-higher-rates-bite-26320.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Skiing Into Retirement As 1 In 7 Spending Kids Inheritance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>With ski season in full swing and many heading for the slopes, there&rsquo;s another kind of &ldquo;SKI&rdquo; trend gaining momentum &ndash; Spending the Kids&rsquo; Inheritance. New research from Standard Life suggests that while many parents remain committed to leaving something behind for their children, for some, retirement is increasingly about enjoying their own money rather than saving it for the next generation. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>One in seven parents (15%) plan to prioritise enjoying their money and living for today over leaving an inheritance for their children or family, according to the research. Men are almost twice as likely to do this than women, with one in five (19%) prioritising enjoying their own money versus one in ten women (11%). However for many, balance is key - a further two fifths (44%) of parents say they want to strike the right mix between enjoying their retirement and passing something on.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Upcoming inheritance tax changes influencing retirement spending decisions</strong></div>

<div>Recent policy changes, which will see pensions fall within the scope of inheritance tax from April 2027 onwards, are also playing on parents&rsquo; minds, with a third (29%) stating this will affect how they plan to use their pension in retirement. One in ten parents (10%) are now more likely to spend their pension savings during retirement rather than leave it behind, while over a fifth (22%) say they are more likely to gift money during their lifetime instead.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Inheritance expectations run high for many</strong></div>

<div>While some parents are rethinking inheritance plans, younger generations may be banking on receiving one. Almost two fifths of UK adults (37%) say they expect to receive an inheritance from parents or relatives in the future, including 9% who say they are actively relying on it as part of their financial plan. However, nearly half (48%) say they are not expecting to receive any inheritance at all.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life said:</strong> &ldquo;After decades of hard work, it&rsquo;s only natural that many people want to use retirement to enjoy experiences they may have put off earlier in life. Whether that&rsquo;s travelling more, picking up new hobbies or simply having greater day-to-day freedom, retirement is increasingly seen as a time to make the most of what you&rsquo;ve earned. With many people now spending 20,30 or even more years in retirement, it&rsquo;s important to recognise that this is not just a short chapter at the end of working life, but a significant stage in its own right.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For many families, it&rsquo;s about finding the right balance between enjoying their retirement and supporting their children. With pensions also set to fall within the scope of inheritance tax from 2027, it&rsquo;s understandable that some people are reassessing how they plan to use their savings, and prioritising flexibility alongside longer-term planning.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;At the same time, expectations around inheritance can sometimes be built into younger people&rsquo;s financial thinking. The reality is that an inheritance is never guaranteed and it can be influenced by a range of factors - and while inheritance may form part of conversations in some families, in others it may not be on the cards. It&rsquo;s therefore important that every generation focuses on building their own financial resilience and long-term retirement security, and there are some very straightforward ways to start building a retirement pot over time.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery shares key tips for those looking to maximise their pensions savings ahead of retirement:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Make sure you&rsquo;re taking advantage of all the benefits of your pension plan, and your employer offers</strong> - &ldquo;If your employer offers a matching scheme, where if you pay additional contributions your employer will match them, consider paying in the maximum amount your employer will match to get the most out of it.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Keep an eye on how much is in your pension, on a regular basis </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;If you know how much you have, you can work out how close you are to the retirement lifestyle you want. As UK workers now move jobs every 5 years on average, you might find you have a number of small pots - it might be worth considering bringing them all into one to make your savings easier to track.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Getting a bonus this year?</strong> &ldquo;Deciding to pay some or all of your bonus into your pension plan could save you paying some big tax and national insurance deductions. Meaning you could keep more of it in the long run, and it could be a great way to give your pension savings a boost.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Even a small amount could make a big difference in the long term, especially if you&rsquo;re starting young</strong> - &ldquo;If you&rsquo;re able to, think about paying a little more into your pension when you get a pay rise or have a little extra savings.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Make sure your pension investments are working for you</strong> &ndash; &ldquo;Pensions are investments, which means they have the potential to benefit from greater returns than cash savings but their value can go up and down. Try not to worry too much about any short-term dips as pensions are a long-term investment, and markets typically recover over time. If you&rsquo;re unsure where your pension is invested, or whether it matches your goals and risk appetite, it&rsquo;s worth speaking to your pension provider.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Pensions are one of the most tax-efficient ways to save for the future</strong> &ldquo;When you pay into your pension, you usually get a boost from the government in the form of tax relief &ndash; this means some of the money that would have gone to tax goes into your pension instead. If you&rsquo;re a higher or additional rate taxpayer, the benefits can be even greater. It&rsquo;s a smart way to make your money work harder for your future.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/skiing-into-retirement-as-1-in-7-spending-kids-inheritance-26315.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ben Gunnee To Lead Tprs Market Oversight Division</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Ben Gunnee is a senior institutional business leader with over 25 years&rsquo; experience in the pensions market, including roles within investment consulting, fiduciary management and private markets asset management.</p>

<p>With the current Pension Schemes Bill poised to transform the pensions sector, Ben will continue TPR&rsquo;s transition to a more prudential-style of regulation as the pensions landscape consolidates towards fewer, larger schemes. He will be responsible for the teams that supervise and engage with the businesses and trustees in the pensions market.</p>

<p>Alongside Ben&rsquo;s interim appointment, TPR is launching a recruitment exercise to appoint a permanent Executive Director, Market Oversight, led by head-hunters Odgers.</p>

<p>Ben will lead the Market Oversight directorate from 23 February 2026, replacing current Interim Executive Director Julian Lyne. Julian joined TPR on an interim basis last April. He is leaving to take up a new opportunity with an investment management firm, following a hand-over with Ben to ensure a smooth transition.</p>

<p><strong>CEO Nausicaa Delfas said: </strong>&ldquo;I am delighted Ben is joining us as interim Executive Director of Market Oversight. His financial services expertise and market knowledge will be invaluable as we focus on the practical implementation of the pension reform agenda and deliver the best possible outcomes for savers. I would also like to thank Julian Lyne for his very positive contribution at TPR, and wish him all the best in his new role&quot;.</p>

<p><strong>Interim Executive Director, Market Oversight Ben Gunnee said: </strong>&ldquo;I am excited to be stepping into this role at one of the most important times for pensions. We have the opportunity to build a resilient and well-functioning defined contribution market, provide security for members of defined benefit schemes and drive stronger governance across private and public sector schemes. TPR&rsquo;s role in bringing about these changes will be crucial.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ben-gunnee-to-lead-tprs-market-oversight-division-26312.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Emea Businesses To Strengthen Ai Era Cyber Resilience</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Polling during the webinar <a href="https://www.aon.com/en/insights/events/webinars/on-demand-cyber-webinar-unlocking-innovation-at-speed">&lsquo;Unlocking Innovation at Speed &ndash; What&rsquo;s Next in AI, Cybersecurity & Risk Innovation&rsquo; </a>asked 75 organisations from across EMEA, how they are adapting to the rapid rise of AI. The findings show a growing disconnect between the speed of AI adoption and the maturity of the risk frameworks needed to manage this adoption effectively.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key insights include:</strong></div>

<div><em><strong>27.1 percent</strong> of respondents said their organisations are &ldquo;prepared&rdquo; for emerging AI-linked digital exposures, while <strong>65.4 percent </strong>felt &ldquo;somewhat prepared&rdquo; and <strong>7.4 percent</strong> said they are &ldquo;not prepared&rdquo; at all.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>18.5 percent</strong> had assessed risks inclusive of AI-related exposures, while <strong>28.3 percent</strong> had not undertaken any recent risk quantification. A further <strong>51.8 percent</strong> had measured general cyber exposure but without an explicit focus on AI.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>32.1 percent </strong>expressed confidence in managing AI-related cyber threats, while <strong>50.6 percent</strong> reported being &ldquo;somewhat confident&rdquo; and <strong>4.8 percent</strong> said they are &ldquo;not confident&rdquo;.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The results highlighted that while organisations are rapidly adopting generative and automated AI tools to drive efficiency, their risk management and governance functions are still playing catch-up with increased exposure to expanded technology. This could allow for further disruption caused by sophisticated cyber criminals. Many businesses are not yet incorporating AI-specific exposures into their broader cyber-risk and enterprise-risk assessments, which directly contributes to low confidence levels in responding to AI-related incidents.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Brent Rieth, global cyber leader for Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;Our poll indicated that although organisations across EMEA recognise the importance of AI and cybersecurity, many remain in the early stages of readiness when tackling its implications &ndash; and this gap could become hazardous to businesses. They need to strengthen AI-specific threat modelling, integrate emerging exposures into formal risk discussions and upskill teams to enhance detection and response. Their risk strategies need to continue to evolve as technology accelerates.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Molony, head of cyber solutions EMEA for Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;We know that AI is transforming operations and unlocking new efficiencies, but it&rsquo;s also advancing the sophistication of cyber criminals. Businesses must act quickly to embed AI technology-specific controls and modelling or risk leaving critical technology assets vulnerable and exposed. Organisations that proactively strengthen AI risk management capabilities will be better positioned to protect their people, operations and reputation.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/emea-businesses-to-strengthen-ai-era-cyber-resilience-26311.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Records  Rate Cuts And A Booming Red Metal</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 powered to yet another record high yesterday, surging over 1% after UK inflation dropped to 3.0% in January, its lowest level since March last year. Markets now see an 80% chance of a move in March, and with weak jobs data earlier in the week painting a similar picture, the interest rate path looks increasingly supportive for UK equities. The index couldn&rsquo;t quite hold onto its new title for long, with the FTSE 100 down a touch at the open as investors get stuck into another busy day for corporate results.</p>

<p>Nestl&eacute;'s full-year results this morning offered shareholders some welcome relief after weeks of hand-wringing over the infant formula recall saga. Fourth-quarter organic growth of 4.0% comfortably beat expectations, driven by volume gains the company called its best in over a decade, with PetCare a particular bright spot. The formula crisis looks set to impact growth far less than many had feared, and guidance of 3-4% organic growth for 2026 should help settle some nerves. New leadership is also wasting no time putting its stamp on the business, announcing a sharper focus on Coffee, Pet and Nutrition while signalling the exit of non-core assets, including ice cream - a clear statement of intent that should be well received.</p>

<p>Rio Tinto echoed a familiar theme for this mining earnings season - copper stealing the spotlight. The copper division delivered a 114% jump in cash profit (EBITDA), powered by the ramp-up at Oyu Tolgoi, and the numbers only reinforce why the market is increasingly valuing these diversified miners on their copper credentials. At the group level, cash profits rose 9%, as strong volumes and tight cost discipline offset softer iron ore prices, while a $6.5 billion dividend, maintaining a 60% payout for a tenth straight year, gives income investors something to work with. With copper a clear focus for 2026, albeit with slightly higher costs than expected, new CEO Simon Trott is clearly betting that the red metal will define Rio's next chapter.</p>

<p>US markets closed in the green last night, with the S&P 500 up 0.5% and the Nasdaq leading the way with a 0.8% gain. Tech felt some love as Nvidia climbed 2.2% on news that Meta will deploy millions of its processors in the coming years, a small step forward for a sector still trying to shake off jitters around AI spending. It looked set to be an even stronger session, with the S&P 500 up as much as 1% at one point, but the mood cooled after the release of the Fed's latest meeting minutes. US futures are pointing higher this morning, suggesting investors may be ready to look past the Fed noise and push on.</p>

<p>The January Fed meeting minutes made for uncomfortable reading, revealing a central bank struggling to find consensus on where rates go from here. In a notable hawkish twist, some officials floated the idea of raising rates if inflation proves stubborn - a far cry from the rate-cutting narrative markets had been banking on. Others maintained that further cuts would be warranted if price pressures continue to ease, leaving the outlook as clear as mud. Bond yields drifted higher following the release, a reminder that the path forward for monetary policy is anything but straightforward.</p>

<p>Oil is extending its gains, with Brent crude back above $70 a barrel this morning, building on its strongest daily gain since late October as fears of a military confrontation between the US and Iran rattled energy markets. Nuclear talks between the two sides appear to be going nowhere fast, and the geopolitical premium is clearly back in play. That&rsquo;s overshadowing a modest draw in US crude inventories that did little to shift the supply picture.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/records--rate-cuts-and-a-booming-red-metal-26313.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Prepare For The Retirement Smile</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Both men and women can expect to spend a lower proportion of life in &lsquo;good&rsquo; general health, according to the data (1.8 years less for males, 2.5 for females). When the ONS first collected this data in 2011, men were expected to remain in good health until around the age of 63, and women 64. Today, they could both expect around 61 years of healthy life.</p>

<p>With people living longer but in increasingly poorer health, many retirees may find themselves spending more on care, insurance or other support services than anticipated.</p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee comments:</strong> &ldquo;There&rsquo;s a worrying shift in the UK&rsquo;s longevity story: while life expectancy has recovered since the pandemic, the share of life spent in good health is shrinking. </p>

<p>&ldquo;We are not just living longer - we are living longer with illness, disability and care needs. This has far-reaching implications for policymakers, the NHS and our own personal finances. It&rsquo;s important to distinguish between your &ldquo;health span&rdquo; - the active years - and your &ldquo;care span&rdquo;, when support may be needed and costs can escalate sharply. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Retirement spending can often be higher in the early years when we&rsquo;re healthy, active and spending on travel and experiences. It then dips as life and mobility slows. It can then rise again sharply as health needs increase and care costs bite. Plotted on a graph, it looks like a smile: up, down, then up again.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Later-life care can be prolonged and eye-wateringly expensive, yet the UK still lacks dedicated savings products to help households plan for this phase - a gap that disproportionately affects women, who typically live longer but retire with significantly smaller pension pots. The result is a growing mismatch between longer lives, shrinking healthy years and a system still poorly designed for the true costs of aging.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/prepare-for-the-retirement-smile-26316.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Healthy Life Expectancy Plummets</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The ONS has published the latest healthy life expectancy data: <a href="https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/healthandsocialcare/healthandlifeexpectancies/bulletins/healthstatelifeexpectanciesuk/between2011to2013and2022to2024">Healthy life expectancy, UK</a> </p>

<p><strong>Helen Morrissey, head of retirement analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;We may be living longer, but we aren&rsquo;t living healthier, with the latest data showing healthy life expectancy has plummeted. In 2022-24, men in the UK can expect to spend 60.7 years in &quot;good&quot; general health. This compares to 60.9 years for women. Compared to 2019-21, this is a decrease of 1.8 and 2.5 years and is at the lowest level since the data was first collected in 2011-13.</p>

<p>There are huge differences across the country, with Richmond upon Thames having the highest healthy life expectancy across both men (69.3 years) and women (70.3 years). Blackpool has the lowest at 50.9 and 51.8 years, respectively.</p>

<p>These discrepancies have massive implications for our retirement planning. Poor health can have massive impacts on our ability to keep working and building up a pension for our retirement. It puts people in the sticky position of building a smaller pension because their working lives are shorter but needing it to last longer.</p>

<p>Added to this is the issue with the state pension. The state pension age will soon be making its way up to age 67. It forms the very backbone of people&rsquo;s retirement income and yet there will be many who will have a gap of several years between potentially having to leave work and claiming this benefit &ndash; how do they make up the gap?</p>

<p>These will be big issues for the government, with a review into the state pension age ongoing. The issue of healthy life expectancy will be key in any discussions around whether the state pension age needs to rise further. It also shows the huge importance of offering flexible working arrangements, or re-training, to those who may still be able to keep working in some capacity.</p>

<p>Auto-enrolment will play a huge role in boosting people&rsquo;s pension adequacy over time. The fact that people are enrolled into a workplace pension from the age of 22 enables them to build a pension that will give them some level of resilience in retirement. Wherever possible, people should try and boost contributions as and when they can afford it - for instance when they get a payrise to help build their pension further.</p>

<p>It also shows the massive importance of building savings over and above pensions if you are able to. It might be the case that you need to leave or make big modifications to your working life at an age where you are unable to access your pension. In this case, having money in ISAs and savings accounts will be hugely important in giving you something else to draw from.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/healthy-life-expectancy-plummets-26317.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Sharp Uptick In Cybercriminals Publicly Posting Stolen Data</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Beazley Security today releases its Quarterly Threat Report, revealing a sharp uptick in cybercriminal groups publicly posting stolen data online during Q4, with posts surging by 50%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A total of 12,800 vulnerabilities were published in Q4; while only a small portion met the threshold for critical severity, that subset rose notably during the quarter, prompting Beazley Security Labs (BSL) to issue an increased number of advisories to clients and stakeholders.. High-impact campaigns targeting firewalls, Windows update infrastructure, and commonly implemented web frameworks demonstrated how attackers continue to abuse widely deployed and trusted platforms to scale their attacks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The ransomware ecosystem continues to evolve with:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Akira</strong> dominating activity, representing the largest share of Beazley Security&rsquo;s ransomware investigations, followed by Qilin. Together, they made up 65% of ransomware cases taken on by the cybersecurity firm.</div>

<div><strong>Osiris</strong> emerged as a new and highly capable ransomware gang, with incident responders observing custom malware and tooling specifically designed to disable endpoint security controls.</div>

<div><strong>SHSL</strong>, a new extortion collective incl. ShinyHunters and Scattered Spider, scaled-up over the course of 2025 with aggressive social engineering campaigns and public data leak threats.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In a majority of cases (54%), threat actors gained access through compromised credentials accessing a VPN. This was followed by external service exploit (32%), social engineering (7%), compromised credentials accessing RDS (4%), and supply chain attack (4%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Once the attackers got in, they followed a fast &ldquo;smash and grab&rdquo; approach, meaning they didn&rsquo;t linger or spy for long. They typically launched ransomware and caused disruption within about a day.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Agentic AI influences threat landscape</strong></div>

<div>Beazley Security is not seeing large-scale armies of autonomous attack agents as some predicted. However, it has observed threat actors leveraging AI in ways that automate and enhance operations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The most visible examples are in AI-enhanced social engineering attacks over the past year, where increasingly convincing, AI-created &ldquo;deepfake&rdquo; voice and video media are used to improve the chances of obtaining sensitive data and credentials from intended victims.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As noted in the quarter, During the quarter, Beazley Security identified a phishing email attack that appeared to supported by AI &ldquo;vibe coding&rdquo;. In-depth analysis of the email revealed that a part of the phish kit&rsquo;s infrastructure, specifically a routing component built in to verify its victims and evade security controls, had glaring security flaws in its coding indicating that its development may have been assisted by AI.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Francisco Donoso, Chief Product & Technology Officer at Beazley Security, commented: </strong>&quot;In Q4 2025, threat actors consistently abused identity systems and internet-facing vulnerabilities to gain initial access to organizations. A notable number of intrusions leveraged zero-day vulnerabilities, leaving neither vendors nor clients with an opportunity to patch before exploitation occurred. Non zero-day vulnerabilities were exploited within hours of Proof-of-Concept (PoC) exploits being published. We also saw increased sophistication in MFA bypass techniques, particularly adversary-in-the-middle attacks used to intercept authentication tokens and hijack active sessions. Nearly half of successful incidents we investigated involved cases where MFA was enabled on impacted accounts, underscoring the urgent need for phishing-resistant MFA & authentication methods.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Looking ahead to 2026, we expect threat actors to further operationalize AI-assisted tradecraft to accelerate reconnaissance, enhance social engineering, and scale early-stage intrusions, ultimately driving more automated, agentic attacks against exposed web applications.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The full report can be viewed here: <a href="https://beazley.security/insights/quarterly-threat-report-fourth-quarter-2025"><strong>Quarterly Threat Report: Fourth Quarter, 2025</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/sharp-uptick-in-cybercriminals-publicly-posting-stolen-data-26314.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Motor Insurance Market Shift In H1 2025</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Tom Lawrie-Fussey, associate vice president product management, LexisNexis Risk Solutions, UK and Ireland</strong></u></p>

<p>In a market as competitive as U.K. motor insurance, having a clear understanding of the wider landscape is critical. Insurance providers need to understand how they are performing relative to the rest of the market to contextualise their own results and make strategic decisions in an environment where small changes in behaviour or pricing can have a big impact on performance.</p>

<div><strong>Shopping and Switching Ease as Motor Insurance Premiums Fall</strong></div>

<div>2024 was marked by surging premiums and record levels of switching but as premiums started to fall in early 2025, shopping and switching behaviour altered. LexisNexis&reg; Risk Solutions data shows around 20,000 fewer people per day shopped for motor insurance from January to the end of June 2025 compared to the same period in 2024.</div>

<p>Switching also slowed. In H1 2024, 25% of policyholders switched provider, but that figure fell slightly to 22% in H1 2025. Switching declined most noticeably in Q1 2025 before stabilising in Q2 as motor insurance premiums began to level off.</p>

<p>While this cooling trend in shopping seems closely tied to what&rsquo;s been happening with premiums, it could be short-lived. With repair and theft costs rising[ii], there&rsquo;s a growing expectation that motor insurance premiums will begin to climb again.</p>

<div><strong>Smaller Insurance providers gain some ground</strong></div>

<div>For two consecutive years, the U.K.&rsquo;s Top 10 motor insurance providers dominated net policy gains &mdash;consistently winning more policies than they lost. Some of these new customers may have moved over to Top 10 insurers following market exits by RSA, Zurich, and Covea Direct.</div>

<p>However, in H1 2025, falling premiums appear to have given the rest of the market outside of the Top 10 an opportunity to gain some ground, with smaller insurance providers seeing a 30% increase in net customer gains.</p>

<p>This highlights how quickly consumer loyalty can shift when pricing pressures change. Some smaller brands appeared to capitalise on softer pricing conditions, while major players appeared to focus more on profitability and risk quality.</p>

<p>That dynamic could soon swing again. As premiums begin to edge upward &mdash; driven by higher repair costs and the ongoing rise in thefts &mdash; larger insurance providers, with their scale and pricing power, may start regaining ground.</p>

<div><strong>Cancellations Tell Another Story</strong></div>

<div>Behind the headline numbers, the<a href="https://risk.lexisnexis.co.uk/insights-resources/white-paper/lexisnexis-insurance-demand-meter-uk?trmid=INSMTR25.UKIMotor25.37559.PRPR50781"> LexisNexis&reg; Insurance Demand Meter U.K. H1 2025</a> also sheds light on cancellation trends, offering clues about customer stability and risk management across the sector.</div>

<p>In H1 2025, policies from the Top 10 insurance providers were less likely to be cancelled within the first three months of starting, compared to the rest of the market. This suggests the biggest brands were attracting more consistent and loyal policyholders &mdash; likely supported by stronger risk assessment processes at the point of quote.</p>

<p>For smaller insurance providers, the picture is more mixed. Cancellations within three months of policy inception were 29% higher for providers outside the Top 10, implying that the net gain in customers came with a higher risk of churn or fraud.</p>

<p>At the same time, the Top 10 insurance providers acted faster when cancellations did occur. Based on the LexisNexis Risk Solutions data for insurer-led cancellations, the Top 10 cancelled 23% more policies during the first 15 days of policy inception H1 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. This trend points to more efficient fraud screening and early intervention.</p>

<div><strong>Ageing Cars and Declining Values</strong></div>

<div>Another telling trend revealed in the LexisNexis&reg; Insurance Demand Meter U.K. H1 2025 is the continued ageing of the U.K.&rsquo;s car parc. The average insured vehicle value has dropped by almost &pound;500 since late 2023, from around &pound;11,000 to &pound;10,500. Over the same period, the average vehicle age increased by four months to nearly 11 years old.</div>

<p>This shift reflects ongoing economic pressures that have meant some motorists are holding onto their vehicles for longer. Despite this, the proportion of brand-new cars (less than one year old) in the insured vehicle mix has ticked up slightly &mdash; from 2.6% in late 2023 to 3.1% in H1 2025 &mdash; possibly aided by easing interest rates and improved access to finance.</p>

<div><strong>What It Means for Insurance Providers</strong></div>

<div>Falling premiums have brought relief to consumers, but the underlying pressures of rising repair costs and theft continue to mount. As these factors feed back into pricing, larger insurance providers may rebalance the win/loss ratio and attract customers away from their smaller rivals in 2026.</div>

<p>Having access to detailed, individual-level data is vital when pricing motor insurance, but it is the ability to place that insight within a broader market context that truly drives competitive advantage. Insurance providers that use the current period to look outside their own four walls will stand a greater chance of strengthening pricing discipline, enhancing fraud detection, and refining risk selection, putting in them in the best place to thrive when rates start to rise again.</p>

<div><em>[i] <a href="https://risk.lexisnexis.co.uk/insights-resources/white-paper/lexisnexis-insurance-demand-meter-uk">https://risk.lexisnexis.co.uk/insights-resources/white-paper/lexisnexis-insurance-demand-meter-uk</a></em></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>[ii] <a href="https://www.abi.org.uk/news/news-articles/2025/7/motor-premiums-fall---but-repair-and-theft-costs-keep-revving-up-claims/">https://www.abi.org.uk/news/news-articles/2025/7/motor-premiums-fall---but-repair-and-theft-costs-keep-revving-up-claims/</a></em></span></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/motor-insurance-market-shift-in-h1-2025-26310.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Bad Weather Pushes Home Insurance Payouts To  6 1bn In 2025</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Across the year, insurers paid out &pound;1.2 billion in weather-related property claims - a 14% (&pound;142 million) increase on 2024. Of this, claims for weather damage to people&rsquo;s homes and possessions accounted for &pound;758 million.  </p>

<p>Damage to people&rsquo;s homes as a result of a storm reached &pound;244 million in 2025, a 32% (&pound;59 million) increase from the previous year. The average storm damage payout in 2025 reached &pound;2,450. This is &pound;750 more than 2024. The cost of domestic flood claims rose by 38% (to &pound;312 million), and the average flood payout to a homeowner also rose significantly by 60%, reaching &pound;30,000. </p>

<p>Whilst storms and flooding played a significant part in increased payouts, the wider effects of extreme weather also extended into subsidence. The Met Office reported summer 2025 as the UK&rsquo;s hottest on record, creating conditions that can increase the risk of ground and soil shrinkage which saw domestic subsidence payouts rise to &pound;307 million, up 10% (&pound;27 million) year on year and reaching their highest level on record.  </p>

<p>In 2025 insurers paid out almost &pound;3.4 billion across more than 560,000 home insurance claims. The average claim increased by 15% year-on-year, rising by almost &pound;800 to &pound;6,000. </p>

<div><strong>The latest premium data from the ABI shows: </strong></div>

<div><em>The average price of combined building and contents home insurance in Q4 2025 was &pound;379, &pound;14 lower compared to the same period in 2024.   </em></div>

<div><em>In the final quarter of 2025, the average cost of buildings-only insurance fell to &pound;312, from &pound;323 in the fourth quarter of 2024. </em></div>

<div><em>The average price of contents-only insurance in the fourth quarter of 2025 was &pound;122, &pound;14 lower compared to the same period in 2024. </em></div>

<p><strong>Chris Bose, Director of General Insurance Policy at the ABI, said: </strong>&ldquo;Once again, we&rsquo;re seeing the toll that increasingly severe weather is taking on homes and businesses across the UK. A record &pound;6.1 billion in property claims last year shows both the scale of the damage and the vital role insurers play in helping people recover. Government action is essential to protect communities from the growing impact of extreme weather. This includes stronger planning rules to stop building in high-risk flood areas and designing homes with resilience in mind.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/bad-weather-pushes-home-insurance-payouts-to--6-1bn-in-2025-26308.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments As Inflation Falls To 3  For January</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life says:</strong> &ldquo;Today&rsquo;s inflation data brings some welcome news, with CPI falling to 3% in January &ndash; its lowest level since March 2025 and a clear step down from December&rsquo;s rebound. The slowdown reflects lower airfare and petrol prices, alongside a cooling in food price rises after sharp increases at the end of last year. With the Bank of England choosing to hold rates at its most recent meeting, today&rsquo;s figure &ndash; along with yesterday&rsquo;s labour market data, which highlighted a rise in unemployment alongside a slowdown in wage growth - strengthens the case for a cut in March. This comes particularly against the backdrop of subdued economic growth, with GDP expanding by just 0.1% in the final quarter of last year. However, inflation remains above the 2% target and policymakers are likely to want confidence that the improvement is sustained before moving more quickly. For households, today&rsquo;s easing inflation will bring some relief after several years of price rises and a worrying upward trend across much of 2025. That said, lower inflation doesn&rsquo;t mean prices are falling &ndash; just that they&rsquo;re rising more slowly &ndash; and one month&rsquo;s data doesn&rsquo;t guarantee a lasting downward trend. In the near term, borrowers will likely welcome today&rsquo;s figure and what it means for the prospect of further rate cuts, while those approaching the end of a fixed-rate deal may wish to review their options carefully in light of the changing rate environment. For longer-term savers and those planning for retirement, the core message remains unchanged. Even as inflation stabilises, ensuring savings can keep pace with the cost of living over time is crucial. Investing, including through tax-efficient options like pensions, can offer a better chance of maintaining purchasing power and building financial resilience. For those already drawing an income in retirement, having a clear and balanced plan that provides dependable income while offering some protection against inflation remains essential, whatever the short-term economic backdrop.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<div><strong>Adam Gilespie, Partner, XPS Group said: </strong>&ldquo;For defined benefit schemes, the direct immediate impact is limited. Most remain well insulated from inflation movements, with aggregate surpluses of around &pound;220 billion. However, a meaningful fall in inflation alters the future protection offered by LDI strategies. Without recalibration, schemes risk their inflation hedge slipping - leaving them exposed if price pressures resurface. In a lower-return environment, keeping inflation and interest rate risks firmly under control is essential, making today&rsquo;s data another cue for trustees and sponsors to revisit their hedging strategies. For defined contribution, the focus is shifting from inflation to adequacy. Despite price pressures easing, many savers remain behind the curve. Without higher contributions or stronger long-term returns, the real value of DC pots will keep eroding. Keeping pace now means boosting contributions where possible and ensuring growth assets deliver over time.&rdquo;</div>
</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-as-inflation-falls-to-3--for-january-26306.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pic Sign Buyin With The Sopra Steria Retirements Scheme</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Sopra Steria is a major Tech player in Europe. Operating in nearly 30 countries and employing over 50,000 people, it is recognised for its consulting, digital services and solutions. </p>

<p><strong>David Best, Deputy Chair of Trustees at the Sopra Steria Retirement Benefits Scheme, who led the final selection process said:</strong> &ldquo;We&rsquo;re pleased to have agreed this transaction with PIC, which will secure our members&rsquo; benefits for the long term and means that they will continue to receive high-quality customer service. PIC has a well-founded reputation for providing excellent customer service levels and the focus on their policyholders shone through during the process.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Deepash Amin, Head of New Business Strategy at PIC, said:</strong> &ldquo;We were impressed with the focus of the Trustees on the member experience as part of the transaction, and we&rsquo;re therefore delighted to have been selected. PIC is built around the delivery of our purpose, which is to pay the pensions of our current and future policyholders, and we look forward to welcoming the Scheme members in due course.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Maria Greene, CFO at Sopra Steria UK, said:</strong> &ldquo;We&rsquo;re pleased that the SMP defined benefit pension scheme has completed a buy-in transaction, which provides long-term security for members&rsquo; benefits and represents an important milestone for the company.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Chris Hawes at Mercer, who advised the sponsoring employer Sopra Steria Limited and led the insurance broking, said:</strong> &ldquo;We are proud to have led this project, working in close strategic collaboration with the Trustee and Scheme sponsor from the outset to secure the benefits of Section members. Through a focused and competitive selection process, the strong partnership ensured that the shared objectives were successfully achieved.&rdquo;</p>

<p>CMS advised PIC and legal advice was provided to the Trustee by Gowling WLG. </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pic-sign-buyin-with-the-sopra-steria-retirements-scheme-26307.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Standard Life Complete Buyin With Ibm It Solutions Pension</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Trustee selected Standard Life for the transaction following a competitive process. It builds on an existing relationship between Standard Life and IBM, with Standard Life already operating the IBM UK Personal Pension Plan.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The transaction was completed in November 2025. WTW acted as lead transaction adviser, as well as providing actuarial and investment advice to the Trustee. Sackers provided legal advice to the Trustee.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jack Hill, Director of Defined Benefit Solutions at Standard Life, said: </strong>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s been a pleasure to work with the Trustee and its advisers on a transaction where the I Plan members remained central to the process from start to finish. During the competitive selection, the Trustee prioritised an insurer that could provide clarity, confidence, and excellent member experience. Building on an established relationship with IBM, Standard Life is delighted to have the opportunity to reinforce our shared commitment to supporting members now and in the future.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Robert Tickell, Trustee Chair, said:</strong> &ldquo;We are delighted to have achieved this significant milestone in the I Plan&rsquo;s de-risking journey. WTW led a thorough and competitive selection process, which led to an excellent outcome for our members. Following which we chose Standard Life as our preferred partner. Standard Life&rsquo;s strong brand and member-focused proposition played a key role in our decision. The transaction was completed smoothly, and we&rsquo;d like to take the opportunity to thank all parties for working collaboratively to achieve the best outcome for our members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Greg Robertson, Director of Pension Risk Transfer at WTW, said:</strong> &ldquo;This transaction was strategically positioned in the market to maximise insurer engagement. This approach resulted in a highly competitive process and an excellent outcome for the Trustee.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/standard-life-complete-buyin-with-ibm-it-solutions-pension-26309.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Could You Turbo Charge Your Pension Before The Tax Year End</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Pension tax relief remains a crucial benefit for the UK&rsquo;s earners and savers, and the end of the tax year on 5 April forms a deadline for those looking to top up their retirement pots.</div>

<div><br />
<strong>Emma Sterland, Chief Financial Planning Officer at Evelyn Partners</strong>, warns that we can&rsquo;t be too relaxed about the opportunity to top up pensions with the bonus of relief at the highest rate of income tax:<br />
<br />
'Taking advantage of pension tax relief is now perhaps more important than ever. Fiscal drag is increasing the tax burden on income and pushing many earners into higher tax brackets, which in turn also means savings and capital gains will be more exposed to tax, unless protected.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Higher and additional rate pension tax relief had been, thankfully, the cat with nine lives when it came to Chancellors seeking opportunities for raising extra revenue at recent Budgets. But the current Chancellor was evidently intent on reducing the cost to the Treasury of this benefit as she announced a quite severe future limit on salary sacrifice schemes at the November Budget.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;The pressure on the UK&rsquo;s public finances is not going away, so who knows what could happen to the higher rates of pension tax relief, or to the recently-expanded &pound;60,000 annual allowance, in the next few years?<br />
<br />
'The end of the tax year signals the expiry of various allowances and exemptions like those for Individual Savings Accounts and capital gains tax. While the annual allowance for pension contributions is not quite &quot;use-it-or-lose-it&quot; in the same way - as previous years&rsquo; unused allowances might be available under &quot;carry forward&quot; rules - there&rsquo;s no guarantee that either the higher annual allowance or carry forward will be around forever.<br />
<br />
'With personal tax allowances frozen, and almost everyone paying more in tax as each year goes by, pension saving is one of the few ways to keep more of earned income and efficiently build wealth.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Pension versus ISA or mortgage?</strong><br />
Emma says: &lsquo;Tax relief at your marginal rate and tax-free growth and income combine to make pension savings incredibly attractive, especially for higher and additional rate taxpayers, and for those in salary sacrifice schemes, where there is an extra boost from National Insurance relief.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;But before ploughing more money into a pension, you should reflect on whether you can afford to lock away the funds until the minimum pension access age (soon to rise from 55 to 57), and whether the extra contributions put you in a better financial place. It could make sense to overpay on the mortgage, to bring the loan down into a lower LTV band, reduce monthly payments and free up the household budget.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;If you will need access to the funds, in the next five to 10 years for instance, then putting the money into an ISA might be preferable. While money put into an ISA does not benefit from tax relief, it does grow and accumulate income free of tax and no tax is paid on the way out, so they play a crucial role in building wealth that can be used both before and after retirement. The best way to tackle all these calculations is through proper cash-flow modelling with a good financial planner.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;There could be other reasons for limiting pension contributions: for instance, some savers are reluctant to build up their pension pot beyond the old Lifetime Allowance, as this is where the tax-free cash cap of &pound;268,275 takes effect. Other high earners might be subject to the tapered annual allowance and can see their AA fall to as little as &pound;10,000, so they will need to think carefully about their options.<br />
<br />
'All other things being equal, using up some more annual allowance is likely to be a winner for those who have some slack in their monthly budget or a lump sum that they want to work hard for their future, and for those later in their careers who want to turbo-charge their pot before retirement.<br />
<br />
'For many of the more than 20 million employees participating in workplace pensions, this could be simply a case of raising their percentage monthly contribution through HR or payroll. And for those in an advantageous salary sacrifice scheme extra contributions are even more beneficial because of the additional NI savings (often from the employer as well as the employee&rsquo;s own NI). Salary sacrifice will be capped at &pound;2,000 from April 2029 so the incentive is there for those with access to these schemes to take advantage now.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;At the least, earners should ensure they are taking advantage of any employer offer to match contributions beyond auto-enrolment minimums. As we come towards the time of year when remuneration is finalised, those expecting a bonus should consider whether they can sacrifice at least some of it into their pension, as this way they get to keep it tax-free. But if they have already made monthly contributions through the year they need to make sure they don&rsquo;t bust their AA or try and pay in more than they are earning in that tax year. <br />
<br />
&lsquo;You can use a lump sum from anywhere to boost pension savings, with the possibility of contributing more than the &pound;60,000 AA if you have unused AA from the previous three years, and as long as you do not exceed relevant earnings in the tax year of the contribution [see below]. The end of the tax year on 5 April might feel like a way off, but savers should start thinking about all this now, not least in the case of bonuses because payroll or HR departments need to know in advance of bonus awards whether you elect to sacrifice it into your pension. This can cause difficulties for some workers, as without knowing the size of the bonus it can be a bit of a juggling act deciding how much of it to sacrifice if you are close to your annual allowance.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Such reckonings, especially for those who are looking to maximise a big one-off pension contribution using carry forward allowances, is a job best managed by a financial adviser or planner, to avoid making mistakes and getting into a protracted and difficult exchange with HMRC.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>The annual allowance</strong><br />
The AA puts a limit on how much can be saved into a pension each year with tax relief benefits. It means that in the current tax year the typical saver can put a maximum of &pound;60,000 into a pension while still benefiting from pension tax relief. That amount is gross contributions, or the total put into a pension, so includes employer top-ups and the tax relief itself.<br />
<br />
Emma warns, however: &lsquo;The saver themselves cannot personally pay more into their pension in a tax year than they earn in that year, which is generally referred to as pensionable or relevant earnings&quot;. This includes all earned income but not pension income, dividends or most rental income &ndash; and if it is less than &pound;60,000 then it sets the maximum a saver can personally make in tax-relieved pension contributions, although employer contributions can be made on top (up to the AA).<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Salary sacrifice pension contributions or other benefits taken by SS will reduce relevant earnings, which could be an issue if someone wanted to make a big personal lump sum contribution, by for instance using carry forward allowances [see below].&rsquo;<br />
<br />
It is possible to contribute more than the AA into a pension annually, but the excess contributions will suffer a charge usually equal to the amount of tax relief awarded. If the AA is exceeded, inadvertently or otherwise, and the saver receives tax relief on their excess contributions &ndash; which is entirely possible - then they could be faced with a future tax bill from HMRC to claw back the tax relief.<br />
<br />
<strong>The tapered annual allowance</strong><br />
Emma says: &lsquo;The highest earners &ndash; those with a threshold income over &pound;200,000 - can face a big disadvantage in pension saving because the amount of tax relief they can claim is usually limited by a gradual tapering of their annual allowance.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
The tapered annual allowance will affect anyone with a &lsquo;threshold income&rsquo; above &pound;200,000 and kicks in when &lsquo;adjusted income&rsquo; rises above &pound;260,000 (which includes income from all sources, as well as any employer pension contributions). The high earner will see their AA reduce by &pound;1 for every &pound;2 they exceed &pound;260,000, until those earning &pound;360,000 and above will be subject to the minimum tapered AA of &pound;10,000.<br />
<br />
Emma adds: &lsquo;Even though the minimum amount that a high earner can contribute to pensions under the tapered annual allowance was raised to &pound;10,000 from April 2023 (from &pound;4,000), this still means they are very restricted in the amount of tax-relieved contributions they can make into a pension &ndash; at just a sixth of the amount of those not subject to the taper.<br />
<br />
'Those caught up in these numbers should seek advice. If you think you&rsquo;re subject to the taper but would like to maximise pension contributions for the tax year, then you really should speak to a financial planner because the calculations for adjusted and threshold incomes can be very involved &ndash; as can the possible steps to remain the &ldquo;right side&rdquo; of such thresholds.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Carry forward allowances and lump sum contributions</strong></div>

<div>Those who are set to maximise their current year&rsquo;s allowance and have money on the sidelines they want to put into their pension can also make use of any unused annual allowances from the three previous tax years thanks to carry-forward rules.<br />
<br />
Emma says: 'Note that the annual allowance is &pound;60,000 for 2025/26 and was the same in the previous two years, but for 2022/23 it was &pound;40,000. That affords a theoretical maximum contribution of &pound;220,000 that can be paid into a pension in this tax year for those entitled to four years of the full AA, and whose relevant earnings in this tax year allow it (and subject to having had a personal pension in place already for those years).&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>There are some rules and restrictions to note when considering carrying forward:</strong></div>

<div><em>You must have first used up the current year&rsquo;s allowance &ndash; so the first step is to get an accurate reading of this year&rsquo;s contributions and take those to the limit.    </em></div>

<div><em>You will need to have had a pension in each of the three previous tax years but you don&rsquo;t need to have made any contributions and your new contributions do not have to be made into the same pension.     </em></div>

<div><em>Once the current year allowance is fully utilised, allowances from the &lsquo;oldest year&rsquo; of the previous three are used up first and at the end of every tax year, the oldest year falls away. Therefore, any allowances not used from the oldest year &ndash; now 2021/22 - will be lost for good if they are not carried forward.   </em></div>

<div><em>To get tax relief on pension contributions that you make yourself, you need to ensure that the payments made in any tax year do not exceed relevant earnings in that year. An employer is not restricted by an individual&rsquo;s earnings so they are able to pay in higher sums.</em>  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Emma adds: &lsquo;So savers who have a large lump sum via a windfall like an inheritance might be looking to boost their pension by a maximum amount using up carry forward allowances before 5 April - but they need to be aware that that maximum will be limited by their relevant earnings in this tax year. Remembering that salary sacrifice reduces relevant earnings.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Business owners and the self-employed</strong><br />
Business owners with irregular earnings who receive a glut of revenue all at once often find carry forward a very useful pension-boosting tool.<br />
<br />
Emma says: 'Due to annual allowance rules business owners who have control over payments and remuneration can also opt for the business to make employer contributions into their pensions to maximise carry forward even if their relevant earnings in that year are much lower. But they need to be careful of tapering rules because while threshold income does not include employer contribution, adjusted income does.<br />
<br />
'The ability to carry forward can be extremely useful for those looking to catch up on pension contributions because they want to give their pot a late boost before retirement, or because their financial position has improved and they want to take advantage of the tax reliefs on offer.<br />
<br />
'It can also be useful for those restricted by the tapered AA, especially if their earnings have suddenly increased and in previous years were below the threshold for the tapered allowance. In all these instances though, it&rsquo;s strongly recommended that savers take financial advice.&rsquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Claiming back higher and additional rate tax relief</strong><br />
Emma says: 'Savers who want to use up their annual allowance(s) and pay a lump sum into their pension often do so into a personal pension like a SIPP, even if they also have an active workplace scheme.  Personal pension providers will add basic rate tax relief automatically, but it is up to the saver to claim back higher or additional rate tax relief.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;Evidence suggests that a huge amount of pension tax relief is going unclaimed. In the case of self-administered personal pensions, this very expensive oversight could be a case of forgetfulness as much as ignorance. Forgetting to claim back higher rates of tax relief will defeat half the rationale of injecting a lump sum into one&rsquo;s pension in the first place.<br />
<br />
&lsquo;So savers must remember to include this on their self-assessment tax return, or if they do not otherwise need to register for SA then it is possible to contact HMRC directly.&rsquo;  </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/could-you-turbo-charge-your-pension-before-the-tax-year-end-26304.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Risk Managers Role In Insuring Physical Climate Risk</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Ester Calavia GarsaballSenior Director &ndash; Nat Cat & Risk Financing, Climate Practice, WTW</strong></p>

<p>Your risk management approach can keep pace with climate realities and ensure your role remains relevant. By advocating for modern means of identifying and quantifying climate risks plus alternative risk transfer options, such as captives and parametric solutions, you can better protect your organization and the contribution of risk management to its success.</p>

<p>Below, we offer practical steps to help ensure you&rsquo;re part of the future of insuring climate risks. We cover:</p>

<div><strong>What's the global protection gap facing organizations?</strong></div>

<div>Uninsured losses are growing faster than insured ones, creating a protection gap that threatens the relevance of insurance as a risk management tool.</div>

<p>From catastrophic flooding in Spain, to the second-worst wildfire season on record in Canada to record-breaking heatwaves across South America and the Caribbean, the world has experienced a new level of climate disruption in recent years.</p>

<p>Natural catastrophes caused more than US$100 billion in insured losses in 2025 &ndash; the sixth consecutive year above that threshold, yet a decrease of $40 billion when compared with 2024. The level of losses recorded, without a single hurricane making landfall in the United States, highlights the continued severity and persistence of natural catastrophe risk. These losses included the destruction of physical assets, such as factories and power grids, disruption of critical supply chains, business closures and halted production across entire sectors</p>

<p>We&rsquo;ve seen how climate protection gaps are especially pronounced in regions most vulnerable to climate change, where insurance can be unaffordable or unavailable. That means more risk managers are recognizing how safeguarding the future of organizations means exploring new solutions for increasingly uninsurable climate-related risks.</p>

<div><strong>How can advanced risk modeling and analytics help risk managers close climate protection gaps?</strong></div>

<div>Traditional natural catastrophe and climate risk models, which rely on historical data and short-term horizons, may fall short as businesses face increasingly severe and frequent climate events. These events can also trigger secondary perils that amplify the impacts.</div>

<p>Heavy rainfall, for example, may impact soil stability, prompting landslides that prolong business interruptions and cause further damage to critical infrastructure. Traditional modeling might not recognize or quantify such interconnections between primary and secondary events.</p>

<p>By combining robust analytics, the latest catastrophe models and tailored solutions to address your specific challenges and vulnerabilities across longer time horizons, risk managers can understand and manage climate exposures more comprehensively. You can also develop stronger, more resilient insurance strategies.</p>

<p>Solutions tailored to your industry-specific challenges, such as quantifying shared-fate downtime for data centers, or assessing operational risks for global manufacturers, can enable your business to embrace uncertainty.</p>

<p>Getting this right means considering hidden and correlated risks, such as a nat cat event impacting both your site and your utility supplier. Traditional facility-only assessments and planning often overlook these connected risks. For example, many business continuity plans work on the assumption utility providers will restore services quickly, but the same natural disaster impacting your facility can also damage utility providers&rsquo; infrastructure.</p>

<p>So, how can you minimize downtime and optimize capital allocation across competing resilience investments to maximize your ROI (return on investment)?</p>

<p>The answers lie in using tailored analytics, engineering insight and data-driven climate adaptation strategies. We recommend carrying out rigorous cost-benefit analysis of structural, operational and procedural enhancements, coupled with robust business continuity planning.</p>

<p><strong>Why should more organizations consider captives and alternative risk transfer solutions to close climate protection gaps?</strong></p>

<div>Your organization may need to consider captives to better manage climate-related risks, especially where traditional insurance falls short. That&rsquo;s because these vehicles let you build up surplus risk finance over time to help pay for the impacts of catastrophic risks such as extreme floods or prolonged droughts. You can use captives to tailor protection, increase risk retention and fill coverage gaps for any emerging or hard-to-insure risks.</div>

<p>Parametric insurance also gives you an alternative approach to risk transfer that can help you recover faster when natural catastrophes strike. Policy triggers are attached to thresholds on a given index being met, such as an amount of rainfall, days without rain or wind speed, rather than there being specific property damage, which an insurer would need to take time to evaluate before settling your claim.</p>

<div><strong>Why do risk managers need to move from a post-loss focus to proactive climate risk management advice?</strong></div>

<div>We believe risk management is shifting from its more traditional, reactive, post-loss function to a proactive, advisory role. This is true for both nat cat, climate and wider risks. We encourage risk managers to be part of this shift by prioritizing business continuity planning and proactive risk mitigation. This is about contributing to due diligence and climate resilience assessments during planning and design stages to minimize impact before it occurs and using advanced analytical techniques to optimize insurance strategies and strengthen overall resilience.</div>

<p>By defaulting to an early and more advisory approach, you can guide your organization through complex risks and offer leadership on industry-specific challenges. Risk management can be the business function that prepares the organization to consistently take control of its destiny in the face of climate and hypervolatility, rather than simply responding to losses after they occur.</p>

<div><strong>How can risk managers collaborate and innovate across the industry to close climate protection gaps?</strong></div>

<div>We&rsquo;re seeing collaboration driving innovation in risk management in diverse ways, from early engagement to achieve &lsquo;resiliency by design,&rsquo; to co-developing datasets, conducting joint research and designing new solutions with partners across the insurance value chain.</div>

<p>We recently worked with Swiss Re Corporate Solutions to develop an innovative parametric policy activated by red weather warnings, bridging the protection gap left by traditional insurance policies. These typically respond to the physical damage impacts of weather events, such as storms and floods, but not the cost of the pre-emptive actions businesses, particularly in the leisure and hospitality industry, need to take after a weather warning has been issued.</p>

<p>We&rsquo;re also working collaboratively with our clients and their engineering consultants to develop new engineering-based models to better quantify physical damage to specific assets and operational disruptions from key emerging and non-insurable risks, such as heat stress and cold, as well. Furthermore, we are working together to advise on climate-resilient design and strategic site selection.</p>

<p>This collaboration-ready mindset is becoming essential. Joint working will help you develop new models and solutions that can shape the future of risk management and the influence of your role, while ensuring your organization remains well-prepared for whatever comes next.</p>

<p>To find out more about how you can use advanced analytics and scenario testing to address widening protection gaps, get in touch with our specialists.</p>

<p>And read how to take a more <a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2025/12/risk-functions-elevate-your-strategic-role-in-the-climate-sustainability-and-esg-conversation">strategic role alongside sustainability functions in the climate and sustainability conversation.</a></p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/risk-managers-role-in-insuring-physical-climate-risk-26302.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>State Pension Progress For Women But Vulnerabilities Exist</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>DWP has published its latest benefits statistics: <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/dwp-benefit-statistics-february-2026/dwp-benefit-statistics-february-2026#section-3">DWP benefit statistics: February 2026 </a></p>

<p><strong>Clare Stinton, Financial Wellbeing Lead, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Fresh figures released this morning show a steady increase in the number of people claiming the State Pension, with 13.2 million now receiving payments &ndash; a rise of 243,000. The average weekly payment has also climbed to &pound;210.73, up &pound;8.78 year-on-year, offering retirees a small but welcome boost amidst ongoing cost-of-living pressures.</p>

<p>The number of people claiming the new State Pension is growing too, with 5 million retirees now receiving it, an increase of 740,000 since August 2024. The new system bases entitlement on an individual&rsquo;s National Insurance (NI) record, which has been a gamechanger for women, helping to close the historic inequalities embedded in the old State Pension.</p>

<p>Women are benefiting from the new State Pension system, with female recipients receiving on average &pound;214.41 per week, compared with &pound;194.94 for women receiving payments via the legacy system. However, this pattern does not hold for men, whose average payments under the old State Pension remain slightly higher at &pound;225.04 per week, compared to &pound;214.41 under the new State Pension.  </p>

<p>The data also highlights reliance on Pension Credit, with women making up 66% of recipients. This underlines the ongoing financial vulnerability many older women face, despite progress in narrowing pension disparities.</p>

<p>To receive the full &pound;230.25 in the 2025/26 tax year, retirees need 35 qualifying years of NI contributions. For anyone receiving less than the full amount - or those approaching retirement - now is the time to check your NI record via the Government website to make sure you&rsquo;re getting every pound you&rsquo;re entitled to.</p>

<p>Missing years don&rsquo;t have to mean missing money. You may be able to plug gaps in your NI record through benefit credits, and some credits, such as those for periods when you were eligible for Child Benefit or Carer&rsquo;s Allowance should be applied automatically, so it&rsquo;s worth checking for any errors. Voluntary contributions can also help, and most gaps can usually be backdated for the previous six tax years.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/state-pension-progress-for-women-but-vulnerabilities-exist-26305.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Van Lanschot Kempen Appoints Michelle Darracott As Ceo</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Based in London, Michelle will be responsible for growing Van Lanschot Kempen&rsquo;s bespoke fiduciary management offering for UK pension schemes, with the objective of further establishing the firm as the preferred provider in the UK market. She will also oversee the distribution of the firm&rsquo;s specialist, actively-managed investment strategies in the UK.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Michelle brings more than 30 years&rsquo; experience across the UK pensions and investment landscape, combining deep investment expertise with senior leadership roles spanning strategy, technology and client delivery. Most recently, she served as a Professional Trustee at BESTrustees Limited, a leading provider of professional trusteeship services to UK occupational pension schemes, and as a Non-Executive Director at TPT Retirement Solutions. Previously, Michelle was Chief Strategy Officer at Smart Pension, where she played a key role in driving international growth, and held a number of senior positions at Legal & General Investment Management, including Head of Strategic Change and Head of Digital Investing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Johan Cras, who has served as interim CEO of the UK business, will resume his prior role as Senior Advisor for Investment Management Clients. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Erik van Houwelingen, Member of the Management Board of Van Lanschot Kempen, responsible for Investment Management Clients, said:</strong> &ldquo;Michelle&rsquo;s appointment marks an important step in the continued development of our UK business. The UK fiduciary management market is evolving rapidly, and demand for bespoke, high-quality solutions has never been greater. Michelle brings deep market knowledge, strong leadership experience and a clear alignment with our client-first culture. I am delighted to welcome her to Van Lanschot Kempen. I would also like to thank Johan Cras for his steadfast leadership during his time as interim CEO and look forward to continuing working with him as he resumes his role as Senior Advisor.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Michelle Darracott commented: </strong>&ldquo;Van Lanschot Kempen has a proven track record of delivering strong outcomes for clients. The firm has built real momentum in the UK, and I&rsquo;m excited to lead the next phase of growth. At a time of significant change in the pensions landscape, trustees and sponsors need a tailored, partnership-led approach and a fiduciary manager that can provide clear insight, flexibility and solutions designed around their specific circumstances. I look forward to working with the team to support clients in achieving their long-term objectives.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
The appointment of Michelle Darracott is subject to regulatory approval.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/van-lanschot-kempen-appoints-michelle-darracott-as-ceo-26301.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Icswg Launches Its Investment Stewardship Alignment Tool</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/ICSWG - ISA Tool.pdf">The new tool is available here</a> and is designed to help asset owners in testing and assessing the extent to which their investment managers&rsquo; investment stewardship activities are in line with their own stewardship expectations. This is principally achieved by referencing their own responsible investment beliefs and stewardship expectations and comparing them to the voting and engagement activities of their investment managers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mette Charles, Sustainability Research Lead at Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;The Asset Owner Investment Stewardship Alignment Tool is designed to bring greater clarity and structure to conversations between asset owners and their investment managers. By focusing on voting and engagement in an applied way, it helps asset owners assess whether stewardship activities are genuinely aligned with their own beliefs and expectations and provides practical suggestions where gaps emerge.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cadi Thomas, Head of Sustainable Investment, ICSWG co-chair, at Isio, said: </strong>&ldquo;As regulation and market practice around investment stewardship evolves, asset owners are facing increasing expectations that stewardship activities are meaningful, well-governed, and aligned with their fiduciary duties. The new ICSWG tool provides a structured framework, using a practical flow chart that guides asset owners through an assessment of their managers&rsquo; proxy voting decisions and engagement activity, and determines how closely those resonate with their own investment stewardship beliefs and approach.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stephen Miles Head of Sustainable Investing at WTW Investments, said: </strong>&ldquo;The Investment Stewardship Alignment Tool also helps asset owners consider their investment managers&rsquo; stewardship approaches as compared to say, the Principles for Responsible Investment pathways, and can complement other industry tools. Together, these resources are intended to support more informed conversations between asset owners and investment managers on stewardship services.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Claire Jones, Head of Responsible Investment at LCP, said: </strong>&ldquo;The ground-breaking 2024 paper by the Financial Markets Law Committee (FMLC) about fiduciary duties said, in relation to stewardship, that &ldquo;Pension fund trustees will wish to have processes for the proper communication of their stewardship expectations and proper oversight of the investment managers&rsquo; work to reassure themselves of its effectiveness in mitigating risks and supporting returns&rdquo;. The ICSWG tool is designed to help trustees with this monitoring process through helping them assess and improve the alignment of their investment managers&rsquo; stewardship with their own expectations and beliefs.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/icswg-launches-its-investment-stewardship-alignment-tool-26300.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>What Does The Year Of The Horse Mean For Investors</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Tom James, investment analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;China&rsquo;s economy grew 5% in 2025, achieving the government&rsquo;s target and following the 5% growth also seen in 2024. The continued expansion included growth in exports, which pushed the country to a record trade surplus of $1.19tn. This came despite uncertainty caused by US-imposed tariffs. With Donald Trump&rsquo;s return to the White House leading to an increase in geopolitical tensions, China made efforts to diversify its export market and deepened trading relationships with African and Southeast Asian countries. Domestically, weak consumption persists. While consumer sentiment is slowly improving, it remains negative and some way off the level seen before 2021&rsquo;s property sector crash. Boosting consumer demand is a key government objective.</p>

<p>From a stock market perspective, the year was strong. The MSCI China benchmark rose 23.42% in the 12 months to the end of January 2026. This followed the positive end to 2024, when the government announced a series of stimulus measures to support the ailing economy. A stock market delivering growth is a welcome return to form for a country which endured a bleak period when recovering from a strict zero-Covid policy. That said, China underperformed the broader emerging markets sector in the last 12 months. China makes up over a quarter of the index but its performance lagged peers like Taiwan and South Korea. Despite this recent reversal in performance, investors continue to shun China as a standalone investment. Flows into the IA China/Greater China peer group were negative once again in 2025, although money left these funds at a slower rate than in 2022-2024.</p>

<div><strong>What can we expect this year?</strong></div>

<div>The target for economic growth this year has yet to be finalised by the government, but it&rsquo;s expected to come in at 4.5% - 5%. For a country that, Covid years aside, finds a way to reach its targets, this is an important acknowledgment that growth may be slowing. Remarkably, it would be the lowest target set by the government since the 1980s. China will aim to operate a &lsquo;moderately loose&rsquo; monetary policy in 2026, as part of continued attempts to raise domestic demand. Interest rates have already been lowered from 3.65% at the start of 2023 to the current 3%. The People&rsquo;s Bank of China are balancing a deflationary environment with a currency that remains weaker.</div>

<p>China&rsquo;s latest Five Year Plan, the government&rsquo;s 15th set of initiatives since the first in 1953, covers the years 2026-2030. At the centre is expected to be a focus on modernising industries and establishing a technological self-reliance. With AI innovation a dominant theme in global markets, China has often found itself on the wrong side of export controls. The US has frequently placed strict controls on China&rsquo;s ability to acquire the most advanced semiconductors, including those required by AI technologies. As a result, China has been forced to develop these technologies domestically. Many Chinese companies, such as semiconductor manufacturer GigaDevice, are opening themselves to foreign investors in a bid to fund further research and development. The reaction of investors to new listings suggests these companies have plenty to offer. One year on from the launch of China&rsquo;s DeepSeek AI model that shook global markets, more Chinese companies are preparing to launch their own low-cost AI platforms.</p>

<p>Company valuations in China have risen as the market has started to perform, but they remain lower than both broader emerging markets and global markets. Pair this with expectations of robust earnings growth, particularly from technology and consumer discretionary sectors, and China has a potentially compelling case for attracting investors once again.</p>

<p>While issues that have plagued China&rsquo;s economy in recent years persist, there is evidence that things are beginning to improve. That said, there&rsquo;s still some way to go. This leaves plenty to watch as we enter the Year of the Horse. According to Chinese astrology, the Horse is confident, agreeable, and responsible. To an investor focused on the long term, these are promising attributes. A word of warning though &ndash; the Horse also dislikes being reined in.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/what-does-the-year-of-the-horse-mean-for-investors-26303.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Use Your Full Pension Allowance And Consider Bonus Sacrifice</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life said:</strong> &ldquo;We&rsquo;re only a few weeks away from 5th April, the last day of the tax year, but there&rsquo;s still a lot you can do to make the most of both your pension allowance and the other valuable tax efficiencies available &ndash; including ISAs as well as dividend and savings allowances. They reset annually, so it&rsquo;s important not to leave money on the table. Pensions are one of the most powerful long-term savings tools, and making full use of them alongside other key tax breaks can help ensure you don&rsquo;t pay more tax than necessary and keep more of your income working for you.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Now is also a great time to think ahead to the new tax year. Small increases to regular pension or ISA contributions can build substantially over time thanks to the potential for compound growth, strengthening your financial future.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery&rsquo;s top tips to help you make the most of the 2025/26 tax year</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>1. Make full use of your pension annual allowance</strong> &ndash; &ldquo;Your pension annual allowance &ndash; the amount you can save into your pension each tax year while still receiving tax benefits &ndash; is currently the lower of &pound;60,000 or 100% of your earnings. This includes contributions from you, your employer and third parties. Higher earners may have a tapered allowance, reducing to as little as &pound;10,000 if adjusted income exceeds &pound;260,000. You may also be able to carry forward unused allowances from the previous three tax years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;If you&rsquo;ve already accessed your pension, it&rsquo;s important to be aware that the Money Purchase Annual Allowance (MPAA) may apply instead, reducing the amount you can contribute to &pound;10,000 a year while still receiving tax benefits. This is triggered when someone begins taking taxable income from their pension, so it&rsquo;s good to know which allowance applies to you.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. Top up your pension payments with tax relief </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;Tax relief makes your pension one of the most tax-efficient ways to save for retirement. When you pay into your pension, you receive tax relief on your contributions - meaning the money you put in is effectively free of income tax. This boosts your pension savings at no extra cost to you.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For example, if you&rsquo;re a basic-rate taxpayer and pay &pound;80 into your pension, the government adds &pound;20 in tax relief, so &pound;100 goes into your pension pot.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Most savers receive 20% tax relief automatically. Higher- and additional-rate taxpayers may be able to claim extra relief (to reach 40% or 45%) through Self Assessment. However, some people don&rsquo;t need to claim anything because their scheme gives full tax relief through payroll - for example, via salary sacrifice or a &lsquo;net pay&rsquo; arrangement, where contributions are taken before income tax is applied.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s a good idea to check with your employer or pension provider to understand exactly how tax relief works in your specific scheme.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. Take advantage of tax-efficient saving via ISAs, dividends and interest allowances </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;Pensions may be the foundation of most people&rsquo;s retirement plans, but making the most of wider savings allowances in combination with pension saving can make a big difference to how tax-efficient your money can be.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In the 2025/26 tax year, you can put up to &pound;20,000 into ISAs, with any interest, dividends or gains sheltered from tax. Beyond ISAs, the Dividend Allowance is &pound;500, and your Personal Savings Allowance lets basic-rate taxpayers earn up to &pound;1,000 in savings interest tax-free, or &pound;500 for higher-rate taxpayers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s worth taking a moment before 5 April to check where your savings are held. A quick review can help you avoid paying unnecessary tax and make the most of the allowances available to you.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Consider bonus sacrifice</strong> &ndash; &ldquo;&ldquo;For those expecting a bonus, redirecting some or all of it into your pension can be a highly efficient way to strengthen your retirement savings. Bonus sacrifice can result in savings on Income Tax and National Insurance, making it a smart way to keep more of the value of your reward while giving your pension a meaningful boost. It&rsquo;s a straightforward step that can help your money go further - just be sure to check that your total contributions remain within your annual allowance.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5. Review any capital gains</strong> &ndash; &ldquo;If you hold investments outside an ISA or pension, it&rsquo;s sensible to check your capital gains position before 5 April. The tax-free Capital Gains Tax allowance has been sharply reduced in recent years, which means more people could find themselves paying CGT on profitable sales. Releasing gains gradually - rather than letting them build up - can help manage future tax bills and reduce the chance of large, unexpected charges later on.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;You may also be able to make smarter use of tax-efficient wrappers. Moving investments into an ISA or contributing to a pension can protect future growth from both income tax and capital gains tax. Many people also use this time of year to rebalance their portfolios, trimming back investments that have performed strongly and reinvesting in line with their long-term goals. A quick review can help keep your finances tax-efficient and your investment strategy on track. It&rsquo;s always worth speaking to a qualified financial adviser for support when managing your investments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>6. Regain your tax-free personal allowance if you&rsquo;re a higher earner </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;Most people get a tax-free personal allowance, which is &pound;12,570 for the 2025/26 tax year. When your taxable income reaches &pound;100,000, your personal allowance is cut by &pound;1 for every &pound;2 of your income. Currently, you lose the personal allowance once your income reaches over &pound;125,000.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;You may be able to recover any loss to your personal allowance by reducing your income through paying into your pension plan.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/use-your-full-pension-allowance-and-consider-bonus-sacrifice-26295.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Safeguarding Member Experience After Buyout</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Katie North-Walker, Senior Consultant, Myles Pink, Partner at LCP and Lynne Rawcliffe, Trustee Director at Law Debenture</strong></p>

<p>This has become even more important over recent years, with the majority of buy-outs including large numbers of deferred members who are yet to make decisions on how and when they take their benefits, requiring more interaction with the insurer.</p>

<p>Underpinning trustees&rsquo; focus on member experience is an evolving regulatory landscape. The recently introduced requirement for insurers to adopt the FCA&rsquo;s Consumer Duty rules is raising standards across the industry. While this may provide comfort to trustees, it can be difficult to understand how the Consumer Duty rules translate into improved day-to-day outcomes for their members after a buy-out, and whether these improvements will be maintained long into the future.</p>

<p>This is the first in a series of articles in which we will consider the challenge faced by trustees, before proposing how we as an industry can work together to make sure members are well looked after long into the future.</p>

<div><strong>What does &ldquo;good member experience&rdquo; actually mean?</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Being well looked after&rdquo; is tricky to define and may mean something different to different members. Of course, we expect timely responses to queries and quotation requests, appropriate services for vulnerable members, care shown at difficult times and clear communications. That said, members differ in their preferences for how administration services are provided. Though we are seeing increased take-up in online self-service, many members still prefer personal support.</div>

<p>Even before looking to the future, defining and comparing service quality across insurers today is not straightforward. Trustees and advisers can find it difficult to compare insurers on a genuinely like-for-like basis. Some service metrics are relatively objective &ndash; call handling times, complaint volumes, turnaround times for quotations &ndash; but others are inherently subjective, such as tone of communications, empathy in bereavement cases, or how non-standard queries are handled.</p>

<p>Service offerings from insurers are also continually changing. Investment in technology, changes in administration models, decisions to outsource (or bring in-house) operations and M&A activity can all impact the member experience. As a result, past performance is not always a reliable guide to the future.</p>

<p>There is also the question of how the current service provided by a scheme&rsquo;s administrator compares with that of the insurer. For some members, moving to an insurer will represent a clear and welcome improvement in service. For others with strong, responsive administrators, digital access to benefit information and quotes 24/7, the experience may feel like it has stepped down, regardless of which insurer is chosen. Trustees must grapple with this reality when considering how &ldquo;good&rdquo; member experience really will be for their members, in relative terms.</p>

<div><strong>The buy-in phase: where perceptions are formed</strong></div>

<div>The buy-in phase (the period between the purchase of a buy-in and transition to buy-out when administration is transferred to the insurer) is a critical time during which member view of the trustee&rsquo;s decision to insure is established.</div>

<p>Trustees will typically try to reassure members that there is no immediate impact to them, beyond the improved security of benefits, and that they can continue to contact the scheme administrator and access their benefits without change. However, the buy-in phase can bring significant changes to the manner and speed with which member option quotations are calculated and provided due to the aim of ensuring all new benefits are paid in line with those insured, which the insurer has a role in calculating. This often results in longer waiting times for members to receive benefit quotations and member websites no longer functioning in the same way. Trustees are understandably reluctant to significantly change or remove this functionality in the fear of disrupting member experience at a sensitive time. However, integration between insurers&rsquo; calculation systems and pension schemes&rsquo; administration platforms is usually difficult and therefore some disruption is unavoidable, resulting in a poor first impression for members.</p>

<p>Buy-ins are often lengthy and complex exercises, and it can be difficult for trustees to be open about long-term plans when key details &ndash; including the eventual insurer &ndash; are not yet known (and that&rsquo;s before even considering auditors&rsquo; views!). Pre-planning also has limits. Much of the detailed work required to manage the immediate member experience after the buy-in can only begin once an insurer has been selected, at which point all parties are typically keen to move quickly.</p>

<div><strong>Living with imperfect information</strong></div>

<div>Trustees are required to choose an insurer based on imperfect information and with no certainty that the quality of member servicing that they see today will be the same in future; servicing in this market (like many others) is evolving rapidly and long-term outcomes cannot be guaranteed.</div>

<p>However, accepting an inability to influence member experience after wind-up does not mean that trustees should not seek information and (as far as practicable) assurance. There is a clear opportunity &ndash; arguably a responsibility &ndash; for trustees, advisers and insurers to push for clearer and more meaningful information about member experience, both as they conduct due diligence before purchasing a buy-in and for a long time afterwards. As member experience becomes more scrutinised as a criterion for trustees selecting an insurer, there is a growing call for greater transparency, more consistent reporting and a sharper focus on outcomes that matter to members.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/safeguarding-member-experience-after-buyout-26298.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Roles Need Clarification For Cdc Code Of Practice</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Mark Stopard, Head of Proposition Development at ZEDRA, said:</strong> &ldquo;The introduction of a structured authorisation framework for multi-employer CDC schemes is a significant and welcome development. Well-governed multi-employer arrangements have the potential to materially improve member outcomes through scale and effective risk-sharing across a broader workforce. However, if the market is to develop with confidence, further clarification is needed around roles and responsibilities within multi-employer CDC structures. Trustees must be able to demonstrate meaningful oversight of the day-to-day running of the scheme and be satisfied that it is being managed to the required standard. The requirement for a governance map covering &lsquo;all&rsquo; individuals involved in decision-making risks casting the net too widely. Without clearer parameters, a broad range of individuals across an organisation could fall within the authorisation and fit and proper regime, creating a material operational burden not just at the point of authorisation but as part of ongoing governance.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Trustees cannot reasonably be expected to approve every document that may constitute marketing without becoming embedded in the operational activities of the scheme proprietor, which risks compromising their independence. The trustee role should instead focus on agreeing core messaging principles within a clear policy framework and seeking assurance that these are being followed in practice. Similarly, in meetings with employers or prospective employers, discussions will inevitably cover scheme design, return targets, investment strategy and oversight. In that context, drawing a clear distinction between legitimate governance dialogue and what could be interpreted as promotion may prove challenging.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/roles-need-clarification-for-cdc-code-of-practice-26297.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Isio Promotes Three Senior Leaders To Partner</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Ajith Nair has been promoted to Partner and continues as Chief Investment Officer for Isio Investment Management and Head of Research. Ajith has led Isio&rsquo;s expansion into asset management, including the launch of its Model Portfolio Solutions and bespoke investment services for family offices, charities, and endowments. He has overseen the development of proprietary solutions, including iFLO, Isio&rsquo;s private assets trading platform, supporting Isio&rsquo;s ability to attract and retain sophisticated institutional and wealth clients.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>John McAleer has been promoted to Partner within Actuarial and Consulting and continues as Scotland Market Lead. Since joining Isio six years ago, John has played a key role in growing the firm&rsquo;s presence in Scotland by securing new appointments &ndash; including pension schemes sponsored by asset managers, manufacturers and retail businesses. He will continue to drive Isio&rsquo;s business development strategy in Scotland across our pensions, employee benefits and wealth businesses.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Samantha Coombes has been promoted to Partner within Actuarial and Consulting and continues as Head of Operational Solutions. Having started her career in pensions in 2001, Samantha founded and developed Isio&rsquo;s Operational Solutions business into a service of significant scale, delivering complex data, remediation and operational projects for major trustee and corporate clients and insurers. As Partner, she will lead the next phase of growth for the business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Andrew Coles, CEO of Isio, said:</strong> &ldquo;Promoting leaders from within is central to how we build Isio for the long term. Ajith, John, and Samantha have each made an outstanding contribution to the firm&rsquo;s growth, combining deep technical expertise with strong commercial leadership and a clear focus on delivering for clients. Their promotions further strengthen our leadership team as we continue to expand our advisory and investment capabilities, deepen our expertise across key markets and build a more integrated proposition for clients across pensions, employee benefit and wealth.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/isio-promotes-three-senior-leaders-to-partner-26293.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Uk Results In Focus As Us Markets Closed For Presidents Day</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is expected to open a touch higher this morning as sentiment steadies following last week&rsquo;s sharp AI-driven swings. European markets are also set for modest gains, but with the US, China and parts of Asia shut for holidays, trading is likely to be quieter than usual.</p>

<p>It&rsquo;s another big week for UK investors, led by miners, with Rio Tinto expected to report a strong finish to the year after record production across iron ore, copper and lithium. Cash flow may look lighter thanks to heavy investment, but firmer commodity prices and a clearer path into 2026 should keep the focus on what comes next rather than what&rsquo;s gone. Anglo American&rsquo;s results should look more mixed, with better iron ore offset by weaker copper and a sharply reduced dividend putting the outlook under the microscope. Shifting to the defence space, BAE Systems reports with strong momentum, a bulging order book and high hopes that rising global defence spending can keep growth ticking over into 2026.</p>

<p>US markets are closed today, and that may be a welcome relief to many, after last week was once again dominated by violent swings linked to AI. Some stocks are flying, and others are getting crushed in moves that often feel disconnected from fundamentals. Power and utility names were the clear winners as investors bet they&rsquo;ll be essential to the AI build-out, while anything tied to data or software found itself in the firing line. Away from the AI noise, falling bond yields and softer inflation offered some relief, but a few worrying signals around growing loan defaults were one reminder that not everything under the hood is improving.</p>

<p>Oil prices were steady this morning, with Brent hovering around $67.70 a barrel, as investors juggle rising geopolitical tension against a market that still looks well supplied. Talks between the US and Iran resume tomorrow, keeping traders on edge given the risk of escalation, while fresh Russia-Ukraine discussions are unlikely to unlock much extra oil anytime soon. Even so, prices are struggling to lift as OPEC+ debates adding more supply and the IEA flags a growing surplus and softer demand growth ahead.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/uk-results-in-focus-as-us-markets-closed-for-presidents-day-26294.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>M g Completes Bpa With Global Engineering Company Senior Plc</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The transaction, by The Prudential Assurance Company Limited (&ldquo;PAC&rdquo;), M&G&rsquo;s wholly-owned subsidiary providing life and pensions solutions, was completed in 2025. M&G delivered &pound;1.5 billion in new business volumes in 2025 through the completion of 11 transactions.</p>

<p>This transaction demonstrated strong alignment between M&G, the Trustee and their advisers, enabling a smooth execution of the buy-in, in line with the Plan&rsquo;s timescales. A key part of the Trustee&rsquo;s decision-making process was focused on M&G&rsquo;s ability to deliver excellent member experience and administration. M&G tailors solutions to the specific needs of clients by offering the option of residual risk cover, which formed a key part of this transaction.</p>

<p>M&G is a founding member of the BPA market and has a strong track record in pension risk transfer, backed by a robust balance sheet and commitment to customers. M&G continues to strengthen its position through product innovation, further differentiating its product suite, and supporting long-term growth in the BPA market.</p>

<p>LCP acted as lead transaction adviser for the Plan with Osborne Clark providing legal advice to the Trustee. CMS provided legal advice to M&G.</p>

<p><strong>Rosie Fantom, Head of Bulk Annuity Origination & Execution at M&G, said:</strong> &ldquo;We are pleased to have partnered with the Trustee and worked with LCP to deliver a smooth and timely buy-in for the Plan. This transaction highlights our ability to work flexibly with clients and provide exceptional member experience, something that is becoming ever more important given the increased funding level of schemes.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Sarah Leslie, Director at ndapt and the Plan&rsquo;s newly appointed Chair of Trustee, said:</strong> &ldquo;The Trustee and Senior plc worked diligently to complete this transaction with M&G, providing greater certainty for members. This was a key de-risking milestone for both the Plan and for Senior plc. The Trustee were impressed by M&G&rsquo;s approach and confident they will provide strong support during this next phase of the Plan&rsquo;s life and in continuing to serve the members. The process ran smoothly and the highly collaborative approach between M&G and the Plan&rsquo;s advisers was instrumental to ensuring a successful transaction.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>David Fink, Partner at LCP said:</strong> &ldquo;It was a pleasure to support the Trustee on this significant transaction and achieve an excellent result for all stakeholders. The success of this transaction was driven by strong alignment between the Trustee and Senior plc, M&G and advisory teams and a shared focus on delivering certainty and a positive experience for members.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/m-g-completes-bpa-with-global-engineering-company-senior-plc-26296.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pic Completes Full Buyin For Vistry  039 s Final Salary Pension</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Vistry is the UK&rsquo;s leading provider of affordable mixed tenure homes. The company&rsquo;s purpose as a responsible developer is to work in partnership to deliver sustainable homes, communities and social value, leaving a lasting legacy of places people love.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sarah Leslie, Director at ndapt, the Schemes&rsquo; Trustee, said: </strong>&ldquo;This transaction is a great result for our members and is testament to the highly collaborative approach between the Trustee, Company, PIC and the Schemes&rsquo; advisers. We selected PIC due to its track record for delivering first class customer service and their focus on members.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tim Lawlor, Group CFO at Vistry, said: </strong>&ldquo;We are pleased to complete this buy-in transaction with PIC following productive and collaborative engagement with the Trustee. This agreement secures the long-term pension commitments made to our colleagues, former colleagues and their families, while significantly reducing risk and removing future pension-related volatility from our balance sheet. I would like to thank the Trustee and all of our advisers for their hard work in achieving this outcome.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jake Stanbridge, Origination Actuary at PIC, said:</strong> &ldquo;We&rsquo;re delighted to have completed this buy-in across three Vistry schemes. Multi-scheme transactions require careful coordination; working closely with the Trustee and advisers, we delivered a tailored solution that provides long-term security for members.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ken Hardman, Partner at LCP, said:</strong> &ldquo;This is another example of a Trustee and Company working closely together to ensure a safe and secure home for their members&rsquo; pensions. We are pleased to have been able to support all parties in achieving such a positive result.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Herbert Smith Freehills Kramer advised PIC and legal advice was provided to the Trustee by CMS. LCP were the Risk Transfer consultants, advising the Trustee. </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pic-completes-full-buyin-for-vistry--039-s-final-salary-pension-26299.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Untapped Demand For Professional Advice On Later Life Care</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Only one in nine (11%) over-45s who have helped organise later-life care for an elderly relative were supported by a professional financial adviser, leaving many families to navigate complex financial decisions alone.</p>

<p>But despite low use of advice, new research by retirement specialist Just Group highlights the significant proportion who would welcome a referral to a financial adviser if they were considering their own options for care in old age.</p>

<p>Overall, six in ten (59%) of over-45s said they would be grateful for a referral to an adviser by their local council, with another 13% saying they would contact their own adviser. Among those who had previously organised care for an elderly relative, 66% said they would be grateful for a referral and 15% said they would contact their own adviser.</p>

<p>The figures &ndash; the latest in a long-running research series for Just Group&rsquo;s annual Care Report &ndash; show strong demand for professional support that currently isn&rsquo;t being met, raising questions about whether advice firms can better integrate long-term care planning into their wider retirement advice.</p>

<p><strong>Mitch Miller, Senior Care Product Manager at the retirement specialist Just Group, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Care represents a huge, and difficult to manage, financial risk to clients. Many find themselves with caring responsibilities for elderly parents or relatives with some ultimately needing to organise and pay for care for themselves or their partners.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Currently financial advisers are not front of mind when people start looking for support and guidance for their later-life care planning but our research shows that, when prompted, most people are open to professional help to discuss their options.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The earlier the care conversation happens, the better. It means people won&rsquo;t face a sudden shock at the point-of-need and will have a plan in place to deal with the financial and logistical practicalities, which is helpful when managing the emotional stress associated with finding care.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Advisers who have developed the required skills and qualifications are in a strong position to become the &lsquo;go to&rsquo; experts in what is likely to be a growing business area in the years to come.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s very important the advice community understands the regulatory and practical issues of entering this market. Vulnerability training from providers like Just Group and support from organisations like SOLLA are an excellent way to start to understand the opportunities and challenge this market offers.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/untapped-demand-for-professional-advice-on-later-life-care-26292.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>48 Million Struggling With High Living Costs</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Just over a third (36%) noted that the high living costs are impacting them around the same level as last year, with just one in 10 stating they don&rsquo;t feel they&rsquo;re being affected. The figures highlight that much of the nation is still feeling the crunch five years on from when the cost-of-living crisis first hit households.</p>

<p>The data comes from the latest survey by Go.Compare home insurance, which asked respondents about their financial challenges over the last 12 months. Just over a third (37%) indicated that they&rsquo;re struggling to meet essential costs (rent, mortgage, utilities), with around a quarter (24%) having difficulties paying utility bills. One in 10 said they are facing challenges with rental fees, while 5% are struggling with mortgage repayments.</p>

<p>As a result, just over two thirds (67%) said that they have had to cancel or reduce some of their regular payments. Around a third (32%) have cut or paused savings contributions and almost one in 10 (9%) have scaled back pension payments. Streaming subscriptions have also been cancelled or reduced by 30% of adults, while one-fifth (20%) have reduced spending on internet, TV, or phone packages.</p>

<p>Those on lower incomes appear to have found things especially difficult, based on the data. In total, 88% of households with an income of &pound;25,000 or less said they are being impacted by high living costs - more than half (56%) of which said they are worse affected than last year. They were also the most likely to have difficulties paying utilities and rent.</p>

<p>That said, the figures suggest it&rsquo;s not just those on lower incomes who are struggling. Of the homes with an income around the national average (&pound;37,000[6]), 91% said they feel they are being impacted by high living costs (household income of &pound;35,001 - &pound;45,000), indicating that homes of varying income levels are struggling to make ends meet.</p>

<p>Parents are also facing significant challenges, with 91% of those with kids stating they have been impacted by high living costs over the last year, compared to 82% of those without.</p>

<p><strong>Nathan Blackler, home insurance spokesperson at Go.Compare, said:</strong> &ldquo;The country has been struggling with especially high living costs for years now and our figures suggest that things are getting worse rather than better for many households.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s not just those on lower incomes who are finding things difficult, either, as many of those earning around the national average indicated that they&rsquo;ve been struggling too. Many have had to cut back on things like savings and pension contributions as a result, so the current crisis could have a long-term impact on the nation&rsquo;s finances.</p>

<p>&ldquo;If you&rsquo;re struggling with rising costs, don&rsquo;t be afraid to seek financial support. Speaking to Citizens Advice can be a good way of doing this, as they will be able to explain what options are available in your circumstances. Be sure to look after your mental health, too. Money worries can put a big strain on your wellbeing, so it&rsquo;s worth speaking to your GP if things are beginning to get too much.&rdquo;</p>

<p>As well as cutting back on other household essentials, one in nine (11%) reported cancelling or reducing their home insurance cover - a potentially costly decision in the long run.</p>

<p><strong>Nathan added:</strong> &ldquo;While it&rsquo;s understandable that households will be looking for ways to cut back in the current climate, cancelling home insurance should be a last resort. Abandoning your cover could end up costing you more in the long run as you often have to pay a cancellation fee to do so, and you could be left short of funds if something is stolen or damaged.</p>

<p>&ldquo;If you&rsquo;re struggling to pay your home insurance, consider comparing policies to see if you can find a cheaper deal when you come to renew. Joining a Neighbourhood Watch scheme and raising your voluntary excess can also bring down premiums, although be careful not to raise it so high that you&rsquo;d be short of funds if you&rsquo;d need to claim.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/48-million-struggling-with-high-living-costs-26290.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 13 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Four Forces Shaping The Insurance Playbook In 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Luca Russignan, Global Head of Capgemini Research Institute for Financial Services</strong></u></p>

<p>This chasm is widest across personalization, data infrastructure, scaling AI, and underwriting transformation. These are the four areas where the disconnect between investment and impact is most pronounced.</p>

<div><strong>From static to dynamic: how consumers are redefining insurance</strong></div>

<div><a href="https://www.capgemini.com/insights/research-library/world-life-insurance-report/">Capgemini's World Life Insurance Report 2026</a> shows that 68% of adults under the age of 40 value life insurance. Yet, adoption remains low. The gap isn't about awareness &ndash; it's about relevance. Young consumers want living benefits &ndash; financial flexibility for life events, wellness support, critical illness coverage &ndash; not just a payout upon death. This transforms insurance from a buy-and-forget product to an active financial planning tool.</div>

<p>The execution gap is stark. Two-in-three (67%) younger consumers want phygital engagement that blends physical and digital touchpoints seamlessly, yet only 16% of insurers offer truly integrated capabilities. Similarly, only 36% of carriers provide flexible premium models that adapt to changing life circumstances. This isn't just a life insurance story &ndash; the shift spans property and casualty, health, and beyond. Many insurers say today&rsquo;s customers expect more personalized and relevant experiences. When protection flexes to real moments, insurers win on relevance, not just rate. Therefore, insurers redesigning products around life-stage needs rather than static coverage are capturing a disproportionate share of young customer growth.</p>

<div><strong>The data foundation: why personalization requires infrastructure, not just intent</strong></div>

<div>Personalization isn't a feature challenge; it's an architecture challenge. Our research shows that 70% of insurers say data fragmentation and quality challenges limit their ability to derive actionable insights. Without this foundation, personalization stays more a promise than practice.</div>

<p>The payoff for getting it right? Significant. Seventy percent of insurers report improved retention rates when they integrated customer service insights across functions. One global life insurer we studied unified customer data and transformed operations: as a result, campaign retargeting dropped from one day to five minutes, quote generation increased 60%, and email open rates lifted 24%. Dynamic pricing, customizable add-ons, and tailored experiences all require federated data ecosystems and enterprise marketplaces that enable real-time decisions.</p>

<div><strong>Scaling AI: from data foundation to customer outcomes</strong></div>

<div>With data infrastructure in place, AI amplifies personalization at scale, but here's the paradox: while insurers are planning AI agent deployments at scale or increasing their generative AI investments, most pilots stay pilots. AI gets stuck in individual functions, creating technical debt and inconsistent operational models rather than transformation.</div>

<p>The harder half isn't technology deployment &ndash; it's process redesign. You can't bolt AI onto legacy processes and expect enterprise-wide transformation. We hear insurance leaders cite regulatory and compliance concerns as their biggest adoption constraint. That caution is warranted, but it often masks a deeper challenge: redesigning how work actually happens.</p>

<p>Real impact emerges when AI is embedded across processes, systems, and operating models turning data infrastructure into tangible customer outcomes. The insurers reporting improved underwriting outcomes through advanced capabilities didn't just invest in technology; they leveraged these capabilities to address critical underwriting gaps while optimizing exposure management.</p>

<div><strong>The underwriting evolution: what insurance becomes</strong></div>

<div>All of this adds up to fundamentally redefine underwriting itself. The risk landscape has changed, and underwriting models are evolving to match. Nearly seventy percent of the world's population will live in urban centres by 2050, concentrating people, wealth, and infrastructure in ways that amplify exposure. Secondary perils are surging: annual losses have tripled since the early 2000s, insured losses have grown sixfold, and Munich Re reported $106 billion in global losses in H1 2025 alone.</div>

<p>Here's the opportunity: eighty percent of insurers recognize the need for real-time, dynamic underwriting, yet only 11% have the maturity to execute it. That 11% have built the foundations that we've discussed &ndash; unified data ecosystems, AI deployed at scale with redesigned processes &ndash; and they're now capturing the pricing advantage through demonstrated loss prevention capabilities. Advanced risk mitigation means actual prevention: better risk selection, proactive policyholder engagement, data-driven loss control. Intelligent platforms, predictive analytics, and advanced risk models are redefining how risks are assessed, priced, and managed.</p>

<div><strong>What 2026 reveals</strong></div>

<div>The path forward requires both foundation and execution. To deliver a dynamic experience requires data infrastructure, scalable AI depends on redesigned processes, and underwriting transformation needs both. Yet insurers can't wait to complete one stage before starting the next. Leaders are building data ecosystems while deploying AI, redesigning processes while reimagining underwriting. The difference is they understand dependencies: progress can happen in parallel, but foundations cannot be skipped. Those who invest in technology without organizational redesign &ndash; or pursue one dimension in isolation &ndash; will risk asking why their transformation stalls.</div>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/four-forces-shaping-the-insurance-playbook-in-2026-26291.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 13 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Age Of Disruption Intensifies With Trumps Climate Ruling</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&lsquo;&rsquo;In a week wracked with volatility, the US administration has piled on fresh uncertainty by rejecting a key climate finding that has underpinned net-zero investment. The extent to which the world is in an age of disruption has been laid bare by President Trump&rsquo;s latest actions, at a time when AI advances are also causing havoc in financial markets.</p>

<p>The US President has announced the repeal of a scientific finding that greenhouse gas emissions endanger human health, removing the legal basis for federal climate regulations. This effectively ends CO2 regulations for new vehicles, adding further confusion for automakers. They have invested huge sums in advancing EV manufacturing, but this abrupt gear shift now throws a cloud of uncertainty over future investment plans.</p>

<p>The FTSE 100 looks set for a cautious start to trading in a volatile environment. Investors are looking ahead to an inflation reading due in the US, as they also try to assess the longer-term impact of AI disruption. CPI data is expected to show that headline inflation ticked up slightly to 2.5% year-on-year. A stronger-than-expected jobs report has pushed expectations for a Fed rate cut back to the summer. However, with artificial intelligence set to create huge upheaval across industries, it could ultimately exert downward pressure on prices.</p>

<p>Concerns that AI will be a job killer, eliminating roles across multiple sectors, are spreading. In an era of super-high valuations, something had to give. Tech giants have been propelled skyward on expectations that AI investment would revolutionise industry and society, delivering dramatic efficiencies in the world of work. Now, reality is dawning about just how disruptive this transformation may be. Real estate companies are the latest to feel the pain, as investors reassess future demand for office space if AI tools replace large parts of the workforce.</p>

<p>Jitters are also emerging about whether the tech industry can live up to its promises, given intense demand for memory and data storage. Networking company Cisco saw its shares dive 12% after warning that the outlook had become more uncertain.</p>

<p>The sharp falls across multiple sectors saw investors pull cash out of safe havens to cover losses. Gold and silver suffered steep declines amid the volatility but are now recovering. There is an ongoing flight from the riskiest assets, with the crypto winter deepening once again. Bitcoin is now trading around $66,000, down 46% from its peak last summer. Given that past crashes have seen the cryptocurrency fall by as much as 75%, there are fears it may still have further to slide. It has hardly been praised for reliability or stability-qualities that are very much in demand right now.</p>

<p>Trust is going to be even more valuable in the new AI world. Relationships built up with brands over many years will be harder to disrupt. But it is becoming clear that to remain resilient, companies need to accelerate AI adoption, otherwise disruptors will have a much greater chance of wreaking havoc on traditional business models.&rsquo;&rsquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-age-of-disruption-intensifies-with-trumps-climate-ruling-26289.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 13 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Larger Pension Pots Drive Record Year For Annuity Premiums</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The rise in overall value comes despite a slight fall in the number of annuities sold, down 2% year on year to 87,600. This contrast shows people are annuitising larger pension pots to secure an income for life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Sales of annuities over &pound;250,000 rose by 31%, and sales of annuities valued at over &pound;500,000 rose by 54%. This increase has driven the average annuity value to &pound;84,000, passing &pound;80,000 for the first time, a 7% annual increase.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The higher value of premiums is paired with an 8% rise in the number of people 70 and over buying an annuity suggesting those in later life are looking for stability while making the most of the favourable rates available to them. One of the strongest areas of growth by product type was escalating annuities - products that increase payments each year - suggesting more customers are looking for protection against the erosion of income over time, including through inflation linked options. Sales of escalating annuities increased to just over 18,000 in 2025, up 10% from 2024 and the highest level recorded since 2013.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rob Yuille, Assistant Director, Head of Long-Term Savings comments: </strong>&ldquo;A striking feature of this year&rsquo;s data is the increase in the size of pots being annuitised, paired with people choosing to secure a regular income at older ages. It&rsquo;s always been a good idea to &lsquo;flex then fix&rsquo;, using savings flexibly in early retirement, then locking in a guaranteed income at higher rates when certainty matters most. Now, with pensions coming in scope of inheritance tax from April 2027, choosing an annuity means a guaranteed income for life, with the option of providing for loved ones without worrying about potentially penal tax impacts.&rdquo;  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Bulk annuity activity</strong></div>

<div>Alongside the individual market, bulk annuity activity in 2025 continued at scale, with &pound;38.3 billion of defined benefit schemes secured by insurers to provide long term security for 332,500 people. While premiums were lower than 2024 (&pound;47.3 billion), the sustained number of people gaining long term pension security through bulk purchase annuities remains significant.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rob Yuille continued:</strong> &quot;Insurers bring scale, which means they can provide support for pension scheme members throughout retirement, and support for the economy through investment in housing, infrastructure and lending to UK businesses and government. With economic and policy conditions continuing to shift, a stable and clearly defined regulatory framework following the Pension Schemes Bill is essential to give schemes and their members confidence in a secure retirement.&quot;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/larger-pension-pots-drive-record-year-for-annuity-premiums-26281.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Compliance To Competitive Edge Unlock The Value Of Scenarios</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Lucy Stanbrough, Head of Emerging Risks, Research Network and Jen Daffron,Emerging Risks Research Lead, WTW</strong></p>

<p>What are we missing? Where could our assumptions fail? Are we prepared for the next disruption &ndash; not just the last? Is our strategy resilient? 80% of respondents to WTW&rsquo;s Emerging and Interconnected Risks Survey said &ldquo;no&rdquo; when they thought about the next 10 years.</p>

<p>To answer these questions, leaders are embracing scenarios in their many forms to clarify decisions, challenge comfortable assumptions, test their strategy, inform insurance purchasing, strengthen resilience and improve capital planning. Respondents emphasized the power of scenarios, seen as &ldquo;more useful than data to determine appropriate responses strategies.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Scenarios are not a new tool but their inherent strengths in adaptability and ability to handle complex interactions make them perfectly suited to respond to three key drivers:</p>

<div><strong>01. The past no longer explains the future</strong></div>

<div>Historical loss experience used to be a reasonably stable guide. Today, it is a partial and, sometimes, misleading indicator. Climate volatility breaks prior patterns. Geopolitics reshapes trade routes overnight. Supply chains behave non-linearly under stress. Cyber risk mutates faster than controls can adjust. Organizations that rely solely on backward-looking data leave themselves dangerously exposed. Enhanced scenario thinking and access to specialized insights will be essential to not just keep pace with this rapid change, but to plan for it and find opportunities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>02. Disruption no longer arrives one risk at a time</strong></div>

<div>The borders between loss events increasingly blur in a complex risk landscape. A climate-driven flood leads to a supply chain breakdown, which triggers margin pressure, which affects credit lines, which shapes insurance recoverability. A cyber incident overlaps with labour shortages. A geopolitical event cascades into commodity price spikes, transport delays and demand volatility. Single-event models do not capture these interactions. Scenarios can be designed to help tell the whole story and bring interconnected risks to life better than single lines on a risk register. Scenario thinking is essential for understanding these interdependencies. By taking a wider, more realistic risk view, you need not continually be surprised by risks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>03. Decisions demand stronger justification</strong></div>

<div>Boards want to know &ldquo;why this and not that.&rdquo; Regulators want coherence across capital, operations and disclosures. Insurers want visibility into risk maturity. Retention strategies, insurance tower design, capital buffers, supplier diversification, resilience investment &ndash; these are no longer routine operational decisions. They are strategic, scrutinized and often contested. Scenarios contextualize complex risks and provide the shared language that makes complex decisions defensible with a higher resistance to the partialities or bias stakeholders may hold.</div>

<p>With more leaders turning to scenarios for answers, it is essential to challenge what they are and how best to use them. In this insight, we examine:</p>

<div><em>What scenarios really are (and why they&rsquo;re often misunderstood)</em></div>

<div><em>Why scenario thinking has become essential for risk & insurance management</em></div>

<div><em>What makes a scenario truly useful</em></div>

<div><em>How scenarios are influencing decisions across industries</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What scenarios really are (and why they&rsquo;re often misunderstood)</strong></div>

<div>Many organizations still treat scenarios as administrative exercises: a set of numerical shocks supplied by regulators or auditors. That is a narrow and limiting view.</div>

<p>A scenario, in its proper form, is a structured exploration of a plausible future operating environment. It combines a clear narrative of how conditions change under stress with the data, models and judgement needed to quantify the implications. It shows not just what could happen, but how events evolve when pressure points appear and which decisions matter most under that future.</p>

<p>What makes scenarios so powerful in risk analysis is their ability to reveal asymmetries. You often discover that the organization is far more exposed to one type of change than anyone realized &ndash; and surprisingly resilient to another. This reframing is often the turning point. Scenarios stop being paperwork and become powerful tools for addressing strategic questions.</p>

<p>Among the most common diagnostic, are:</p>

<div><strong>&ldquo;What if...?&rdquo;:</strong> Scenarios can enable exploration of hypothetical situations, such as &ldquo;What if global energy prices rose sharply?&rdquo; or &ldquo;What if a major technology breakthrough disrupted the market?&rdquo;</div>

<div><strong>&ldquo;What could happen?&rdquo;:</strong> Scenarios can be focused on identifying a range of plausible developments and outcomes.</div>

<div><strong>&ldquo;How fast is too fast?&rdquo;:</strong> Many risks are a matter of when, not if. The stress from scenarios can come in the forms of timelines rather than the risk itself, to understand how resilient companies are to volatile markets, legislation changes, and geopolitical events.</div>

<div><strong>&ldquo;How might we respond?&rdquo;:</strong> By visualizing different futures, scenarios can help decision-makers plan appropriate responses, such as policy adjustments, investment choices, or crisis management plans.</div>

<div><strong>&ldquo;How can we capitalize on this?&rdquo;:</strong> Instead of rising and falling with a reactive marketplace, proactive decision-makers can find the opportunity side of risks. From quick pivots to reviewing strategic investments, scenarios can illuminate growth pathways and evidence decision making.</div>

<p>These questions promote a mindset of preparedness and adaptability, encouraging organizations to anticipate challenges before they arise instead of reacting after the fact.</p>

<div><strong>What makes a scenario truly useful</strong></div>

<div>While scenarios are immensely useful, it&rsquo;s important to recognize their limitations. Scenarios are tools for thinking, and their value depends on the quality of the assumptions and the creativity of the design process. They are not predictions, nor can they fully capture the complexity and unpredictability of real life. Scenarios are most effective when accompanied by other methods, such as impact quantification, trend analysis, forecasting, or stakeholder analysis. Used in isolation, they can oversimplify or overlook critical nuances.</div>

<p>Scenarios can come in many forms. They may present as in-depth reports, executive summaries, slide decks, or risk indices - all with extensive background research, subject matter expertise, and client communication at their cores. The end use determines the design.</p>

<p>Each of these pathways may require a different delivery method.</p>

<p><strong>Table 1. Examples of scenario use-cases</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWEmerging1202261.jpg" style="height:480px; width:595px" /></p>

<p>The strongest scenarios share several qualities:</p>

<div><strong>Grounded in clear logic: </strong>The narrative and the numbers reinforce one another, showing not only what changes but why it changes and which assumptions shape the result.</div>

<div><strong>Illuminates consequences that matter:</strong> Scenarios should focus on cashflow stress, supply chain interruption, accumulation risk, capital strain, customer impact, regulatory breach, and insurance recoverability.</div>

<div><strong>Specific and relatable:</strong> Participants should be able to imagine themselves inside the scenario. When executives can &ldquo;feel&rdquo; a scenario &ndash; sense the tension points, the operational friction, the financial pressure &ndash; the conversation shifts from academic to actionable.</div>

<div><strong>Action-oriented:</strong> Scenarios should point toward meaningful decisions: how retention should shift, where insurance placement is insufficient, how mitigation investment should be prioritized, or where operating models require redesign.</div>

<div><strong>Iterative and adaptable:</strong> Scenarios should be living documents that are updated as new data becomes available with regular review by subject matter experts and clients.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How scenarios are influencing decisions across industries</strong></div>

<div>Across sectors, scenarios are no longer hypothetical discussions &ndash; they are steering real strategic choices. The common thread is that scenarios make consequences visible long before they arrive. They allow leaders to act early and intelligently rather than react late under pressure.</div>

<div><strong>Financial services and insurance:</strong> Scenarios shape capital allocation, reinsurance structure, risk appetite and underwriting strategy. Leadership teams use them to understand how rapidly their solvency or claims patterns could shift under alternative economic or climate environments, and to defend those decisions internally and externally.</div>

<div><strong>Energy and power: </strong>Scenario ranges test whether asset portfolios remain viable under different transition pathways, regulatory conditions or commodity dynamics. They can help uncover when physical resilience or grid dependency becomes the greatest limitation on performance.</div>

<div><strong>Manufacturing and industrial businesses:</strong> Scenarios expose supply chain fragility, workforce constraints and technology dependencies. A single scenario &ndash; such as the prolonged closure of a key transport route &ndash; can materially alter insurance strategy, contract structures and operational design.</div>

<div><strong>Technology, retail and consumer industries:</strong> Scenarios help quantify how cyber escalation, sudden consumer shifts or reputational amplification might reshape revenue, operations and uninsured exposures. They highlight where dependency on a single cloud provider or logistics partner could become a point of systemic failure.</div>

<div><strong>Public sector, healthcare and education:</strong> Scenarios guide planning under funding uncertainty, demand surges, infrastructure interruptions and workforce disruption.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Closing thought: scenarios are a strategic lens, not a compliance task</strong></div>

<div>Risk and insurance managers are being asked deeper questions than ever before. Scenarios provide the clarity, coherence and foresight required to answer those questions well. They help organizations confront uncomfortable realities early, allocate resources intelligently and build resilience that holds up under real-world complexity.</div>

<p>As you consider your risk and strategy actions for the year, consider where scenarios can add value by stress testing the question you&rsquo;re looking to answer.</p>

<p>&ldquo;What could happen?&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;What if...?&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;How fast is too fast?&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;How might we respond?&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;How can we capitalize on this?&rdquo;</p>

<p>In future articles we&rsquo;ll explore what types of scenarios to use to answer each and share best practice. We will also be publishing a new series of scenarios to illustrate those best practices.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/compliance-to-competitive-edge-unlock-the-value-of-scenarios-26288.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Can You Spot The Fake Ai Generated Claim</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A new study by data and AI leader SAS demonstrates how generative AI can fabricate convincing crash scenes in seconds, closely mirroring the tactics fraudsters and organised crime groups are already using to deceive insurers.</p>

<p>According to the Insurance Fraud Register, insurance fraud has now led to an average increase of &pound;50 on consumer annual policies - while the average cost of a fake claim has now hit &pound;84,000, with one in seven claims proven to be fraudulent, according to Adyen. </p>

<p>To expose how easily the human eye can be fooled, SAS asked generative AI to create doctored insurance images. Two of the three images below are fake, but are you able to tell which ones?</p>

<div><strong>Image 1 - Car collision </strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SASCarScam11102261.png" style="height:267px; width:300px" /></div>

<div><br />
<strong>Image 2 - Car with broken windscreen</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SASCarScam21102261.png" style="height:172px; width:300px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Image 3 - Car with broken lights and bumper</strong></div>

<div><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_SASCarScam31102261.png" style="height:200px; width:300px" /></strong></div>

<p><strong>Answers</strong></p>

<div>Image 1 - AI-generated</div>

<div>Image 2 - AI-doctored</div>

<div>Image 3 - Real</div>

<p>At first glance, Image 1 appears to be a perfectly ordinary collision scene. In reality, the entire photo is synthetic, created using a prompt for a collision on a suburban English street. </p>

<p>Image 2 looks even more convincing, and the image of the yellow car is real. But bystanders have been removed, number plates have been altered, and the digitally added windscreen damage is all the work of AI. By erasing contextual clues - like people and surrounding cars - fraudsters can remove the very evidence insurers rely on. </p>

<p><strong>Adam Hall, Insurance Fraud Specialist at SAS, said:  </strong>&ldquo;Fraudsters are exploiting generative AI tools to make fabricated damage and doctored scenes look entirely plausible. With just a few prompts, they can create, enhance or erase visual evidence to support a false insurance claim.</p>

<p>&ldquo;People should look for subtle inconsistencies - shadows that fall the wrong way, damage that doesn&rsquo;t match the impact, blurred number plates, or backgrounds that appear too clean or empty. These tiny visual mismatches are often the first red flags of an AI-generated claim.</p>

<p>&ldquo;But AI isn&rsquo;t just empowering fraud - it&rsquo;s also helping insurers fight back. AI and machine learning can detect both one-off scams and sophisticated, organised networks. By analysing huge volumes of claims data, AI can be used to reveal anomalies and patterns that humans simply can&rsquo;t - reducing losses, improving accuracy, and safeguarding customers.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As fraudsters adopt new techniques - fake identities, forged documents, digital-first scams - AI evolves too. It can review and retrain models, absorb new data sources, and deliver more accurate risk scoring to keep insurers one step ahead.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.sas.com/en_gb/insights/articles/analytics/the-new-face-of-insurance-fraud.html">Readers can see the full report here. </a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/can-you-spot-the-fake-ai-generated-claim-26287.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Soft Uk Gdp And Choppy Us Markets</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;UK markets are set to open higher, brushing off a lacklustre GDP report that showed the economy barely moving at the end of last year. Growth in Q4 was muted and narrowly driven by services and government spending, a reminder that private-sector momentum remains thin despite hopes that Q1 will look a little brighter. That leaves the bigger picture unchanged: a fragile growth outlook, softer inflation ahead, and a Bank of England that should have room to cut rates over 2026.</p>

<p>US markets looked flat on the surface, but beneath the calm, it was a volatile session, with solid breadth in the S&P 500 masking weakness in the tech-heavy Nasdaq. This is 2026 in a nutshell: blink, and you&rsquo;re punished, as perceived AI disruption continues to separate winners from losers. Shopify fell close to 7% in a wild swing from +11% pre-market as investors continued to fret about its place in the AI pecking order. Financials stayed under pressure, but capital goods shone, with Caterpillar and Deere pushing fresh highs on a strong jobs report that pushed rate-cut hopes further out.</p>

<p>Oil prices pushed higher again, with Brent hovering around $70 a barrel, as geopolitical nerves around US-Iran tensions continued to do the heavy lifting. Talk of diplomacy has done little to calm traders, who remain focused on the risk of supply disruption, even as OPEC stuck to its demand forecasts and signalled no change in its supply stance. That said, the rally is running into resistance, with US inventories jumping sharply and the IEA likely to remind markets that a global surplus is still lurking in the background later today.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/soft-uk-gdp-and-choppy-us-markets-26282.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Db Surpluses Reach  220bn As Industry Awaits Access Reforms </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The figure represents an increase from &pound;199bn at the same point last year, showing the steady improvement in scheme funding positions, amid intense industry focus on the long-anticipated reforms to surplus access. According to XPS, total scheme assets stood at &pound;1,180bn, compared with &pound;960bn of liabilities on a long-term funding basis, resulting in a modest month-on-month improvement in overall funding levels.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The continued resilient funding levels experienced by many DB schemes further highlights the potential opportunities that could be unlocked once the much-awaited flexibilities around the use of surplus funds come into force. Consultation on regulations governing surplus release is expected this year, followed by regulatory guidance in late 2026 or early 2027.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Scheme assets remained broadly stable in January 2026. Small rises in gilt yields were largely offset by a slight increase in inflation expectations, leading to a marginal fall in the value of matching assets. Returns from growth assets contributed to a modest improvement in asset values overall.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Scheme liabilities edged down modestly over January 2026, as a small rise in gilt yields was largely offset by a slight increase in inflation expectations.</div>

<div> <img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_XPSGroupAccess1202261.jpg" style="height:243px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><strong>Jill Fletcher, Senior Consultant at XPS Group said:</strong> &ldquo;Having the option to access surplus for well-funded schemes could be a positive step for Trustees, members and sponsors. As strong funding positions persist, some Trustees and sponsors will be keenly awaiting the regulations that will enable this, so that strategic plans to run-on their schemes whilst making use of these flexibilities can be put into action.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/db-surpluses-reach--220bn-as-industry-awaits-access-reforms--26283.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Footsie Hits Record Amid Schroders Takeover</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The Footsie has scaled fresh heights, as demand for London-listed assets intensifies. The mega takeover of Schroders by US institutional investor Nuveen demonstrates how overseas players are sniffing out untapped value in UK companies. The acquisition will create an asset management behemoth and, thanks to the decision to locate the merged company in London, adds shine to the City&rsquo;s reputation as a leader in global asset and wealth management.</p>

<p>However, with yet another big name turning private, it will be a blow to the London Stock Exchange. With global whales swallowing big fish in the UK pond, it limits the availability of listed assets for funds. This is partly why private market opportunities are increasingly attractive, given that opportunities to invest in listed companies are declining.</p>

<p>This will go down as a week of huge upheaval for the UK asset management landscape, with this mega deal arriving just as valuations had taken a hit over worries about AI disruption. This takeover demonstrates the allure UK assets hold and has helped boost shares in other wealth managers and banks. There&rsquo;s also been a fair amount of bargain hunting after yesterday&rsquo;s dramatic falls.</p>

<p>A reassuring update from RELX, which was hit by the sell-off on Tuesday, has helped sentiment. The global analytics provider saw operating profit rise 9% and said its integration of AI tools across its business would be a big driver going forward, shaking off worries about disruptors eating into its revenues.</p>

<p>Given its international focus, the Footsie&rsquo;s performance appears increasingly divorced from the lacklustre record of the wider UK economy. Growth again disappointed, with GDP in December coming in at 0.1%, undershooting expectations of 0.2%. This was not a late Christmas present Keir Starmer wanted to unwrap, especially given all his political troubles. This uninspiring reading of his government&rsquo;s handling of the economy won&rsquo;t help his efforts to cling on as Prime Minister.</p>

<p>There are glimmers of hope, given that the construction sector continues to be a drag and planning reforms are expected to revitalise activity. Plus, an uptick in consumer confidence should show up in higher spending patterns. But the government&rsquo;s big push for growth so far has come across as a weak effort.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/footsie-hits-record-amid-schroders-takeover-26285.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Transfer Reforms Risk Creating A Two Tier System</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In its response to the FCA&rsquo;s consultation on adapting requirements for a changing pensions market (CP25/39), PensionBee said that while it welcomes the regulator&rsquo;s focus on improving non-advised DC transfers, reform will only succeed if it captures FCA-regulated firms, TPR-regulated schemes and the third-party administrators (TPAs) that process transfers behind the scenes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>One system, one standard</strong></div>

<div>PensionBee argues that from a consumer perspective, regulatory boundaries are invisible &ndash; yet they currently dictate the transfer experience. Many of the slowest transfers originate from occupational schemes regulated by TPR and frequently administered by external TPAs, which sit outside the FCA&rsquo;s direct rule-making powers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The firm is therefore urging coordinated action between the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP), the FCA and the TPR &ndash; backed, if necessary, by primary legislation &ndash; to create a single, consistent transfer framework. Without alignment, PensionBee warns, savers could face different rules, timelines and standards depending on which type of scheme they are transferring from &ndash; a fragmented approach that risks consumer confusion, operational complexity and continued delays.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Public backing for reform</strong></div>

<div>The call follows PensionBee&rsquo;s 10-day Pension Switch Guarantee campaign, which included three industry reports and a Parliamentary petition signed by 16,729 people across all 650 UK constituencies, receiving a Government response.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Research underpinning the campaign found:</strong></div>

<div>46% of savers who have transferred described at least one experience as &ldquo;difficult&rdquo;.63% believe slow transfers prevent effective retirement management.63% support a legally mandated maximum transfer timeframe.</div>

<div>PensionBee says these findings demonstrate strong consumer appetite for enforceable standards - not voluntary guidance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A 10-day guarantee for all schemes</strong></div>

<div>In its submission stating the importance of a single, industry-wide process covering all DC schemes and administrators, PensionBee also reiterates its call for a universal 10-working day Pension Switch Guarantee, alongside:</div>

<div><em>A mandate for digital transfers and universal acceptance of electronic signatures.</em></div>

<div><em>Publication of transfer times as a service metric within the forthcoming Value for Money framework.</em></div>

<div><em>Urgent reforms to the 2021 Transfer Regulations to reduce unnecessary delays caused by the misuse of the pension transfer scams legislation.</em></div>

<div><em>Reducing the statutory six month transfer deadline.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The company argues that limiting reforms to FCA-regulated providers would leave a significant proportion of transfer activity untouched - particularly as many consolidation journeys involve moving savings from dormant workplace schemes into personal pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee, said: </strong>&ldquo;Savers don&rsquo;t understand &ndash; and shouldn&rsquo;t need to understand - whether their pension is regulated by the FCA or TPR. They just expect their hard-earned savings to be moved quickly, safely and without unnecessary barriers, when they&rsquo;re trying to take control of their retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;If reform only applies to part of the market, we risk creating a two-tier transfer system. That would be confusing for consumers, ineffective in practice and may end up creating more problems than it solves. The only way to truly fix pension transfers is to extend a clear, enforceable standard across the whole industry - including occupational schemes and the third-party administrators who process transfers on their behalf. One system. One standard. One timeframe.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-transfer-reforms-risk-creating-a-two-tier-system-26284.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Pay Off For Retirement Savers Despite Iht Shake Up</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Standard Life analysis shows pensions can deliver better outcomes for most retirement savers, driven by tax relief on contributions, a benefit that may also help offset additional inheritance tax (IHT) payments after the April 2027 rule change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>From April 2027, most unused pension funds and death benefits will be included in the value of a person&rsquo;s estate for inheritance tax (IHT) purposes. While this change is expected to affect only the wealthiest estates, it could lead to reduced confidence in pensions and prompt some savers to reconsider their retirement saving approach. Research supported by Standard Life found 16% of defined contribution pension savers are likely to withdraw funds earlier than planned due to the IHT change, and 11% are considering cutting contributions*.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Pensions pay off for retirement saving</strong></div>

<div>Reducing contributions or moving retirement saving away from pensions could lead to worse outcomes. Unlike many other long-term saving products, a pension benefits from tax relief at an individual&rsquo;s highest marginal rate, enabling savers to have the potential to build a larger fund for retirement. Pensions also have a higher annual allowance than an ISA allowing for larger savings and better retirement income potential.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A &pound;20,000 investment in an ISA could grow to around &pound;29,605 over ten years. By comparison, a pension contribution with the same &pound;20,000 net cost, boosted by tax relief, could grow to around &pound;37,006 for a basic-rate taxpayer and up to &pound;49,341 for a higher-rate taxpayer**. Figures are based on an assumed return of 4% per annum after charges.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeIHT1202261.jpg" style="height:190px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><em style="font-size:11px">Standard Life analysis**. Table highlights the additional amounts that can be invested into a pension compared to an ISA for the same net cost and the difference this can make over 10 years. Figures based on an assumed return of 4% per annum after charges. Figures in monetary terms.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>For those in a workplace pension scheme, regular contributions are also enhanced by valuable employer contributions. When taking money from a pension, 25% of the withdrawal is tax free, while the remaining 75% is taxed as income. By contrast, all ISA withdrawals are completely tax free. Although this tax treatment reduces the net return from a pension, pensions can still provide greater overall benefits, particularly when individuals receive a higher rate of tax relief on contributions paid in to the pension than the rate at which they are taxed when drawing on the fund.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Pensions will typically match ISAs for wealth transfer after IHT change</strong></div>

<div>For most estates, unused pension funds will continue to pass on free of IHT post April 2027, as total estate values typically fall below the nil-rate band. A surviving spouse with a home can benefit from a combined threshold of up to &pound;1 million.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For estates exceeding the threshold after the IHT rule change, any unused pension funds will attract inheritance tax at 40%, similar to other assets. In addition, unlike ISAs, withdrawals from inherited pensions may also be subject to income tax at the beneficiary&rsquo;s marginal rate (if death occurs after age 75). This combined tax treatment could make alternatives appear more appealing for wealth transfer. However, the upfront tax relief on pension contributions remains a significant benefit. Meaning even after the IHT change, inheriting a pension is unlikely to leave individuals any worse off compared to other assets. Where death occurs before age 75, pensions could offer better wealth transfer returns as the withdrawals are usually free of income tax.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Neil Jones, tax and estate planning specialist at Standard Life, comments: </strong>&ldquo;Including pensions within the scope of inheritance tax represents one of the most significant changes to estate planning in decades. While the impact will primarily be felt by the wealthiest estates, there is a risk that pensions begin to be viewed less favourably by the wider saving population who are unlikely to be affected. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Pensions remain one of the most powerful tools for building retirement income, thanks to the combined benefits of tax relief and employer contributions for eligible employees. Diverting savings away from pensions into alternatives could have long-term consequences for people&rsquo;s financial security later in life. For those focused on wealth transfer, estates that may face IHT should remember that the upfront tax relief on pension contributions may offset any additional tax payable under the new rules. Seeking advice from a professional financial adviser remains the best way to navigate estate planning options.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-pay-off-for-retirement-savers-despite-iht-shake-up-26286.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Next Generation Of Trustees  Preparing For The 2030s</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Dale Critchley, Workplace Policy Manager, Aviva</strong></p>

<p>Including, decisions within multi-employer pension schemes to consolidate assets within a smaller number of default arrangements. This concentration of assets can improve performance by making new asset classes available, and larger schemes stand to benefit from better governance</p>

<p>The DWP has recently launched a consultation which is looking to take stock of the current trustee landscape and consider how it needs to evolve when it comes to the governance of both defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes - schemes that currently invest &pound;1.5 trillion, for the benefit of over 40 million members. </p>

<p>Professionalising trusteeship is one route the DWP sees as part of the solution, and something that may happen organically as we see greater consolidation of single employer trusts and smaller master trusts, into larger more professionally run pension schemes. The DWP recognise the benefit of this approach, but also the risks around a concentration of governance within a relatively small number of trustees.</p>

<p>The introduction of graduate training programmes by professional trustee firms is also encouraging, helping to establish trusteeship as a viable early career path, rather than something taken up only later in working life. Professionalisation isn&rsquo;t the only answer, however. The best trustee boards are those with a mix of skills, knowledge and experience, including hard and soft skills that may take time to develop. The wider experience that lay trustees can bring to a board should not be overlooked, while member representation is one way to ensure that scheme members have a voice. </p>

<p>The pensions industry is going through a significant period of change which trustees are having to navigate. Regulation will introduce new market dynamics, mergers and acquisitions, the incorporation of new asset classes, and the development of new retirement income solutions. Outside of regulation the growth of artificial intelligence may provide opportunities or fresh challenges to trustee boards.</p>

<p>Another very real risk identified by the DWP consultation reflects the age demographic of trustees, with statistics suggesting that 85% of trustees may be planning to retire within the next 3 years. Succession planning, upskilling and recruitment have never been more important.</p>

<p>This potential mass retirement of trustees represents both a challenge and a rare opportunity to ensure that trustee boards reflect the members whose savings they steward.</p>

<p>Ultimately, effective trusteeship depends on diversity of thought. A board that brings together different perspectives, professional backgrounds and lived experiences is better placed to challenge assumptions, spot risks, and make decisions in members&rsquo; best interests.</p>

<p> Our industry needs trustee boards that are fit for the future, ready to guide members through change, and capable of delivering for the full breadth of society.</p>

<p>                                                                             </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-next-generation-of-trustees--preparing-for-the-2030s-26280.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Property Insurance Claims To Hit Record High For 2025</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Payouts relating to property damage in 2025 are expected to reach a new high of &pound;6.1 billion, according to analysis of the UK insurance industry by Deloitte. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Deloitte analysis shows that claims for the final quarter of 2025 (October to December) could total &pound;1.5 billion which, when coupled with previously published industry data, will give a year end figure of &pound;6.1 billion. This is a small increase on the actual payouts in 2024, but up to 50% higher than payouts recorded between 2021 and 2023.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For claims specifically related to weather (floods, storms, freezing, subsidence), Deloitte estimates the full amount paid out in 2025 is likely to reach &pound;1.6 billion. This is more than double the annual levels seen between 2017 and 2021. This figure makes up 25% of the total amount that Deloitte expects UK property insurers to have paid out in 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A recent Deloitte survey found that more than four in five (84%) home insurance professionals believe that climate change is a risk to their business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cherry Chan, insurance partner at Deloitte UK, said:</strong> &ldquo;2025 is set to become the most expensive year on record for property insurers. For many insurers, the year has been defined by subsidence claims. Periods of drought last year combined with the extremely wet conditions of 2024 created a perfect storm for subsidence to affect more buildings than usual. With over a quarter of total property claims relating to weather, the industry continues to feel the impact of climate change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The UK has already weathered several storms and heavy snowfall in 2026, reinforcing the challenges that insurers will continue to face at the hands of climate change. As the final claims are counted for 2025, insurers will be assessing the impact of ongoing weather events on consumer&rsquo;s premiums. With premiums expected to fall in 2026, but claims on the rise, the challenge for insurance executives will be to balance the needs of customers with the expectations of regulators, markets and shareholders.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_DeloitteHome1102251.jpg" style="height:239px; width:600px" /></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/property-insurance-claims-to-hit-record-high-for-2025-26277.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>M g Completes  235m Bpa For Avon Cosmetics</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The transaction, by the Prudential Assurance Company Limited (&ldquo;PAC&rdquo;), M&G&rsquo;s wholly-owned subsidiary providing life and pensions solutions, is the latest to be announced by M&G, having delivered total new business volumes of &pound;1.5 billion during 2025.</p>

<p>M&G&rsquo;s strong proposition was well received by the Trustees, which recognised M&G&rsquo;s ability to insure and administer the Plan&rsquo;s complex benefit structure. They also valued the enhanced level of support M&G could provide to the Trustees in the ongoing management of the Plan, ultimately allowing members to continue to benefit from an excellent member experience.</p>

<p>The Trustees were advised on the transaction by WTW as risk transfer adviser and scheme actuary, CMS as legal advisers, and SEI as investment adviser.</p>

<p>Rosie Fantom, Head of Bulk Annuity Origination & Execution at M&G, said: &ldquo;This transaction marks an important step in securing the future benefits of over 3,000 Plan members. It highlights our ability to deliver tailored solutions for complex schemes and reinforces our focus on providing certainty and confidence for trustees and members alike.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Michelle Parczuk, Chair of Trustees and Chief People Officer, Avon, said:</strong> &ldquo;The Trustees are delighted to have partnered with M&G to complete this transaction.  This buy-in helps to provide greater certainty to members about the security of their benefits and represents a pivotal moment in the Plan&rsquo;s de-risking journey.  My thanks to everyone involved for a great team effort in making this happen.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Gemma Millington, Senior Director, WTW, said:</strong> &ldquo;It was a pleasure to work with the Trustees, Avon, M&G and the wider advisory teams to deliver the transaction objectives. In particular, the Trustees were focused on ensuring the buy-in achieved an optimal outcome for members, including the preservation of all member options and coverage of complex Plan benefits.  We&rsquo;re seeing strong market competition delivering attractive pricing and pushing insurers to continually improve member experience.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/m-g-completes--235m-bpa-for-avon-cosmetics-26278.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Survey Reveals Divided Confidence Over Vfm Consultation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>When asked whether they were confident that the new VFM framework will improve member outcomes, respondents&rsquo; views were fairly evenly split. A small majority responded favourably, with around 5% saying they were very confident and 52% fairly confident. However, a significant minority (43%) said they were not at all confident. Respondents were also asked whether, based on the current proposals, they felt their own schemes would be assessed as offering value for money. Here, 19% were very confident, 49% were fairly confident, 13% were not at all confident, and 19% selected &lsquo;other&rsquo;. An encouraging result in the main.</p>

<p><strong>Andy Lewis, Partner at Sackers commented:</strong> &ldquo;The new DC VFM framework is intended to shift focus away from costs and charges to a more holistic assessment of overall value for money.  The ultimate goal is to improve member outcomes. Feedback on the new framework suggests there is still some work to do to persuade both the industry and pension savers that the proposed VFM framework will achieve this.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The consultation sets out an extensive set of required metrics for assessing value, some elements of which could be interpreted in different ways, while other aspects will be intrinsically hard to quantify. Alongside conducting a rigorous assessment of their VFM, schemes will also have to report transparently on the results and, where applicable, take prompt and specific action if their scheme is not up to scratch.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Lewis continued: </strong>&ldquo;With VFM assessments scheduled for 2028, it is important that schemes and service providers take steps now to ensure they are well placed to carry out the first VFM assessment and achieve good ratings. The consequences of not providing VFM are significant. Underperforming arrangements falling into the &lsquo;not value&rsquo; amber and red categories will be required to take corrective action or, in some cases, exit the market altogether. Early warning of potential assessment outcomes will therefore be vital, as the available timescales for fixing things are likely to be tight. In contrast, for those DC arrangements that do perform well, achieving dark green or green ratings, the framework may provide some external validation.</p>

<p>&ldquo;In principle I think we can all accept that a more rigorous, systemic and transparent framework for assessing overall VFM in DC schemes is a positive development. But this will inevitably entail a lot of implementation work for the industry, the cost of which could be significant. Also, with the VFM framework designed to be technical and data driven, the detailed metrics rules within the framework are critical.  There is a risk that these could leave little room for other important scheme attributes to be taken into account &ndash; such as good governance because they are currently more difficult to quantify. There is a delicate balance to be struck here, and our survey suggests some mixed views on the current proposals.  So, as the current consultation moves forward, it could be useful for all of us to keep in mind the challenge of ensuring that the final framework will produce results that are genuinely useful for schemes, employers, the industry and pension savers.  For the cost and time commitment required from the industry, some people are already asking whether VFM itself runs the risk of not being &lsquo;value for money&rsquo;.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The consultation will close on 8 March.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/survey-reveals-divided-confidence-over-vfm-consultation-26275.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Industry Action Urged As Protection Understanding Lags</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Exeter  encourages action from the industry, as findings from the Association of Mortgage Intermediaries (AMI) and The Exeter reveal that the &lsquo;perception gap&rsquo; is widening, driven by low consumer understanding of protection products and fragile consumer savings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Exeter&rsquo;s recent consumer research shows one in four (24%) consumers have less than &pound;500 available to cover essential expenses and nearly one in seven (14%) have no savings at all. This leaves many households dangerously exposed if their income suddenly stops and they do not hold any form of protection.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, according to the sixth AMI Viewpoint, sponsored in 2025 by The Exeter, Legal & General and Royal London, only 39% of mortgage holders recall having a protection conversation with their adviser. This is despite 82% of advisers reporting they give protection advice directly. This points to a challenge around consumer recall and understanding, rather than adviser intent or effort.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This disconnect is further reflected in only 35% of consumers being able to correctly identify income protection products when provided with a description by AMI, signalling a lack of understanding of one of the industry&rsquo;s most important products. Simultaneously, nearly one in five consumers (18%) drop out of the protection buying journey, rising to one in four (25%) among under-35s.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>It&rsquo;s positive that 82% of advisers discuss protection directly with clients and the industry is making real progress in normalising these conversations. However, there remains an opportunity to improve on the lack of consumer understanding and ensure that these conversations are clearer and easier to act on.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As a result, The Exeter is encouraging the industry to continue the momentum built in 2025 by exploring ways to:</div>

<div>Make protection conversations simpler, more consistent and easier to rememberCommunicate how income protection supports everyday financial stability, not just worst-case scenariosAddress misconceptions as early as possible in the advice conversationsStrengthen ongoing customer touchpoints to reinforce the value of existing cover</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Steve Bryan, Director of Distribution and Marketing, The Exeter, comments: </strong>&ldquo;Advisers are clearly committed to protecting their clients, and the latest AMI Viewpoint shows just how much good work is already happening. What the findings highlight is an opportunity for all of us to continue improving how we support consumers in understanding their options. Our aim is to make the protection journey as seamless as possible. We&rsquo;re encouraging advisers to make full use of the expertise, tools and resources available across the industry, all of which are designed to help simplify conversations, strengthen client understanding and make their day-to-day work easier.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/industry-action-urged-as-protection-understanding-lags-26276.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Partial Reforms Risk Leaving Millions With Weaker Protection</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Speaking about implementation, the provider of the UK&rsquo;s biggest commercial master trust1 said delivering meaningful reform will require close alignment between the FCA and the DWP, so changes apply consistently across both contract-based and trust-based schemes. Without a coordinated approach, it warned there is a risk of a regulatory divide emerging that leads to uneven protections for savers and unnecessary complexity for schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The provider added that the proposals will need to work alongside reforms in the forthcoming Pensions Schemes Bill and further action should be taken to address practices such as the use of incentives, if they are to deliver consistent protections across the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Assessing the proposals themselves, People&rsquo;s Partnership said they represent, in principle, a clear improvement on the current transfer process, which focuses on speed and convenience rather than quality of outcome. It welcomed the FCA&rsquo;s focus on clearer information and better decision-making, adding that implementing reforms now, even if they are refined over time, would be preferable to maintaining the status quo.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Patrick Heath-Lay, CEO of People&rsquo;s Partnership, said: </strong>&ldquo;The FCA&rsquo;s proposals around improving the pension transfer process are a significant step in the right direction but they will only work properly if they apply across the whole market and align to the wider pension bill reforms.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Unless these measures apply to trust-based pension schemes, there is a risk of creating a divide for millions of pensions savers. We are calling on the DWP to act quickly and introduce regulations at the same time as those that the FCA is proposing for contract-based pension schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We need to &lsquo;walk in the shoes of savers&rsquo; who have little, if any, understanding of retail vs workplace pensions or indeed contract vs trust-based schemes. These reforms need to be centred on savers and as such regulatory parity must be central to the changes. Fragmenting the rules would add unnecessary complexity, increase administration costs, make the system harder to navigate for schemes and expose savers to unnecessary risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;A single, aligned approach is within reach. Regulatory consistency would support a simple, whole-of-market solution that protects all savers, supports the wider value for money agenda and avoids adding avoidable burden to the system. We believe the proposals could be strengthened further by including an outright ban on incentives, which have no place in pension transfer decisions.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/partial-reforms-risk-leaving-millions-with-weaker-protection-26279.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 11 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Should Credit Still Form Part Of Db Strategy Ahead Of Buyin</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Chris Pritchard, Principal and Co-Head of Insurance Investment and Michael Hall, Investment Client Manager, Barnett Waddingham</strong></p>

<p>At the same time, intensifying competition in the bulk annuity market means pricing is increasingly driven by other factors &ndash; leaving credit as just one small piece of a far more complex equation.</p>

<p><em>&quot;Insurer pricing is increasingly driven by other factors &ndash; leaving credit as just one small piece of a far more complex equation.&quot;</em></p>

<div><strong>The historical role of credit ahead of buy-in</strong></div>

<div>Ahead of a buy-in, DB schemes have often adopted credit exposure to mirror the allocations of insurers.  In principle, investing like an insurer should help to hedge the risk of adverse movements in buy-in pricing. To understand why this relationship is beginning to weaken, it is first worth revisiting why insurers have typically held bonds within their portfolios:</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWBonds11002261.jpg" style="height:407px; width:600px" /></div>

<div>In the past, investment grade credit has offered a valuable balance between predictable cashflows and a healthy return above the risk-free rate, albeit with a moderate capital charge. Crucially, even allowing for the additional capital charge over gilts, investment rated credit has historically offered a more attractive return on capital for insurers than government bonds.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Changing market conditions</strong></div>

<div>More recently shifting market conditions have tilted the scales.</div>

<div><strong>Credit spreads have tightened</strong>, with the spread on UK Corporate Bonds reaching near record lows. The compensation for taking on corporate default risk &ndash; and, for insurers, a higher capital charge relative to gilts &ndash; is far below historical levels.  </div>

<div><strong>The gilt-swap spread has widened.</strong> Given insurers price their liabilities against swaps, gilts now offer an attractive yield pickup without any capital charge applied under the Solvency II framework. After adjusting for capital costs, gilts have become more attractive to insurers (relative to corporate bonds), and we have seen this reflected in their investment strategies.</div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWBonds21002261.jpg" style="height:259px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: Bank of England (UK 10 year nominal gilt yield); S&P Dow Jones Indices (Markit iBoxx GBP Corporate Bond Index); Citigroup Global Markets (10 year SONIA swap spot rate.)</em></span></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Capital efficient strategies</strong></div>

<div>We set out above why gilts are currently offering insurers a more capital-efficient source of return. Some insurers are using derivatives and leverage to enhance their exposure to the gilt-swap spread. There is no capital charge for insurers from entering into these structures either, which further adds to the attractiveness for insurers in generating returns in this manner compared to purchasing credit assets. As such, the relationship between pricing and credit spreads has weakened. Since 2024, the correlation between insurer pricing and UK investment grade spreads has been negative (-0.6), having been positively correlated (+0.5) in the two years prior.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>&quot;Since 2024, the correlation between insurer pricing and UK investment grade spreads has been negative (-0.6), having been positively correlated (+0.5) in the two years prior.&quot;</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>There are few signs of this dynamic changing in the near future. For credit to become attractive to insurers once again, a significant widening of credit spreads, tightening of the gilt-swap spread, or some combination of the two, would be required. The emergence of leveraged gilt strategies by insurers may now be pushing this inflection point even further away.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Other factors are driving pricing</strong></div>

<div>Bulk annuity pricing is not just a function of the return available on an insurer&rsquo;s assets. More recently, the market has been increasingly driven by structural factors.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Improvements in defined benefit funding levels and an increasing appetite for de-risking has supported significant growth in the UK bulk annuity market, which has in turn attracted new entrants and encouraged existing market participants to expand capacity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>One way in which insurers have expanded capacity is through the use of funded reinsurance. This allows insurers to transfer liabilities to a reinsurer, at terms which are currently particularly attractive, thereby freeing up capital to take on new business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We have therefore witnessed increasing pension scheme bargaining power, with a larger number of insurers participating in each transaction, and insurer pricing becoming more keen.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Pricing is being further supported by strategic partnerships and acquisitions, which bring with them greater investment capabilities, facilitating access to high-quality illiquid assets often at higher yields.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As a result, the narrowing of credit spreads over the past two years has not been accompanied by more expensive bulk annuity pricing. </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWBonds31002261.jpg" style="height:429px; width:600px" /></div>

<div>That said, there is no guarantee that these highly competitive market conditions will be sustained over the longer term. Trustees and sponsors may therefore wish to consider whether current attractive levels of pricing support justify accelerating any plans to secure the liabilities with an insurer. Of course, this is an important strategic decision that requires a full appraisal of all relevant factors.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What does this mean for DB schemes approaching buy-in?</strong></div>

<div>Credit spreads have historically exhibited mean-reverting behaviour. At current spread levels, this creates an asymmetry for investors, whereby the likelihood of a significant spread widening outweighs the likelihood of significant further tightening.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>&quot;A widening of credit spreads may erode asset values without a corresponding improvement in insurer pricing.&quot;</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Meanwhile, the relationship between buy-in pricing and credit spreads is certainly much weaker than it has been historically. This does not mean there is no link at all, however, as some insurers may continue to hold shorter-dated credit, and there remains a loose relationship between spreads on longer-term illiquid assets that insurers hold and public credit markets. However, for DB schemes on the path towards buy-in, who may still hold significant allocations to credit, a widening of credit spreads may erode asset values without a corresponding improvement in insurer pricing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Against this backdrop, our view is that DB schemes aiming to manage funding volatility versus insurer pricing should hold lower levels of credit than may have been appropriate historically.  As a guide, we believe an allocation of 15-30% is a sensible starting point, but outcomes will inevitably depend on individual scheme circumstances.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>&quot;DB schemes aiming to manage funding volatility versus insurer pricing should hold lower levels of credit than may have been appropriate historically.&quot;</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In particular, with buy-in pricing being increasingly driven by other factors, pragmatism is key. Decisions around credit exposure should focus more heavily on broader strategic considerations, such as return requirements, cashflow matching and overall cost efficiency, rather than an expectation of reliably capturing correlations between buy-in pricing and credit spreads going forward. For example, the case for holding credit may be stronger for schemes with a longer timeframe to buy-in (e.g. beyond 18 months), where there is a greater opportunity for the additional spread pick-up over gilts to compensate for interim spread movements. Where credit is retained, schemes may wish to favour allocations to assets with shorter maturities which are therefore less sensitive to spread volatility, such as short-dated bonds or high-quality asset backed securities.</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/should-credit-still-form-part-of-db-strategy-ahead-of-buyin-26273.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title> 70bn Pension Risk Transfer Market Forecast In 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>According to <a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2026/02/de-risking-report-2026">WTW&rsquo;s annual De-risking report</a>, the bulk annuity, longevity swap and alternative risk transfer sectors will continue their upward trajectory, supported by favourable pricing, strong competition and ongoing product innovation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>WTW forecasts that total risk transferred to insurers and reinsurers is likely to reach &pound;70 billion in 2026 &ndash; up approximately 15% from the already high volumes seen in 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The bulk annuity market itself is projected to exceed &pound;50 billion, fuelled by both larger transaction sizes and persistently attractive pricing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Longevity swaps of up to &pound;20 billion are also anticipated. Whilst longevity risk transfer volumes will be driven by large schemes, there is growing interest from schemes of all sizes to support run-on strategies or to lock down a key aspect of future bulk annuity pricing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The risk transfer market is entering 2026 with strong momentum,&rdquo; <strong>said Gemma Millington, senior pensions risk transfer director at WTW</strong>. &ldquo;Schemes continue to benefit from improved funding levels and strong insurer appetite, which together create very favourable conditions in which to secure members&rsquo; benefits at compelling prices. We expect this window to remain open through 2026, but trustees will need to be prepared and strategic to take full advantage.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In 2025, the UK risk transfer market passed &pound;0.5 trillion in transactions since the market was founded. This is a significant milestone in the UK defined benefit pensions industry and we are incredibly proud to have led the advice in over 25% of deals by value.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Competition drives attractive bulk annuity pricing</strong></div>

<div>WTW&rsquo;s report notes that the UK market&rsquo;s competitiveness remains &ldquo;exceptionally strong&rdquo;. While additional scrutiny from the Prudential Regulation Authority&rsquo;s assessment of funded reinsurance models may create pricing headwinds for some insurers, WTW anticipates only limited impact on overall market dynamics.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Insurers have continued to evolve their asset-sourcing capabilities, in some cases through new global asset manager relationships, which is helping to maintain pricing strength despite potential regulatory shifts,&rdquo; <strong>Millington added.</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>New forms of risk transfer on the horizon</strong></div>

<div>Beyond the headline bulk annuity growth, WTW predicts a notable rise in alternative risk transfer solutions, including an expansion of the UK&rsquo;s superfund market. Two new entrants are forecast in 2026, along with a doubling in the number of completed superfund transactions to date.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The firm also anticipates at least one entirely new risk transfer solution emerging in the coming year, continuing the trend of innovation prompted by evolving client needs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Acquisitions unlikely to disrupt day-to-day insurer operations</strong></div>

<div>Several high-profile acquisitions of UK insurers by overseas investors are expected to be completed in the first half of 2026. WTW believes these ownership changes are unlikely to materially affect the market, though it encourages trustees to undertake thorough financial due diligence where relevant and be alive to any short term operational or cultural disruption.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cyber risk rises to the top of trustees&rsquo; agendas</strong></div>

<div>With the increased use of digital platforms, trustees are placing heightened emphasis on cyber resilience when selecting their preferred insurer. The Government&rsquo;s 2025 Cyber Security Breaches Survey revealed that over 40% of UK businesses experienced a cyber breach or attack in the past year, highlighting the importance of robust safeguards.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Cyber security has become an important measure of member protection, not just an operational concern,&rdquo; <strong>said Millington</strong>. &ldquo;Trustees are rightly demanding evidence of strong controls and clear response frameworks. Insurers who can demonstrate excellence in this area will stand out in 2026.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Demand for a smooth transition to buyout increases</strong></div>

<div>WTW expects insurers to expand services that help schemes progress efficiently from buy-in to buyout, including taking on more data cleansing responsibilities and offering solutions to accelerate GMP equalisation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With insurer and scheme administrator resources stretched, and queues for buyout transitions growing, streamlined insurer propositions will be a decisive factor for many trustees.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A year of opportunity&mdash;if schemes act decisively</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;As we look ahead, 2026 offers trustees a powerful combination of market depth, competitive pricing and expanded choice,&rdquo; <strong>Millington concluded.</strong> &ldquo;But the scale of activity means that timing and readiness are more important than ever. Schemes that plan early and engage collaboratively with the market will be best placed to secure exceptional outcomes for their members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWRisk1002261.jpg" style="height:406px; width:569px" /></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/-70bn-pension-risk-transfer-market-forecast-in-2026-26268.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>What Will Bond Markets Think Of The New Fed Chair</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>On 30 January, after a lengthy process, the Trump administration finally announced its intention to nominate Kevin Warsh for the role of Chair of the Federal Reserve (Fed). Warsh will now need to be confirmed by the Senate.</p>

<p>Much has already been written about what Warsh may or may not think. Our view is that some of the initial assumptions may prove incorrect and that there is likely to be more nuance to his thinking, given Warsh himself has made very few public comments on monetary policy in recent times.</p>

<p>Nonetheless, until we get a clearer steer from Warsh on how he views the current stance of US monetary policy, the factors below are the most relevant for portfolio positioning.</p>

<p><strong>What we need versus what we may get</strong></p>

<p>We see the need for further easing in the US economy as limited. Growth is healthy and downside risks to the labour market, which were visible in the second half of 2025, are now diminishing.</p>

<p>Nonetheless, what the economy needs and what policymakers deliver aren&rsquo;t necessarily the same. Though Warsh has shown himself to be independent minded, it seems unlikely the role would be given to anyone who did not make a compelling case in interviews for why policy rates could be lowered further. We think the administration would like rates to move towards 3%.</p>

<p>Warsh is far less likely than some alternative candidates to desire aggressive rate cuts far below what is needed. Simultaneously, however, as an astute political operator with prior experience of how the Fed functions, in our view he is better able to deliver moderate further easing than some of his rivals.</p>

<p><strong>Changing the longer-term Fed architecture</strong></p>

<p>We believe his views on balance sheet policy are more nuanced than the early market narrative. Immediately following the news of his nomination, yields of long-dated bonds climbed amid an assumption that Warsh would plan to shrink the Fed&rsquo;s balance sheet. Although he is likely to favour a smaller and cleaner balance sheet over time, we see this as a long-term objective and highly doubt it would be implemented in a way that seriously disrupts the US Treasury market. Why would he?</p>

<p><strong>Instead, we believe his caution towards balance sheet policy reflects a longer-term desire to:</strong></p>

<div>(a) move away from quantitative easing if and when further monetary stimulus is required (which, in our view, is not on the near-term horizon) and </div>

<div>(b) coordinate more closely with the US Treasury to ensure policy is better aligned.</div>

<p>While (b) will raise concerns around &ldquo;fiscal dominance&rdquo; of the central bank, we are not instinctively opposed to a more holistic approach to policymaking across government functions &ndash; it could help it function better.</p>

<p>As an example, if in the longer-term the Fed were to allow its longer maturity US Treasury holdings to wind down, but with regulatory changes creating offsetting increases in demand for these assets, this isn&rsquo;t necessarily a bad policy.</p>

<p><strong>Could there be changes to the Fed&rsquo;s policy framework?</strong></p>

<p>We will be watching closely for any changes Warsh may propose to the Fed&rsquo;s monetary policy framework, particularly with respect to the labour market. This is crucial for bond investors. Congress mandates the Fed&rsquo;s objectives of &ldquo;stable prices and full employment&rdquo;, but it is the Fed itself that interprets them &ndash; for instance, by defining &ldquo;stable prices&rdquo; as 2% inflation.</p>

<p>To maintain a dovish tilt while retaining credibility, one could argue that &ldquo;maximum employment&rdquo; implies a lower unemployment rate than the Fed&rsquo;s current &ldquo;natural rate&rdquo; estimate of 4.2%. All else being equal, a lower assumed natural unemployment estimate would call for lower policy rates (reasons could include the structural change of AI adoption or the 2018 example of unemployment below 4% with very muted wage pressures).</p>

<p>We await further evidence that Warsh is thinking this way but some of his comments on AI and productivity as disinflationary forces hint at it.</p>

<p><strong>What does this all mean for portfolios?</strong></p>

<p>This, of course, is the important bit. We retain a moderately bearish view on US duration (interest rate risk), reflecting a still strong growth outlook, signs of stabilisation in the labour market and fiscal support feeding through to the economy in 2026.</p>

<p>However, given that we expect Warsh to both want and be able to deliver further rate cuts, we believe the scale of any sell-off is likely to be limited. We would turn more constructive on US duration if markets were pricing one cut or fewer for the remainder of 2026, but we are not there yet.</p>

<p>We see the long end of the bond market as remaining vulnerable to fiscal indiscipline, but yields have risen there since the Warsh announcement, as markets have extrapolated his historical balance-sheet views into future policy as weighing on long-end demand. Again, we are not there yet but if this dynamic continues it will provide attractive opportunities- 30-year yields above 5% would make valuations much more compelling.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/what-will-bond-markets-think-of-the-new-fed-chair-26272.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Roses Are Red Loves Here To Stay Single In Retirement  230k</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Single pensioners need to save &pound;31,750 on top of their state pension to meet Pension UK&rsquo;s &lsquo;minimum&rsquo; standard, while couples with two full State Pensions would not need any additional savings to reach the same level   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Valentine&rsquo;s Day is a moment to celebrate love and commitment, but beyond the flowers and cards, new analysis from Standard Life highlights a striking financial reality - being part of a couple can offer meaningful advantages in retirement. While pensioner couples can share living costs and combine savings, single retirees must shoulder every expense alone, creating a potential &pound;227,000 gap in the savings needed to achieve a moderate standard of living.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The cost of being single in retirement</strong></div>

<div>At a moderate standard of living - which includes a car and one two-week foreign holiday a year - single retirees require an after-tax income of &pound;31,700 a year, according to Pensions UK. Assuming receipt of the full state pension (&pound;11,973 a year), this leaves an annual income shortfall of &pound;24,509.50. One way to generate an income in retirement is through an annuity, which converts pension savings into a guaranteed income for life. To secure this income through an RPI-linked annuity - which provides inflation-proofed payments - a retiree would need to have built up around &pound;455,250 in retirement savings at current rates.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By contrast, pensioner couples need a combined after-tax income of &pound;43,900 a year to achieve the moderate living standard. With two full state pensions assumed, this could be achieved with a joint pension pot of &pound;456,500 at current rates - funding two annuities of &pound;228,500 each, almost half the amount required by a single pensioner.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The gap is also evident at the minimum standard of living, which covers basic needs and a one-week UK holiday each year but no car. Single retirees need an after-tax income of &pound;13,400 to meet this level, requiring an annuity paying &pound;1,634.50 a year and savings of around &pound;31,750 after taking the full State Pension into account. Couples, however, need &pound;21,600 a year to reach the same minimum standard, which would be covered by two full State Pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the comfortable level - which includes a more luxurious foreign holiday, regular home upgrades and a &pound;1,500 annual clothing budget - the disparity widens further. a single pensioner would need to accumulate around &pound;736,500, compared with &pound;846,000 for a couple (&pound;423,000 each), leaving a single retiree needing an additional &pound;313,500 to achieve the same lifestyle.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The MoneyHelper annuity tool was used to reveal the pension pots needed to secure the PLSA&rsquo;s  &lsquo;minimum&rsquo;, &lsquo;moderate&rsquo; and &lsquo;comfortable&rsquo; standard of living in retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirement savings needed for single pensioners and pensioner couples to secure an annuity &ndash; guaranteeing an income for life:</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeRoses1002261.jpg" style="height:238px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>* Figures assume retirement at the age of 66, single life annuity, no guarantee, paid monthly in arrears, linked to RPI, non-smoker with no underlying health conditions. Account for tax free income up to Personal Allowance and then income taxed at 20%. More detail in notes.</em></span></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life, part of Phoenix Group said: </strong>&ldquo;The benefits of being in a couple extend far beyond receiving a rose on Valentine&rsquo;s Day. Whether single by choice or by circumstance, the financial reality is that retirement costs are very different for those living alone. Housing, household bills and everyday expenses rarely halve simply because someone is on their own, meaning single retirees typically need to save far more to fund the same lifestyle.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Planning ahead and taking action early can make a real difference. Pensions UK&rsquo;s Retirement Living Standards are a helpful starting point for understanding the lifestyle you want in later life, while reviewing savings regularly and increasing contributions where possible - for example after a pay rise or bonus - can help build resilience over time. It&rsquo;s also important to remember that life doesn&rsquo;t always turn out as expected. It&rsquo;s worth those in a couple today ensuring they&rsquo;re well prepared for retirement, including in scenarios where they may be managing their finances alone.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/roses-are-red-loves-here-to-stay-single-in-retirement--230k-26269.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Pitfalls Putting Employers At Growing Risk Of Errors</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>These pitfalls could leave them facing compliance and financial risks, warns the leading pensions and financial services consultancy, and it calls on employers to avoid this by urgently reviewing their pension and salary sacrifice arrangements. By carrying out a clear, organisation-wide review of pension processes they can protect both their people and their business. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Explaining the pension pitfalls that employers could fall into, Hannah English, Head of DC Corporate Consulting, Hymans Robertson says: </strong>&ldquo;Many employers may not be aware of the risk of pension contribution discrepancies that could be running in their businesses. These changes to regulatory requirements come at a time when many organisations have made real headway into improving family career benefits, sabbaticals, sick leave and salary sacrifice terms. So, it&rsquo;s not surprising to see increased complexity feeding though in unintended ways to the calculated pension benefits. If employers fail to review processes, these issues can lead to breaches of contract, regulatory action, fines and possible legal challenge. Trust with staff can erode quickly when pension handling does not match expectations, and reputational harm can follow at a time when confidence in workplace benefits is more important than ever. At the heart of the problem is the growing complexity of rules that many employers are navigating without realising the level of risk they carry.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the need for employers to act, Hannah continues: </strong>&ldquo;Pension mistakes tend to creep in quietly rather than through any major failure. The introduction of auto-enrolment in 2012 layered new rules on top of existing policies. This introduced new risks for example pay used to calculate pension contributions drifting away from what&rsquo;s actually written in contracts or benefit guides. Contribution rates can slip too. Schemes that change rates with age or service rely on payroll being updated at the right moment, and when those triggers are missed or mis-mapped, people end up paying the wrong amount for months. Add in employer matching rules that differ across groups, and there&rsquo;s even more room for small mis-steps. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Tax relief and salary sacrifice introduce another layer of complexity. If the wrong tax relief method is used, or if someone moves in or out of sacrifice and the systems don&rsquo;t update together, pay and contributions can quickly fall out of sync. Leave periods, especially where pension contributions need to be calculated on a definition of pay which differs from the amount the employee is receiving, create further pressure points. And with the rise in minimum wage, salary sacrifice also needs much closer attention. Because sacrifice reduces contractual pay, employers have to be sure no employee drops below the legal threshold by taking part. With more benefits available through sacrifice and higher wage floors than before, it doesn&rsquo;t take much for a well-intentioned arrangement to accidentally breach minimum wage rules. When payroll and HR aren&rsquo;t perfectly aligned, it&rsquo;s easy for contributions to be calculated incorrectly for long stretches. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;These pressure points keep catching employers out because they rarely appear as big, obvious failures. What we&rsquo;re seeing is that these issues don&rsquo;t sit neatly in separate boxes. One small mismatch can trigger another, and soon the organisation is carrying risks no one spotted early on. None of this comes from bad practice. It comes from systems, legislation and benefit rules all moving at different speeds. That&rsquo;s why employers need to understand how their policies work in practice rather than assuming they&rsquo;re working as intended. A surface level check isn&rsquo;t enough anymore. Employers need to review every part of their pension processes. Action now will protect staff, avoid compliance breaches and give employers the confidence that their processes can stand up to scrutiny and be future proofed in the face of a changing legislative and regulatory landscape.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-pitfalls-putting-employers-at-growing-risk-of-errors-26270.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ppf Release Latest Ppf7800 Figures For January 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div> A scheme&rsquo;s s179 liabilities represent, broadly speaking, the premium that would have to be paid to an insurance company to take on the payment of PPF levels of compensation. This compensation may be lower than full scheme benefits.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Highlights </strong></div>

<div><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PPF7800January2026.jpg" style="height:264px; width:600px" /> </strong></div>

<div><strong>Shalin Bhagwan, PPF Chief Actuary, said: </strong>&quot;The PPF-eligible DB universe's funding position strengthened slightly over the last month, with the funding ratio increasing to 131.0 per cent from 130.2 per cent at the end of last month and the aggregate surplus reaching &pound;265.6 billion, compared with a surplus of &pound;259.7 billion at the end of December 2025. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The increase in schemes&rsquo; funding position resulted from a 0.2 per cent increase in total scheme assets, to &pound;1,123.1 billion, and a 0.4 per cent decrease in total scheme liabilities, to &pound;857.5 billion. These movements were driven in large part by a mixed bag of shifts in bond yields over the month - with yields on fixed interest indices moving up but, consistent with increases in inflation expectations, real yields falling, while equity markets saw positive returns.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>View the February update and see the supporting data on the 7800 Index for 31 January 2026 here: <a href="https://www.ppf.co.uk/ppf-7800-index">The PPF 7800 index | Pension Protection Fund.</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-release-latest-ppf7800-figures-for-january-2026-26271.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Can We Turn Demographic Aging Into Innovation And Growth</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Eo3WUXjIWgU?si=4sfBdZPsKmrYcIf7" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-can-we-turn-demographic-aging-into-innovation-and-growth-26274.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>February 2026 Edition Of The Actuarial Post Magazine</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/"><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_APMagazineFEBRUARY2026.jpg" style="float:right; height:282px; width:199px" /></a>We also have Luca Russignan from Capgemini looking ahead into the year ahead as he examines the four forces shaping the insurance playbook in 2026.</p>

<p>Our regular authors are in attendance including a new interviewer in our Lights, Camera, Actuary feature from Bolton Associates as Rupa Pithiya interviews Howard Dale, an actuarial independent consultant, on how his career path moved into his current role.</p>

<p>We look forward to welcoming you back next month.</p>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/6">News</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/8">Movers & Shakers</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/8">City Dealings</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/10">2026: The Year AI in Insurance Moves from Experiment to Enterprise by Jake Sloan, VP of Global Insurance, Appian</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/12">PIC: 2025 Employer of the Year</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/12">Pension Pillar by Dale Critchley from Aviva</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/14">Retirement Puzzle by Alex White from Gallagher</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/16">The Four Forces Shaping the Insurance Playbook in 2026, Luca Russignan, Global Head of Capgemini Researc Institute for Financial Services</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/18">2026 BPA Market Outlook: What Truatees and Schemes Need to Know, Mark van den Bergen, Head of Risk transfer, Gallagher Publication</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/20">Lights, Camera, Actuary! by Rupa Pithiya from Bolton Associates</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/22">Information Exchange by Tom Lawrie-Fussey, Ass VP Product Management, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-january-2026/6495/#page/24">Recruitment</a></div>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/february-2026-edition-of-the-actuarial-post-magazine-26267.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Regulators Must Be Wary Of Adding Costs And Complexity</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Industry support</strong></div>

<div>The SPP agrees with the application and scope of the proposed regime. For instance, the SPP agrees that the use of stochastic models should be encouraged to project futures returns and agrees that firms should have flexibility in how they communicate the outputs of pension modellers and digital tools.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP also agrees that record keeping, regular review proposals and the proposed triggers for the application of the non-advised transfer rules are appropriate and reasonable.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Industry Concern</strong></div>

<div>The SPP response calls on the FCA to introduce guidance or caps on future growth assumptions, meaning that these projections would either have to be grounded in expected market returns or that firms would have to disclose how their projects compare to market benchmarks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Furthermore, the SPP states that figures provided to consumers by pensions modellers must be &ldquo;useful and comparable&rdquo; to allow savers to make well-informed choices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP has also expressed concern at what they say is an overly ambitious timeline for implementing the FCA&rsquo;s proposed changes in relation to simulations in digital tools, recommending that this be extended from 12 months to 24, to allow for consumer testing of tools to ensure a positive user experience.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP also states that its members are not convinced that the FCA&rsquo;s planned &ldquo;acknowledgement process&rdquo; for transferring pension pots adds value, stating that this is likely to cause additional costs and complexities for pension schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David James, Chair of the SPP&rsquo;s DC Committee, said: </strong>&ldquo;Like the FCA, the SPP would very much like to see a pension market that helps consumers navigate their financial lives, where pensions deliver value for money and consumers have the ability to make informed decisions. However, regulators must be wary of adding additional costs and complexity to this process, especially at a time when schemes are dealing with a wide range of other regulatory and legislative changes.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/SPP-Adapting-to-a-changing-pensions-market-2026.pdf"><strong>The SPP &ldquo;Adapting our requirements to a changing pensions market&rdquo; consultation response can be read in full here</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/regulators-must-be-wary-of-adding-costs-and-complexity-26266.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>London And Tokyo Start Strong Us Markets Set To Flatline</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown:</strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 shrugged off this weekend&rsquo;s political turmoil in Whitehall to open up near record highs, as it holds on to the coat tails of a strong Monday for Asian stocks. With precious metals gaining ground again expect a good start for the miners. After last week&rsquo;s see-saw, silver is up nearly 5% and gold has crept back over the $5,000/oz level as investors prepare for US inflation and jobs data later in the week.</p>

<p>Japan&rsquo;s electorate braved blizzard conditions to give Prime Minister Sanae Takaichi&rsquo;s Liberal Democratic Party more than a two-thirds majority in the Land of the Rising Sun&rsquo;s powerful lower chamber. Her spend big and tax low approach has gone down well with stock markets, with the Nikkei crossing the 57,000 barrier for the first time before pulling back a little. That puts pressure on productivity and economic growth to do the heavy lifting when it comes to balancing the books. Japanese inflation is nearly at the Bank of Japan&rsquo;s target level of 2% but there are concerns that too much stimulus could see price increases accelerate again. The interplay between Governor Kazuo Ueda, and the newly emboldened premier will be the key dynamic to monitor, but markets look to be anticipating some pressure on state finances, with both the Yen and prices of government securities under pressure after the result.</p>

<p>US stock futures are little moved today after US stocks ended the week just about flat, but it was far from an even outcome, with concerns about ballooning capex on AI, and threats to traditional operating models dragging on tech stocks.  </p>

<p>The software sell-off wasn&rsquo;t isolated either, with UK software & analytics companies also suffering. A shake out isn&rsquo;t always a bad thing, and for investors prepared to see through the noise, quality names such as the London Stock Exchange Group and RELX (Hargreaves Lansdown stocks to watch for 2025 and 2026 respectively) there&rsquo;s the potential to gain exposure to some quality names at relatively low multiples.</p>

<p>When disruptive technologies develop at pace, there&rsquo;s always some fallout, but those that grasp the nettle and deploy game changing technology at scale can go on to create huge wealth. Ford&rsquo;s invention of the assembly line in 1908, and decision to double factory worker wages was seen as reckless by some at the time, but it went on to dominate the US Motor Industry for another 20 years. Those companies ploughing 12 figure sums into AI infrastructure will be hoping for a similar success story. But unimaginable step changes in productivity and the arrival of science-fiction like technological capabilities could herald inflection points for other industries too. Tourism, retail, defence and the energy industries, to name but a few, were transformed by the mass adoption of the motor car and industrial manufacturing. AI could well be heralding a similar, if not bigger, paradigm shift.</p>

<p>But the long-term is a series of short-terms, and markets will be keeping a close eye on US CPI inflation due at the end of the week. January&rsquo;s annualised price increases are expected to fall from 2.7% to 2.5% but that&rsquo;s been aided by falling oil prices. Core inflation is expected to remain steady at 2.6% and unless that starts to nudge down, we may not see another rate cut during the final months of Jerome Powell&rsquo;s reign at the Fed, even if the labour market tightens further. Unemployment figures are also due this week and are forecast to remain steady at 4.4%.</p>

<p>Brent crude prices are down around 1% to about $67.2 per barrel, extending weekend losses seen after Saudi Arabia dropped its selling prices on oil exports to Asia for the fourth month in a row. That&rsquo;s shifted traders&rsquo; attention away from tensions between Tehran and Washington, back to concerns about an oversupplied oil market, despite fresh sanctions on Iranian tankers following talks on Iran&rsquo;s nuclear future in Oman on Friday.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/london-and-tokyo-start-strong-us-markets-set-to-flatline-26264.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Standard Life Complete Bpa With The Deloitte Db Pension Plan</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>As part of the transaction, Standard Life will equalise Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMP) on behalf of the Scheme following buyout. This will involve Standard Life taking on additional responsibilities compared to a typical transaction, undertaking both the calculation and implementation of GMP equalisation as part of a bespoke solution. This approach removed the key operational barrier to meeting the Scheme&rsquo;s required timeline to full buyout.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Standard Life has been working closely with Deloitte UK, the Trustee and their advisers since May 2025 in readiness for the initial transaction and transition to buyout. This early engagement included: undertaking data cleansing and benefit validation work; refining the Scheme&rsquo;s investment strategy and management of illiquid assets; and transitioning administration services in parallel with the wider buy-in process to build momentum towards buyout.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Aon was the lead adviser on the transaction and provided actuarial advice to the Trustee. The Trustee was further advised by Isio across investment, GMP equalisation and administration, and Eversheds. Standard Life was advised by CMS. Deloitte UK was advised by Deloitte Legal.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kieran Mistry, Director of Defined Benefit Solutions at Standard Life said:</strong> &ldquo;This transaction was made possible through the diligent efforts of the Trustee, the Firm and their advisers. In particular, the experience of Rachel Tranter of BESTrustees and Anthony Kemp of Deloitte UK was clear and instrumental in readying a highly complex Scheme with many different types of benefit structures as a result of historic acquisitions.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We&rsquo;re pleased to have been a part of this journey, partnering with the Scheme to repeatedly deliver solutions to their challenges and unique requirements and keep the project on track. Most notably, this included Standard Life committing to deliver a bespoke approach to one of the knottiest challenges in our industry, taking over equalising members&rsquo; GMP following buyout, a solution which could unlock de-risking solutions for select schemes grappling with completing this exercise.  We&rsquo;re grateful to Deloitte for working with Standard Life to deliver on the Scheme&rsquo;s complex requirements and delighted to build on our relationship with the Firm.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rachel Tranter, Chair of the Trustee for BESTrustees, said:</strong> &ldquo;It has been an honour to lead the Trustee through this ambitious transaction. Our requirements from the outset were very specific and partnering with an insurer that could deliver on the approach and member outcomes was crucial. The challenges we faced were not new, but we needed fresh thought from our advisers and the selected insurer to solve them. The collaboration on the project helped us achieve our goals and a successful outcome for our members. Our work is not done yet, but I am looking forward to working with Standard Life and the adviser team on the next phase of this project.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Anthony Kemp, Director at Deloitte, said:</strong> &ldquo;Deloitte UK is delighted we have been able to secure all our members&rsquo; benefits. This has been a priority for the Firm to do the best we possibly could for our membership. This outcome has only been possible by working collaboratively with the Trustee, Aon, Isio and Eversheds, and having full and thorough engagement with Standard Life throughout the process.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Charlotte Quarmby, Risk Settlement Partner from Aon, said:</strong> &ldquo;From the outset our focus was on finding a practical way to meet the Scheme&rsquo;s unique objectives, and then working with the market to make that possible. Through clear articulation of requirements, we engaged with insurers to shape a bespoke solution. Standard Life has shown how constructive collaboration between trustees, sponsor, advisers and the insurer can unlock opportunities for schemes, addressing some of the biggest challenges in the industry right now. We hope that the fantastic outcome achieved on this transaction will give other schemes confidence that there are flexible routes through complex issues.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/standard-life-complete-bpa-with-the-deloitte-db-pension-plan-26265.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 9 Feb 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
</items>

